i1 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LiMMEnn Society OF New South Wales For the Year 19 2 1 Vol. XLVI. WITH FORTY-SIX PLATES And 188 Test-fiffui-es. S TD N B r :, PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY THE SYDNEY AND MELBOURNE PUBLISHING CO-, LTD., 29 Alberta Street. Sydney. AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 1921. C0NTE/NT5 OF PROCEEDl/NQS. 192 PART I. (No. 181). (Issued 1st June, 1921.) Pages. Presidential Address, delivered at the Forty-sixth Annual Meeting. 30th March. 1921, by .J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc 1-13 Revision of the Amycterides. Part vi. Acantholophus. By Eustace W. Ferguson. M.B., Ch.M 19-75 The High Temperature Organism of Fermenting Tan-Bark. Part i. By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sc. Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (Four Text-figure.s) 76-98 Australian Freshwater Flagellates. By Gr. I. Playfair. (Plates i-ix. ; and Three Text-figures) 99-146 On the Occurrence of Otozamites in Australia, with Descriptions of Specimens from Western Australia. By A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. (Plate X.) 147-153 Note upon the Extraction of Acids from Cultures. By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society 154-156 Hon. Trea.«urei-'s Balance Sheet 15-17 Elections and Announcements 14-18 PART TT. (No. 182). (TfunetJ 11th Aitriust. 1921). Revision of Australian Lepidoptera — Hypsidae, Anthelidae. Bv A. Jeflferis Turner, M.D.. F.E.S '. . . 1.59-191 Revisional Notes on Australian Carahidae. Part vi. Tribe Benibidiini. By Thomas G. Sloane 192-208 On a New Species and a New Variety of Blospyrns. By W. F. Hiern, M.A.. F.R.S. (Communicated by J. H. Maiden, F.R.S.) .... .. 211-212 Ulmite, a Constituent of Black Sandstone. By Thos. Steel 213-215 Notes on Some Diptera found in Association with Termites. By Ger- ald F. Hill. F.E.S. (Nine Text-figures) ".. .. 216-220 7804 iv. CONTENTS. Pages. Revision of the Family Eu>0 Scintilla (Scintillacoap) 110 Lophioneura (Lophioneuridae) . 417 Stennperlinne (Eustheniid.ae) . 233 Lophionetiri()ae ( Sternorrhyncha") Taswavaphlehia (Siphluridae) . 410 411' Thniimnttipprln (ThaumatoiierliMae) Meseogereonidap (Homoptera) . 272 -24 Mitrhelhntenrn (Frnsbolidaol . 414 TlwumntnpcrVvnr (Eusthcniiii;ii'') 224 Ne(ih)il>orrIiii»rlni.-< ( Aniyctcridcs) 390 rORRTGEND.V. I'ajrc 257, In talile of analyses transpose the words "Lime a.* oxalate" and "Total lime." Page 327, lines 34-35. for /■'. Scliolliann \ar. rjran'lis, read F. piibencens. Page 328, line 5, fur 730, read 73. line 24, for Mr., read Mrs. line 43 (.5th from bottom), delete "Austr." line 47, for Mrs. read ^liss. Page 331, line 21, for size large, read size larger. Page 332, line 8, for Cicifidela. read Cicittdelae. line 20. for Cart., read Cast. CONTENTS. Vii. LIST OP PLATES. PROCEEDINGS, 1921. i.-ix. — Australian Freshwater Flagellates. X. — Otosamitis from Western Australia. si.-xv. — Euslheuiidae (Thaumatuperla, Eusthenia, Eustheniopsis, Diamphipnoa, StCHoperla). XVI. -xxi. — Fossil inseet wings (Species of Mesogereou). xxii. — Glacially-striated pavement in the Kuttung Series of New South Wales, xxiii.-xxiv. — Ei-i/llirophloeum Laboucherii F. v. M. XXV. — Noegijeralhiopais Hialopi. xxvi.-xxxii. — iMangrove and Saltmarsh Vegetation near Sjdney, N.S.W. sxxiii. — Sucking apparatus of larva of Metoponia nibriceps. xxsiv. — Tasmaiiuplilebia lacustris, n.g. et sp. XXXV. — Mitchelloneura permiana, n.g. et sp. and Luphioneura ii.slidiila, n.g. et sp. xxxvi. — Stololeniws L-ictorien^ia, Calolermes '? (iln^curtia, and ('. priiinui. xxxvii. — Carcharliinus inacrurus and Ouleorlmtus mcsiralit:. xxxviii. — TrijgoHorrhina fu.'sciata and Iliipnarce .'tubiiigrd. xxxix. — Da.'^uatis kiihlii. xl. — Dasyatis thetidis and Sculopxis tempundis. xli. — Urolophus biicculentus and Pariglossiis rainfordi. xlii.-xlvi. — Oil duets in species of Eucalyptus and Aiigophora. PROCEEDINGS ^ OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF :n^ea\^ south avales. Wednesday, 30tli March. 1921. The Forty-sixtli Annual General Meeting, together -with the Ordinary Monthly Meeting, was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Ro.-id, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday erening, 30th March. 1921. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Mr. ,J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc, President, in the Chair. The Minutes of thq preceding Annual General Meeting (31st March, 1920) ■were read and confirmed. PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. During the past year there have been a number of events of more than usual interest to those who follow the trend of progi'ess in scientific affairs. The more important of these include (1) the placing of the Australian National Research Council on a permanent footing, (2) the permanent establishment of the Com- monwealth Institute of Science and Industry, (3) tlie first Pan-Pacific Scientific Conference, and (4) the renewal of the regular meetings of the Australasian Asso- ciation for the Advancement of Science. To the close observer these events have special significance, indicating as they do an increased tendency for sympathetic international co-operation in scientific affairs, and also reflecting, in Australia, the almost world-wide attempts that are being made to bring about closer and moi'e s\Tnpathetic relations between Science and Industry than have existed in the past. La.st year I drew your attention to the preliminary steps fliat had been taken towards, the formation of an Australian National Research Council to work 2 president'.s aodress. in conjunction with the International Hesearcli Council. A provisional (.'ouncil bad been nominateii. with a small executive, to hold office until the meetinj; of the Australasian Association for tlie A% Vols, i.-ii. (1910); Pescott. E. E.. The Native Flowers of Victoi-ia; Proceedings of tlie Zoological Society of London. 1918, Pts. iii.-iv. (1919) ; Ran- dall-Maciver, D.. Mediaeval Rhodesia (1906) ; Roughley, T. C, Fishes of Aus- tralia and tlieir Technology (1916); Sclater, P. Jj., A MonogTaph of the .Jaea- mars and Puff Birds (1879-1882) ; Selous, F. C, African Nature Notes and Re- miniscences (1908); Shelley. Capt. G. E.. Sun-Birds (1876-1880); Smith, R. B., Bird Life and Bird Lore (1909) ; Sulman. Florence, The Wildflowers of N.S.W., Vol. ii. (1914) ; Swainson, W.. A Selection of the Birds of Brazil and Mexico (1841); Thomas. H. H., The Rose Book (1913); Thompson, W., The Natural History of Ireland, Vols, i.-iii. (1849-1851); Thorington, J., Refraction and How to Refract (1911); Thorpe, Sir Edward. History of Chemistry, Vols, i.-ii. (1909- 1910); Turner, Fred, Australian Grasses, Vol. i. (1895); Weber, C. 0., The Chemistry of India Rubber (1903) ; Wood, Rev. .J. G.. Insects at Home (1883) ; Wonderful Nests (1887); Woodward. H. B.. History of Geology (1911); Yar- rell. William. A History of British Birds, Vols, i.-iii. (1843). The Society has also received during the year copies of Botanical Magazine (16 vols.) and "Histoire Naturelle" (3 vols., published 1750), ))equeathed to it by the late E. R. Deas Thomson. b PRESIDEKT S ADDRESS. During the year sixteen Ordinary Members were elected, two reisigned, and one died. In addition, tliree namet- Lave been removed from the list, and news has been received of the decease of one of our members in England. The number of Ordinary Jlembers now on the roll is 159. Frederick Moore Clements, an Englishman by birtii. died at Stanmore on 19th August, 1920, at the ag'e of 63 years. He spent thei early part of his life in Birmingham, where he ser\-ed his apprenticeship to a chemist. After spending about a year in South Africa, he ciime to Sydney towards the end of 1881. He was elected a member of the Pharmaceutical Society of New South Wales in 1884, and of tlic Phannaceutical Society of Australasia in 1891. Mr. Clements was a man who attained considerable eminence in his profession, being perhaps best known for his nuxnufacture of Clements' Tonic for which purpose be erected a large factory at Enmore, selling a greater part of his interest to a company in 1906. He made a special s-tudy of and took great interest in the application of tleetricity in his profession. Apart from his profession lie was a man of many hobliies, amongst which were included a very keen interest in both botany and ornithology. He was elected a Fellow of the Zoological Society of London (1910), of the Linneau Society of London (1917), and of the Royal Geographical Society of London (1919), and a member of this Society in 1911. His great interest in botany and ornithology is shown by the many rare plants in his tine garden at Stanmore and by his aviary, as well as being retlected in his library. Although we never had the privilege of seeing him at our meetings, we know that he took some interest in the Society by retison of his having Ijequeathcd to it tlie scientific portion of his library and two ])ictui-os. This magnificent bei|uest consists of over one hundred volumes on natural science, a list of which is given above (pp. 6, 7), in addition to a large number of medical and electrical works. His broad human sympathies are indicated by the wide scope of his bequests to charitable and other institutions, among which may be noted Dr. Barnardo's Homes, The Ragged School I'nion, Tlie National Institute for the Blind, and Tlic Royal Humane Society. Thomas de Gray, sixth Baron Walsingham, who became a member of tbis Society in 1892, died on 3rd Deceral)cr, 1919. He was the greatest authority on the Miorolepidoptera of the World, and we take the following summary from Entomological News (May, 1920, xxxi.. No. 5) :— He wiis born in Mayfair, Lon- don, July 29, 1843, went to Eton in 18.50, and to Trinity College, Cambridge, in ISOO. The University made him l'..A. in 1805, M.A. in 1870, and High Steward and LL.D in 1891. He was a nuMuber ot tiie House of Commons for West Nor- folk, 18G5-1870, .succeeding to tlie title and estates of his father in tlic latter year. He was appointed a Trustee of the British Museum in 1870, and to it be gave his entomological library and collectinns in 19111. These consisted very largely of Lepidoptera, both imagines and larvae, esi)ecially of the Microdepidojitera. He Wius elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1887, and was President of the Entomological Society of London, 1889-90. The Rev. W. W. Watts was born on 5tli (Ktobcr, 1850, near Ivybridge, Devonshire, England. He was a student at New College, London, for six years, preparing for the Congregational ministry. He was ordained and held a charge at Stratford-on-Avon, but, ill-health having supervened, he came In .Niistralia and settled at Milton. Queensland. The AoihIs of 1893 destroyed both church and house, and he went to New Zealand, whei-e lie began his fii-st studies on ferns and mosses. He w;is resident in New South Wales for many years, and. having be- PRESIDENT S ADDKESS, » come a Presbyterian Minister, he received a charge in the Richmond River dis- trict, where he hud great facilities for his special botanical studies. Later, he settled in the Sydney district, at Gladesville, and was Honorary Custodian of Ferns and Mosses in the National Herbarium from 1909 till 1916, when lie left for Melbourne. He was liberal in his contributions to the National Herbarium, and after his death, which took place at Canterbury, Victoria, on 20th Septem- ber, 1920, his collection of ferns and mosses, which containestigation to identify any of the chemical constituents with the syinptoms of poisoning observed in long-continued feeding of animals with the leaves. The general investigation of Cyanogenesis in Plants was contintied. Part iv. "Tlie Hydrocyanic Acid of Heterodendron oleaefolia — A Fodder Plant of New South Wales," appeai'ing in Part iii. of the year's Proceedings. Future work in this subject has for its object the detei-mination of the factors concerned with the storage of cyanogenetie glucosides as reserve food-material and the conditions under which these may become poisonous. The leaves of the poisonous plant, Erythrophloeum from Darwin have been investigated, and a very small ([uantity of an alkaloid obtained from them. The alkaloid is a mast powerful poison, and an attempt is being made to ascertain its definite pharmacological action on animals. During the early part of the year Dr. Petrie's work was unfortunately inteiTupted by a severe attack of pneumonia and chi-ouic bronchitis which took some months to pass off. Miss Vera Irwin Smith, Linnean Mju-leay Fellow of the Society in Zoology has continued her studies of Xcmatodcs mid of the life-histories of Brachycerous Diptera. The family Stratiomyiidae is l)eing dealt with first, being of special intcre-st because of the peculiar intennediate position it occupies between the Orthorrhapha and Cyclorrhapha. The first results of this study have been em- bodied in a paper on the life-history of Metoponia rubrieeps, which appeared in Part iv. of the Proceedings for 1920. A second paper, dealing with the mouth parts of the same insect, is in course of preparati(m. Attempts are also being made to breed it through from the r^i:. The families Mydaidae, There\idae and Asilidae arc also under observation, many larvae iiaving been collected and bred thnmgii to various stages. Miss Smith's studies of the Nematodes have result«l in the completion of one paper, "The Nematode Parasites of the Domestic Pigeon in Australia," which also appeared in Part iv. of the year's Proceedings. It is her intention to continue these studies and deal in the same way with the jiara- sites of the goat, chicken and lizard in .\ustralia. president's address. 11 Miss Marjorie I. Collins, Linnean Maeleay Fellow of the Society in Botany, lias eontributed two papers to the Proceedings during the year — "Note on Certain Variations of the Sporoeyst in a species of Saproleii'uia," and "On tlie Structure of the Resin- Secreting Glands in some Australian Plants,'' the observations for both papere having been made while she was demonstrating in Butany in the University of Adelaide. Miss Collins has continued her observations on the secretion of resin in the bud of some Australian plants and the resultant phenomenon of "leaf-laequeriug," common in xer<)|)hytic floras. At the same time she has also devoted some of her time to an ecological study of the mangi-ove and saltmarsh vegetation at Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. The encroaehment of certain i)lant a.ssociations upon the partially drained salt-marsh has been observed, and samples of tlie soil collect- ed from suitable plaees on the mangrove and salt-marsh area.s have been investi- gated. In continuation of this side of her work, Miss Collins proposes to select another area for detailed ecological study, preferably a region with low annual rainfall . • Six applications for Linnean Mardeay Fellowships, 1021-22, were received in response to the Council's invitation of 27th October, 1920. I have now the plea- sure of making the firet public announcement of the Council's re-appointment for another year from 1st April, 1921, of Dr. J. M. Petrie, Miss V. Irwin Smith and Miss Marjorie 1. Collins to Fellowships in Biochemistry, Zoology, and Botany respectively; and of the appointment for one year of Miss Marguerite Henry, B.Sc, to a Fellowship in Zoology from 1st proximo. On behalf of the Society I have much pleasure in wishing them a very successful year's research. Miss Henry has already had sufficient experience of research work to justify our expectation that her proposed research on the Freshwater Entomostraca of Australia and New Zealand, with special reference to their ecological distribution will form a worthy addition to the growing volume of work accomplished by the Linnean Maeleay Fellows. Miss Henry graduated in Science at the University of Sydney in 1917 with second class Honours in both Zoology and Botany. The same year she was ap- pointed assistant-zoologist to the Committee of the Commonwealth Advisory Council of Science and Industry for the investigation of worm nodules in cattle, and has since been continuously engaged on this work. This investigation into the life-history of the parasitic Nematode (Onchncerca gihsoiii) has involved a wide search for the intermediary host, in the coui-se of which especial attention has been paid to tbe Tabanidae and freshwater Crustacea. As a result, apart from the routine work involved, she has published three original papers, two of them, "On some Australian Cladocera,'' and "On some Australian Freshwater Copepoda and Ostracoda,'' in the .Tournal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of N.S.W., and one (in collaboration with Dr. E. W. Ferguson), "Tabanidae from Camden Haven District. N.S.W." in Part iv. of our Proceedings for 1010. Dr. Walkom's duties as Secretary have allowed liira some time to continue his researches on Australian Fossil Plants, and during the year he has completed an account of the .Jnrassic Plants from Talbragar, N.S.W., which has just appeared as a memoir of the Geological Survey of N.S.W. He has alsQ almost com]ileted the examination of the Glossopteris Flora of Queensland, in the course of which he has discovered an extremely interesting association of seeds with leaves of Glossopteris. The association appears to be sufficiently close to warrant the as- sertion that the seeds are those of a species of Glossopteris, and should this be 12 president's address. borne out, the dit^coveiy will be oue of considerable int-erest and impt>rtaneo in Palaeobotanj; for tliis reason, a sbort account of it has been prepared and for- warded for publication in England. A description of some Jurassic Plants from Western Australia, together with some notes on the occurreace of Otozaniites in Australia has been completed and will appear in the coming year's Proceedings. Is All Well with the Macleay Museum of the University or Sydney? Sir William RIacleay's scientific energy was directed into two main channels; and his efforts finally culminated in two important potentially fructifying enter- prises. On the one hand, with the generous assistance of the Government, a duly constituted Macleay Museum. On the other hand, the Linnean Society of New South Wales, endowed not only for the ordinary purposes of a Scientific Society, but in an especial manner for the encouragement of research-work in Natural History. In his own characteristic way, Sir William linked up these two great enterprises in such a way, that each of the two corporate bodies to whom these enterprises were committed upon trust, in perpetuity, should have a locu.« siavdi for a co-ordinate, reciprocal interest in what the otlier was doing with his Trust. Ever since it has been possible, the Linnean Society has given, in print, an annual report of its stewardship, and has distributed the same to all entitled to receive it. Where are the University's annual reports of its stewardship in con- nection witli the Macleay Museum? In 1873, Sir William offered the amalgamated collections of Alexander Mac- leay, W. S. Macleay, and his own, together with his scientific library, as a gift by bequest, upon trust, to the Univei-sity, for the promotion of natural history, and the instruction of students, and the inhabitants of the colony in the same. The sum of £()()()() was offered at the same time for the endowment of a Curatorship. At this time, the joint-collections of A. and W. S. Macleay amounted to 480 drawers of insects and other Annulosa, and W. Madeay's own collection to 320 drawers of insects. At this time Sir William had not appointed a Curator. Tlie Senfnre the public announce- ment was made. Sir William decided to appoint a Curator, Mr. George Mastei-s, and decided to convert his own entomological collection into a general collecticm, not only of Australian, but also of non-Australian Vei-tebrata, and Invertebrata; and for fifteen years, with the co-operation of Masters, he continued to carry out this intention. Why did he do tliis? To make the gift more worthy of acceptance by the University. In 188.5 or 1886, Sir AVilliam changed his mind about leaving his scientific library and llie ifacleay Collections as a he(|uest to the University. He withdrew bis offer of the library altogether, and re-offered the now much enlarged Macleay Collections as a gift during iiis life-time, if and ;is soon as a "suitable" l)uilding — not a room in a building — was provided for them. For two reasons, because his own collection had been so enlarged, that his private museum was overcrowded, and that he niiturally wished to li.ive an opportunity of appro\-ing of the suitability of the "suitable" building offered. He also offered to transfer his experienced Curator, and an endowment -fund of £6000 to provide the Curator's salary. president's address. 13 The Senate, not having the money, approached the Government, and asked for its help to enable it to accept Mr. Maeleay"s mnnificent gift. The Government, knowing William Macleay, asked what he would approve of as a suitable building. His reply was, that he would approve of a fire-proof haU, 212 X 70 x 58 feet, with bays and a gallery all round, the iu'chitect's estimated cost of it being £16,000. The Government said the equivalent of. Certainly, you shall have it, go ahead forthwith ! When the building was finished in abou{ 1889 [exact date not available], and approved of by Sir William, he transferred the amalgamated Collections, now a general collection, and not merely a collection of insects and other Annulosa to the University, to be housed in tiie "suitalde" building, presented by the Govern- ment, together with his experienced and faithful Curator, George Mastere;, and paid over the sum of £6000, for the endowment of the Curator's salary. When the Collections had been suitably arranged, under the direction of the Professor of Biology with the co-operation of the Curator, as an exposition of the fauna of Australia, for which there was abundant material in the Collection, the Macleay Museum of the Univei-sity of Sydney \v;is duly constituted, in the technical sense. Thereupon, the University, ipso facto, became the Joint-Tiiistee of the Govern- ment and of Sir William Macleay, for the inhabitants of New Soutli Wales, in- cluding students and others. The Joint-Trustee's duties were to administer the Trust committed to him in terms of the Trust. Among other things, therefore (1) to preserve, maintain, and safeguard the standard, agreed-upon suitability of the "suitable" building, presented by the Government solely and expressly for housing the suitably aiTanged Macleay Collections, and any additions that might be made to them, in perpetuity; and to abstain from tampering with it, and finally, spoiling it. (2) To preserve, maintain, and safeguard, the integrity of the Macleay Collections, in perpetuity: and under all eircumstance.s to refrain from disiiipting them, in perpetuity. (3) To keep interlopers from taking up their ((uarters in the Macleay Museum buihling, whether by the front door, or by "an over-bridge" or "a bridge-corridor." in perpetuity. (4) When the Collections had been suitably arranged, to abstain from periodically disturbing them; and finally sweeping away the exposition of the Australian faima shown in the .Jubilee photograph, with the besom of ingratitude, and thereby insulting the memories of the distinguished Macleays ! The University historian values the ^^racleay Collections, on a money-basis as "roughly assessed at £25,000." With tlie building, and the endowment fund for the Curatorship, the didy constituted Macleay iluseum represented a benefaction of £47,000 ! To-day, and for some time past, the Macleay Museum has been deconstituted, and as an exposition of the fauna of Australia spoilt, because the suitability of the "suitable" building has been so drastically interfered with, that this has in- volved the disniption of the Macleay Collections. One of Sir William's great enterprises, potentially so fructifying if properly managed, has become bankrupt. It has been hamstrung, paralysed, shorn of its attractiveness and inspiration. Mr. .T. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance sheets for the year 1920. duly signed by the Auditor. Mr. F. H. Rayment. F.C.P.A., In- corporated Accountant; and he moved that it be received and adopted, which was carried unanimouslv. 14 president's address. No iKuiiiuations of other C'aiidiiiates liaviiig been received, the President de- clared the following elections for the ensuing Session to be duly made: — president: Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, 15.E., F.E.S. MEMBERS OF couxciL (to fill six vacancies): Messrs. R. T. Baker, F.L.S., W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., A. G. Hamilton, C. Hedley, F.L.S., T. Steel, and G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. auditor: Mr. F. H. Kayiuent, F.C.P.A. On the motion of Mr. W. W. Froggatt, a cordial vote of tlianks to the retiring President was carried by aeclamatiou. Before vacating the Chair, the President proposed a hearty vote of thanks to the Hon. Treasurer, Mr. J. H. Campbell, for the enthusiastic .md capable man- ner in which he managed the Society's financial affairs, which wa-s carried by acclamation. 15 o o o O CO o o en o o CD o in 13 ^1 H a < « c/2|; 0) 03 o o o lO o o 05 o o t^ o en o D ui V, S« O O c p — O J3 ;o UJ ( '■^ O O Ol W O 3i CO -^ 1^ Ol 00 O »0 05 C^ t^ CO t-- -H '^ 1-. o CO CO ^ CD o o o ^ »r^ u^ w n a en " I ■ c 3 . a (v: -n (U Qj CJ ri 0. g: • • "o t/: : (A z • .- O. o o §s c .*^' — o o IcS ffi CD -c ., - ?; s (D OJ f^ «fc.CQ ffi Oh ■ 3 •g c O a OS c^ - o o m o o en o o to O O CO O 1^ o o o o o S o o o o. -r co" ,< S >> 031; 4) -B 3 o! ■ O u C c ca 3 <^ . ■• P " « §■§ .■ti» 3 Q. «j .2 ■"45 P E O) o p — ■-5 P P rt o o 2 s CO : D i;S =« ! «jj o o Sz; 05 00 . O — 'OOOOCCCOO ' TjH lo lO o ^ '-• r- n! c ■ ct: ; crj M t;.p -o M-= ^ p-a Ol-3flin^c3T3 o o 10 (TO O -^ ^ _.& O u Oh H I, 3 O ° a) iH o o p o K — - O P CO (Lt i'5 1^ M 00 iO l^ IM « < 3 •c - 3< o Cl, •a p 3 p ii ca 16 05 n t^ to o o o CI o M to CM CO H C/3 CO < c>> t- o 05 to O o O O ■J o M C£ H H U < n ■3 n V J5 T3 u U ,£3 3 n1 r Uc/J o o 3' o. « c ■ B c S" o c O C5 O C3 O d pa -d ^^ ■J ta p o u H o u o o '^ ^ cr. O O O o fTi 'O T}> c) -r o i*^ J3 OJ o c ■o CO < 3 < t; a, o 3 fo o a (U w ■ K 00 17 H K & O o u o> o ^ < IM a> 03 Si 0. CO O -** h^ T-) hJ eo a -*s h 03 < a CO K ^ 4< < fi a < iz; n o o O o o o o o o o if5 lO O O o O '- 00 c o r- ;o »o tn ■^ r-'(N fC ■^ oo" cs ■er w ■■ri • ^ en ■ n: H •ff CO - >. CAj • s < tn . a . a rt -d 1 Oct ?i^ t .1 a t S2| TO T3 . ; 't 5 3 C 5 C OJ • c ■ c 5 E Sm 5 3ff 3 ^^i 3 3 I c a ^ cs > • T3 m-o c < •d ., oi .2 o •to" •- to OJ ft c J2 «.: o .:< -JJ c c ! 3 < u t/> .K •d c 'E S w 18 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 30th March, 1921. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair. A letter was read from Sir Edgeworth David returning thanks for congratu- lations on his knighthood. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly fleeting (24tli November, 1920), amounting to 37 Vols., 531 Parts or Nos., 57 Bulletins, 25 Reports and 5 Pamphlets, etc-, received from 117 Societies and Institutions and 7 private donors, were laid upon the table. 19 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES. Part vi. Acantholophus. By Eustace W. Ferguson, M.B., Ch.M. Acantholophus ( Macleay ) Schonh. Schonherr, Mantissa Secunda Familiae Cureulionidum, 1847, p. 55. Elongate, comparatively narrow, more ovate in female ; size small to large. Head with upper surface more or less deeply concave in front, with simple or compound crests above eyes. Kostrum short and thick, excavate above, clypeal plate simk between the ends of the outer margins. Antennae long, slender. Eyes generally ovate, sometimes round, rather finely faceted. Prothorax more or less flattened abo\-e, lateral margins strongly explanate, and tubereulate, spinose or dentate, disc marked by three transverse impressions, tlie median only distinct at sides; generally with a distinctly marked median longitudinal area bounded on each side by a row of tubercles. Elytra subti-uncate or emarginate at base, rounded or more or less produced at apex; more or less obscurely pimcto-striate. the interstices granulate, the granules often obsolete; with 3 rows of tubercles in the majority of species, situated on the third, fifth and base of seventh inter- stices. Ventral surface in male feebly concave over basal segments, elsewhere flat or gently transversely convex; in female whole ventral surface convex. An- terior coxae sub-contiguous; tibiae sometimes with sexual characters; posterior tarsi always more or less elongate, never very short. Type of genus, Curculio marshami Kirby. The genus Acantholophus was formed by Schonherr for a number of species previously placed iti Anii/cterus stirps la, and of which marshami was the type. The name was, however, in use by previous authors for this group of species, and Macleay was quoted as the author; so that the nam© originally was probably a manuscript one. Mr. Sloane informs me that it appeared in Dejean's Cata- logue, 1834, as Acantholophus , Macleay. The first valid use of the name seems to have been by Guerin-Menevillo in the Voyage de la Coquille, II., p. 122 (183?),* and his remarks should be (|uoted in full:— •The exact date of publication of the parts of Guerin's work appears doubtful, vide infra tinder A. echinatus. 20 RKVISIOX OF TUK AMYCTERIDES^ vi., "Genre Acantholophe, Acaniholuphus, Schon. nianuse. Ce geme n'etait pas encore publie quand nous avons clonne eet article a I'impression, cependant M. Boisduval, charge par M. Schoenberr de surveiller I'impression dc I'ouvrage de ce savant nous a assui'e qu'il etait etabli dans le manuscrit \)vr. Cure, vii., 1, (1843), i>])- 72, 74-79) dcsciil)ei! 7 species, under the genus A mycterns, which were subsequently removed to Acan- Iholophua wiien that genus was formally described by Schonherr in 1847 (Mantissa Seeunda Kamiliae Curculionidum, p. 55). These species are aureolus, hlvittatus, dumonna, hypolcucus, hyulrix, lateralis, and xuturalis. In 1854, G. R. Waterhouse (Trans. Ent. Soc., iii., part 2) described two new species, adelaidae and planicoUif:. and gave a table grouping together the known species of the genus, but also including under III. B, several species now placed in Cubieorrhynchus. Lacordaire, in his work (Gen. Coleopt., \i., p. 311, 1863). gave a lengthy description of the genus, without adding any new species to it. He also noted that several of the species ascribed to tlie genus mij;lit be better sejiarated generic- ally; the only one of these with wliicli he wai; ac(|uaintc:, trimcaticornis, angasi, scabroaiia , mucronatus, sqHamosvs, Krefftii, tridentatus, and crenaticollis. Later (op. cit., 1866, pp. 327-330) he added 8 moj-e species, — mastersii, posticalis, rugieeps, irroratus, siiblobatus, gra- vicollis, tribi'liis, and convexitisculus. Of these 29 species, 10 must go down to synonymy; thus spinosus = lateralis Bohem; serraticollis is l)ut a variety of denlicollis Macl. ; approximatiis and angasi are not specifically distinct from adelaidae Waterhouse; howittii is the other sex of spinifer Macl.; sqiialidus and titincaticornis are the same; mastersii and po'.sticalis are founded on the sexes of the one species; rugieeps = aureolus Bohem: irroratus = crenaticollis Mad.; sublobatiis is founded on the females of adelaidae and squamosus. One — conrexi- usculus — must be removed from the oenus. and I would place it tentatively in Hgborrhi/nchus. In addition to the above, two species described by Macleay a.s Cubicorrhynchus must be placed in Acantholophns; eximius has already been re- ferred there by Lea, and in the present paper I have placed (7. maximus Macl. in Acantliolopliiis. In addition, Macleay reviewed the previously described species and divided the genus into groups. In 1873, Pascoe (Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., xii. (1876), pp. 6-7) added the names of 3 species, — gladiator, na-sicornis and simpler; of these, nasicornis is little more than a variety of A. aureolus Bohem. Sloane, in the Scientific Re- sults of the Elder Expedition (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvi., 1892, p. 231), described one new species, — gravulatus. This name had previously been listed by Schonherr (Mantissa seeunda, p. 57, 1847) as a new species of Acaiitliolophus, hut it was a nomen nudum, no description being published, though Waterliouse doe. cit., p. 2) included it in his table. Blackburn described 4 new species of Acanthnlophm, — franklinensis (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1890, p. 92), niveovit- tatus (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1890, p. 576). s/to^^m- and tatei (Report Horn Exped., 1896, p. 292). Of these, the name simplex is preoccupied, and I have already altered the species to blackburni (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., 1915, p. 59). Lea described two species, — tasmaniensis (Mitt. a. d. Zool. Mas. Berlin, 1910, p. 182), and foveirostris (Mem. Soc. Entom. Belgique, x\'iii., 1910, p. 85). Within recent years I have added 9 species to the genus, — angusticollis, dixoni, hrevicornis (Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xxvii., 1915, pp. 256-259), browni, alpicola, tennantensis, halmaturinus, simulator and scaphirostris (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., 1915. pp. 66-73). A. brericnrnis I now regard, however, as merely a geogTaphical race of .1. dumosu.<< Bohem., .1. tennantensis as a variety of A. tatei Blackb., and A. simulator as little more than a variety of .1. tribnlus Macl. In the present paper I propose the names of 10 species as new, which, with the removal of synonyms, etc., give a total of 57 species for the genus at present known. That this number will be augmented T have no doubt. Possibly also forms which I now regard a.s varieties of other species will prove with more material to be worthy of specific rank. Characters of Genus. — Before proceeding to the question of the division of the genus, it may be advisable to discuss the characters at greater length than given in the generic diagnosis; this is the more necessary as it will afford an op- portunity of defining some of the terras employed in the description of species. In the majority of the species the head is concave in front, and, as is best seen from behind, separated from the dorsal surface of the rostrum by a distinct 22 RKVI.SIOX OP THE AMTCTERIDESj Vl., ridge connecting the inner surfaces of tlie tubercles or crests which rise above the ejes. This ridge, wjiich will be termed the intercristal ridge, varies in de- velopment and is obsolete in some species, while in one section of the genus it is absent, and the division between the head and rostrum is marked by a transverse impression or sulcus. The supraorbital crests, which arise on cither side above and somewhat in front of the eye.-;, show great variation in shape and development, the differences being of decided specific value. As a rule these crests are com- pound, consisting of two more or less closely united portions, which I have in general termed branches or rami, the po.sterior of which is almost always pointed. A few species show three distinct branches, generally, however, only separate at the apices. The branches vai-y much in form and development ; sometimes they are more or less obtuse or dentifoiTn, sometimes forming acute spines resembling the branching antlers of a deer. In otlier species again, the two portions cannot be made out, the crests consisting of a single tubercle or spine. The relation of the intercristal ridge to the supraorbital crests appears to differ somewhat in different gi-oups; in .-1. tridentatus and one or two others, the ridge joins the crests at the base of the median portion; in certain of the bidentate species the con- nection is clearly with the anterior portion, but in otliers apparently with the posterior. In many species, however, the crests arise, from a comparatively nar- row base into which the ridge runs, and its continuity appears to be with either the posterior or anterior portion, according to the position from which it is viewed. I have not, therefore, been able to make as extensive a use of this character in separating groups of species as I had hoped. In some groups the base of the crests extends for quite an appreciable distance behind the inter- cristal ridge, in others to a mucli less extent. On the outer side of the head, in front of the eye, is a deep groove ; this generally extends for a short distance on to the outer surface of the crests. In the species where the rostrum is separated from the head by a transverse sulcus, this is generally continued for a short distance on to the inner surface of the crests. The rostrum in AcantholvphuK is always more or less excavate above, with the external margin generally raised and often bearing a distinct tubercle or spine. At the base are two more or less convergent ridges, joining the intercristal ridge; these are often obscure or obsolete. The spaces between these ridges and the lateral margins I have termed the basal foveae; they are generally deep and closed around their margin, but sometimes the external portion of the margin is interrupted. The antennae are long and comparatively slender; the two basal joints of the funicle are longer than the othere, but vary in their com])arative Icngtlis; the true length of th(! first joint can only be seen when viewed obliiiuely from behind. Tlie club varies in length and thickness ; in mimy species the basal portion is attenuated, and I have used the teiin pedunculate to describe such forms. The prothorax shows great variation in structure, but tlie widely explanate upper surface with strongly dentate or tuberculate lateral margins is practically characteristic of the genus. One of the characters ui)on wliich I would divide the genus into two sections is the form of the anterior margin; in the majority of species this niargin is widely rounded above and slightly produced, with an evi- dent sinuation on each side leading to the fomiation of a wide and little prom- inent convexity below con-esponding to the ocular lobe; in the species forming the second .section, the margin is tnuicate or subtruncate above, and there is no sinu- ation nor corresponding ocular lobe. The disc of the prothorax is cro!?sed Ify three, more or less distinct, transverse impressions or constrictions, of which the Br EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 23 anterior is the most conspicuous and separates off a distinct anterior collar; the middle is, as a rule, only indicated at the sides, where it generally forms a deep indentation between the lateral tubercles; the posterior forms a nan-ow ring around the base. Longitudinally, in most species, the disc may be divided into three portions; a median area, often more or less raised as a whole, though gen- erally depressed along the median line and bounded on each side by a row of tubercles, which 1 have termed the submedian row; a sublateral area, without tubercles, but sometimes granulate, and the explanate lateral margins. The submedian tubercles are about 7 in number on each side, the first two being in front of the anterior constriction and the last on the basal constriction; the rest are arranged in one of two ways ; in certain species, all the tubercles are in line or little out of it, such I describe a-s being in single series ; in the other type, the intermediate tubercles are what I tenn exserted, that is, they are more outwardly placed and irregularly ai'ranged, generally with one or two transversely set, the penultimate often elongate, obliquely placed and overhanging the basal constric- tion. The lateral margins present, broadly, three forms which may be termed tuberculate, spinose and dentate. In the tuberculate form the margins project outwards in two or three flattened, more or less triang\ilar tubercles, of which the one situated immediately in front of the median constriction is the largest and is here termed the median; anterior to this is a smaller tubercle, varying in size and more or less closely fused with the median; behind the median constric- tion is another large tubercle, smaller than the median, which I term the postero- lateral, or briefly the posterior. Anterior to the anterior constriction there is always present a small tubercle on the lateral margin of the anterior collar, which J have not made use of in descriptions, while, between the median and posterior tubercles, a small tubercle or granule is generally present, but lying lielow their plane. In the spinose form, the median lateral tubercle is a strong, generally re- curved, acute spine, the anterior is generally considerably smaller, while the pos- tfrior may be strongly developed and spiniform or represented by a mere spicule. In the dentate forms, the tubercles are less regular and often conjoined, though the median constriction is generally well marked, the three main tubercles being some- times only traceable with diflBculty. In the second section, the median area and submedian tubei'cles are not, or hardly, marked off from the rest • of the disc which is more or less evenly granulate. The sides of the prothorax are convex, and marked by several oblique and irregidar gi-ooves. The elytra are elongate, roughly about three times as long as the prothorax; the base is gently emarginate and bounded by the humeral angles which lie at the junction of the fifth and seventh interstices, the angle generally being marked by a single tubercle: sometimes the bases of the first and third interstices show forward projecting granviles or tubercles. The apex is rounded, sometimes with an extreme emargination, or may be slightly ]irodueed, ])articularly in the female, and mucronate. The punctures are always shallow and generally indistinct, some- times transvei'sely confluent. The interstices bear rows of granules, but these are often confused by the tubercles and are generally only well developed on the first two interstices. Each elytron, with few exceptions, bears three rows of tubercles, situated on the third, fifth and seventh intei-stices ; the first row ex- tends from the ba.se to the edge of the posterior declivity, the posterior being the largest and generally conical or acutely spinif oi-m ; the second row starts farther from the base and as a rule extends slightly beyond the first row posteriorly, the 24 RKVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, vi., tubercles of the row being generally all conical, though the posterior ones are larger; the third row is situated on the basal portion of the seventh interstice and may be represented by only one or two tubercles. The humeral tubercle belongs neither to the second nor third rows, being situated at the confluence of the fifth and seventh interstices. The other interstices bear no tubercles, except occa.siou- aUy the posterior portion of the second; while the fourth and sixth are only trace- able with difficulty. The sides are more or less infiexed and the interstices granu- late, often obsoletely, above. The ventral surface is plane in the male or lightly transversely convex, with the basal segments somewhat depressed ; in the female the abdomen is convex autero-posterioi'ly and transversely. The anterior coxae are subcontignous, almost, but not ([uite, touching. The tibiae often possess characters, generally sexual, of specific importance. The anterior tibiae are for the most jjart unifonn in structure except in ,4. denticollis whei'e there is a deep subapical emargination in the male. The intermediate tibiae possess sexual characters in many species in the form of a deep sul)apical emargination. The corbels of the posterior tibiae require a rather fuller description ; these are more or less oval, with an anterior extension somewhat triangular in shape, and gen- erally inclined at an angle to the plane of the rest of the corbel. The setae sur- roimding the corbel are internipted at the extension which generally has a few setae more irregularly arranged or in clumps. This extension varies much in development, sluijjc. and degree of development in the buttress which supports it from the anterior surface of the shaft; these variaticms may be sexual, as in A. scabro.'ins, but generally the characters are similar in both male and female. The posterior tai-si are nuire or less elongate, but shorter and l)ri)ader in some species than in others. Dissections have been made of the male genitalia in several species. These have shown that the structures do luit differ fundamentally, though showing varia- tion in the shape of the median lobe and in the form of the internal sac. I am deeply indebted to Dr. David Shar|i and to Mr. F. Muir for a l)etter know- ledge and undei-standing of the anatomical arrangement of tlie parts of tiie male genitalia. The eighth sternite shows no variation, — it is pai-tially chitinised in the fonn of a pair of roughly triangular pieces which do not quite meet in the median line. In a private letter Dr. Sharp states that the last ventral segment (i-c-, the eighth) in Acaiitholophus is in the condition normal for Rhyncophorn. Kelatioti to Other (li'tiera. — AcattUioUiphus is related on tlie one hand to Cubicorrlii/nchiis, and on the other to Iliiborrln/nchits. The point of distinction between Acantholophus and Cubicorrhynchus is not altogether easy to make; tlie character on which T rely to separate the two genera is the upper rostral surface. In Acanlholoplnis tliis is always to some extent excavate, and never presents the broad Ihil appearance so characteristic of Ciibicorrln/ncliiu^. For this reason T place ('. ma.rimiift in AvatithiiJoplius. as it has a dee|)ly excavate i-ostrum, tliougli in general its facies resembles that of Cuhicorrhi/nchns; it is, however, certainly congeneric with A. grmudaluts Sloane and ,1. blackburni Ferg. (= A. simplex Blackb. ) which their authors placed unhesitatingly in Acantholophus. The species of (Cubicorrhynchus are for the most part smaller than those of Acanthi)lnplius. and with few excc-ptions do not possess elytral tul)ercles. The species here grouped together under section IT. possess many features in common with Ciibicnrrhyvchus and at variance with the other section of Acantholo})hus, which, however, they resemble in their general facies. Probably this section will eventually be constituted a separate genus. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSOX. " 25 From Uyborrhynchus the present genus differs more widely; tlie arrangement of the rostral and head tubercles is ditt'ereut, but the chief point of distinction lies in the relation of the bases of the prothorax and elytra. In Aeantholophw< the base of the prothorax is practically as wide as the space between the humeral angles which are at the junction of the fifth and seventh interetices ; in Hyborr- hynchiis, as in Anascoptes and allied genera, the base of the prothorax is measured by the distance between the ends of the third elytral intei'stices. Subdivision of the Genus. — Jladeay in his jiaper subdivided the genus into 4 groups : — A. With simple tubercle o\er the eye. a. Three rows of tubercles on each elytron. b. Two rows of tubercles on each elytron and one or two post-humeral lateral spines. B. With compound tubercle over the eye. a. Two rows of tubercles on each elytron and under 4 lateral spinas. b. Three rows of tubercles on each elytron. This classification followed on the lines of the table given by G. R. Water- house {I.e., p. 1, 1854) for the few species known to him. Waferhouse, however, included in his table species that were afterwards placed in Cubicorrlninclius and Hyborrhfinchns. Maeleay's arrangement is, however, by no means satisfactory, as, according to his grouping, the first 3 groups each contained three to six species, while the bulk of the species was placed in group 4 which thus included many dissimilar species . In endeavouring to group the si)ecies together on a satisfactory liasis, 1 have experienced great difficulty in deciding what should be regarded as primary cliar- acters, and the arrangement now suggested can only be regarded as tentative. The difficulties arise partly from the great variation in so large a genus, and partly from siinilar characters being sometimes present in members of what are otherwise remotely separated groups. This, in some cases, appears to be due to convergence of characters, in otliers possibly to the reappearance of an ancestral character. The simple or single form of the. supraorbital crests is an example of the first ; in several groups there appears a tendency to the formation of a single crest either by the complete fusion of two rami or by the suppression of one ramus, while in other instances the simple fonii seems almost a primitive charac- ter. As an example of what I have termed the reappearance of an ancestral character may be cited the subapical emargination or notch on the intermediate tibiae. This occurs throughout all the species of one or two groups, but also occurs in perhaps one or two species in a group, the other members of which do not possess this character. The notch also occurs in genera such as Sclemriniu: and Talaurinii.s which are not nearly related to Acantholophus. While, therefore, there occur groups of species all the members of wliich re- semble each other closely in general facies, it is not always easy to define the characters or limits of such gi-oups. In the accompanying table of species, there- fore, while endeavouring to arrange the species according to their evident affini- ties, the characters selected for the purpose of the table are not always what I v,-ould regard as of primary importance. The genus as a whole, however, falls readily into fwo sections. In the first, the head is separated from the rostrum by the intercristal ridge; the prothorax is produced above and ocular lobes are present. The greater niunber of species 26 -REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, \-i., fall into this section. In the second section, the head is separated from the ros- trum by a transvei-se impression ; the prothorax is subtruncate above, and ocular lobes are absent. In these eharactei's the second section agrees with the genus ('ubicorrhi/nckus, and with good reason might l)e united to that genus; the species, however, in their general facies, much more closely resemble Acantholophus, and the rostrum is deeply excavate. Probably this section will require a new generic name. The membci-s of the tiret section may 1k' divided further into tubcrculatc and spinose foniis; this differentiation is not a good one as. after all, it is more or less a question of degree, but the di\'ision sei-ves to separate two large groups of species, the members of each of which are more or less closely allied inter se. I have taken the character of the lateral prothoraeic tubercles as determining Avhether a species belongs to the tuberoulate or spinose subsection. In one or two ca-ses it is difficult to interpret this feature, but most of the doubtful species are evidently related to other species belonging to one or other of these two sub- sections. In the tubereulate forms the sul)median rows of prothoraeic tubercles are never in single series, but always have the intermediate tubercles irregularly set (exserted). In the spinose subsection these submedian tubercles are generally in single series, but may be exserted. Further subdivision into groups is a matter of great difficulty, principally owing to th«? occurrence of so many isolated species, each more or less requiring a group to itself. Certain natural groups do occur, and in the table of species T have indicated such groups by the group name in brackets after the character which immediately governs the group. Such group names have only been made use of in the tubereulate subsection. Table of Species. Section I. — Rostrum divided from head above by an intercristal ridge. Apical margin of prothorax slightly produced above head, with ocular lobes. 1 (54) Lateral prothoraeic tubercles flattened, trianguhform. [Submedian row of tubercles on prothorax not in single series]. ( Tubereulate specxts) . 2 (11) With the following characters in combination: Supraorbital crests simple; intermediate tibiae notched (diiinosus group). 3 (6) Intercristal ridge well developed. 4 (.5) Intermediate ventral segments strongly strigose; subapical elytra! spines absent or mere spicules du»wsus Bohem. 5 (4) Intermediate segments not strigose; subapical spines well marked. apical is Macl. 6 (3) Intercristal ridge obsolete or but little developed. 7 (10) Prothoraeic tubercles depressed, flattened. 8 (9) Form normal; tubercles few and large Iraiisilus ^'acl. 9 (8) Form very elongate; tubercles more numerous and smaller. liroicniV erg. 16 (7) Prothoraeic tubercles erect, conical ai>iycteroides Macl. 11 (2) Without the combination of characters as in duiiiosus group. 12 (49) Apical tubercle of second elytral row on a level with, or posterior to apical tubercle of first row. 13 (42) Apical ventral segment more or less flattened. 14 (39) Supraorbital crests arising from a comparatively firoad base. (}iiarshaiiii group) . 15 (34) Crests more or less distinctly liranched. 16 (33) Crests distinctly biramate. 17 (20) Posterior tarsi with first joint short and broad. 18 (19) Intermediate tibiae simplg i)tar$hatni Kirby. 19 (18) Intermediate tibiae notched sella/us, n.sp. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 27 Posterior tarsi with first joint elongate and comparatively slender. Middle and posterior tibiae simple. Intermediate ventral segments strongly strigose echidna Macl. Intermediate segments setigero-punctate, but not strigose. Antennae with joints of funicle elongate; club with slender peduncle. Narrow elongate species (c?) ; strongly mucronate posteriorly (5). iniicronatus Macl. Relatively stouter species (c?l ; briefly mucronate (S'- Ciiiinatus Gutr .'>. Antennae with joints less elongate; club briefly or not pedunculate. Crests with deep notch between Jrami .\/>;;/?/£';- Macl. Crests with shallow notch between rami. Mandibles transversely rugose beyond inner smooth margin. sordidiis, n.sp. ilandibles more closely and not transversely punctured. siMi-idcnlatus, n.sp. Intermediate tibiae notched, posterior tibiae with a flange-like process on inner side of apex Si-abrosiis '^a.cl. Supraorbital crests distinctly triramate /i-idi-ti/ants Macl. Supraorbital crests apparently single (division between branches occa- sionally indicated in individual specimens) . Elongate, narrow species. Tubercles low and obtuse alpicola Ferg. Tubercles distinct and conical tusinanietisis hea.. Shorter, relatively broader species (//_ro«7 Ferg. Supraorbital crests arising from a narrow base, erect, feebly notched at apex. Prothoracic tubercles flattened; intermediate tibiae notched. foveirostris Lea . Prothoracic tubercles rounded; intermediate tibiae simple. sgualidus Macl. Apical ventral segment antero-posteriorly convex, the posterior slope slightly transversely flattened ^.adtiaidae-z^o\iv) . Prothorax with apical tubercles of submedian row not strongly crista- form. Supraorbital crests feebly or not bidentate. Short species, with fewer elytral tubercles adelaidae Waterh. Elongate species with relatively narrower prothorax, and more numerous elytral tubercles angits/icollis Ver^. Supraorbital crests distinctly branched /lahnaturiniis Ferg. Prothorax with anterior tubercles of submedian rows strongly cristaform. gravicollis Macl. Apical tubercle of second elytral row anterior to apical tubercle of first j-ow {stju.iinosus gTou'p) . Intermediate tibiae simple. Apical tubercle of first row the largest .s(;«rt;«ojr«i Macl. Penultimate tubercle of first row the largest nanus n.sp. Intermediate tibiae with strong Subapical notch. .. parvidiis, n.sp. Lateral prothoracic tubercles more or less spiniform. (Spinose species). Supraorbital crests composed of- two separate tubercles or spines, the intercristal ridge connecting the anterior pair. Posterior tibiae with a strong forward projecting process at apex. Spines on head, prothorax and elytra long and acute kre_ff/iMzd. *Two species have been incorrectly included here. ^. kreff/i has the crests deeply livided, but the two branches hardly arise separately; in W. doddi the branches are united for a considerable distance. In the Table both species should come before A. tatei, etc., from which they can be separated by the tibial structure. 20 (17) 21 (32) 22 (23) 23 (22) 24 (27) 25 (26) 26 (25) 27 (24) 28 (29) 29 (28) 30 (31) 31 (30 32 (21) 33 (161 34 (15) 35 (38) 36 (37 37 (36 38 (35 39 (14) 40 (41 41 (40 42 (13 43 (48 44 (47 45 (46 46 (45 47 (44) 4,S (43 49 (12 50 (53 51 (52 52 (51 53 (50 54 (1 55* (62 56 (59 57 (58 28 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, \T.. 58 (57 59 (56 60 (61 61 (60 62 (55 63 (66 64 (65 65 (64 66 (63 67 (68 68 (67 69 (78 70 (71 71 (70 72 (75 73 (74 74 (73 75 (72 76 (77 77 (76 78 (69 79 (82 80 (81 81 (SO 82 (79 83 (88 84 (87 85 (86 86 (85 87 (84 88 (S3 89 (92 90 (91 91 (90 92 (89 Sec ion pro 93 (104 94 (101 95 (98 96 (97 97 (96 98 (95 99 (100 100 (99 101 (94 102 (103 mas/ers! Macl. Spines noticeably shorter dod J i, n.sp. Posterior tibiae simple. Ovate, strongly convex, very spinose species hystrix Bohem. Small, narrow, elongate; tubercles conical bivittatus Bohem. Supraorbital crests simple or compound, the rami never arising separately . Lateral prothoracic tubercles subcylindrical, or peg-like. Crests biramate, the rami slender tribu/m Macl. Crests with rami stouter; the lateral prothoracic tubercles shorter. sijiiiilator Ferg. Lateral prothoracic tubercles acute. Elytra rounded at base, without humeral angles. Elytra with more or less marked hiuneral tubercles. Subapical elytral spines present. Supraorbital crests single gladiator Pasc. Supraorbital crests compound. Crests triramate. Elytral tubercles few and separate niveovittatus Blackb. Elytral tubercles of first row smaller, more numerous and more closely set y>(r7/X'//«f;/.f/.? Blackb. Supraorbital crests biramate. Subapical spines well developed, acute hypolcucus Bohem. Spines mere spicules; crests larger and thicker crassideiis Macl. Elytra without subapical spines. Apical tubercle of submedian prothoracic row distinctly larger than others of the row. Large, elongate species sutntalis V,o\\^m. Shorter, more ovate species lateralis Bohem. Apical tubercle of submedian prothoracic row not longer than others of the row. Supraorbital crests arising from a comparatively broad base behind the intercristal ridge. Intermediate tibiae with a deep subapical notch in c7- Clothing markedly vittate /;//wc/<7//.v Macl. Clothing of elytra uniform ciiprcoinirajis, n.sp. Intermediate tibiae simple ocelligcr, n.sp. Supraorbital crests arising from a comparatively narrow base. Prothorax with submedian row of tubercles in single series. Crests compound Ar/,-/ Blackb. Crests simple. tragoceptiahis, n.sv>- Prothorax with tubercles of submedian row irregularly arranged in centre siuifileA' Pasc. 1. — Hostrum separated from bead by a transvei-sc groove: prothorax not need over head, ocular lobes absent : — Lateral prothoracic margins with outwardly projecting trianguliform tubercles. Posterior, lateral, prothoracic tubercle strongly developed. Elytral tubercles strong, spinose. Supraorbital crests simple aiireolns Bohem. Supraorbital crests bidentate tiasirorii is Pasc. Elytra granulate, without definite tubercles. Supraorbital crests triramate rrei/aticollis Mic\. Supraorbital crests biramate tcrrae-regiiiae, n.sp. Posterior, lateral, prothoracic tubercle granuliform, Elytral punctures and granules distinct e.viviius Mad. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON". 29 103 (102) Elytral punctures and granules much less distinct. si-aphirostris Ferg. 104 (93) Lateral margins of prothorax more irregularly dentate. 105 (110) Elytral tubercles more or less distinct. 106 (107) Anterior tibiae simple planicollis Waterh. 107 (108) Anterior tibiae with subapical notch. lOS (109) Supraorbital crests simple denlkoUis Macl. 109 (108) Supraorbital crests bidentate serralico/lis Macl. 110 (105) Elytra granulate, not tuberculate. 111 (114) Form comparatively slender, resembling Acantholoplnis. 112 (113) Supraorbital crests single: elytral granules duplicated on some of the interstices i^raiudatns 'SA. 113 (112) Supraorbital crests bidentate; elytral granules in single series. hhickburni Ferg. 114 (111 I Form robust, resembling Cubkorrhynchus ; elytral granules m double series iiiaximus Macl. Geographical Distribution. — The genus has probably as wide a ilistribution as any of the subfamily, with the possible exception of Cubicorrhi/nchut,: It is note- worthy in this conneetion that Acantholophus occurs in Ta-smania, whereas Cuhi- corrJu/nchits ha-s never been recorded from that island. Section II., though few in numbers, ha,s a distribution practically eo-extensive with the genus, though ap- jiarently the soath-west has more species belonging to this section than any other portion. Both the eastern and western sides of the continent are rich in species of Section I. ; but with the difference, that whereas tuberculate forais predominate on the eastern side, spinose species are dominant in the west. The species in- cluded in the dumosus group afford the most striking exception to this generalis- ation; the headquarters of these is in the south-west, but the grouji spreads into South Australia and touches the mallee district of Victoria. Almost the only spinose species in the eastern portion of the continent are two that occur in Queensland. The species of southern Australia mostly fall into the small ade- laidae group. Central Australia, as far north as Tennant's Creek, possesses a few species, and it is noteworthy that these are closely related to foniis occur- ring in north-west Australia, where the genus has been met with as far north as Condon. No species have so far been recorded from the far north. Cuhicorr- liynchus ha.s a similar distribution, but whereas that genus frequents the open plains and inland slopes, Acantholophus appeal's to prefer the mountain ranges. This generalisation is based on my knowledge of the two genera in Eastern Aus- tralia, and I cannot say if the same holds good for other parts. On the east, liowever, the genus is widely distributed along the Main Dividing range and on the sandstone foi-mation of the Sydney basin ; where it occurs farther inland it is, as a general rale, on the spurs and ranges such as the Warrnmbungles, which are offshoots from the main chain. Ilftbits. — Specimens are most often taken under logs and stones, or crawling along paths at dusk or in the early morning. At lea.st one species — ^4. marshami — can be taken around Sydney at the base of gra.ss-trees (Xanthorrhoea), and Mr. Clark, of Perth, informs me that other Western Australian species have this habit. I have also received specimens of A. simulator from Mr. A. M. Lea marked as taken in grass-trees. Recently, when this manuscript was well nigh complete. I received from Mr. .T. Clark valuable notes on the habits of many of the Western Australian species, which se*m worthy of being recorded in extenso : — "I am quite satisfied that tiie majority of our W.A. Acantholophus feed on the bark of trees, mostly Marri 30 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, vi., (Eiic. calopliylla), but they take to several other trees, uot all Euealypts. I am also of the oijinion that the larvae teed ou the roots of grass-trees, but have so far got no proof. It is mostly in gra.ss-tree country that the whole sub-family abound, although I have got a few far from such country. Dead and living grass-trees attract members of the Family, but for what purpose I do not know. Of all the species I have taken on and in, grass-trees, I have seen no signs of foliage or leaf base having been touched by them; most of the species taken in dead grass-trees are found in small cavities which they seem to have dug in the decaying heart or pith, but 1 do not think they have pupated there, as the cell is clearly the work of the adult, who prefei-s the decaying heart of the grass-tree as food, the larval and pupal stages being passed in the roots?" "Of the species under loose bark on trees, they eat the bark from within out- wards, leaving- the sap alone so that they do not interfere with the health of the tree, except that they keep the bark loose and so help other agencies to work on the trees. I have taken over a dozen on one tree on many occasions. Most of the species taken on the ground { all genera) are mostly at the foot of a tree with fresh bark lying around, on which they have been feeding, this particularly applies to Cubicorrlupiehus, and these are sometimes taken under the loose bark on the trees. Several others seem to live in or on decaying timber such as Ae. (Cubi.) maximiw, which is only to be taken under rotting timber or stones, and nowhere else, and always on rough stony or hilly country. Those species taken on the hilly country arc rarely met with on the san:. "A. gladiator Pasc. — I have taken about a dozen, but always in tussocks or other small thick-gi-owth. I tire the dum]) and drive them out. A. transitun Mad. — About 7 specimens taken, all on the ground under bits of timber, etc. I can get this species in one place only, it seems somewhat rare. A. amt/cteroides Mael. — Numerous in dead grass trees, iuid under loose l)ark of various trees, also a few amongst the foliage of living gra.ss-ti'ces and some- times under logs. This and the following species seem to prefer the hilly country, iuid are the most commonly met species. A. sutiiralifi Boliem. — Similar to above, but is sometimes talcen on the Uiw sandy country. A. spitiosuf: Mad. — Confined to the low sandy country, and usually on the ground under timber, bark, etc., but sometimes taken uiuicr loose bark on trees. A peculiar feature of this species is that they usually occur in p.iirs, Imt not "in cop/' and never numerous. A. aureohis Bohem. — Usually under loose bark or in dcail gra.ss-trees . Mostly on the hills. A. nasicornis Pasc. — One specimen, uiidcr timl)er on gnuuid. A. niiieovitlatu-'i Blackb. — Always on the ground, under logs, oic. A. hiipoleucus Bohem. — On the ground, and under loose 1)ark; liilly country. A. dumo^its Bohem. — Same as above. A. cra^fidetiti Macl. — One specimen only, under bark of Mai'ri. A. humeralin Mad. — T have never taken this species. ^4. hiistrix Bnlieni. — Not taken by me. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON .\ - ,- ., _ -^ / 31 A. scaphirostrit: Ferg. — One spwiiiiun under stone. A. cupreomicans n.sp. — Under bark of Marri. A. maximus Mad. — Only on the ground, under stones, timber, etc." AcANTHOLOPHUS DUMOsus Bohem. Bohemann, Schonh., Gen. Spec. Cure, vii., i., 1843, p. 77; Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 272. d. Black; clothing spai-se, dark, irregularly maculate with white on elytra, forming an irregular vitta along suture, on sides forming maculae above and an interrupted vitta along lower margin. Head concave in front; intercristal ridge conspicuous; supraorbital crests short, simple, briefly pointed, arising from ends of inten'crlstal ridge and from liead immediately posterior to it. Rostram rather shallowly concave, lateral margins feebly angulate, sometimes with a small tooth anteriorly; internal ridges not conspicuous, strongly convergent posteriorly; basal foveae large, closed. Antennae of moderate leng-th, funicle witli second joint longer than first, club briefly pedunculate. Protliorax liattened, median area obsoletely granulate; sub- median tul)ercles small, granulifonn, obsolescent in centre, the apical pair slightly larger, not arranged in single series; lateral tubercles flattened, trianguliform, the median one large, somewhat spiniform, curved backwards at apex, with a small tubercle conjoined anteriorly, posterior lateral tubercle trianguliform, almost as large as median, not recurved. Elytra rather short, with gi'anules somewhat irregularly disposed; with three rows of tubercles, first row with 8 — 10, mostly granuliforni, the last 2 only acute and spinifonn, ending on declivity, sometimes with a few spicules beyond; second row with (i — 7, the basal tubercles conical, the last 3 acutely spiniform ; humeral tubercle large and conical ; third row with 4 outwardly projecting spinifonn tubercles. Ventral surface coarsely strigose. Intermediate tibiae notched. 9. Larger than d" and broader and stuuter; prothorax similar, elytra with fewer, more widely separated tubercles, 8 — 9, 5 and 3 on the three rows, no sub- apical tubercles ; undersurface convex, ventral segments almost as coarsely strigose as in d'. Dimensions : d". 16 x 5 nim. ; $. 20 X 8 mm. Hab. — Western Au.stralia: King George Sound, Mundaring Weir, Tenin- dewa. The specimen from Tenindewa (dl has rather longer crests and two distinct spicules on declivity in line with first row; it is also somewhat narrower. I do not think it is distinct as I find that specimens show a tendency to vai-y in these respects. A c? labelled "N. Territory'' is considerably more slender than King George Sound specimens, but I cannot separate it, and furthermore I believe the locality to be incorrect. .1 dumosus Boh., is more nearly allied to A. apicalis Macl., but can be readily distinguished by the ateence of subapical tubercles on the elytra, and by the dif- ferently sculptured ventral surface. The other species of the group differ widely in many respects. ACANTHOLOPHUS DUMOSUS Boh. var. BREVICORNIS Ferg. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xxvii. (New Series), Pt. ii., 1914, p. 2.57. I now regard this species as a geographical race or variety of .4. dumosus Boh., the distinctions not appearing sufficient to justify specific rank. Tlie occur- 32 REVISION OF THE AMVCTERIDES, vi., rence of thi^ species and of A. kiimeralis Mael., in western Victoria furnish in- stances of disconnected distribution which are ahnost unparalleled among the Ainyeterides. ACANTHOLOPHUS APICALIS Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soe. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 276. < fl mm. Hah. — South Australia: Mt. Lofty. Closely allied to -1. dumosus Bohem., the present species may l)e distinguisiied by its more elongate form, with the presence of large subapieal tubercles, and by the differently sculptured ventral surface. On the name label of this species in the Macleay Museum there are two males; as is usual neither is marked as type. ACANTHOLOPHUS AJIYCTEUOIDES Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. AVales, i., 1865, p. 271. J. Large. Black; moderately densely clothed with brown subpubescence; elytra with a gi-eyish vitta posteriorly between the fii'st and second rows of tubercles, extending down and most marked on declivity, with another, somewhat interrupted, between second and third rows; sides with a grey vitta running along middle of sides of prothorax aiid idmig luwcr margin of elytra, with m lew macules above on elytra. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 33 Head concave in front; intercristal ridge absent, the continuity of bead and rostrum interi-upted above by a slight difference in level; supraorbital crests simple, appearing as a prolongation upwards of the lateral margins of the rostrum, apex briefly pointed, directed upwards. Rostrum rather shallowly con- cave above, with a deep median impression, foveiform anteriorly; lateral margins raised, parallel for greater part of length, slightly divergent and obtusely angulate anteriorly; internal ridges and foveae oljsolete. Antennae moderately long, scape rather stout, somewhat curved, first joint of funicle shorter than second, club elongate, fairly stout, pedunculate. Prothorax with median area with a central carina in posterior half; submedian tubercles distinct, erect, nuduliform, 7 in number, the central ones exserted; lateral tubercles trianguliform, the median the largest, with apex somewhat recurved, the anterior smaller, but separate, except at base, the posteiior slightly smaller than median and more obtuse. Elytra with granules most distinct along suture ; with three rows of moderately large, conical, tubercles, first with 6 — 7, rather small and obtuse, the last 2 larger and spiniform, ending on edge of declivity; second with 5 — 6, all conical, the last 3 larger and spiniform, reaching a lower level on declivity than firet row; humeral tubercle moderately large; third row with 4 — .5, moderately large and conical, but decrea.s- ing rapidly in size posteriorly. Ventral segments olisoletely punctate, with fine subsetose pubescence, thinly set, but condensed at sides. Intermediate tibiae with a strong subapical notch. S. Larger, more robust tlian male; elytra much broader and more ovate, with more evident granules, tubercles smaller, first row with 7, the last three stronger and more conical, second with 7, larger posteriorly, third with 5. Venter convex, obsoletely punctate; intermediate tibiae simple. Dimensions: c? 10 x 6 mm. ; S. 18 X 9 mm. Ilab. — Western Australia: King- George Sound, Pai-kerville . A male from Canning Ranges is larger and differs somewhat in the supra- orbital crests, which do not appear so much like a continuation of the lateral lostral margins, but apparently arise somewhat infernal to them; the lateral pro thoracic tubercles are also larger, with tiie anterior and median tubercles almost completely conjoined and more strongly directed back at the apex; the posterior is also more acute ; the elytral tubercles are stronger and more numerous, 8, 8 and 6 in number in the three rows. A female from Kalamunda resembles the above male in the supraorbital crests; the elytral tubercles number 9. 8 and 5. I do not however, think these differences are of specific importance. The species can be readily recognised among the other membere of the group by the rounded nodules on the prothorax, not flattened as in ^4. transitus nor with the anterior pair enormously develojied as in A. gladiator. ACAXTHOLOPHUS TEANSITUS Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soe. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 271. cf. Laxge. Black; spai-sely clothed with grey subpubescence, elytra more densely vittate with grey between first and second rows of tubercles and t)etween second and third rows; sides vittate above and below. Head deeply concave in front, with a single median carina; intercristal ridge I'epresented by short oblique ridges running from the ends of the internal rostral ridges to the crests; supraorbital crests single, short, little raised, and obtuse. Rostrum with upper surface rather shallowly excavate and rugosely punctate; 34 UKVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, vi., lateral borders raised, angiilate in front, posteriorly miming into base o£ supra- orbital crests; internal ridges strongly convergent, only evident at base; basal loveae deep. Antennae rather stout, first joint of funicle shorter than second, club stout, briefly pedunculate. Prothorax flattened; median area with an irre- gular, impressed, median line, set with flattened, little raised granules of varying size; submedian tubercles similarly flattened, noduliform. varying in size and shape, irregularly set ; lateral tubercles broadly triangulifonn, the anterior almost completely conjoined with median, and the posterior as large as median. Elytra moderately elongate, shorter than in ^4. hroicni; punctures small and indistinct; granules small, but regailarly an-anged; first row of tubercles 8 — 9 in number. basal ones small and granuliform, the last 3 — 4 becoming larger and more conical, ending on edge of declivity ; second row with 6 — 7, all conical, but smaller at base, ending at a lower level onj declivity, with a small spicule beyond last tubercle; humeral tubercle large and conical ; third row with 4, conical outwardly projecting tubercles, the first the largest. Ventral surface set with large, rather shallow punctures, the intervals sliglitly raised or strigose, punctures filled with large sub- squamose setae. Intermediate tibiae with a rather shallow subapical notch. ?. Very large, with broad elytra; first row of tubercles granuliform, the last 2 — 3 small conical tubercles; second with 10, all small, but larger than first row. and conical posteriorly; third with 6. Venter convex, obsoletely punctate, with small subsquamose setae in the punctures. Dimensions : isiis: 6. 18 x 6.5 nun.; 9- 19 x 7.5 mm. Hah. — N.S. Wales: Blue Mountains. The male resembles the other members of the group, but is distinguished by BT EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 39 its somewhat narrower form and elongate antennae; the female is distinguished hy the elytral mucronation. This species is not uncommon at Blaekheath, on the Blue Mountains. The above description has been drawn up from specimens in my own collec- tion. On the name label in the Macleay Museum are two females, measuring 21 X 7.5 mm., and 19 X 7 mm.; the elytral tubercles number 9, 9, 5, and 8^10, 8 — 9, 4 — 5 on the two specimens. .Some years ago I examined a specimen in the Brussels Museum collection whieh was labelled as being the type of ^-1. echinatus Boisd.* The whole question of the use of the name echinatus is discussed elsewhere in this paper (see p. 37.) ACANTHOLOPHUS SPINIPER Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.g.w., i., 1865, p. 284; .1. homttii, Macl., Id. p. 285. isicii}s: cT. 17.5 ^ 6 mm.; 9. 19.5 x 8 mm. //o/^.— N.S. Wales: Grenfell. C. var. MONTANUS, n.var. c?. Comparatively narrow and elongate. ^Moderately densely clothed on prothorax and along suture with brown, more spai-sely elsewhere; some obscure white clothing along median line of prothorax and sometimes of elytra, and foisu- ing obscure maculae on elytra. Head and rostrum nuich as in sjiinifer but rather less dec)) with lateral raised angulation (if rostrum more obtuse, and anterior border of suv>raorbital crests less convex. Prothorax as in spinifer. Elytra elongate with more lunnerous and smaller tubercles; the first row witli 8 — 9, the basal ones mere gi-anules, second with 7 — 9. increa-sing in size from base, third with small nodule at basal angle- often conjoined with first tubercle of row, the latter followed by 4 tubercles all smaller than in .1. spinifer. 2. Willi whitish dotlnng on elytra more marked; genci'ally larger, but variable in size and more ovate in outline; eh'tral tubercles variable in number. as a rule more numerous than in .1. spinifer, no tubercles on second interstice; ventral surface convex, nimensions: <$. 16 X .5.5 mm.; ?. 17 X 7.5 mm. Hflb.— N.S. Wales: Blue Jits. 1 have had three specimens, taken at Blacklieath, in my collection for some years, and recently Mr. 11. .1. Carter has supplied nie with 1 d" and .3 9. taken BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 41 at Mt. Victoria (January, 1920). Two of the series (c?— Mt. Victoria, ?— Black- heath) are much smaller than the others, measuring: c?. M X 5, S. 15 X 6.5 mm., but do not present any other appreciable differences. I have carefully compared my series of A. spinifer Macl., and the above \arieties, without being able to find any differences that can he regarded as of specifie value. The various forms are, nevertheless, readily distinguished by their general appearance. The number of tubercles on the elytra is too variable to be used as a distinctive feature; the average size of the tubercles is smaller in var. montanus than in the other forms. The clothing is variable, but var. fuscovittatus is more distinctively clothed than the others. There are slight dif- ferences also in the comparative lengths of the joints of the funicle ; in the types the first two joints appear to be subequal, in other Victorian forms the second joint is slightly longer than the first, and in the varieties fuscovittatus and mon- tanus it is more decidedly so. while in var. hlandensis, the two joints are equal but are longer than in the types. ACANTHOLOPHUS SORDIDUS, n.Sp. A small species allied to A. spinifer Macl., but with smaller, obtuse tubercles. (?. Moderately densely covered with obscure brownish clothing. Rostrum as in A. marshami, the external margins rather obtusely angulate. Head with supraorbital crests broad at base, the free margin barely notched be- tween the two rami, anterior border strongly convex, posterior ramus briefly pointed and projecting backwards. Antennae as in A. spinifer. Prothorax tuberculate as in A. marshami, the median tubercles slightly smaller, the two anterior conjoined. "Elytra with a row of granules along suture, and another less evident, along second interstice ; tubercles small, noduliform, only the posterior ones distinctly conical ; first row^ with 7, the basal one elongate, the following 3 smaller, nodulifonn, the last 3 becoming progi'essively larger and more conical, ending at edge of declivity; second row with 7, only the last 3 conical, extending further down declivity; humeral tubei'cle moderately large, followed by third row with 4 tubercles, the first the largest. Under surface setigero-punctate, the punc- tures small, not confluent, except at apex, where they tend to become reticulate. Legs simple. 9. Larger and liroader. the elytra feebly granulate between the rows of tubercles, the latter smaller than in the male, 7, 7, 4 in number in the three rows; venter convex, setigero-punctate. Dimensions: c?. 14.5 x 5 mm.; 9. 16 X 6. ,5 mm. Hah. — Victoria: .Tamieson (T. G. Sloane). The species is founded on a pair received from Mr. T. G. Sloane. It is a small dingy species without any salient characteristics. It is closely allied to A. .spinifer, and might have been considered a variety, but the difference in the size of the tubei-cles and to some extent the shape of the crests lead me to regard it as worthy of specific rank. ACAXTHOLOPIIU.'? SUBTRIDEXT.VTUS, n.Sp. A moderately small species, without outstanding characteristics. d". Black; moderately densely clothed with brown depressed subpubeseence. Head deeply concave in front; intercristal ridge well marked; supraorbital crests large, broad at base, the two rami conjoined for the gi'eater part, of their length, anterior border convex, free margin with a distinct though not deep, notch anteriorly between the rami, and with a shallower indentation posteriorly. 42 REVISION OP THE AMTCTERIDES, vi., the apex directed upwards and backwards; crests, as viewed from in front, showing considerable inclination outwards. Rostrum much as in A- spinifer Macl. but internal ridges slightly less convergent at base. Antennae of moderate length, comparatively stout, second joint of funicle longer than first; club rather briefly obovate. Prothorax (4X5 mm.) much as in A. spinifer, but tubercles smaller; median area with deep linear impression in centre not reaching base or apex; median tubercles with first two conjoined to form a ridge, the central ones forming a group of 3 or 4, hai-dly larger than granules, and a moderately large obtuse tubercle posteriorly, slightly backwardly projecting, but not fonning an oblique ridge as in A. spinifer; lateral tubercles trianguliform, the two anterior completely conjoined, the posterior distinctly .smaller. Elytra (9X6 mm.) with seriate punctures small and shallow, the granules iueonspicuons; fii-st row of tubercles 7 — 8 in number, the basal 4 — 5 slightly elongate, small, hardly raised, the last 2 — 3 conical, becoming progressively larger and more acute, ending on edge of declivity ; second row with 4 — 6 tubercles, larger and more acute posterior- ly, outwardly projecting; third row with 4-eonical outwardly projecting tubercles, the humeral one distinctly smaller than the other 3. Sides with a single row of granules on each of the upper two interstices. Under surface moderately closely setigero-punctate, the setae strong, the punctures rather shallow, somewhat more rugose on apical segment. Legs simple. Dime-nsinns: S. 14 x Q T^m. Hab.—N.S. Wales: Waleha Road. A very ordinary looking species of the marshami group, the structure of it.? crests showing a rather faint approach to the triramate crests of A. tridentatus; this is perhaps seen best when the head is viewed from in front. On one elytron the apical tubergle of the second row descends to a more posterior level than tliat of the first row. In the sculpture of the outer surface of the mandibles, this species agrees with A. tridentatus and differs widely from A. spinifer and its allies. In the latter this surface, external to the smooth inner mai-gin, is strongly rugulose, the inner ridges being arranged in parallel series, and the spaces be- tween the rugulose ridges bear long setae; in ,1. subtridentatu--^ the surface is dis- tinctly setigero-punctate, and the intervals between the punctures, apart from be- ing less raised and rugose, are covered with inucli smallei- punctures. AcANTHOLOPHUS SCABKOSU.S Macleav. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 287. d". Allied to A. marshami Kirby, but readily distinguisljed by the tibial structure. Clothing minute, inconspicuous, brown, changing to grey on iiuier surfaces of elytral lubei-eles. Head and rostrum much as in ,1. marshami, the supraocular crests large, with the anterior ramus strongly convex anteriorly, pointed at apex, and the postei'ior ramus more strongly produced, projecting upwards; external rostral margins acutely angulate in middle. Antennae rather long, first joint of funicle shorter thar* second, club pedunculate. Thorax similar to .1. marshami. Elytra with a row of graules on second interstice, as well as on first at base; tubercles ratlier larger than in A. marshami, firet row with 7, the last 3 conical; second row with 7 ; third row with a rather large humeral tubercle followed by 4 conical ones. Under surface nitid, punctures small and discrete on intermediate segments, larger and semi-confluent or confluent on apical segment. Legs with intermediate tibiae BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSOX. 43 notched above apex : posterior tibiae lightly bisinuate, bent foi-wanls and strongly thickened on underside at apex, the thickened portion composed, at any rate in part, of a closely-set brush of setae; viewed from behind the tibiae sh«w a good deal of inward curvature. Dimensions: c?. 16 X 6 — 17 ^ 7 mm. 77fli).— N.S. Wales: Mudgee, Portland, Boro. This species can be readily recognised by the tibial structure of the male. I believe T have females before me, botli from Boro and Portland; they lack the tibial structure and have the intermediate segments more coarsely punctured and the punctures confluent. Tliey are practically indistingiiishable from the female of A. echidna, and I hesitate to describe them as A. scabrosiis ? on that account; the known habitat of A. echidna does not, however, coincide with that of A. , scabrosus. The description of this species has been drawn up from specimens in my own collection. I have, howevei-, examined the types in the Australian "Museum; the male con-esponds with the above description while the female type agrees with the females commented upon above. ACAXTHOLOPHUS TRIDENTATUS Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. "Wales, i., 1865, p. 288. Allied to A. marshami Kirby, but with supraorbital crests tridentate. Black; lather densely clothed with fine brownish subpubescenee, variegated with grey on elytra. d. Head strongly concave in front, with intercristal ridge strongly raised; supraorbital crests large, ti-iramate, the anterior ramus rounded, project- ing forwards and downwards, the median obtusely conical, projecting upwards and forwards and the posterior longer, more acute, extending upwards and back- wards, the intercristal ridge running into the middle ramus. Rostrum rather deeply concave, the external margins angulate, with a short sharp tooth. An- tennae with first two joints of funicle approximately equal; club rather short, stout, not pedunculated. Prothorax comparatively naiTow; submedian tubercles conical, about 7 in number, the median ones exserted. the anterior slightly crista- foi-m; lateral tubercles rather narrowly triangular, the anterior conjoined with median at base only, the median the largest. Elytra with sutirral and second interstices evidently gTanulate. the others more obscurely gi-anulate; with three rows of tubercles, first row with 10 — 11. mostly small, noduliform. but erect, the last two or three larger and acutely tuberculiform ; second row with f>. the basal 4 smaller, but erect and spiniform, the apical tubercles larger and acutely conical, reaching a lower level on declivity than first row ; humeral tubercle a small conical gi-anule ; third, row with 4 — 5 acutely conical tubercles, diminishing in size pos- teriorly. Venter nitid. with rather long, light yellowish-brown setae, set in rather fine punctures. Leg's simple. ?. Similar, but larger and broader; elytral tubercles smaller and more numerous, 11 — 13. 8 — 11, 5 — 6 in number in the different rows; venter convex. Dimensions: c?. 16 X 6 mm.; ?. 16.5 X 7 mm. Hah. — Queensland: Cunnamulla, Victoria River. There are two males in the Macleay Museum on the name label of this spe- cies. The description of the female is taken from specimens in my own collec- tion from Cunnamulla. given to me by Mr. A. M. Lea. The species may be readily recognised among its near congeners by the dis- tinctly tridentate crests. 44 REVISION OF THE AMTCTERIDES, vi.. ACAXTHOLOPHUS ALPICOLA Ferg. Ferguson, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxxix., 1915, p. 71. In the original aecount of this species slight differences were noted between the Mt. Baldy and Mt. Kosciusko specimens. Recently (March, 1920) I have taken specimens at I\It. Kosciusko which correspond with the ilt. Baldy form. These were taken from 4000 to 5000 ft. above sea-level. Mr. Waterhouse, a month previously, secured the typical form at the summit (7300 ft.), and I think it is likely that the original specimens wer« secured there also. Should subse- quent investigations pi'ove that the difference between the forms is constant and is associated with a difference of habitat, it may be necessaiy to separate the Victorian form subspecifieally. A third form also occurs in Victoria ; of this, I have seen a male taken by Mr. J. E. Di.xon (Jan.. 1920) and a female" in the collection of the National Museum; both are labelled Victorian Alps, without precise locality. This form differs in its much smaller size, but I have been unable to find any structural differences. It may be that these differences in size are only individual variations, but the types ha\e a distinctive appearance which marks them off from the other specimens, with the exception of tlie male from tiie summit of Mt. Kosciusko. This is due, I believe, to the el\i:ra being longer proportionally in the types, tlian in the other specimens. The following are the measurements of the specimens before me: — Mt. Kosciusko (Types) d'. 19 x 6.5; 2. 19 x 7.5 mm. Mt. Kosciusko (7000 ft.) .. .. c?. 20 x 7 Mt. Kosciusko (4-5000 ft.) .... d'. 17 x 5.5; $. 19 x 7 ilt. Baldy ?. 19 X 7 ?. 18 X 7 Victorian Alps c?. 15 x 5.5; J. 14.5 x 6. ACAXTHOLOPHUS TASJIANIEXSIS Lea. Lea, Mitt. a.d. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1910, p. 182. Tliis species is closely allied to A. alpicola Ferg. from the higher mountain ranges of Victoria and New Soutli Wales, but is distinguished by the more dis- tinct tubercles on both prothorax and elytra. Lea records that the crests may occasionally be bidentate, though as a rule the fusion is complete. Xo other species of the geniis has hitherto l)een recorded from Tasmania. ACAXTHOLOPHUS Dixoxi Ferg. Ferguson, Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria, xxvii.. 1915. ji. 25(1. The position and relationship of tliis species are by no means clear. Pro- visionally I have placed it with .1. alpicola and A. fa.vmaHiOK-/* in my table of species, but its facies is quite unlike those species and more closely resembles that of the adelaidae group. It is, however, more strongly tuberculate than adelaidae or its allies, the supraorbital crests are single and somewhat differently set, and the ventral segments, especially the ajjical, are different. IJah. — Victoria: Portland. ACAXTHOLOPHUS SQUALIDUS Macl, Maeleay, Trans. Ent. Soe. N.S. Wales, i., 18(i5, p. 285; .1. tnnicaticornh. Macl., loc. cit., p. 286. d'. Small; black; clothing rather sparse, brown, sprinkled with grey on pro- thorax and elvtral tubercles. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 45 Head with deep depression behind iutercristal ridge, the latter strongly raised; supraorbital crests subcylindrieal projecting forwards and upwards, the apex almost truncate, with the posterior angle continued upwards and back- wards in a short point. Rostrum widely and moderately deeply concave in front; the external margins strongly raised and convex, somewhat obtusely angulate anteriorly, sinking to base; internal ridges raised; basal foveae rather large. An- tennae comiiaratively slender, funicle with first two joints subequal. club stout, liardly pedunculate- Prothorax considerably narrower than elytra, median area with a depression in front of middle, and with some obscure granules in centre; subnieilian tubercles raised, though not very large, the tii'st produced in a short ridge, the third erect, obtusely conical, followed by two or three, more trans- versely arranged, the penultimate tubercle larger, projecting backwards; lateral tubercles triangulifonn, the median distinctly the largest, with a smaller one conjoined anteriorly, the posterior smaller and more obtuse. Elytra more or less distinctly tlatteued along suture; punctures and granules fairly definite and regular: with three rows of spiniform tubercles, first row with about 8, the basal ones small and granuliform, becoming somewhat larger posteriorly, the last 3 acute conical spines; second row with 5 — 6 all conical tubercles, but the posterior ones larger and more acute, ending about the same level as first row; humeral tubercle moderately large conical, projecting forwards and slightly outwards; third row with 4 outwardly projecting tubercles, the fii'st very large, the othei-s becoming )irogressively smaller. Venter very feebly convex from side to side, the apical segment practically flat, without any impression, set with black decumbent setae. Legs simple. V. Larger and more broadly ovate; the elytra broader with a transversely wi'inkled sculpture, the tubercles smaller and less acute; the venter more convex Dimenfiions: < 5 imn.) subparallel on sides, rather strongly convex transversely; derm asperate, with punctures confused, often transverse, and rows of granules, rather confusedly set; with three rows of small tubercles, the basal ones small, the others becoming progressively larger and more acutely conical, also with two or three tubercles on second interstice above declivity : fii-st row with 9 tubercles, the la-st 3 — 4 conical, ending on edge of decli\-ity; second with 7, extending fartlier pos- teriorly, almost all conical, spiniform, though smaller anteriorly; third with a strong, conical, humeral tubercle, outwardly projecting, and 4 others all conical, becoming smaller posteriorly and continued as a row of obsolete granules. Sides with rows of rather obscure granules on interstices. Under surface flattened, set with long black setae. Intennediate tibiae witli a small, narrow, pre-apical emarginatiou ; posterior tibiae witli an anteriorly projecting process at apex, con- cave on under surface. Dimetwiinns : c?. 14 x 5 mm. Hab.—N. Queensland (F. P. Dodd) . I have seen but a single specimen of this species, and tliough not in good condition I have described it, as it is evidently distinct from A. kreffti. its nearest ally. From the latter it is distinguished by the smaller, less spinifonn supra- orbital crests, and by the smaller elytral tubei'cles. I received my single specinu'n some years ago from llr. Dodd, of Kuranda. and, though without locality label, believe it comes from the hinterland behind Cairns, either from Mareeba or the Atherton-Herberton district. ACAXTHOLOPHUS HTSTRIX Bolicni. Bohemann, Schonh., Gen. Spec. Cure, vii., 1, 1843, p. 78; Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 273. c?. Small, ovate, strongly spinose. Black; densely clothed with small squames, whitish or rich brown; head with two narrow while lines and sprinkled with wiiite on the sides; prothorax with a whitish median vittii, more creamy in centre, with sul)lateral vittae coppery-brown, sides with a whit<' vitta above and sprinkled witli wliite below; elytra with median villa luoslly coppery-brown, mixed with white anteriorly, the brown ending on declivity, then<'e sprinkled with wliite, with wavy vitlae of c()p])ery-bi'<)wn between the rows ot tubercles, with patches of white at the jjosterior ends of the vittae, sides witli a wavy ritta of white along middle and a less distinct one along lower margin; sides of sternal segments with dense white sciuames above, the rest of the under surface sprinkled with white. Head concave in front, intercristal ridge low in centre; supraorbital crests composed of two separate slender spines, the .anterior directed upwards and very slightly forwards, the posterior almost directly upwards and longer than the anterior, the intei-cristal ridge ninning into the base of the anterior ramus. Ko.strum h.ardly excavate, the lateral margins hardly raised, not angulate; internal BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSOX. 53 ridges little evident, couvergent towards biise. Antennae slender, tirst two joints of funic'le snbequal, dub with moderately long- peduncle. Eyes rounded. Pro- thorax with submedian row of tubercles in single series, the tul)ercles long, slender, erect, like a palisade, the anterior tubercle projecting overhead and upturned at apex, the second, third and fourth with a slight backward curve, the third the largest, the fifth much smaller than the others, no tubercle posterior to basal con- striction, the latter ill-defined ; lateral margins with a long, slender, curved spine in middle, with a small, conjoined anterior one, and a short obtuse tubercle pos- teriorly, its apex bent backwards. Eh-tra rather strongly rounded on sides, strongly convex antero-posteriorly and from side to side, strongly declivous to base of prothorax, and basal margin set with three, small, fonvard-pi-ojeeting tubercles at the ends of the first, third and fifth interstices; the fli-st. second, fourth and sixth interstice,s with rows of small but evident granules, much dis- placed liy the tubercles on the intervening interstices; with three rows of strong siiiniforui tubercles, the first with (i, all upright spines, the posterior ones very long and curved; second witli 4 similar to those of first row, but larger and end- ing on same level ; humeral tubercle placed at junction of fifth, sixth and seventh interstices, in line with tubercles of second row, large and spiniform, with two small gTanules anterior to it; third row with two outwardly-projecting spines. AVniter fiat, sparsely and shallowly setigero-punctate. with whitish squames at sides of segments. Legs simple. 9. As in d', but more strongly rounded on sides; venter convex and more evenly clothed witli white squames. Dinien,sio)/s: S. 10.. 5 ^ 5 mm-; 2. 9.5 '>^ 4.5 mm. Hah. — Western Australia: King George Sound. A second female differs in being larger, with proportionally longer elNira and more numerous tubercles, — 7, 5, 5; the dimensions are 12 >< 6 mm. Though associated with A. hirittatux Bohem., it is not very closely allied to that species; it is closest in appearance to A. kreffti Macl., but it is really a species swi generis. AcAXTUOLOPHUS BiviTTATUS Bohem. Bohcmann, Selicinh. Gen. Spec. Cure., vii. (1), 1843. p. 74; Macleay. Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 274. Small, elongate. Black; sparsely clothed with daik subpubescence. with a narrow median creamy vitta, bifurcate on liead and extending almost to edge of declivity; with creamy macules on elytra, on declivity between first and second rows of tubercles and towards lateral margins; sides with a white vitta extending along middle of prothorax and along lower margin of elytra. Head concave in front with two small granules above; intercristal ridge low; supraorbital crests composed of two short stumjiy jirocesses separate practically to base, the intercristal ridge running into the anterior one. Rostrum rather deeply concave; external margins somewhat raised. ol)tusely angulate in front, and sinking to base; internal ridges moderately long, distinct, convergent to base. Eyes ovate. Antennae slender, first and second joints of the funicle subequal, club short, not pedunculate. Prothorax with meilian area moderately deeply de- pressed ; submedian tubercles small, erect, subconical, not in a straight line, tlie central ones being more outwardly placed: lateral tubercles acute, subspini- form, the median the longest, the anterior half as Ions' as median, conjoined. 64 REVISION' OP THE AMTCTEBIDES, vi., tlie posterior small, more triangular in shape. Elytra with rather large punctures and evident granules, but structure obscured by the tubercles; sutural interstice without granules ; second with a row o£ erect conical granules, larger posteriorly, not extending down declivity; with three rows of tubercles, flret row with 5 — 6, the ba.sal ones erect, conical, the rest acute and spinifni-m ; second row with 5. all acute, but larger posteriorly and extending further down declivity than first row; humeral tubercle small, acute; third row with 2 large outwardly projecting acute tubercles. Venter nitid; gently transversely convex; with a few scattered setigerous punctures, and a small patch of white squames on each side near apex- Legs simple. ?. Very similar; second interstice with line of gi'anules ending above de- clivity in a small tubercle; venter more convex. Dimensions: c?. 11 >^ 4 mm.; ?. 11.5 X 4.5 mm. .Hab. — Western Australia: King George Sound. The position of this species is doubtful, as it is not closely allied to any known to me. I have placed it among the spinose species.' but the lateral pro- thoracic tubercles are hardly spiniform; at the same time it is not at home among the species comprising the tuberculate group. In general appearance it is not Tinlike a species of Hyhorrhynchus. ArANTiioi.OPurs tribulus Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i.. 18G6. p- 330. c?. Small, elongate. Densely clothed with short brown subpubescence, the prothorax and base of elytra albo-vittate along middle line, and elytra maculate with white; sides of prothorax with rather .sparse white clothing, and inferior border of elytra albo-vittate. Head concave in front; intercristal ridge distinct; supraorbital crests bira- mate, the ajiterior branch projecting forwards with apex upturned, the posterior curved upwards with inclination backwards. Rostnim short, widely concave above; external margins with a short, conical tubercle in middle; internal ridges T\ell marked, oblifiue, strongly convergent. Antennae slender, funi.dc with second joint slightly longer than first; club elongate, hardly peduncidate. Prothorax with median line impressed in posterior two-thirds; submedian tubei<'les moder- ately large obtuse nodules, not in single series, the third more outwardly placed, and a small nodule present external to the fourth; lateral tubercles subcylindrical. the median the largest, slightly recurved at apex. Elytra with rather obscure, somewhat transvei'se punctures; granules moderately distinct; with three rows of tuben-les, the first row with 10. the basal ones small and nodulifonn, the others conical, becoming larger posteriorly; second row with 0, all conical, longer and more acute posteriorly, ending on a level with first row; humeral angles with moderately large conical tubercle; third row with 5 — 6 tubercles, conical, becom- ing smaller posteriorly. Venter flat, nitid. with rather long, scattered decumbent setae, mainly light-coloured. Legs sinii>le. Dimensions: c?. 12 X 4.5 mm. Hab — South Australia: Port Lincoln. The al)ove description is taken from the specimen in the Macleay Museum, but this may not be the type. T have placed this and the following species among the spinose species, but they have no near relation to the other spinose species, and in general appear- ance more nearly resemble A. adelaidae. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 55 ACANTHOLOPHUS SIMULATOR Ferg. Ferguson, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., .xxxix., 1915, p. 71. I am very doubtful whether thi.s speeies should be regarded as more than a variety of A. tribulus Macl. The supraorbital crests are, however, stouter, and the tulxn'cle on the external rostral margins longer and more acute; the pro- thorax has the first tubercle of the submedian row more elongate, projecting far- ther over the head; the lateral tubercles are shorter and stouter. The elytral granules ercles, sometimes with a row of spicules extending up declivity to last tubercle of third row. Venter with clothing and punctures as in .1. lu/poleucus. Legs simple. 5. Similar, more robust and convex on ventral surface. Dimensions: d. 16 X 6 mm.; 9. 17 X 7., 5 „„n. Hah. — Western Australia: King George Smind. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 59 Another male labelled Albany (practically tiie same locality), differs some- what in the crests, in the antennae having the tii'st joint of the funicle rather longer and not much shorter than the second, and in the larger granules and more numerous tubercles on the elytra; the latter number 9 — 10, fi — 8 and 3 — 4 in the three rows. The species is allied to both A. hi/poleucus Boh. and .1. nirenvittatus Blackb. From the former it may be distingiiished by its larger size and stouter supra- orbital crests, from the latter by the biramate, not triramate crests, less convex elytra and nmch smaller suliapical spines. In the Macleay Museum there are two males on the name label of this species. Tlie elytral tubercles number 7 — 9, 5 and 3. ACANTHOLOPHUS suTURALis Bohem. Bohemann, Sch<)nh., Gen. Spec. Cure. vii. (1), 1843. p. 72; ^Stacleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 277. Head concave in front; intercristal ridge not very distinct; supraorbital of a metallic coppery colour; median line of prothorax with a somewhat indefinite whitish vitta; elytra with a longitudinal white spot at base and another anterior to middle on suture, sides of prothorax and lower border of elytra dttate witli white, the latter vitta not reaching base of elytra- Head concave in front; intercristal ridge not very distinct; supraorbital crests biramate, the anterior branch short, rather stout, truncate at apex, pro- jecting forwards, posterior branch nearly twice as long as anterior, and more slender, running upwards with a slight backward curve. Rostrum rather deeply and widely concave, the lateral margins raised, rectangulate anteriorly, witliout a definite tubercle; internal ridges little raised, very oblique, convergent to base; basal foveae distinct. Antenna* long, rather slender, first joint of fnnide shorter than second, club with a moderately long peduncle. Prothorax with median lobe well produced; submedian tubercles irregulai-ly set, the apical tuljercle larger than the rest, subcristafonu, second small, conical, third larger, erect, subconical, fourth and fifth small, granuliform, transvei-sely placed, sixth larger, obtuse, projecting somewhat backwards, basal tubercle smaller, erect; lateral margins with a strong median spine, projecting outwards and curving strongly back- wards, conjoined anteriorly with a smaller tubercle, posterior tubercle alisent, the lateral margins indistinctly ridged and convergent towards base. Elytra with rows of distinct granules, those on first interstice large at base becoming smaller posteriorly and practically lost on the declivity; first row of tubercles 8 in number, small, obtuse but distinct, the basal one rather larger and the apical two large and spiniform; second row with 5 — 6 conical tubercles, the apical 3 aliout twice as large as the basal ones and spiniform, also with one or two much sr.ialler tubercles immediately behind humeral tubercle; humeral tubercle moder- ately large and spiniform; third row with 4 acute tubercles, the first slightly the largest. Ventral segments strigose, reticulate-imnctate. the sculpture olisolete on first visible segment and less marked on second. Legs with strong subapical notch on intermediate tibiae; posterior tarsi comparatively short and broad. ?. As in male, but larger and more robust; prothorax with apical tubercle of submedian row larger and spiniform, ihe apex curved backwards; elytra with tubercles more numerous, first row with 10. the last 3 spiniform. second with 7 and 1 smaller one at base, third with 4, the last considerably smaller. Venter 60 EEVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, vi., convex, inuictures sul)ubsnlfte. lii-tter iiKirki'il on apical seg'incnt ; less simple, Dimerhiinns: d. 18 ^ t5.5 mm.; $. 21 ^ 0 mm. Ilab. — Western Australia : Perth, Swan Kiver, Guildford, Harvey. A large species readily recognised by the first tubercle of the prothoracie submedian rows being larger than the others. This character is also found in A. lateralis Boliem., to which ^1. sntiiralif; is closely allied; the distinctive characters separating the two species are given under -.4. lateralis. ACAXTHOLOPHDS LATERALIS BoheUL Bohemann, Sclionh.. Gen. Spec. Cure. vii. (1), 1843, p. 75; Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 277; .1. spitwaits, Macleay, loc. cit., p. 274. Close to A. sKtnralis Bohem., but shorter and relatively stouter. Black; with brown subsquamose clothing, vittate with white or cream, a median vitta ex- tending from head to edge of declivity of elytra, a short vitta down declivity between first and second rows of tubercles, and a vitta at base of elytra Ijetween second and third rows; sides with a prominent white vitta along middle of pro- thorax, and lower margin of elytra. Head, rostrum, antennae and prothorax as in .1. sninralis. P^lytra shorter, oval in siuq^e; granules not conspicuous except for a row of large granules along each side of suture; tubercles fewer in number and fiirtiier apart, fli>t row with 6, the liasal 4 obtuse but decidedly larger than in ^4. sutnralis, the basal tubercle being larger than the othei's. the apical two, strong, acute spines; second row with 5 all large and distinct, but the basal 2 smaller and less acute than the others; humeral angk with 2 obliquely set, rather small, tubercles; third row with 2 — 3 large spiniforni tubercles. d". Venter strigosely reticulo-punctate as in A. stdturali'! ; intermediate tibiae notched. ?. Venter convex, sculpture obsolete; intermediate tibiae only shallowly notched- Dimensions: (S. 16 ^ 6.. 5 mm.; ?. l(i >< 6.5 mm. Hah. — Western Australia: Swan River, King George Sound. Bohemann's lengthy description leaves no doubt as to the identity of his species, and I can find no reason for separating .1. spinosKs Mad. from it, though Macleay placed the two species in different groups. In commenting on this s])ecies and A. suturah's. Waterhouse stated tli.at A. lateralis had a single large humeral spine, whilst ,1. sH/wmY/.s- had two or three very small spines on the humeral angle of the elytra. Macleay remarked that he could find no such distinctive marks. From the short series of .1. lateralis (4) and .1. suturalix (fi) before me T should say that the revei'se wiis the ca.se, but probably it is a variable character as one of the specimens of A. sxliiralis has two small tubercles in place of a single one. The species is evidently very close to -t. snt7(ralis, but apart from the ch)th- ing may be distinguished by its shorter form and the fewer elytral tubercles, especially in the first and third rows. Trj .1. lateral!-^ there never appear to be more than 3. generally 2, tubercles in the third row. while in A. siitiiralis there are 4 and sometimes more on this row- AcAXTttor.oPHUs humebj\.lis Mad. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.- Wales, i., 186.5, p. 278. J. Large, rather strongly (-oincx from side to side. Black, tubercles slightly reddish : densely clothed with brown decumbent pubescence, \ittate with BY EUSTACE W. FERGDSOX. 61 white, a median vitta not extending down declivity, interrupted vittae between the rows of tubercles; sides of prothorax vittate above, sides of elytra maculate with white. Head cuucave iu front; intercristal ridge strongly raised; supraorljital crests hiramate, the posterior ramus long, curving upwards and somewhat l)ackwards, slender and acutely pointed at apex, tlic anterior ramus much shorter, slender and pointed, the apex directed upwards and forwards arising in front of juuc- tion of intercristal ridge with crest. Rostrum concave above, with a rather deep, median, foveiform depression anteriorly; lateral margins raised in an obtusely i-oui<-al tubercle about middle; internal lidges low, convergent; basal foveae small. Antennae with scape somewhat Hattciied; funide with first joint slightly smaller than second; club brietiy pedunculate. Prothorax with median area lather deeply longitudinally impressed anteriorly, more lightly posteriorly; sub- median tubercles in single series, erect, conical, the two anterior somewhat re- curved, but not larger than the others, the two median the largest and somewhat more outwardly placed; lateral tuliercles spiniform, the median large, acutely pointed and somewhat recurved, the anterior and posterior hardly more than spicules. Elytra elongate, suljparallel. rather strongly convex transversely, punc- tures and granules obscured by clothing and tubercles; with three rows of strong spiniform tubercles, first row with 7, the basal ones smaller, but stout and sub- conical, the apical 2 — 3 larger and acutely spinifonu; second row with 8 strong spines, larger and more acute posteriorly, extending farther down decli\-ity than first row ; humeral tubercle a large strongly recurved, outwardly projecting spine; third row with 3 — 1 strong spine.s. Ventral surface set with large, longi- tudinally confluent punctures, the intervals strongly raised and strigifonn, more reticulate on apical segment. Intermediate tibiae with a strong subapical notch; posterior tibiae bisinuate, with a strong spur-like process projecting anteriorly at apex, somewliat recui-\'ed and bidcntate. Dimensions : c?. 20 X 7 mm. ; ?. 21 >^ 9 mm. JIab. — Western Australia: Beverley. Ankertell. This species cannot well be confused with any other described species; it appears to be most nearly related to .-1. spinosus Macl. and A. suiuralis Boliem. hut may be readily distinguished by the firet tubercle of the submedian prothoracic row not being larger than the other tubercles of the row. The female differs fi-om the male in being more obese, with the elytral tubercles 6 — 7, ti — 7, 4 in number; the venter is convex, with obsolete punctures, and the middle tibiae are not notched. The s)iecics presents some variation iu form and in the size of the tubercles. A male from Beverley is more convex and has the tubercles distinctly reddish, while the tubercle on the external rostral margin is an acute spine. Specimens from Ankertell are flatter, much less convex than the Beverley specimen, tiie elytral intei-stices are broader and the tubercles rather smaller. 7 — 8. 8, and 4 in the three rows, the external rostral margins are ang-ulate but not definitely tuber- culate. The female from Ankertell has a short tubercle on the rostral margins; the elytral granules are more distinct and the tubercles rather smaller, 9, !), 4 in number. The actual types which are in the Macleay Museum are intennediate between the two extremes .shown l)y the Beverley and Ankertell specimens. In addition to these Western Australian specimens I liave before me speci- mens of a foi-m from the Mallee District, Victoria, which T am unable to separate specifically from ,4. humeraUs. In view of the apparent disconnected distri- bution I have thought it advisable to give a varietal name to these specimens. 62 REVISION' OF THE AMYCTERIDES, vi., Yar. ORiENTALis, n.var. — d". Smaller; clothing darker, witli white vittae and macules less iijarked- Rostrum with a small tubercle on external margins, head and prothorax otherwise as in specimens from Ankertell; antennae with moder- ately long peduncle to club. Elytra with evident granules between the rows of tubercles; the tubercles smaller than in typical specimens, 8, 9, and 4 in number. Venter and legs as in typical specimens. Dimensioyis: d". 17 X 0.5 mm, Hab. — Victoria: Malice District, Lake Hattah. ACANTHOLOPHU.S CLPREOMICANS, u.sp. d. Large, robust, closely allied to A. humeralis Miicl. Black; densely cloth- ed with siiort subsquamose pulieseence of a coppery colour with metallic lustre, the clothing sparser on prothorax; sides maculate with white, on prothorax be- neath expanded margin of disc, on elytra irregularly disposed. Head concave in front, intereristal ridge definite, moderately low in centre; supraorbital crests stouter than in A. hitmeralh, especially the anterior ramus which projects strongly forwards at base. Rostrum somewhat shorter than in A. humeralis, external margins raised in a strong, conical, pointed tubercle; internal ridges low, basal foveae distinct. Antennae as in A. humeralis. Prothorax rather strongly produced in front ; median area rather wide, parallel sided, me- dian line lightly impressed ; submedian tubercles in single series, shorter than in A. humeralis, subequal and set in straight line, except the basal pair which are smaller and closer together, apical tubercles somewhat cristaform; lateral mar- gins with a long acute spine in front of middle, with a smaller one conjoined anteriorly, and two small dentiform tubercles ])osteriorly in the position of the posterior lateral tubercle- Elytra almost paraUel-sided, less convex than in A. humeralis; punctures rather obscure, granules small but fairly regular; with thi"ee rows of tubercles, first with 9 — 10. mostly small or granuliforni, the last 2 larger acute spines; second with 7 — 8, all acute, but the last 4 larger, slender acute spines, ending posteriorly to the tubercles of first row; humeral tubercle single, large and acute; third row with 4, all acute but decreasing in size posteriorly. Venter flattened, with large longitudinally confluent p\inctures, the intervals raised and strigose. Intermediate tibiae with subapical emargination, not quite as deep as in A. humeralis, posterior tibiae similar to A. hunkeralis. 9. Larger, with broader elytra; clothing similar but side sjiots bluish; elytral tubercles smaller, 10, 8 and 4 in number; venter convex, with sculpture subobsolete. Dimensions: d. 17.. 5 x 7 mm.; ?. 19 x 8.5 nun. //n6.— Western Australia: Mt. Barker, Parkerville. DescrilK'd Iroin 4 speci- mens, two males in the collection of the Australian Muscuin, ami two females received fi'oni Mr. J. Clark, from Parkerville. Closely allied to .1. humeralis Mad., the present species, apart tVom clothing, differs in the stouter suiiraorbital crests, in the shorter rostrum with larger mar- ginal tubercles, in the wider, parallel-sided median area of the piothorax and in the shorter elytral tubercles. The contra,st in the clothing of this sjiecies as coni- pared with that of A- humeralis is most marked. Holotype male in Australian Museum, allotype female in Coll. Ferguson. paratype female in Coll. Clark. ACANTHOLOPIIUS OCELLIOER, n.Sp. d". Size moderately large, flattened above. Densely clothed with dark brown subsetose clothing; prothorax with lateral areas clothed with cinnamon- BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 63 brown; elytra with a large round spot of cinnamon-brown on each side about the niiddlc, und another on each side of declivity on apical tubercles of second row ; sides of prothorax with a vitta of creamy squame* abo\e legs, elytra with interrupted patclies of the same colour along lower border. Heatl strongly concave in front, the intercristal ridge low in centre; supra- orbital crests large, broad at the base, the anterior ramus projecting forwards, the posterior and longer upwards and backwards, the crests as viewed from in front projecting strongly outwards. Rostrum rather deeply concave in front, the oblique internal ridges not conspicuous, convergent to base, but not meeting; basal foveae small, distinct; lateral margins raised about middle into a strongly projecting triangular tubercle. Antennae of moderate length and stoutness, club elongate obovate, not with a slender peduncle. Prothorax (4.5 — 5 x 5.5 — 6 mm.) moderately broad, ocular lobes present, not prominent; median area rather broad, the median tubercles of moderate size, the first slightly elongate, the sec- ond smaller, more rounded, the remainder, forming a row from a slightly more outward po.sition obliquely inward towards base, conical, separate tubercles. Lateral margins with a large, strongly [trojecting, median tubercle conjoined and almost fused with a smaller anterior one, and with a much smaller triangular tubercle, posterior to middle constriction. Elytra (10 — 12 X 6 — 7 mm), rather flattened above, base truncate, humeral angles with a strong, outwardly projecting tubercle; punctures small, obscure, granules obscured by clothing; firet row of tubercles comprising two to three small, hardly traceable tubercles and two much larger posterior ones, the last one the largest, spiniform, strongly projecting backwards and situated aboVe summit of declivity; second row of four or five tubercles, the basal one small, the others strong, conical, outwardly projecting, the last situated on declivity, posteriorly to apical tubercle of first row; third row consisting of humeral and two other strong conical tubercles. Under sur- face with scattered setigerous punctures, closer and coarser on apical segment. Legs simple. Dimensions: ^ 4 mm.) much as in .1. tatei; anterior margin slightly produced above, with moderately distinct ocular lobes; median line deeply impressed; with a row of tubercles on each side of median area, prom- inent, spiuiform, about 6 in number, arranged in single series, the two rows slightly farther apart in middle than at apex or base, apical two tubercles smaller and conjoined at base; lateral mai'gins with a large, acute, outwardly projecting spine, with the apex slightly curved backwards in front of middle, a small con- joined s)iinc at the base of this anteriorly, and a small dentiform tubercle posterior to middle. Elytra (8.5 >< 5 mm.) gently rounded on sides; punctures shallow, obscured by clothing, with rows of little evident granules on the interstices be- tween the three rows of tubercles; first row of tubercles with 12, the basal ones small and mere gTanules, the last 3 — i becoming larger and spiniform, one or two granules present on declivity ; second row with 10, the basal 7 small, but conical, the last 3 — 4 acutely spiniform, reaching a more posterior level than first row ; third row with large humeral and subhumeral spines, the latter the larger; fol- lowed by 3 much smaller spines, the row degenerating into mere granules. Under surface with punctures obscured by clothing, the last segment apparently rugosely punctured. Legs simple. Dimensions : d". 13 X 5 mm. Hah. — Western Australia: Onslow. Apart from the single crests, this species differs from A. tatei and its varia- tions in its smaller size and smaller elytral tubercles. Two specimens from Onslow and Ashburt.on R.. in the National Museum, may represent a variety: they differ in ha\dng the anterior ramus of the supraorbital crests represented by a short spicule, the crests are also not conjoined at base; the ventral surface is destitute of clothing, and the punctures are obsolete and only rugose at extreme apex. An- other specimen (c?) from Cue, has the anterior ramus present, but arising rather nearer the base, and the crest as a whole rather shorter and stouter; the ventral surface has the apical seginent strongly strigose. The material available is not enough to decide whether these specimens repre- sent different species, varieties or merely individual variations. A specimen from Middalya, in the National ^luseum, possibly represents a different species. It is a c?, and has the supraorl)ital crests single and conjoined at ba.se, but diffei-s in its darker clothing, maculate with white and in the e\'ideiitly larger eh-tral tubercles. ACAXTHOLOPHUS SIMPLEX Pasc. Pascoe, .Joum. Linn. Soc, Zool., xii., 1873, p. 7. ^Yllilc in London the type of this species was examined, and the following notes made. 66 REVISION OP THE AMYCTERIDES, vi., small spines about declivity on third and fifth interstices and one or two about shoulder. Intermediate tibiae notched. Hub. — Western Australia: Nicoll Bay. In my collection are two females which have been compared with the type, on which a more detailed description has been based. 2. Moderately densely clothed with small sandy squames, maculate on elytra with larger white scjuames and with white vittae along inner sides of the second and third rows of tubercles; sides extensively clothed with white squames and vittate along lower border. Rostrum shallowly excavate, sides obtusely angidate in front. Head with raised intercristal ridge, supraorbital crests widely separated, consisting of a single, upward, and slightly backwardly directed spine with a short, spicule-like, anterior ramus. Antennae with fii-st joint of funicle longer than second, and both rather short. Protliorax with the median tubercles on each side small, hardly conical, not in a straight line, the central ones more outwardly placed ; median area raised with a few scattered granules ; lateral margins with a spiniform tubercle in front of middle, with a small one at base, anteriorly; pos- terior lateral tubercle reduced to a small granide. Elj'tra with tubercles much reduced in size, on greater portion of interstices mere granules, hardly distinguish- able from the granules of the other alternate interstices ; first row with only 2 — 3 spines posteriorly, the penultimate the largest; second row with 4 posteriorly; third with small humeral and smaller infrahumeral tubercles, the rest mere granules. Venter ratlier densely clothed with yellow decumbent setae, and with white squames at sides, apical segment not strigose. Dimetis-ions: 2. 15 x 6 mm. Hab. — Western Australia: Condon (H. M. Gdes). This species can be readily separated from it.s congeners, ,1. tragoeephalus and allies, by the prothoracie tubercles being smaller and the central ones more outwardly placed. According to my notes, the male has the middle tibiae notched subapicaUy, though the other species of the tatei group have the tibiae simple. ACAXTHOLOPHUS AUREOLUS Bohem. Bohemann, Schonh. Gen. Spec. Cure, \'ii. (1), 1843, p. 79; Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soe. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 272 ; A. rugiceps, Mad., op. cit., 1866, p. 328. c?. Rather small; black, more or less densely clothed witli brown subpubes- cence, maculate with grey. Head concave in front, obliquely and rather indistinctly longitudinally ru- gose, with two obscure gi-anides, sometimes absent, about middle; head separated from rostrum above by a transvei-se groove; supraorbital crests single, projecting upwards and pointed at apex. Rostrum concave above, with a distinct median carina; external margins moderately raised, with a distinct tubercle anteriorly; internal ridges slightly raised. Antennae with scape distinctly curved, somewhat bisinuate; funicle with second joint mucli longer than fii-st; club elongate, pedun- culate. Protliorax flattened or feebly concave; anterior margin subtruncate, not produced over head, ocular lobes absent ; disc closely set with granules, the sub- median tubercles hardly distinct from the granules; lateral tubercles strong, tri- anguliform, the median the largest, the anterior tubercle somewhat smaller, eon- joined with median at base, the posterior tubercle smaller than median, acute, with a small tubercle at base anteriorly, and a granule posteriorly. Elytra emar- ginate and separately muei-onate at apex; with rows of evident punctures and BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 67 moderately distinct granules; suture with a pair of small, closely placed spicules below summit of posterior declivity; three rows of acute spiniform tubercles, first row about 8, the basal ones small and nodulif orm, the last two acute and spini- form; second row 0 — 7, strong spiniform tubercles, extending almost to base and reaching a lower level on declivity than first row; humeral tubercle small, but distinct; third row represented by a single large tubercle followed by a row of 3 — i granules. Venter moderately closely set with rather long, decumbent, yel- low setae. Legs simple. ?. Similar, but larger and broader, more produced at apex and strongly mucronate. Head with i-ugae more marked, separated by deep impressions. Prothorax similar. Elytra with gTanules more distinct; tubercles smaller, first row with gi-auules on basal portion, not distinct from gi-anules of disc, the last 3 — 4 distinct tubercles, becoming progressively larger; second with 7 distinct spines; humeral angle with a row of 3 tubercles; the posterior the largest and in line with second row. Venter convex. Dimensions : c?. 14 x 5 mm. ; 9. 17 x 7 mm. Hah. — Western Australia: King George Sound. I do not think that there can be any doubt that the present species is A. aureolus Bohem., under which name it has long Ijeen known in Australian col- lections. But it is by no means certain that it should not bear the name .1. echin- atus. A specimen in the Museum d' Histoire Naturelle, Paris, is labelled as being the type of A. echinatus. The question as to the author of this species and as to the validity of the name as applied to the present species is discussed elsewhere. Until further information is available T prefer to retain the well known name of A. aureolus. The specimens of A. rugiceps Mad., which are in the Australian Museum cer- tainlv belong to the same species. With the exception, of A. nasiconns Pasc, which I regard as a variety, the present species can hardly be confused with any known form. In his grouping of the genus Macleay placed aureolus and rugiceps in his first section and second "roup along with 4 other species all differing widely inter se, and with none of ■which A. aureolus has much in common. It appears to be most nearly related to A. crevaticollis Macl., but besides the marked differences in the supraorbital crests, that species lacks the strong, spiniform, elytral tubercles. A male from Esperance in my collection differs somewhat from the descrip- tion given above, which is founded on specimens from King George Sound. The median dorsal line of the rostiiun is impressed, not carinate; the pro- thorax is more distinctly concave; the elyti-a lack the small conjoined spicules on the suture, and the venter is somewhat sparsely clothed with white subsquamose setae. The differences hardly seem sufficient to warrant giving even a varietal name to the specimen. Var. NASicORXis Pasc. Joum. Linn. Soc, Zool., sii., 1873, p. 6. 2. Closely related to A. aureolus Bohem., but larger. Head similar; supraorbital crests double, the anterior portion closely applied to posterior, varying in length, sometimes appearing as a short spicule at base, sometimes as long as posterior portion, the two only being separate at apex; transverse sulcus between head and rostrum continued up on inner side of crest between the two portions. Prothorax similar. EMra without the conjoined sutural spicules on declirity: tubercles more numerous, about 10 in number on second row. Venter with white subsquamose clothing, sparse in middle, denser at sides and apex. Dimensions: ?. 18 X 7 mm. (58 REVISION OF THE AMyC'TERIDE.S, VI., Ilab. — Western Australia: Geraldton. I liave examined tbe type of A. mi--iconii.y. which is a female, and have 3 S in my possession, one of which was compared with the type; the other two are from Geraldton and were kindly given me by Mr. J. Clark. I can only regard A. nasicornis as a variety or geographical race of A. aweolus Bohem.; possibly, however, the males may prove more distinct. ACANTHOLOPHUS CRENATIOOLLIS Macl. Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1805. p. 28!); A. irroratu^, Macl., " op. cit., p. 328, (1866) . c?. Size moderate; black, rather densely iluthed with Inown subsquamose clothing, variegated' with gi'ey. Head concave above, with a pair of small gianules about middle; separated from rostiiim by a transverse groove, running on to inner surface, of crests; the latter broad, tridentate, the anterior lobe strongly convex anteriorly, only separated from median by a slight indentation, often absent, at apex, the median separated from posterior by a deeper notch, the latter longer and more slender, slightly recurved. Rostrum broadly concave above, lightly impressed in median line; external margins with a single acute tubercle projecting forwards; internal ridges and foveae obsolescent. Antennae rather long, second joint noticeably longer than first; club elongate, pedunculate. Prothorax, broad, flat or feebly concave, apex truncate above, ocular lobes absent; median line impressed; disc set with small, rather obscure granules, submedian tubercles not distinct from the granules, excepting tlie basal and sometime^ the subbasal pair; lateral strongly projecting, trianguliform, the median the largest, slightly recurved, with a smaller one an- teriorly, only conjoined at base, posterior slightly smaller than median, with a smaller tubercle more posteriorly. Elytra subparallel on sides for greater part of length; punctures indefinite, transversely confluent; all the interstices with rows of granules, larger on the alternate interstices, distinctly conical on the first, third and fifth posteriorly; humeral angles not advanced, with a row of small granules. Venter flat, moderately closely set with small, grey, decumbent, sub- squamose setae, arising from rather large, foveiform punctures, less marked on apical segment. Legs simple. ?. Similar, more ovate; elytra broader, more iiioduced and briefly mucronate at apex, the posterior granules on fii-st. third and fifth rows smaller and less conical; venter convex, punctures smaller. Dimetmon-'i: c?. 14 X 5 mm. ; 'i . 15.5 X 6 mm. llah. — South Australia: Ptirt Lincoln. The above description is drawn up from South Australian specimens in my own collection. The type of crenaticollis is a large female, measuring 18 x 7.5 mm.; it is stated to be from New South Wales, but I can find no difference be- tween it and South Australian specimens and believe that the locality given is probably wrong. The species is more widely known under the synonym A. irrnratiis Mad., wliich was described from Port Lincoln. T am uncertain wliefher the types of this are in llie Macleay or Australian Museum. ACANTlIOI/JI'irUS TERR.AE-REfilXAE U.S]). Allied to A. crenaticoUis Macl., but dilifering in tlic supraorbital crests, d". Black: wifli minute, sparse, muddy brown clotliing. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 69 Rostrum deeijly concave above, the concavity practically continuous with that of forehead, separated by a transverse groove, the anterior edge of which, seen from behind, appears feebly raised; internal ridges obsolete and basal foveas obliterated ; lateral margins strongly raised in an acutely angular process in the middle, sloping to base, but with a second augidar projection anteriorly. Fore- head deeply concave, with feeble obsolescent grooves radiating from base of ros- trum; supraorbital crests erect, the apex divided into a short, obtuse, foi-ward projecting ramus, and a longer more acute one, projecting upwards. Prothorax broad, almost flat, the median furrow well marked ; median tubercles small, hardly distinct from the grauules, which are present on the rest of the disc, excepting the sublateral areas : lateral tubercles outwardly projecting, rather blunt, hardly triangular, the anterior and median hardly conjoined, the postero-lateral large and followed by a smaller tubercle. Elytra with shallow indefinite punctures separated by low ridges, running on to interstices and giving derm a feebly wrinkled appearance; interstices granulate, the granules larger and more distinct ' on the third interstice, especially posteriorly where they are tubereuliform, and on the fifth interstice whei-e they form a continuous row of small conical granules or tubercles, about 16 in number, running from humeral angle, which projects forwards and is lined by three of these granules, to edge of declivity; sides with interstices granulate. Ventral segments with scattered punctures bearing short decumbent setae, more numerous on apical segment. Legs simple; posterior tarsi rather short. 9. Similar to male, broader, witli mcjre convex under surface. Dimensions: «?. 15 X 5.5 mm. ; 9. 15 x 6 mm. Hah. — Queensland: Chinchilla. Type in Queensland Museum . Six specimens (3 d'. 3 2) under examination, from the same locality. While closely allied to A. crenaticoUis Macl., the present species differs in the double dentiform projection of the lateral rostral margins, in the differently shaped supraorbital crests, in the more evident prothoracic granules, and in the more evidently granulate elytra! shotilders. AoANTHOLOPHUs PDANicOLLis Waterhouse. Waterhouse, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iii., 1854, p. 74; Lacordaire, Gen. Col., vi., 1863, p. 312, note; Macleay, Trans. Ent. See. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 290. c?. Small; black, densely clothed with obscure, brownish, subsquamose pubes- cence . Head concave in front, obsoletely longitudinally and oljliquely rugose, with a pair of obscure granules about middle; separated from rostrum by an indistinct transverse groove, only traceable from behind; supraorbital crests broad at base, projecting laterally as much as forwards, bidentate, the anterior lobe convex forwards; hardly separated from posterior, except liy a small indentation, some- times absent, at apex of lobe, the posterior briefly pointed. Rostrum concave above; external margins raised, strongly convex, sometimes with a separate angu- lation anteriorly; internal ridges moderately distinct, convergent, continued almost to opposite the posterior margin of base of crests; foveae represented by an oblique groove from external margin to transverse sulcus at base of rostrum. Antennae with scape short and strongly inerassate; first and second joints of 70 RKVISION OF THE AMYCTEKIDES^ vi., ftiniele approximatfly en|ual; club stunt, not pedunculate. Protborax flat, an- terior margin subtruncate above, ocular lobes absent; disc closely granulate, with a tendency to radial arrangement; median line hardly impressed; sub-median tubercles not distinct, with the exception of the basal and subbasal pairs; lateral margins strongly convex, with four or five dentiform tubercles, the median con- striction rather feeble. Elytra with punctures obscure; all the intei-stices with rows of small gianules, suture with a pair of small conical gTanules at edge of declivity; third and fifth with larger conical granules posteriorly, more or less separate on the third; seventh also with slightly larger granules; humeral angle with a row of small granules, extending backwards and obliquely outwards from angle. Venter flat; moderately densely clothed with long decumbent setae, mostly of a light yellowish-brown colour; j^unctures shallow, obscured by clothing. Legs simple. 9. Larger and broader, otherwise much as in male; venter convex. Dimen- sions: e was examined by me when in London. AcAXTHOLOPHUs DEXTioOLLis MacL Macleay, Trans. Ent. See. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 282. c?. Size rather small; black, somewhat spareely covered with minute, muddy- brown, subsquamose clothing. Head not distinctly concave in front, with three obscure ridges converging on rostnim; head separated from rostrum by a distinct transverse groove; supra- orbital crests single, continued back in line but at an obtuse angle with external rostral margins, and ending abruptly. Rostnim with external rostral margins raised, obtusely angulate in front and running back into supraorbital crests; median line imjjressed ; internal ridges laised convergent to base but not meeting, basal foveae elongate. Antennae moderately long, funicle with second joint longer than first, club elongate, hardly pedunculate. Protliorax feebly convex in middle, anterior margin not produced over head, ocular lobes absent; median line rather shallowly impressed; disc closely set with round moderately large granules, submedian tubercles hardly distinct from the discal granules, except for one or two posteriorly; sides not gi-eatly explanate, tubercles rather obtuse, the median the largest, with a smaller one conjoined anteriorly, the posterior slightly smaller than the median and followed l)y two smaller dentiform tubercles, an intermediate tubercle pi-esent between median and posterior, but on a lower level. Elytra with punctures fairly definite, and granules little evident; suture with a conjoined pair of granules on edge of declivity; with three rows of tubercles; first row with 8, the basal tmes small and noduliforni, the last 2 — 3 larger and somewliat obtusely conical; sec(md row with (5 — 7, nodulifonn tubercles, the la-st 3 obtusely conical; humeral angle with two small nodules; third row with 5 — 6 small nodulifonn tubercles, hardly more than mere granules. Venter flat, moder- ately closely set with black decumbent rather short, stout setae. Legs: anterior tibiae with deep subapical notcli; intermediate and posterior tibiae simple. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 71 ?. As in J., but broader, aud elytra more produced, with rather smaller and more numerous tubercles ;/ venter lightly convex ; anterior tibiae simple . Dimen- sions: c?. 14 X 5.5 mm. ; ?. 15 X 6.5 mm. Hab. — N.S. Wales; Victoria. The above description is drawn from the types in the Macleay Museum and which were taken at Kurrajong. I have before me specimens from various places in New South Wales and Victoria, which I certainly regard as eonspecific with the types but which never- theless show considerable variation from the types and also inter se. It is pos- sible that some, at any rate, of these forms should be regarded as worthy of subspeeiflc rank, but the series are hardly long enough to justify an opinion. In this category comes A. serraticollis Macl., but there is more reason to justify the separation of this form at any rate sul)speeifically . These variations may be considered in some detail. Specimens (3 d) from the Blue Mountains, probably from Blackheath, agree with the types. t?. 9. from Portland, N.S. Wales differ in the following details: Supraorbital crests larger; antennae with second funicular joint hardly longer than first; pro- thorax with anterior, median and intermediate lateral tubercles fused to form a tridentate ridge, the posterior tubercle smaller, and the sides rather suddenly nar- rowed behind it, so that the prothorax is somewhat cordate in shape; elytral tubercles 8, 7, 7 in number, the humeral angle with a single nodule. cJ. ?. from Blackheath, Blue Mountains. Head with ridges more distinct, and rostrum with median line carinate ; sujiraorbital crests smaller, and con- tinued back in line with rostral margins, with hardly any angle at junction; antennae with first and second joints of funicle subequal; prothorax much as in the Portland specimens; elytral tubercles 9, 9, 5 — 6. A series of 8 specimens (d', ?) from Mt. Kosciusko approach closely to the lypes; the supraorbital crests, however, show feeble evidence of bidentation; the antennae have the second joint slightly longer than the first; the prothorax is narrower, but with lateral tubercles as in the types; elytra with more evident granules, the first row of tubercles degenerated into a row of mere granules, the last 4 distinct as tuhercles; second row with 8 — 11; shouldei-s with two small granules behind one another; third with 5 — fi, little more than granules. The females are similar to the males but the crests are more distinctly bidentate and the anterior angle of the external rostral ridge is more marked . 3 d' from Sydney agree with type, except that the general sculpture is some- what coarser, and the posterior lateral tubercles of the prothorax are larger. Specimens from Woodford (1 ?) and Mittagong (1 ?) agree with female type, except they are somewhat larger. Specimens from Beechworth. Victoria (c7. S.) agree with types, except that there is slight evidence of bidentation of the supraorbital crests. Var. Specimens (1 c?, 2 5) from Coonabarabran have a very distinctive appear- ance and at first sight appear to be specifically distinct, but I am unable to find characters to justify their separation except as a variety. c7. Larger; black, with denser brown clothing, feebly variegate with g:rey. Head more deeply concave in front, with gi-ooves more marked, crests larger. Rostrum rather deeply excavate above, with the lateral margins more raised. 72 REVISION OP THE AMYCTERIDES, \-i., Protlioras wider aud Hatter, witli very deep anterior constriction; tubercles as in type. Elytra with tubercles more numerous, smaller, and more closely set, 12, 10 and 6 in number, granules on other interstices more evident. ?. Differs in similar manner from 5 type. DimensiDn^: c?. 16 X 6 mm.; ?. 16-18 X 7-7.5 mm. Hab. — N.S. Wales: Coonabarabran (T. G. Sloane and Macleay Museum). Var. — SBRRATicOLLis Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 282. er portion of tlie river. The only difference between them and the typo is that the prothoracic granules are more distinct. ACANTHOLOPHUS EXIMIUS Macl. Cubicorrhynchus e.rimhis Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1866, p. 332; Lea, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xsxiv., 1910. p. 18. c?. Large, elongate, subparallel. Densely clothed with l)rown subsquamose pubescence, maculate with grey on elytra; sides with white along middle of pro- thorax and maculate on elytra . Head impressed in front, separated from rostrum by a transverse groove; with a feeble longitudinal ridge in median line, and two separate granules mid- way down forehead; supraorbital crests rather shoi-t and obtuse, bidentate. Rostrum widely excavate, lateral margins little raised, with a small spicule an- teriorly, median line deeply impressed . Antennae long, moderately stout ; funiele with basal two joints rather long, subequal; club moderately long, pedunculate. Prothorax subtruncate above, with no trace of ocular lobes; disc flattened, the median line hardly impressed, with rather distantly placed, moderately large, dis- tinct granules, slightly larger on each side of median line, the penultimate tubercle distinct; lateral margins with a short sharp tubercle in front of middle, and an- other shorter one anterior to it. posterior lateral tubercle represented by a small granule. Elytra elongate, almost suliparallel on sides; with fairly regular rows of small foveiform punctures, the interstices with distinct rounded granules; with three rows of tubercles, fii-st row about 11 in number, the basal ones mere granules, slightly larger than the granules on the intermediate interstices, be- coming larger posteriorly, then conical, the last 3 large and acutely conical, ex- tending on to declivity ; second row with 8 — 9 tubercles, larger than the tubercles of first row, the basal 6 small and obtuse, the rest conical, becoming progressively larger and more acute, not readiing so posterior a level a.s the first row; humeral angle with a small tubercle; third row with 5. the fii-st moderately large and BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 73 acute, the remainder decreasing in size. Venter gently transversely convex; strongly nitid, with few obsolete setigerous punctures, more evident at sides, the extreme apex rather rugosely punctured. Legs simple. 9 . Wider ; elytra more rounded on sides ; venter more convex. ■Dimensions : c?. 18 X 6 mm. Hab. — Western Australia: Stirling Ranges. The above description is taken from the Specimen in the Macleay Museum which is a male; the Australian Museum specimens, presumably the types, are females; these were compared with the male some years ago and agree with it except for the usual sexual differences. The species was originally described as a Cubicorrhynchus, but Lea removed it to Acantholophiis and it certainly is congeneric with the other species placed in the second section of Acantholophus. A. eximius is related most nearly to A. scaphirostris Ferg., but is a larger flatter insect with coarser granules. Acantholophus scaphirostris Ferg. Ferguson, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., 1915, p. 73. Though' allied to A. eximius Macl., the present species may be distinguished by its smaller size and more convex form. The lateral prothoracie tubercles are more obtuse, and the elytral tubercles smaller, while the elytral punctures and granules are much less distinct, also the venter is not strongly nitid. Hab. — Western Australia : Bridgetown . Acantholophus granulatus Sloane. Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvi., 1892, p. 231. The type of this species, now in the South Australian Museum, was examined some years ago. The male alone was known to Mr. Sloane; it came from Barrow Range, but the Museum also possessed a female from Everard Range. The species is closely allied to A. maximus Macl., and certainly cannot be separated generically. The chief distinctions are in the form of the supraorbital crests and in the lateral tubercles of the prothorax. The crests are not bidentat* above, the two rami being completely fused. The prothorax is flatter and the lateral tubercles are subconical and more) distinct than in the normal form, though some specimens of A. maximus have the lateral tubercles more strongly developed. The elytral gi-anules are duplicated on some of the interstices. The female is broader than the male, but otherwise very similar; the crests are, however, very slightly dentate above. Acantholophus blackburni Ferg. Ferguson, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., 1915, p. 59; A. simplex, Black- burn (nom praeocc). Report Horn Exped., 1896, p. 292. This species is closely allied to A. grmmlatus Sloane and A. maximus Macl. Compared with the male of A. granulatus, the present species differs in having the supraorbital crests distinctly bidentate, the posterior dentation being the longer. The prothorax has the gi-anules less evenly distributed and the lateral tubercles blunter; these differences may not, however, be constant, and the elytral gi-anules 74 RKVISIOX OF THE AMTCTERIDES, vi., being in single rows on all the interstices perhaps affords a better distinction. The female type in the South Australian Museum has also been examined. It differs from the male commented on above, whieh was from Palm Creek (National Museum) in being smaller and more ovate. The crests had smaller but distinct dentations, and the lateral prothoracic tubercles were narrower and more sharply conical. From A. tnaximns, it may bo distinguished by the arrangement of the elytral granules, but both A. hiackburni and A. graiuilatus differ from A. maximus in their more slender Acantholophtcs-hke form. ACANTHOLOPHUS MAXIMUS Macl. Cubicorrhyvchus ma.iimus Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 294. c?. Of moderate size, robust. Black, with verj' scanty grey clothing. Head conves above, concave in front and with longitudinal and oblique ridges converging on apex and separated by deep grooves, with two small granules about middle; sepai-ated from rostrum by a deep transvei-se groove bifurcate at ends; supraorbital crests stout, obtusely bidentate, the posterior fork of the transverse apical groove running up the inner side of crest between the two portions, the anterior fork running between crest and the end of the lateral margin of the rostram. Rostnim short and wide, the upper surface rather deeply concave, without internal ridges or basal foveae; lateral margins strongly raised, almost rectangulate in front and sinking suddenly at base. Antennae comparatively short; first joint of funicle noticeably longer than second; club rather stout, elongate. Prothorax subquadrate, gently rounded on sides; apical margin feebly rounded above, not produced over head, ocular lobes absent; disc gently convex, not explanate, uniformly and closely set with moderately large distinct granules; median line rather shallowly impressed, submedian tubercles absent except for small basal pair; lateral tubercles represented by two small dentifonn projections anteriorly and one or two smaller more indefinite ones posteriorly. Sides granu- late, the granules becoming obsolete below. Elytra broad, gently rounded on sides, base slightly emarginate, humeral angles marked by a small tooth; disc striate-punctate, the punctures open, often confluent laterally, giving elytra a somewhat wrinkled appearance: interstices closely set with moderately large gi'anules, round at base, but conical posteriorly, for the most i)art in single series, but duplicated on basal portions of second, third and fourth intei-stices . Ventral segments transversely convex, the basal segments rather feebly concave; without evident punctures except for a few at extreme apex. Legs short and stout; femora somewhat flattened with transverse impressions; tibiae short and stout, with rather strong yellow setae, larger on the under surface; tarsal joints shorter and broader than usual. 2. Very similar to d", somewhat more obese; venter more strongly convex; legs somewhat) longer. Dimensions: c?. 14 ^ 6 — 17 x 7 mm. ; ?. 17 X ^ — 20 X 8 nun. Hob. — Western Australia: King George Sound, Swan River, Mundaring, Conjerdin, Gooseberry Hill, Kalgoorlie, Cue. The type of this species, which is in the Macleay Museum, is a female, and agrees exactly with the female from Mundaring described above. The series before me shows some considerable variation in size and in the lateral prothoracic tubercles. These tend to become distinctly larger, and in specimens from Cue there is an additional tubercle tilling the gap between the BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 75 anterior and posteiior pairs, but on a somewhat lower plane. These specimens at first sight might be regarded as belonging at least to a distinct variety, but they are connected by intermediate forms. There is also in some specimens a tendency for the second tubercle of the posterior pair to become obsolete. Com- parison with A. hlackbu.rni shows tliat the two anterior tubercles and the fii-st of the ijosterior pair coiTespond to the tliree tubercles present in most species; the middle tubercle in the Cue specimens corresponds to the small gi-anule seen at the base of the median tubercle in other species. The position of A. iiiaximus Macleay is open to considerable discussion. Macleay described it as a species of Cuhicorrhynchus and subsequent authors have allowed it to remain in that genus . Lea regarded it as congeneric with Molochtus gagates Pasc, and placed the latter species under Cubicorrhynchus. In its general appearance and sculpture maximus undoubtedly resembles both Cubicorrhynchus and Molochtus, but I cannot regard it as congeneric with either. The reasons for maintaining Molochtus as a vahd genus I have already given and the characters laid down exclude maximus. From Cubicorrhynchus it is separated by the deep concavity of the rostinim. I regard it as unquestionably congeneric with Acantholophus granulatus Sloane and .4. blackburni Ferg. (= A. simplex Blaekb.) though neither Sloane nor Blackburn referred to this species in their observations. If the two latter species are allowed to remain in Acantholophus then mclximus must be placed there too. THE HIGH TEMPERATURE ORGANISM OF FERMENTING TAN-BAEK. Part i. By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (Four Text-figures.) In the nianufaeture ot white lead, plates of luetallie lead are generally cor- roded by the old Dutch fermentation process. As conducted at the works of Lewis Berger and Co. at Rhodes, near Sydney, the fermentation stacks are l)uilt up of layers of tap-bark with the lead contained in pots between successive layers of bark. A layer of bark some twenty-four inches deep is first laid on the floor, and on this are placed the earthenware pots each containing about three inches cf dilute acetic acid and about eighteen perforated sheets of lead (buckles) all resting upon a ledge in the jar. The jars are covered with timber and on the timber a layer of sixteen inches of tampered tan-bark is placed; then comes a layer of jnrs. then timber, and so the stack is Ijuilt up. Each tier of jars is connected with the air at the top of the stack by means of wooden chimneys, the vent of each chimney being covered with a piece of wood. When the fermenta- tion is at its height, steam rustics out of the vents and tlie extraordinary thing is that the temperature of the issuing steam is in the neighbourhood of 180° F. This is a remarkably high temperature for there is some evidence in favour of the fermentation being due to the activity of micro-organisms. The fermentation occupies about four montlis and, in its course, the lead is carbonated with an efficiency of from (iO to 80 Sc- w-hile tiie temperature, starting at about 140° F., rises during the second month to from 180° to 190° and tlien falls to about 140° when the stacks are drawn. The bark darkens in colour, shrinks in volume and becomes less fibrous. It is used again, but in order to adjust the wastage and to improve the texture, it is mixed with one part of new bark for every four parts of old teiuiierod bark when the stacks are made. The tanners of Sydney use wattle-bark in preparing their tan liquoi-s and Lewis Berger and Co. have found that the fermentation of this kind of bark requires a different treatment from the barks used in other parts of the world. A preliminai-y fermentation or tempering is necessary. This consists in storing the bark in a central reserve or alley and watering it daily foi' about a fortnight. The temperature of the mass rises to well over l)lood heat, but not to the tem- perature tliat it attains in the stacks. One can see lumps of bark on the to]! of BY R. GKEIG-SillTH. 77 the heap covered •with a white mould, and a portion taken from well inside the heap contained budding yeast-like cells. These were living, for they did not become stained by watery eosin. It is possible that this preliminary mixed fer- mentation at a comparatively low temperature brings about the production of certain nutrients which are necessary for the life of high temperature bacteria in the main fermentation. However this is a matter for future investigation. A sample of bai'k was taken from a stack when the top tier was in active fermentation. Digging down about six inches, the temperature was found to be 180° r. and a sterile bottle was tilled with the hot bark, taken to the laboratory and subjected to investigation. It may be mentioned here that a sample of the tempered bark contained 50.5% of water driven ofS at 100° and 51.7% at 130° C. while the stack-bark lost 59.7% at 100°, and 61.9% at 130°. The microscopic examination of a watery suspension of the bark showed stout rods of various lengths, and threads. It was thought that the latter might be actinomyces-forms but as an Actinomyces colony was only once found upon the plates, it is probable that they were bacterial threads. During the investi- gation, it was noted that the bacteria formed threads of various lengths very easily. They occurred in the older cultures and may be looked upon as de- generate or involution forms. A high temperature organism was eventually obtained but before this oc- curred some observations were made which led up to the successful issue. As plate cultivation at 60° is not an easy method of isolating bacteria, an attempt was made at 37°. Unfortunately the colonies that developed would not grow at 60°. Had the incubation of the plates been prolonged, punctiform colonies would have appeared ; one race of the thermophilic organisms was subsequently obtained in this way. A preliminary incubation of the bark with water was found to be necessary and it was shown, later, that an alkaline liquid was very much better. Colonies were obtained by stroking agar-slopes with suspensions of the incubated bark and also by smearing plates which in order to minimise the drying and condensation that occurs at 60° were wrapped in butter-paper and put into damp chambers or larger Petri-dishes . With regard to the tubes, the plugs were pushed down and the mouths loosely closed with ordinary wooden corks. Rubber caps perish quickly at 60°. The fii-st trials with ordinary nutrient agar were negative; no growths were obtained and this led to the preparation of a special saccharose agar medium. Later work, however, showed that the ordinary nutrient agar was quite good for gi'owing the high temperature' organism, and the negative preliminary tests must have been due to the ignorance of the necessity for a preliminary incubation of the bark with water or with dilute alkali. The agar-medium suggested by the early test consisted of saccharose 1 %, peptone 0.3 %, meat-extract 0.2 %, potassium citrate 0.3 %, magnesium sulphate crystals 0.2%, and calcium chloride 0.05%, made neutral to phenolphthalein . It proved a very suitable mediimi but, as it had a tendency to soften and the slopes slid down in their tubes when incubated at 60°, the second batch was made with 2.5% of agar. The first active growths were obtained on this medium from a portion of the stack-bark that had been covered with water and incubated at 60°. The suspension was smeared over an agar slope and in 20 hours at 60° a luxuriant growth had spread over the agar which was broken up witli numerous 78 HIGH TEMPERATURE ORGANISM OP FERMENTING TAN-BARK, gas bubbles.* The mixed culture had decomposed the saccharose with evolution of gas. From this culture other slopes were smeared and a number of colonies were obtained. Although these grew well at 60°, tliey failed to produce gas. A more vigorous gas formation was obtained from the mixed culture derived from another flask of bark which had been covered with N/100 sodium hydrate and which itself showed signs of gas formation, although it was doubtful whether the bubbles entrapped in the bark were derived from the fermentation of the bark or from the air absorbed or caught in the spaces of the bark. The examination of the gassy agar-tubes, by tube and by jalate culture at 60°, showed only one kind of colony and the organism was not a saccharose fermenter. Although the fermentation) of saccharose was not the object of the research, it seemed probable that a definite saccharose-fermenting bacterium would be more likely to be able to ferment cellulose than one which could not do so. Conse- quently a rather extended search was made for tliis active organism, and gradually it was determined that the gas fermentation of saccharo.se (and of dextrose) was the result of a condition and not due to an admixture with an unknown organism. During the search, notes were made upon the nature and activities of the tlier- mophilic bacterium. It is a stout rod of a general length of from 3 to 4.5yn but varying from 1.5 up to 15ja or longer. Its breadth is 0.7ju,. Spores are formed terminally; they are oval at fli'st, but become rounded. Their general size is 0.9 X 1-5 /x. The rods when grown in saccharose media at 60° were Gram negative ; at 37° they were Gram positive. Although non-motile in fluid media, the rods were studded with many peritrichous flagella. The colonies on saccharose agar were white and rounded and often l)ecame irregular with age. They were either translucent white or semi-opaque and j'ough 01'' terraced (button-like) . Microscopically, they had generally a granular centre which gradually thinned off to a clear margin. Sometimes the structure appeared rippled or wavy and sometimes faintly radial. The edge was sometimes smooth, sometime.'^ lacerate. Much seemed to depend upon the amount of spore formation that had taken jilace, and the consistency of the agar. An almost Iranslucent colony with a wavy structure when transferred to sloped agar gave an opaque rough stroke and, conversely, an opaque colony gave a smooth translucent expansion . Some races of the bacteria grew slowly at 37° while others did not. They all grew well at 60° and not (|uite so strongly at 65° or at 70°. At tlu' latter temperature some races failed to grow, and this raised the suspicion that much had yet to be learned about the acclimatisation of llie bacteria and their spores. Throughout the research there was always a doubt as to whether a particular culture would transfer. An actively growing culture would always transfer but the same could not be said of a culture whicli had been at laboratory temperature for days or weeks or at 60° for a few days. When grown upon saccharose-agar coloured with litmus, the bacteria seemed fo h;i\(' a double artiou (see )). S3). Witli gradually increasing acidity, the * This production of gas was an exceptional case, for later tests showed that a preliminary treatment in an alkaline liquid or the presence of alkali in the agar itself was necessary. But it must he borne in mind that when bacteria have been recently isolated from what may be called their natural habitat, they may be and probably are more vigorous than after a spell of subcultivation in the laboratory. BY R. GBEIG-SMITH. 79 growths became depressed progressively, making it clear that an acid condition of the medium is unsuitable. In dextrose and saccharose litmus broths, the media became reddened and then bleached but the growth was feeble. Meat extract is not a suitable source of nitrogen. Urea and ammonium salts are quite unsuit- able while on the other hand peptone and asparagin are good. In peptone water with nitrate, the nitrate is reduced to nitrite. In the primary isolation of the high temperature organism, gi-owths were obtained from stack-bark which had been wetted with water and with N/100 sodium hydrate and, of the two, the soda contained the greater number of bacteria per loop of suspension. In following up this observation, stack-bark was put into bottles and wetted with dilute sodium hydrate of varying strengths. The liquids rose half way to the surface of the bark. The bottles were closed with corks fitted with glass tubes drawn out at one end to a capillary point in order to lessen the evaporation of the liquid contents. They were incubated at 70° and from these growths were obtained, but as no gas was produced in saccharose agar, it was considered that 70° was too high for laboratory work. Accordingly new portions of stack-bark were taken, wetted with sodium carbonate and incubated at 60° . The growth and gas-formation produced by stroking loops of the alkaline liquors on saccharose agar are noted in the table. Bark with NagCOg N/2-5 N/5 N/10 N/25 N/50 growth gas growth gas growth gas growth growth 1 day + 0 + 0 + 0 O 0 4 days +++ + +++ + +++ + + + 6 days +++ o +++ + +++ + + + 10 days +++ o +++ + +++ + 0 0 13 days ++ B ++ + s +++ + 0 o 18 days + + S +++ 1 s +++ a 0 0 S=slight. Another experiment with stronger dilutions of sodium carljonate was made and the following results were obtained. Bark with NagCOg N/0 5 N/1-25 N/2 ■5 growth gas growth gas growth gas 1 day 5 days 8 days + O 0 O 0 0 + + +++ ++ 0 O 0 + + +++ +++ + + S S = slight. A bulk culture in N/5 sodium carbonate gave a gas-forming growth in two days, but not in one day. The experiments show that N/5 or N/10 sodium carbonate is best for de- veloping the organism that produces gas in saecharose-agar . The organism is contained in the condensed water of the slopes which show gas formation and when this water was seeded into litmus broth containing either saccharose or 80 llllill TEMPERATURE ORGANISM OF PERMEXTIXG TAX-BARK, dextrose there was a jjroduetion of acid and of gas in 5 days at 60° . * The colonies that developed on the agar slopes contained the rod-shaped bacteria already noted, and as these did not produce gas, either in agar or in broth, it is evident that the gas-producer is difficult to obtain. Some seventy colonies had been picked out and none of them were gas producers. In films prepared from the condensed water, one could see the stout bacteria accompanied by long, thin, faintly staining rods. In old nutrient agar cultures, and especially in Hansen's fluid, thin rods with central granules or with terminal gi'anules were noted and it therefore seems unlikely that the faintly staining rods are the gas-producing bacteria. By the negative method of staining one could see here and there structuifs which might be either spirochaetes or flagella but they were neither sufficiently numerous nor sufficiently decided to be the active agent. Although the large rod-shaped l)acteria were non-motile yet when appropriately stained they were seen to have many peritrichous flagella and it is possible that a few were shown by the negative stain . In dextrose brotli containing various nitrogenous nutrients such as meat- extract, asparagin, urea or ammonium phosphate, acid and bleaching were pro- duced in the first two and no gas was formed in any. The infecting material was the condensed water of a gassy culture, so that it is probable that the active organism does not grow freely in fluids. A repetition of the experiment with the same kind of infecting material gave in the case of asparagin a production of gas by the 5th day. It was noted that by this time the growth was very con.siderable, the broth being quite opa(|ue. It was also noted that on the day following, the gas-bubbles were absent and the volume of gas in the inner tube was less. The evolution of gas had apparently stopped on the fifth day and whether this was due to a lack of nutrition or to the sudden cooling of the culture on the fifth day during examination, further ex- periment must decide. The active liquid was, on the fifth day, seeded into new nsparagin broth and one day later this was bleached, showing a turbidity at the surface. No gas developed even' after twenty days. It must not be considered that treatment of the bark is necessary to obtain a growth of thermophilic organisms. These can be obtained directly from the bark by rubbing fragments over an agar slope. These however do not produce gas in the medium. Having apparently failed to obtain a pure culture of the active organism, it was decided to try the effect of an infusion of tan-bark. Accordingly a quantity of bark was mixed with twice its weight of water and heated at 60° for half an hour, strained and filtered. The infusi(m was i]uite gummy and had an acidity to phcnolphthalein of -)- 0.8.5°. One c.c. of the infusion was added to saccharose- nutrient agar together with sodium carbonate to make the alkalinity = — 24°. Upon the slopes colonies appeared and, at the same time, the medium was pierced with gas bubbles. Small colonies showed up on the second day and these were fished out and transferred to fresh slopes. The growths were all similar and apparently the same as had been obtained previously. No gas was formed on saeeharose nutrient agar, but gas was produced in the same agar with the ad- * An exceptional case. No gas was obtained in these media with the pure and necessarily older races. But it was the occurrence of this gas-production in the sup- posedly impure culture that prolonged the research imtil it became apparent that no other kind of organism could be obtained. BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 81 dition of the tan-bark infusion and sodium carbonate. The gas was probaldy not caused by the interaction of the tannin bodies with the sodium carbonate, for certain of the tubes which failed to show growth contained no gas bubbles. And as growth was necessary, it is possible that the faint acidity produced during growth may have given rise to the evolution of ga-s from the added carbonate. The gas bubbles disajipfared when the tubes cooled down to laboratory tempera- ture. It may be that the gum dei'ived from the infusion assisted in liolding the gas in the medium. Be this as it may, the colonies isolated from growths that gave gas formation, failed to produce gas in the absence of bark, and we may conclude that the gas in the bark-infusion tubes was due to the interaction of the infusion jjIus sodium carbonate and the acid formed by the liacteria from the sugar. An organism capable of fermenting saccliarose directly was the object cf the investigation at the moment. A weaker infusion of tan-bark was made bj' adding three parts of water and letting the mixture stand at 22° for two hours. It was brighter and neutral and clearly contained very little tannin. Slopes of saccharose nutrient agar con- taining 11, 20, 27 and 33 % of this infusion were stroked with a pure culture but the growths obtained did not differ in any way from those without the in- fusion . The strengthening of the saccharose nutrient agar by the addition of peptone, asparagin or meat-extract did not lead to the production of gas by the undoubt- edly pure colonies. Thus up to this point the isolation of a saccharose fermenter in pure culture had not been accom])lished . About this time it was noted that the stack-bark, originally covered with dilute sodium carbonate* had al slight covering of a white mould. This consisted of a mass of aerial liyphae or eonidiophores sprouting from the surface of the bark and carrying sessile or nearly sessile conidia along the length of the thread. They were quite short, about 0.14 mm. in length and the conidia seemed to be double and 10 ju, long when measured in air witli a Leitz No. 8 objective. When immersed in water, the conidiophore measured lAfx. in diameter and the conidia were oval or spindle-shaped, the latter shape being caused by a collar at one end, probably the remains of a short pedicel. In size they ranged from 2.8-3.5 x 4-6 fi. The length proved that when noted growing in the air. the conidia were in couples. The contents were granular and one rather long conidium in a stained film showed a light central portion suggestive of the possibility of the cell being able to divide in two. The mycelia in stained films showed as un- stained threads with irregularly placed, deeply stained granules and very similar to the threads noted in the films prepared from the condensed water of active mixed Ijacterial cultures. Attempts were made to pick off the minute conidia from the bark and sow them upon solid media for incubation at 60° but the results were disappointing; either a strong gTowth of the inactive thermophilic rod was obtained or the tubes remained sterile. Hanging drop cultivation was also without result. In- creasing the acidity and the alkalinity of the media, using the condensed water of an active gTowth as the infecting material, were useless for augmenting the * The stack-bark had been covered with Wo «;odium carbonate and kept at 60° for two days when the fluid was found to contain active gas formers. On the fourth day the liquid was used in testing for filter passers and the residual bark was half covered with N/10 soda. Four da>-s later the liquid contained gas formers, and in another four days the mould was noted covering many fragments of bark. 82 HIGH TEMPERATCRE ORGANISM OP FERMENTING TAN-BARK, growth of the active gas jiroduccr. The familiar spore-bearing rods persisted in coining up and no other orgjuiism could be isolated. A bottle of active stack-bark originally covered with N/5 soda had been set aside in the incubator at 37° and had grown a good crop of Aspergillus. The same mould aijpeared in the original sample of stack-bark and had apparently survived the action of the soda and the lengthy exposure at (50° . With the idea that possibly this might be the active agent, a tube of saccharose nutrient agar was infected with the spores and incubated at 37° . In three days, gas bubbles appeared in the medium under a dense mycelial growth. It was also sown in combination with the thermophilic rod and incubated at 60" but there wai; no growth of mould apparent and no gas foi-med. An attempt to acclimatise the Aspergillus to 60° by gradually raising the temperature from 37° was a failure and the conclusion was come to that the Aspergillus was not responsible for the fermentation of tlic sa<'cliarose. It had been noted that the fluid taken' directly from an alkaline bark liciuor and sown on saccharose nutrient agar, gave a good growth of bacteria and a medium blown up with gas bubbles. The turbid condensed water at the base of the slope, when transferred to a second agar-slope, sometimes gave rise to gas production but generally did not. Colonies picked from the first tube never prodiu-ed gas. Thus the gas production was fugitive. The failure to obtain a gas-forming organism in pure culture and indeed to obtain any organism capable of growing at 60° other than the drumstick rod led to the idea that probably an alkaline condition of the agar was necessary for the evolution of gas, just as it was necessary to stimulate the growth of the cells from the bark. Possibly enough alkali was contained in the large loop used for seeding the tubes from the alkaline bark liquids, and as this disappeared on subculture so did the gas t'orniation. The saccharose nutrient agar had an acidity to phenolphthalcin of -|- 'l.'l° and tubes of this were treated with increasing quantities of normal sodium car- bonate and seeded with the condensed water of an active culture. Growth and gas were obtained on media having an alkalinity of — 14.4" and over, but not in media ranging from -\- 2.2° to — 12°. Tiie limiting amount for growth ap- peai'ed to be about — 24°, for witli this alkalinity and with — 26.3° the agar had to be seeded several times. Some of the races which had been isolated at different times, and were pre- sumably pure, were grown on agar brought to approximately — 13° with Na2C03. Out of 16 races, two failed to gi'ow, three gave a growth of cells and no gas while the remainder produced growth with gas. The inactive bacteria could not be distinguished IVdUi the otlicrs. The gas seems to be produced from the sugar, for tubes of alkalised nutrient agan without sugar gave luxuriant growths without gas when seeded with a cul- ture which gave gas in the presence of sugar. Thus we arrive at the fact that the drum-stick/ rod is the gas producer, and that the production of gas from saccharose by the pure races of the bacterium depends upon an alkaline condition of the medium. An experiment was made with saccharose nutrient agar coloured with litmus and treated with increasing quantities of sodium carbonate. The slopes were stroked with an active race. BY R. GKEIC-SMITH. 83 Alkalinity. Notes. +2° -1-7° -5-4° -9-1° (one day): all pale red below condensed water level, condensed water strongly red, toj) of slope quite blue, gas bubbles in agar of -9-1°. (two days): showed progressive bleaching from +2° to -9-1°, upper parts of slopes quite blue, lower parts reddish, gas bub- bles have disappeared from agar of -9-1°. (three days): +2° and -1-7° purple at top of slope, -5-4° and -9-1° blue at top of slope and body of agar bleached. -12-8° (one day): no growth, reseeded with -9-1° culture. - 16-5° (two days): good growth, colour bleached below condensed water level and agar cracked with gas bubbles ; lower 2 cm. of slope red and upper 3 cm. quite blue. (three days): gas buliblos in both, -12-8° blue and -16-5° purple at top of slope. From these notes it is evident that the bacteria produce acid from saccharose, that the gas produetion begins; when the alkalinity is about — 9.1° and is pro- nounced at about — 12.8° and that the acid is possibly volatile at tiO", ;us was shown by the rather persistent blue colour of the thin hiyers of medium. It had been found that the ordinary fluid media of tlie laboratory were not well suited for the growth of the bacterium and that urea, meat extract, and ammonia were useless as sources of nitrogen. Peptone water gave a fair growth, while asparagin was a good nutrient. To see how far an alkaline condition would improve matters, an experiment was made witli meat extract, ammonium phos- phate, urea and asparagin all 1 %, with 1 % dextrose, salts and litmus solution. Each tube received an increasing amount of sodium carbonate. Absolutely no gi'owtli occurred with urea and ammonia. Meat extract de- veloped an acidity with the control and — 4°, and no growth appeared in the others. In from two to six days the asparagin became acid and bleached with 0, — 4°, — 8° and — 1()°, but no growth occurred in — 20°. In llj days gas had shown in the tubes with from — 4° to — 12°, and, by the 20th day, gas had developed in the control. Fresh tubes of asparagin were seeded from the — 8° culture and these showed acid and bleaching in three days with the same strengths of alkali as before. On the eighth day all the tubes up tt) — 16° were bleached and contained gas. The fluids were all aUcaline to litnuis paper. Tliere was no growth in — 20°. Litmus milk in five days was digested, bleached and was alkaline to litmus paper. Unsterilised milk in four days was partly digested and was alkaline to litmus paper. Several controls were unaffected. Meanwhile experiments were in progress to see if the thermophilic rod could ferment tan-bark. The bark after sterilisation at 150° for an hour, was wetted, seeded with the organism and heated at 60° in a current of air. Several experiments which could only be considered as preliminary showed that certain precavrtions were necessary. Heating the bark in flasks in an incubator at 60° was unsuital)le, for the hot dry air caused the rubber corks to harden and the rubber connections to loosen, with the result that the air and carbon dioxide were M HIGH TEMPERATURE ORGANISM OF FERMENTING TAX-BARK, suiked into tlio apparatus. Two flasks in series, each containing 50 e.e. of N 10 baryta watei', coloured with phenolplithalein, were found to sutiice for trapping all the CO2. Tlie deeolurisation of the lirst flask was the signal for titrating the liquids in both flasks. The flasks themselves were fltted with wide tubes to avoid any tendency to blocking by the barium carbonate, which is largely de- posited around the end of the inlet tube. It was unnecessary to have a flask of water in the thermostat connected with the other containing the bark in order to prevent the latter becoming too dry. In the experiment about to be described the air passed through a tube of soda-lime, tlien through a AVoulft' bottle coutaiuing N, 3 baryta water, thence through the flask with the bark, through two \Yanklyn flasks in series containing baryta water and sometimes through an air-regidating flask to an air-resei-\-oir connected with a suction pump. The stack -hark that was used was acid, and a rough test indicated that the acidity was about 2.25 e.c. of N/1 acid per 100 grams of dry bark. The acidity is of some importance, because we have seen that the thermophilic bac- teria develop from the Ijark only when it is made alkaline. The gas in saccharose media also formed in the presence of a certain amount of alkali. One might think, therefore, that in the stack, the bark would make the attached water acid, and thus prevent the growth of the bacteria and the fermentation of the bark. But conditions that affect liacteria in the laboratory do not have the same influence on the large or manufacturing scale. The acetic bacteria, for example, work at a temperature of 45° in a 5,000 gallon vat and they would not gi'ow at this temperature in the laboratory in small bottles. The thermophilic rod from the stack-bark gi'ows at 80° in the corroding stacks, but it grow-s best at 60° in the laboratory. It mus?t also be remembered that in the laboratory we desire to see results in a few days while on the large scale, as in lead corrosion, the fermen- tatiim goes on for several months. The slow fermentation will probably ensure a l)etter corrosion and in any case a rapid evolution of gas. if it could occur, might be of the nature of an explosion. So much for the condition of tempera- ture. With regard to the acidity, one can imagine that bacteria will slowly produce change in large masses of fermentable organic matter such as silage, or acetic wort having an acidity that would render them inactive on a laboratory scale. Some of the tempered bark was dried at 130° and divided into two jwrtions of 30 grams each. These were Iioated in the oven at 150° for two hours. Each was treated with 20 c.c. of N/10 sodium hydrate and 50 c.c. of water, but in the case of the test flask the water contained a suspension of bacteria (race 73). The flasks were connected up with the apparatus previously described. Evolution of Carbon Dioxide from Tempered Bark. Control. Test. Milligrams of CO2 Milligrams of COg Days Total Total 1 56 56 107 107 2 73 129 36 143 4 54 118 41 184 5 19 202 31 215 6 31 233 43 258 BY R. GREIG-PMITH. 85 Films prepared ut the eud of two days showed deeply staining rods in each flask, and tubes seeded with the li(|Uors on the fourth day, gave bacterial growths both in test and control. It is clear that an exposure to 150° for two hours was not sufficient to sterilise the bark and thus the production of the same amount of carbon dioxide in four days is explained. It was tht>ught that the speed of the cuiTent of air passing through the flasks would have an influence upon the results, but later observations showed that the quantity jjassing through was sufficient to sweep out all the CO2 produced. The quantity passing through per hour varied from 1.3 to 2.1 litres, with an average of 1.75. Pending the arrival of a quantity of stack and tempered barks, use was made of tan-bark in an experiment similar to the jireceding. The preliminary experiments did not promise that a satisfactory result would be obtained from the untempered tan-bark, and it may be that the tannin remaining in the bark restricts the activity of the bacteria. The bark was dried at 130° and two portions of 24 gi-ams were weighed into flasks and sterilised at 150° to 190° for three hours. This treatment was very drastic, but the previous experiment had shown that two hours at 150° was not enough to destroy all the spores. The control bark was wetted with 40 c.e. of N/'20 sodium hydrate and the test with the same number of c.c. containing a suspension of the rods and spores of race 552 which actively decomposed saccharose in alkaline agar. Evolution of Carbon Dioxide from Tan-bark. 442 528 598 654 095 7(i9 853 Films were prepared at the end of the first day, and these showed faintly staining rods and spores in the test fluid and nothing in the control. At the end of the second day the control fluid was sterile and the test contained living bacteria. As the liquid was found to be acid to litmus, 10 c.c. of sodium hydrate were added to each flask. Upon the succeeding days, the acid reaction 86 HIGH TEMPERATURE ORGANISM OF FERMENTING TAN-BARK, of the fluids led to further additions of alkali, as noted in the table. It was observed that the bark became darker in colour as time went on. At the end of the fifth day, the difference in the results was very small and the conclusion was come to that the raw bark was useless for showing the activity of the bacteria. In order to utilise the aj3parat\is pending the arrival of a (juantity of tempered bark, the experiment was continued and it is for- tunate that it was, for the later results showed that under the conditions there was a small but decided evolution of CO2 from the bark impregnated with the bacteria. The repeated additions of alkali gave more liquid than was desired, but this could not be avoided. Were the experiment to be repeated, the weak alkali would naturally not be used. At the end of the eighth day, the test con- tained living bacteria and the control was sterile. 500 roo 10 IS OAVS. Tert-fifj. 1. The Feniientation of Tan-bark. Total yield of Carbon Dioxide. Unbroken line = test, broken line = control. From the experimental results and from the curves, one can see that the bacteria were quiescent for six- days and, from that time onwards, they began to attack some constituent of the bark and from it to produce carbon dioxide. Thus we have a production of carbon dioxide due to what we may call a chemical oxidation, as evidenced by the control test, and also to a bacterial fer- mentation, as shown by tlie excess of tlic test over the control. On the tenth day, the fluids in the flasks had a slight acidity towards litmus paper. Although it is possible that the repeated addition of the alkali favoui-ed the gi-owth of the bacteria, yet an examination of the curves gives one the idea that it was re- BY R. GREKj-SMITH. 87 sponsible for the eoncave depression of these curves and that it may not have had any decided inHiienee in the production of the carbon dioxide. It seems that this bacterium is one that has to get accustomed to its environ- ment, for it was slow to produce carbon dioxide fr(mi the tan bark, and it is slow to grow on alkaline media as shown in experiments with increasing alkali where the slopes with a comparatively high alkaline content had to be repeatedly seeded from growths on agar with a little less alkali. It may be that in the tan-bark there is a constituent, e.g., tannin, which prevents the ready growth of the bacteria. The addition of sodium hydrate to the Hasks containing the bark was sug- gested by the increased activity of the bacteria in alkaline solution. But there was another reason for its use. On a former occasion (These Proceedings, 1918, p. 162), I showed that the heating of leaf-mould for two hours at 130" resulted in the formation of acid, the barium salt of which was largely soluble in water. The amount jirodueed was e((uivalent to about 31 e.e. of nornuil acid per 100 grams of dry oi'ganie matter. It is probable that a higher temperature will produce a larger amount of acid and that a bark after sterilisation in the laboratory will be more acid than it was before sterilisation. Thus the addition of alkali to neutralise this developed acidity was indicated. An attempt to arrive at the amount of acid developed durmg sterilisation was made upon a sample of air-dried tempered bark. Ten gram portions were weighed out, one was treated with 100 e.c. of water, another was sterilised at 200° to 176° for two hours, and then treated with 100 c.c. of water. After three days, the liquids were tiltered and diluted one half. Using Sorensen's fifteenth- normal solutions of primary and secondary phosphates and brom-cresol-purple as the indicator, the extract of the air-dried bark had a Pjj. number of 6.8 and the sterilised bark of 6.47. Thus an increase in the acidity of the bark fol- lowing the .sterilisation is shown. As the extract of the sterilised bark was brought up to Ph, 6.8 by the addition of 0.1 c.c. of N/100 alkali per 5 c.c, it appears that 100 grams of air-dried bark during sterilisation developed an amount of ionic acidity equal to 4 e.c. of tenth normal acid. This is very much less than had been expected from the experiment with leaf-mould, and seems to show that far too much alkali had been added to the tan bark in the fer- mentation experiment. Still the alkali had been added on account of the liquor reddening litmus paper. A fermentation test was made with tempered bark, but it proved a failure. The bark was air-dried, then dried at 130°, and of this dry bark, 40 gi-am por- tions were put into flasks and sterilised at 150° for half an hour, and at 170° for an hour and a half. The flasks received 70 e.c. of water, one containing a suspension of the bacillus. By the second day. the seeded Ha.sk had given oft' 206 milligrams of CO2 and the control 121 milligrams. The fluids in both flasks were at this stage shown to contain living bacteria and it followed that the tempered bark had contained some very resistant spores. Cultures from the control flask showed the rod with terminal spores growing at first as translucent colonies and rather gummy. By the time that the impurity of the control had been demonstrated, the amount of CO2 given off was 371 milligrams in the seeded flask and 320 in the control. Five grams of powdered copper sulpliate were added to the control fla.sk and the fermentation was continued. By the seventh day the seeded flask had given ofl" 597 and the control 553 milligrams of CO2, and the control still contained living bacteria. The copper sulphate had been added as a disinfectant, but it would seem that the constituents of the bark had 88 IIIGII TEMPERATCTRE OUGAXISII OF FERMENTIXU TAX-BARK, reacted with the salt, auuulLing its disinfecting action. The constant increase of the seeded over the control flask w.is probably due to the initial activity of the introduced organisms. A fermentation experiment was made with tan-bark. Thirty gi-ams of the bark dried at 130° were heated until a thermt)meter inserted in the control flask rose to '200°. then the temperature was slowly reduced to 164° during three- quarters of an iiour and it was kept at this temperature for an hour and a quarter. Altogether the bark was sterilised for two hours at from 164° to 200°. The test flask was treated with 50 c.c. of water containing a suspension of race 80 which had been obtained from' the control heated l)ark of the prenous ex- periment. Evolution of Carbon Dioxide from Tan-bark. Control. Test. Milligrams of CO2. MiUi grams of CO2. Days Daily 53 Total 53 Daily 77 Total. 1 77 2 36 89 42 119 3 29 118 32 151 4 13 131 18 169 5 22 153 23 192 6 21 174 21 213 7 13 187 17 230. 10 C.( :. N710 NaOH added. 8 17 2(M 20 250 9 14 218 17 267 10 c c. N71.85 XaOH added 10 22 240 23 290 11 10 2.50 14 304 10 c. J. N/1 N'aOH added. 12 3.-1 28.5 47 351 13 60 345 75 426 14 31 376 117 543 15 15 391 55 598 16 17 408 53 651 17 34 442 60 711 10 c. c. NVl \aOH added. 18 22 464 57 768 19 34 498 52 820 20 22 520 56 876 0. In grams asparagin added. 21 47 567 83 959 22 24 591 192 1151 23 16 607 167 1318 24 15 622 162 1480 25 13 63.5 149 1629 26 11 G4fi 149 1778 27 10 6.56 131 1909 28 9 665 113 2022 On tlie seventh day the nature of tlic curve of the daily yields sliowcd tliat a condition of equilibrium had l>ceu reached and something was needed to accelerate tlie evolution of ga.«. A previous experiment wnth the same bark had shown that alkali acted as such, and accordingly 10 c.c. of alkali were added to test BY It. GRBIG-SMITH. 89 2001- and eoutrol. The quantity advisable to add was as yet unknown and tenth normal sodium hydrate was used tentatively. This did not seem to improve matters and after tlie ninth day 10 e.c* of N/1.85 sodium hydrate were added as a stronger alkali was apparently needed. The quantity of alkali added to each flask was capable of fixing 11!) milligrams of CO2, and as the yield was not completely depressed it is clear that the alkali was taken up by the bark and that it can absorb or fix much more alkali than the study of the aqueous extract would lead us to expect (see p. 87). Text-fig 2. The Fermentation of Tan-bark. — Daily Yields of Carbon Dio.xide. Unbroken line = test, broken line = control. A slight increase on the tenth day followed the addition of the alkali, but on the ele\enth day the yield went down. This suggested that the amount of alkali had not been enough, and accordingly 10 c.e. of N/1 sodium hydrate were added to each flask. This quantity seemed to be about right for the yield of gas began to rise immediately. Thus the thirty gTams of dry bark required an amount of alkali e((uivalent to 16.4 c.c. of normal sodium hydrate to neutra- lise the inherent acidity or, at any rate, that part of the acidity whicli hindered the fermentative activity of the bacteria. This is equivalent to 54.7 c.c. of normal alkali per 100 grams of dry bark. The control remained sterile until the last addition of soda. Apparently the spores had not been destroyed by the heat sterilisation and had remained quiescent until conditions of growth were made favourable by the alkali. The vegetating bacteria added to the test at the start remained in the acid bark for some time, but they slowly disappeared for on the twelfth day they were very few in number * This contained 0.22 milligrams of CO2 as impurity. 90 HIGH TEMPERATURE ORCAXISM OF FERMENTING TAN-BABK, compared with earlier examinations. So pronounced was this that the flask was reseeded on the thirteentli (hiy. with the same race, 80. When the bacteria appeared in the control, 0.5 gi-am ot crystal violet was addetl and this caused a sharp fall in the evolution of gas. The activity of the bacteria had been checked and the carbon dioxide that appeared on the fourteenth day may be looked upon as partly residual and partly chemical. The disinfectant did not destroy all the bacteria, but it seemed to hold them in check. On the nineteenth day living bacteria were still in the control flask and on the twentieth day 0.5 gram of mercuric chloride was added. The rise on the fourteenth day was followed by a fall on the fifteenth and as the yield remained steady for another day, it was considered that a further addition of sodium hydrate might be made. Five c.c. of normal soda were added to each flask and although this caused a slightly increased evolution of gas yet the increase was so little that a further 10 c.c. of soda were added. The yields remained almost constant for several days, and the conclusion was made that the amount of alkali added up to the eleventh day, viz., the equivalent of 16.4 c.c. of normal sodium hydrate was sufficient for the 30 grams of bark. On the twentieth day it was considered that the experiment had reached an end and, as a final cast, it was decided to try the influence ot the addition of a nitrogenous nutrient. The previous experimental evidence was in favour of asparagin, and accordingly 0.25 gram was added to each flask. The effect of the asparagin was very marked and clearly indicated the necessity of the addition of a niti-ogenous nutrient for a very active fermentation of tan-bark. There is, of course, the possibility that the carbon of the asparagin was quickly oxidised to carbon dioxide and the increase was derived from the asparagin directly. It this were the ease, the 0.25 gram of asparagin is capable of giv-ing 333 milligrams of CO2. Before the addition of the aspara- gin, the evolution of CO2 had been fairly constant at 55 milligrams. During the eight days following the addition, the excess over the 55 milligram mark totalled 623 milligrams, which is more than could be credited to the a.spara- gin. It follows that there is an insufficiency of nitrogen in the bark tor its complete fermentation. An experiment with tempered hark, and parallel to Ihe last with tan-bark, was started one day later. During sterilisation, the temperature, starting at 164°, rose in an hour to 200°, then fell gradually to 176° by the end of the second hour. Thirty gi-ams of the bark dried at 130° were taken for each por- tion. Fifty c.c. of water containing a suspension of race 80 were added to the test flask and the same ijuantity of water to the conti'ol. BY R. GREIG-SMITH. 91 Evolution of Carbon Dioxide from Tempered Bark. Control Test. Days. Milligrams of CO2. Milligrams of CO2. Daily Total 156 156 Daily 180 Total 1 180 2 104 260 125 305 3 90 350 103 408 4 107 457 104 512 5 71 528 70 582 6 56 584 65 647 10 c.c . N/10 XaOH added. 7 45 629 63 710 8 44 673 53 763 10 c.c N/1.85 NaOH added 9 38 711 41 804 10 37 748 37 841 10 c.c N/1 NaOH added. 11 35 783 51 892 12 45 828 58 950 13 35 863 65 1015 5 c.c. N/1 NaOH added. 14 26 889 58 1073 15 29 918 41 1114 16 35 953 35 1149 10 c.c. 5N/1 H2SO4 added. 17 24 977 27 1176 The behaviour of this experiment wa.s very much the same as the preceding; it was started a day later. There was a greater evolution of gas, both in the test and the eoutrol, which showed tliat tempered bark is undouljtedly better than raw tan-bark for the production of carbon dioxide. On the tenth day bacteria were found in the control and 0.3 gram of iodine was added on the eleventh day, but this did not destroy the bacteria, for slopes smeared on the thirteenth day grew a good crop of cells. As crystal-violet had checked the bacteria in the tan-bark control, 0.5 gi-am w-as added to this control. The addi- tion of the 10 c.c. of N/1 sodinmj hydrate did not have the same effect as with the tan-bark from which it would seem that either too much or too little had been added. As the latter seemed more likely, 5 c.c. of N/1 sodium hydrate was added to each flask. This caused a fall and, as there seemed to be no likelihood of further information being obtained by continuing the experiment, 10 c.c. of dilute sulphuric acid (== 5 N/1) were run into each flask. The small yield of CO2 following this treatment showed that all the alkali previously added had not fixed any appreciable amount of carbon dioxide. On the whole the experiment was far from satisfactory on account of the non-sterility of the bark and especially of the control. The earlier high yields from the control, which were considered to result from a chemical oxidation, were, in viev: of a later experiment, the product of the activity of bacteria entrapped in the pores of the bark fragments. The sterilisation of the bark' is an exceedingly difficult matter. The loose water in the control flask was found to be sterile when tested on the second and fourth days, but the presence of the bacteria on the tenth day, when taken in conjunction with the amount of carbon dioxide evolved during 92 HIGH TEMPERATURE ORGAN'ISil OF FERMENTING TAX-BARK, the first few days, suggests that the bacteria were actively iermentiug wliile Jield in the [tores of the bark. A later experiment with tempered disinfected bark yielded 82 milligrams of CO2 in three days as against 250 in this esperi- Inent. The addition of sodium hydrate to neutralise the inhibiting acidity of the bark seemed to be faulty; there was too much of the hit or miss method about it and one would like to get a more definite process. Some years ago, I showed that the organic matter of rotted leaf -mould could absorb alkali from solutions and there was a difference in its action upon the biearbonates of the earths and the hydrates. Calculating upon 100 grams of dry ash-free leaf-mould, it was found that about 100 c.c, of normal alkali were taken up from the bicarbouat«.s and about 450 c.c. from the hydrates. Thus there were two kinds of acidity. If there are two kinds of acidity in the tau-bark, it is probable that it is the kind which can decompose t!ie biearbonates that inhibits the growth of the bacteria. More definite information regarding the base-absorbing jtower of the l)arks was obtained by placing two grams of dry bark in a bottle with 150 c.c. of N/ 10 baryta water and testing the loss from day to day. A similar test was made with magnesium bicarbonate. The numbers that follow are tlie c.c. of luiruial alkali absorbed by 100 grams of the dry liai-k.* Bari/ta absorbed: — Days 1 2 3 4 5 6 Alley-bark 433 457 474 476 485 491 Tan-bark 391 415 42() 433 440 448 MagiiesiiiDi bicnrbonale abrecn started with 25 c.c. of a modified Uschinsky's solution* and 4 grams of cotton wdol tliat had been dis- integrated by heating at 160° to 200°, until it could be rubbed into a line powder. No gas was given off in two days, so 5 c.c. of a 3 ^c solution of potassium citrate was added. The citrate did not alter matters, for during the following two days, no gas was given off. This showed that in the earlier experiment, the growtli and gas production depended, not on the citrate, but on the sugar. So far the bacterium seenu'd incapable of attacking cellulose, but befoi-e closing the experiment it was tliought advisable to see if, after a start had been made with extract of bark, the bacterium would attack tlie disintegrated cotton. Accordingly an extract was made by steaming 200 grams of alley-bark with 400 c.c. of water for an hour and filtering the extract, lirst through paper, tlicn throiigh porcelain. Ten c.c. of this were added to the test; the old control was thrown out and another prepared having everything the same as the test, excepting the 4 gi-ams of cotton. * Asparagin 0.5 %, sodium chloride 0.3 %, magnesium sulphate cryst. 0.2 %, and monopotassium phosphate 0.2 %. BY R. GBEIG-SMITH. Experiment with Cellulose and Bark-extract. 97 No cellulose. Cellulose. Milligrams of CO2. Milligrams of CO2. Days. Daily Total. Daily Total. 1 0 0 0 0 + 1 c.c. N/10 NaOH. 2 11 11 8 8 + 1 c.c. N/1 NaOH. 3 1 12 1 9 4 1 13 31 40 5 0 13 16 56 6 0 13 7 63 7 0 13 5 68 One cannot say very much about this experiment for with 0.25 gram of asparagin and 4 grams of celhtlose there should have been muc-h more gas given off, and it would tiierefore appear a« if the carbon dioxide had been derived from the bark extract. On the sixth day, the liquid control did not appear to have much bacterial growth although it contained active bacteria. The test flask contained a sodden mass of cotton with very little loose water. Both had the same slightly alkaline reaction to litmus and phenolplithalein papers. It is possible that if no alkali had been added on the .second day tbe results might have been different. Conclusions. There are many points connected with the fermentation of the barks yet to be determined, but so far as the investigatiim has gone, certain facts have been elucidated. The aetive agent is a spore-bearing rod with an optimum tem- perature of 60° C. for laboratory work. It is capable of fenuenting the spent wattle-bark of tanneries after the bark has been treated or "tempered." The tempering is undoubtedly a mixed fermentation and in it a temperature of from 40° to 50° is attained. Its object is to maintain a vigorous growth of the active bacteria, but incidentally a certain destruction of the organic matter by moulds, yeasts and bacteria probably occurs. Raw tan-bark which has been heated to a sterilising temperature is not easily fermented by the bacteria and it is probable that this is caused by the inhibiting action of the residual tannin products, because treatment of the heated raw bark wifh alkali and air so alters the bark that fermentation can ensue. Tests have yet to be made upon unheated raw bark, but it is likely that it will behave similarly to the heated bark. Heated tempered bark is easily fermented and is not influenc-ed by treatment with alkali ane observed and is probably very tiften present when not notice- able. Var. CORD ATA, n. var. (PI. i., fig. 5). Loricae corpore cordiforme nee globoso, interne acuminato, lateribus levissime arcuatis. Long. 10, lat. 4i— 6J/i. Lismore (302). Cum forma typiea. The body of the lorica is more or lass heart-shaped, not globose, and runs to a point beneath. Kent describes and figures {I.e., PI. v., fig's. 13—16), species S'. amphora Kent and S. urceolata Kent, of somewhat similar shape, but with- out the long neck. On Oedogonium in quantity, mixed with tlie type. 102 AUSTRALIAX FRESHWATER H^AGELLATES, Salpixgoeca AMPHORiDirM Clark. If I say that I do not know whether I have ever observed the type of this species, it is because Clark's original figures (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sen iv., vol. i., 1868, p. 2U3) are difficult of access, the figui^es given by various authors all differ among themselves and. though typical forms are distinct enough, it is not always easy to say where .S'. amphoridium ends and 6'. ampuUacea begins. Lately, however, I have obtained good pencil sketches of Clark's tj'pe figures. He gives two, which are not in the least aUke. The second has never, to my knowledge, been observed or figured since, and as it is far the most common form of Salpiiigoeca in this country, I have adopted it as var. amtralica (infra). The other is nearly, but not quite identical with Kent's figures (In- fusoria, PI. v., figs. 3, 4, and 7 only, especially fig. 4) — this, therefore, must be considered as the type. It has an almost exactly globose body, rounded below, somewhat produced and ovate above, but vei-y little uanowed or constricted in the throat, the .sides diverging upwards and outwards straight to the wide mouth, rim not everted. There is no distinct tubular neck. Kent's figures are all too narrowly constric-ted and some verge on .S'. ampuUacea. Var. ACSTRALICA mihi. (PI. i., fig. 6). Cellulae minutae, sessiles; infeme rotnndatae, supeme ovatae, baud vel levis-sime constrictae, lateribus ad os convergentibus, ore non everto. collo nuDo vel baud distincto. Cell. long. 8—14. lat. 4— (i. lat. oits 1—2^ Auburn; Guildford; Casino (189); Lismore (254, 260). Our commonest form; found sessile on Spirogyra, Hydrodictyon, Oedogo- nium, more rarely on Cyclops (Entomostraca). The cells are ovate, rounded below, narrowed above, sides converging to the narrow mouth, ov.'v very slightly con.stricted, if at all, therefore with no formation of throat or mck except the very least straightening of the sides below the mouth, rim not turned out. Senn's figure of S. amphoridium, Flagellata. p. 128, fig. 85a (after i'rance), has the same shape of opening as var. au.itralica, but below is very Strongly in- flated, much more so even than in Clark's tJTJe. It might stand as var. Francei. Butschli's form with flat base, figured by Kent (I.e., PI. v., fig. 33) should rather, on a<-count of the distinct neck and everted rim, be considered a variation of .S'. timpullacea. Salpixgoeca steixii Kent. (PI. i.. fig. 7). Syn. .s. amphoridium Stein (noii Clark), I.e., T. si. f. 1 — 5. This form might well have been arranged as a variation of S. amphoridium. The loriea has the same characteristic wide mouth and throat but no neck. The l)ody. liowever, in.stead of being globular, is drop-shaped with a minute protuberance beneath, acting as a pe i x a Cienkowski. Chromulina flavican-.s (Ehr.) (Text-fig. 2 a — d). Coenob. diam. 20 — 60; cell. diam. 8 — 12^. Centennial Park, Sydney. Syn. Moiias j'lavicam Ehr.; Chrysomonas fhicicaiis (Ebr.) Stein, op. cit. T. xiii., f. 16 — 19. Very rare, only once observed. Our forms ag^i'ee perfectly in size and appearance with Stein's excellent figures in Naturg. d. Flagellaten. The dimensions of his figures work out at : coenob. diam. 15 — 65, cell, diara. 7 — 10^. The chromatophores are yellow-green, an-anged as in Synura and Mallomonas. When mature, the cells are globose, but from self-division are generally found more or less oval. Chromulina ochracea (E)lir. ) (Test. -fig. Ic). Cellulae sphaeri<'ae, diam. oi — 8J/x. Lismore (294). Minute spherical cells witli two yellow-green chromatophores longitudinally and rather irregularly disposed within the cell and not ijuite parietal. Tliere is a minute stigma and relatively large c.v. Syn. Monas ochracea Ehr.; (Jhrysomonas ochracea (Ehr.) Stein, T. xiv., Abt. iii., f. 1, 2. This and all other forms of Chromulina mentioned here were found enmeshed in the mycelium of a fungus suiTcmiiding a rotting plant stem floating in swamp waters. CiiBOMiLiXA ovALis Klcbs. ( Text-fig. 1(/, e). Cell. long. 8i— Hi, hit. 51— 7]/^. Lismoie (294). Cf. Senn, op. cit., p. 154, f. 107, B2. Oval or oblong in contcmr, with a de- cided nick to one side in front from which the flagellum springs. At this [loint there seems to be a kind of protrusile or distensilde pharynx. 1 noted one feeding on cells of Bacterium termo. These were worked down tlu^ llagelluni and received with a globule of water ((u- plasma 1 whicli could he observed as a very distinct swelling pa.ssing down tlie side of the cell till it lodged in the ])osterior part of the cell. Exactly the sanu' ])roceduie is depicted by Senn, p. IT), in the case of Oicomonas termo Ehr. which this species of Chromulina vei'v much re- sembles. Is it possible that one is a saprophytic form of the other? BY G. I. PLATFAIR 107 Chromui.ixa pyripohmis, n.sp. (Text-fi,^;. 1/). Cellulae plus minus pyriformes, fronte rotundatae, jjostice aeuniinatae. Cell. long. 11—12, lat. iifx. Lismore (294). Cells pear-shaped moi'e or less, ecies the fully-de- veloped form is lintiar-elliptie or oljlong-elliptic. In M. acaniideii also the cell may be furnished all over with setae, or some ]iart of the surface may be de\'oid of them, or again they may be entirely wanting, and occasionally they are so delicate as almost to escape observation. Cells as low down as 14 x lo^ have been noted. Perty's type is really an immature form of the species, and these may generally be recognised by having tlie c.v. at the hinder end; in the mature form they are set in a circle at the posterior third of the cell. Compare here M. elegans Lemm., Schwed. Gewasser, f. 14, and M. tiDisurata Telling, Schwed. Plankt., i., flg. 3. Mallomoxas splendens (6. S. West) Playf. (Pi. ii.. fig. 3). Cell. long. 30—56, lat. 9—13; setae long. 10—36^. Auburn; Sydney Water ((i4. 80. 81); Botany (142); Botanic Gardens (3); Wyrallah; Lismore (241. 260. 261. 316). Syn. Lagerlieimia sjjletidens G. S. West, Algae Yan Yean Reservoir, p. 74, Ph 6, f. 4 — 8. .Judging by my records this species is even more common in our waters than M. acaroides, and it is generally found in the; mature shape. if not always the full size. Indeed, I know of only one young form {infra). There may be any number of setae from 2 to 4 before and behind. They differ- from the setae of M. a<;ar(iides, which are like very fine bristles, in being stouter, of a spinous nature and inflated strongly at the base. Those in front are gener- ally carried at right angles to the body, the hinder group project right back , they are capable of a slight amount of lateral nio\-ement. Var. I'UsiLLA, u.var. (PI. ii.. fig. 4). Forma nuilto-brevior, oblongo-ovalis. setis nullis observatis. membrana glabra, striis obliquis 3 — 4 decussatim dispositis ornata. Cell. long. 10—17, lat. 8— 12J^. Sydney Water (80. 81); Centennial Park. Sydney; Byron I'.ay. Probably a young form either in process of growth or fi.xed by incrassa- tion of the cell wall before reaching maturity. It is much shorter than the type though almost as broad as a full-growTi specimen. Oblong-oval in shape, membrane smooth, crossed by 3 or 4, very fine, obliquely disposed, criss-cross grooves having the appearance of striae. No .setae in the specimens noted. B¥ G. I. PLAYi'AlR. 109 Mallomonas adstralicAj n.sp. (PI. ii., %. 5). Cellulae elliptieo-eylindraceae ; mediis lateribus I'ere rectis; apic-ibus late- rotundatis. Membrana hyalina im-iassata, giauulis parvis in seriebus trans- versi.s ordiuati.s urnata; setis uullis notatis. Cell. long. 20—25, lat. 10;x. Botanic Gai-dens, Sydney (3); Botany; Guildford; Lismoie (245). A much rarer species than either of the foregoing. When mature it is obloiig-eylindrical with broadly rounded ends, and crossed transversely but not oblicjucly by rows of small gi'anules. No setae observed. Var. GRACILLIMA, n.var. (PL ii., tig. 6). Forma gTaciUmia, magis stride cylindracea; lateribus fere rectis, apieibus rotundatis. Membrana ut in forma typica; setis nullis. Cell. long. 22, lat. 4^. Lismore. Var. SUBGLOBOSA, H.var. (PI. ii., figs. 7, 8). Cellulae subglobosae vel ovales, plerumijue fronte paullo augnstatae; vesicu- lis contractilibus 4 juxta extremitatem posteriorem; ceteris ut iu forma typica. Cell. long. 21—27, lat. 16ju. Lismore (316), from swampy ground. These are probably young growth forms of the type, either still in pro- cess of development or, a-s I think more likely, which have become fixed by the hardening of the cell-wall due to stagnation. On either view they give us a glimpse of the life-history of the organism. ilALLOilOXAS LITOMESA Stokcs. (PI. ii., fig. 9). Cell. long. c. 25, lat. c. 5p Lismore. Stokes, Fre.shwater Infusoria of the U.S., .Journal Trenton Nat. Hist. Soc, i., 1888, p. 92, PI. i., f. 32. Very rare indeed, only once observed. The body is linear-elliptic, mem- brane delicate and smooth (Stokes says however "Cuticular surface finely crenu- late"), a few straight setae at the hinder end, but those in front are charac- teristic, being six in number springing from a small membraneous projection and curved back like the ribs of an umbrella. Chromatophores pale yellow- gi-een, close to the cell-wall. Var. CURTA, n.var. (PI. ii., fig. 10). Cellulae eui-tae. oblongae; pone late rotundatae sine setis; ceteris ut in foi-ma typica. Lismore, with the type. This form is very short, oblong, broadly rounded l)eliind where the setae are wanting; otherwise like the type. Size not noted. A narrower and more strictly cylindrical form, much less commonly met with. Sometimes at the an- terior end there is a sliglit membraneous bi-papillate pro.i'eetion, and below the flagellum, just between the ends of the chromatophores, a dark granule may oc- casionally be distinguislied. I have noticed the same in Synura granulosa, cf. New and rare freshwater Algae, p. 508, PI. Ivi., f. 1 — 3. 110 ax.>;ti;a[,ian- fkeshwatp:!! flaglllates, Fam. PHAEOCAPSACEAE. Genus Phakococcus Borzi. Phaeococcus planktokicus W. aud G.S. We.st. (PI. ii.. fig. 11). Coeiiob. iliaiii. 90; Cell, diaui. 10^. Botany. Obtained once only in a ground gathei-ing ot mixed microseopie life from Gardener's Road swamps, Botany. It was in the ytococystis condition as a hyaline, structureless, mucilaginous coenobium containing 4 families of about 8 cells each. The cells were globose, with two yellow-ljrown parietal ehromato- phores disposed as in Hynura or ilaUomuuas. Senn lias no place for this genus in his "Flagellata" ; I include it here from some resemblance to I'haei>ciisti!<, at least in its vegetative condition. Fam. SCINTILLACEAE. Genus S c I X T I l l a, n.gen. Cellulae minutae, delieatissime, ovatae vel ovales; membrana tenuissima, glabra, hyalina, granulis nullis nee setis; chromatophoris 2 parietalibus per longitudinem dispositis; tiagellis 2 tenuissimis; vesiculis contractilibus 2 postice instructae; stigmate nullo. Scintilla chlorina, n.sp. (Fl. ii., figs. 12 — 14). Cellulae ovatae subeuueatae, fronte angustiores, postice late-rotundatae ; polo anteriori modice deplanatae et saepe levissime emarginatae; membrana delicatis- sima hyalina glabra; tiagellis 2 tenuissimus; chromatoijhoris 2 Uiteo-viridibus; stigmate nullo. Cell. long. 7J— 21; lat. 4^— 12i^. Byron Bay (324). A very rare flagellate which I obtained in some quantity from the drained bog at Byron Bay soon after rain. In shape the cell varies from ovate to sub- euneate, narrower in front, well rounded behind, sides often somewhat (latteued towards the anterior end, whicli is subtruncate and slightly emarginate. Mem- brane very delicate and indistinguishable, smooth, hyaline, without markings or setae; liagella two. The cell contents are arranged iis in Synura or MulUinumas with two, thin, yellow-green, parietal chromatophores disposed longtitudinally, starting in front and gradually developing right back to the hinder end. When the opposite edges of the chromatophores just overlap in the middle there api)eur to be four longitudinal chromatophores l)ut this is an illusion. Tlie posterior por- tion of the contents is a clear, transparent, homogeneous nniss, generally sur- rounded by large amylaceous granules ; no stigma, but there seem to be two pulsating vacuoles l)eliiud. With dilute formalin the cell crumples up at onco to a shapeless mass, extruding the contents; this does not occur in Hynura or ilallomonaa. It is generally taken to indicate the entire absence of cell-wall, but of this I have my doubts. Ci. Phaeoci/stis globosa Scherffel in Lemmer- maiin (Nord. Plaukt., xxi.) Flagellatae, p. 2, f. (i. Scintilla si'LENDiDA, n.sp. (PI. ii., tig. 15). Cellulae ovales, polos versus praecipne anteriore modice attenuatae, fronte levissime emarginatae; membrana glabra granulis nullis nee setis; tiagellis 2 tenuissimis; stigmate nullo; chromatophoris obscure viridibus. Cell. long. 31, lat. Idfi. Lismore (347). By G. I. PLAYFAIR. Ill This species is half as large again as the foregoing and very different in appearanee. It is elliptical-oval, not ovate, but the minute emarginatiou in front may still be noted. The memljrane is smooth and hyaline, showing no sign whatever of markings or setae. 1 examined a specimen with the l/12th inch homogeneous immersion lens; the internal organisation is exactly as in Si/tinra or Mallomonas, the anterior third consisting of very finely granular protoplasm, the posterior two-thirds of a globe of clear, transparent, homogeneous material surroundeil by large amylaceous granules, the whole being enclosed liy two deli- cate parietal chromatoi^hores. The colour of the latter was very distinct, being neither yellow-green nor chlorophyll-green, nor brownish-green, nor blue-green, l)ut a deeji gray-green. Very little reliance, however, can be placed on the colour of the cbromatopliores in the Chrysom-onadineae as a study of Crypto- monas soon shows. Two very delicate flagella noted, which seems to separate the organism from Mallomonas ; I was not able to detect the pulsating vesicles, but from 2 to 4 will probably be found towards the hinder end of the cell. Fam. TESSELLARIACEAE. Genus Tessell.\ria Playfair. Tessellaria volvocina Playf. See description and figures in "Freshwater Algae of the Lismore District" (These Proceedings, 1915, p. 315, PI. xlv., f. 6, 7, under Tessella). Also a fur- ther note in "New and rare freshwater Algae" {ibid., 1918, p. 508, PI. Ivi., f. 4). I have nothing to add to these notices except to remark tliat the organism is not as rare as I thought at first. I have obtained plenty during the last few years. Fam. HYMENOMONADACEAE. Genus Synura Ehrenberg. Synura virescens (Bory). (PI. ii., figs. 16 — 18). Coenob. diam. ad. 137; cell. long. 22 — 24, lat. 7 — 9fj,. Wyrallah; Lismore (242, 314). Syn. Uvella virescens Bory, Encycloj)., 1824 (teste Dujardin, p. 301); for figure see Kent, PI. xxii., f. 24 — 2ti, but tlie cliromatophores are contracted. In "Freshwater Algae of the Lismore District," p. 314, I recorded this species as Synura uvella Ehr. All the authors, however, who have figured the latter, show the cells as clothed with line setae; cf. Stein, T. xix., Abt. i., f. 1 — 7; Kent, PI. xxiii., f. 1, 2; Senn. p. 162, f. 116a; Klebs, Flagellatenstudien (Senn's fig. A2) and others. This makes it plain that if S. uvella is found here it must be very rare, as in twenty-five years I have never seen a specimen of a Synura showing setae. This smooth species, S. virescens Bory, however, is occasionally met with, though by no means common either. I figure three forms which may all be noted either separately or intermingled in the same coenobium. The membrane is very thin and does not show as a double line; the chromatophores lie close to it. No stigma noted, but I think that one or more minute stigmata may occasionally be found, though rarely, in all forms of Synura and Mallomonas. Stokes (op. cit., p. 117) records this species from U.S.A. 112 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER FLAGELLATES, For descriptions and figures of ,'5'. granulosa Playf. and its var. pwiilia Playf. see Frw. Alg. Lisinore District ( These Proceedings, 1915, p. 314, PI. xlv., f. 3). Also New and rare freshwater Algae {Ibid., 1918, p. 508, PI. Ivi., f. 1—3). Per Synura australienais Flayf. see These Proceedings, 1915, p. 315, PI. xlv., f. 4, 5. Fam. OCHKOMONADACEAE. . Genus O c h r 0 ji o x a s Wysotski. OCHROMOKAS ASPERA, B.Sp. (PI. i., tigS. 14, 15). Cellulae a trunte suhcirculatac anteriure saepe truncatae, posteriore rotun- datae, margiue granulis a.spera; a latere modice cumprcssae, ovalae, auteriore acuminatae ; membrana nulla vel tenuissima et indistincta; plasmate granuloso, chromatophoris (2?) luteo-viridibus, obscuris; tlagello singulo; vesiculis contrac- tilibus geuiinatis miinitis uno latere juxta marginem anteriorem dispositis; stig- mate nullo. Cell. diam. c. 8— lOju.. Byron Hay (324). A very minute Hagellate composed of hyaline plasma studded with amyla- ceous granules which give a rough appearance to the surface, showing through the cell-wall if any is present a.s it is not noticeable. In shape the cell is sub-circular in front view, sometimes truncate above, and in side view some- what compressed and ovate. There is an obscure patch of yellow-green chromato- phore near the anterior end, a single Magellum and a pair of minute c.v. at one side near the front margin ; no stigma. The animalcule can project outwards a large wave of membrane ( ?) or clear homogeneous phusnia, and seize any pai'- ticle of food in its vicinity. OCHROMONAS CYLINDRACEA, U.Sp. (PI. i., hg. K) ) . Cellulae cylindraceac. utro(]ue polo iDtundatae, in medio interdum paullo constrict ae, margine granulis aspera; mendjrana nulla'/ vel tenuissima ?; plasmate granuloso; chronjatophoris obscuris (2?) luteo-viridibus, juxta marginem an- teriorem; tlagello singulo; stigniate nullo. Cell. long. c. 17, lat. 5,^. Byron Bay (324). Cylindrical in shape, rounded each end, slightly constricted in the middle, other details as in the preceding species. Both forms obtained along with Scin- tilla chlorina from small rainwater pools in the drained Ijog at Byron Bay. Genus D I N () n \i v o n Ehrcnberg. DiXOlSltVON SKUTL'LAIMA Ehr. (PI. i., tigs. 17—21). Cell. hing. 2(i— 38. lat. max. 9—10. lat. oris 8—10, constrict. 7—8^. Cyst diam. 14^. Botany (2); Botanic Gardens (3); Sydney Water (22); Centennial Park, Sydney (133); Duck Creek, Clyde (74); Guildford (172); Fairfield (83, 143); Canley Vale (111); Wyrallah; Byron Bay; Lismore (332, 345, 307, 31G). Syn. Dinohriion sertularia var. cijlitidricum in Plankt. Sydney Water, p. 51(i, PI. 57, fig. f). 0\ir common form answers exactly to Ehrenbcrg's type, but is apparently somewhat smaller. The usual size of the lorica here is long. 30 — 35, lat. max. 9, whereas for European specimens Lemmermann gives long. 44, lat. max. 13, lat. oris 13, constr. 10 — 11 |n. Stein's figures work out at an aver- age of long. 46, lat. max. 12fi. BY G. I. PLATPAIR. 113 1 have met with none longer than 38^, and Bernard, Protococc. et Desm., p. 209, f. 570, gives 28 — 35 by & — lO^x for Javanese specimens. Two shapes are found, (1) with lihnit conical lower end, and (2) with the lower end drawn out and pointed; both are common and usually intermingled. The cyst which 1 have only noted twice is spherical with low broad collar, the membrane faintly and sparsely scrobiculate. > Var. ANGULATUM Seligo. (PI. i., figs. 22 — 23). Cell. long. 32 — 10, lat. 9, lat. oris 8 — 9, constrict. 7 — Sjj.. Fairfield (83, 112, 143). Cf. Seligo, Uber einig. Flagell. d. Susswasser, p. 0, f. 1. !iijn. D. cyliiulri- cum var. angulatum (Seligo) Lemm., Gatt. Dinobrijon, p. 518, T. 18, f. 24. Lemmermann has arranged this form under 1). cyUiidricum ; I find it here, how- ever, in company with D. sertularia and of similar dimensions. D. cylindriciim is a much larger form than any of ours, so 1 think it best to tall back on Seligo's original arrangement. Probably the same form is common to both species. DiN'OBRYOM cvLiNDRicuM var. DivERGENs (Ii)ih(jf) Lemui. (PI. i., Mgs. 24. 25). Cell. long. 42—50, lat. max. 8—10. lat. oris 8—10. constrict, i)—!^. Sydney Water ((53, 04, 90); Centennial Park (133); Canley Vale (111); Fairfield (130). Syn. I), sertularia var. divergens in Flankt. Sydney Water, p. 516, PI. 57, f. 7. Nearly all the specimens I measured were either long. 44^ or long. 50ju. Var. SCHAUi.vSLAXDii Lemm. Cell. long. 44—50, lat. max. 9— 10^^. Sydney Water (90); Canley Vale (111). Syn. D. sertularia var. Schauinslandii in Plankt. Sydney Water, p. 510, PI. 57, f. 8. Found in company with var. divergens, of which it is really only a form. Our specimens are so slightly wrinkled as to make separation difficult. Subgenus E P i P r x i s (Ehr.) Lauterborn. DiNOBRYON UTRiccLUS (Ehr.) Klebs. (PI. i., figs. 26 — 27). Cell. long. 20 — 25, lat. max. 7 — 8, lat. oris 4 — 5^. Sydney Water (22); Guildford (77). Syn. Epip!/.iis utricuhts Ehr.. Infus., p. 123. T. viii., f. 7; Stein, T. xii., f. 6 — 11; Klebs, Zeitschr. f. Wiss Zool., Bd. 55, p. 414; Lemm., I.e., p. 512, T. xviii., /. 1. Our specimens are much shorter than the European; Lemmermann gives long. 30—46, lat. 7— lO^x. Var. Tabellariae Lemmermann. (PL i., figs. 28, 29). Lorica e. stip. 23 — 28, lat. max. 7 — 9, lat. orif. 4 — 5^. Cyst. diam. lift. Fairfield; Guildford (77, 124); Centennial Park, Sydney '(133). Lemmermann, Das Plankton schwedischer Gewa-sser, p. 119, T. i., f. 19. This pretty little form is not uncommon, gi'owing on diatoms, waterweeds, etc. The cells are generally solitary or two together, rarely in clumps as in the figure. From the comparison of a number of individuals it is easy to see that the petiole is formed out of the cell wall by a gradual falling together of the lower end of the lorica. There seems to be a distinct disc to the footstalk, at least some- times. The membrane differs from other species of Dinobrgon in that it is 114 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATEK FLAGELLATES, generally somewhat rufeseeut witli a si)ecially dark band across the iniddlo. I have never seen the living animalcule. Leinmermanu gives long. 2'^. lat. mut. 8, opening 4 — 5;u. a* the dimensions of the lorica. Cryptoraonadineae. Genus C li i- l o m o x a s Elirenberg. Chilojionas PAiLviiKfiUM Elir. (PI. ii., tigs. 19 — 22). Found in s\\am{) waters almost everywhere; it seems to me very probable that it is a small saprophytic torm ol Cryptumonas; it has the same series of shapes as Cryptumonas ovata. Cell long. c. 30, lat. c. 10/i. Gciuis (_' i! Y 1' TO M 0 N A s Ehrenbcrg. C'ltYlTOiiONAs OVATA Ehr. (I'l. ii.. tig. 231. Senn (Flagellata. p. 169) remarks on the variability ol' the chromatopliores in this genus and it is particularly noticeable in this species. I have noted the following colours : — Pale nut-brown, deep nut-brown, brownish-green, greenish- brown, yellow-green, pale chluropliyll green, deep chlorophyll green. Almost always to be found in swamp waters, but never in great ijuantities. Cell. long. 25—40, lat. 10— 18,x. Cryptomoxas ampulla, n.sp. (PI. ii., %. 24). C'ellulae (luam in C. ovata majores, longe ovales, lateribus arcuatis; pone rotundatae, fronte oblique trun<'atae ct infra, uno latere, valde excavatae. Chro- matophoris fusco-viridibus. Cell. long. 50, lat. 23, ap. lOi^. Lismore (327, 337). A larger form than C. uvata and more nearly oval in shape, rounded behind, sides arched, obli(|uely truncate in front. Below the lower edge of the truncate l)ortion there is a deei) excavation, making the cell appear somewhat irregularly tliisk-shaped. Chromatopliores Ijrownisii-green, more green than brown, iiowever. The interior seems to l)e differently arranged from ('. ovata also, ius there is a wide bag-shaped j)harynx, longitudinally striate with rows of minute punctuhi- tious. Not common. CKYPTOMOXA.S maxima. U.sp. (PI. fig. 25). Cellulae maxime, plus minus oblongae, fronte modice atteiiuatae, postice rotundatae; uno latere aequaliter arcuato, altero juxta ai>ices intcrdum infla- tione instructae; chromatophoris i)leruni(iue fusco-viridibus. Cell. long. 50—70, lat. 22— 28;x. Botany (142) ; Lismore (261,327, 337). Double the size of C. ovata and mucli more irregular in shape, it is ol)l(ing in general outline, somewhat narrowed back and front, especially the latter. One side is fairly regularly arched, but the other has often a slight protuberance near each end. The cliromatoi)iiores are generally lirownish-green. but i have noted them pale-green and yellow-green. Cryptomoxas NORDSTEnTii (Ilausgirg) Seiui. (i'l. ii., Hg. 2()). Cell. long. 11—12, lat. 6— 7ju. Sydney; Lismore (345, 347). Syn. Croomoiiaii Xord^tedtii Hausgirg, whose tigure is reproduced by Senn, BT G. I. PLAYFAIR. 115 p. 169, fig. 123c; the size works out at 9 >< d/x,. A minute form not uucommou here, but never before more than a few individuals at a time. The chromato- phores are described as blue-green aiul 1 have once noted them that tint, but j^trong and often bright blue is the rule, and turquoise-ljlue may sometimes be observed. Occasionally what rcseinhlcs a small pyreuoid is pre!:;ent near the centre of the cell, or two smaller, one above the other. Crvptomonas UEiiMA, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 27). Cellulae ad C. ovatam ambitu valde accedeutes, ellipticae, sursum uno latere oblique truncatae; hyalinae pellucidae in medio chromatophoris binis globosis cyaneis instructae. Cell. long, circa 20;u.. Lismore (291). This is a very curious form which I have met with only once, but it was jireseut in much greater abundance than Cryptomonas generally is, four or five lieing in the field of view at one time. In shape like ('. ovata, it is perfectly liyaline and pellucid, no internal markings at all being visible excej)! the two chromatophores which were bunched up together in the centre of the cell in the form of two, sharply-defined, bright blue gloljules. All the specimens were alike. In movement they were very lively; flagellates with blue chromatophores gener- ally are. CnypTOnoxAS oblonca, n.sp. (PI. ii., flg. 28). Cellulae minutae oblongae. utroque polo rotundatae, sursum hauicali. Long. 11, lat. Qfi. Lismore. A minute oblong form with rounded ends, not truncate in frunt, sides more or less straight. There were two pale blue-green chromatophores and a sub- apical c.v. but no stigma. A little below the centre what looked like a pyrenoid or elaeoplast. I saw only one flagellum l)ut probably there were two, as the p>Tenoid and the colour of the chromatophores indicate Cryptomonax and not Mallomonas. Non-motile at firet, the cell became motile while under observation. Euglenineae. Fam. EUGLENACEAE. Genus E u t r k p t i a Perty. EUTREPTIA VIRIDI8 P'erty. (PI. iii., fig. 1). This is a rare flagellate; I have only met with it in one gathering, where, however, it occurred in good numbers. I am not quite certain whether ours is the same as the European form. It is like Phacus moniliata var. suecica Lemm. with the body slightly elongated and produced below into a long blunt tail. Daugeard, who figures it (Reeherches sur les Eugleniens, p. 103, fig. 24) makes no mention of any granules, whereas our specimens are finely puncto-granulate in spiral lines running obliquely and transversely from left to right. In side view it is elliptic, compressed. Differs from Phacus in having no amylaceous plates. Cell. long. max. 58. caud. 21, lat. corp. 25, apic. lO^ii. P.otany (95). 116 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PDAGELLATES, Genus C r y p t o g l e x a Elirenberg. (jRYP'iXXiLEXA AUSTRALIS^ Il.Sp. (PI. V.. tig. 18). Cellulae late-ovatae, posteiioie latioi'es, paene subglubosae, postice vix aeuminatae, fronte quam levissime tleplanatae. A latere ellipticae. Cell. long. 13, lat. 10^. Lismore. CrijptoijleHa pigra Elir., the only species hitherto deseiibed, is .shield-shaped, triangular, Ijroadest above antl very pointed below. Cf. Daugeard, op. cit., p. 139, L 44; Senn, p. 170, tig. 127b. Our form is very broadly ovate, almost subglobose, widest below, hardly pointed beneath and very sligiitly Mattened above. The usual deep furrow runs down one face. In side view elliptic, slightly pointed below and flattened above. One long ttagellum; stigma to one side of the furrow; chloroplasts laminar, a brilliant green. Very rare. (Jryptchjlexa phacoidba, n.sp. (PI. v., tig. 19). Cellulae orbieulares, iuferne modiee angustatae, utroijue polo ob sulci extremitates emarginatae; a latere plano-convexae lenticulares. Cell. long. 21, lat. 17^. Lismore (351). Another very rare form which seems to connect Cryptoglena with Phaeus, for it shows two amylaceous plates, one large and the other small. The general shape in face view is subcircular, a little narrowed below. There is a broad fur- row down the centre, the ends of which show as an eniargination at each pole. The stigma lies to the left of the furrow as usual and there is tiie customary single long iiagellum. In side view the cell seems to be lenticular, plano-convex, showing gibbous where the furrow runs. I have an idea that this is a juvenile form of Phaeus, the furrow being eliminated with growth, the last vestiges of it persisting as the overlap of the two wings above, and the slight tail below; also the central longitudinal ridge in Phaeus triqiieter. Cf. too Phacu.'< •iiiflatiis {infra |. Genus C O I. A <; l C M Stein. CoLAruM vKSR'ui,ica diniiilio luintirilius; hmg. 70, lat. 6yu. Lismore. Var. GRACILIS^ n.var. Forma gracilior, chloroplastidibus hand distinctis; long. 120. lat. S^. Casino. It seems probable that E. dieses is the base foi-ni trom whidi both Kuglena -pircjyyra and E. acM.s are developed. Along with this narrow form was anotlier of similar size and shape, but exhil)iting the granulate striae of E. spiropi/ra and at the same time the acutely pointed tail of E. acM.s. Upon another occasion I noted a form with the shape and conspicuous chloroplasts of E. dieses, but \rith the series of paramylon rods characteristic of E. acus, and with a tail end evidently a compromise between the two species. Cf. Dangeard, op. eit., p. 93. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 119 tig. 18, var. intermedia, Klebs and p. 94 where he says: "eette variete est charae- teiisee par la presence au-dessus et an-dessous du noyau de quelqiies longs batonnets de paramylon assez gros." (PI. iii., fig. 16). EuGLEXA OxYUBis Schniarda. (PI. iii.. fig. 17). One of the largest species. It is a strap-shaped form, sometimes slightly twisted round the long axis. The spirals and striae (the latter are coarser ami more conspicuous than usual) run from right to left obliquely downwards, focussing the upper surface. This is unusual, not to say unique, in the genus. From two to four stout paramylon rods in a single serie-s; no flagellum; a short stout spine behind. The chloi-oplasts are brick-shaped (ifj. long) follow- ing tlie lines of the striae. Stigma very large, pale, and indistinctly outlined. Long. 250 — iOO. lat. '22—Ui,j.. Coogee (4) ; Botany (91). Cf. Daugeard, I.e., p. 100, fig. 20, who gives long. 490, lat. 30 — 'iO/j., also Stein, T. xx., f. 4, 5 (not f. G, which is E. tripteris Duj.). A smaller forai may also be met with : — long. 156 — 250, lat. 20 — 22^. Var. HELicoinEA (Bernard) mihi. (PI. iii., fig. 18). So strongly twisted as to show three nearly ecuuil lobes, in other details like the type. Svn. Phacus lielicoideus Bernard, Protococc. et Desm.. p. 206, PI. xvi., f. 563. Long. c. spin. 360 — 400. lat. 40 — (iO, spin. long. c. 40j(i. Guildford: Kvngle (219); Lismore (237, 260,271). Var. GRACiLLiMA, u.var. (PI. iii., fig. 19). Forma gracilior, rainime torta. Long. c. spin. 253, lat. 17, sj^in. long. ■\'2jx. Lismore. A very rare slender form. Hardly twisted at all and, curiously enough, in reverse direction to the type, though the striae run the usual way. The paramylon rods in this species are really flattened links, in which the central spgice has become filled up by gradual thickening of the sides. Its position is still in- dicated by a faint central line. EUGLEXA TRIPTERIS (Duj.) KlcllS. (PI. iv., fig. 1). In spite of its great likeness to Euglena ujcyuris v. helicoidea, this is a very distinct form, very much smaller, more common, and one that retains its charac- teristics remarkably well. It generally has a long flagellum. The only note I have of the twist is that it is from left to right, the op])osite of E. o.ryuris. Compare Dujardin, p. 338, PI. v., f. 7, whose figure the generally accepted form does not very closely resemble; he gives long. 65 — SOyn; also Stein, T. xx., f. 6, who considers it a young form of E. oxyuris. Syn. E. torta Stokes, I.e., p. 86, PL "i., f. 20. Long. 70—150, lat. 10— 15ju. Wyrallah; Lismore (237, 254, 258, 286, 293, 310). Edglexa spirogyra Ehr. (PL iv., fig. 2). Easily recognized by the characteristic granulate striae which, in this species, are very much in evidence and, as a rule, run obli(]uely from left to right. The typical form {cf. Stein, T. xx., f. 7) seems to be cylindrical, sliglitly attenu- ate in front, but rapidly narrowing beliind into the short acute tail. Membrane somewhat rufescent giving the specimens a yellow-green colour. 120 AUSTRALIAN FliKSHWATKIi FLAGELLATES, Another t'orm. however, wliieli I have found in fn'eat f|uantity, is broadly strap-shaped, not at all, or very slightly, attenuate in front where it is broadly truncate; behind narrowing rapidly to the short acute tail. The membrane in this form is generally very rufescent. the specimens appear- ing greeny-brown. I have no figure of this form, though it is very common. On decomposition the skin often splits up into a wisp of longitudinal tibres, the striae, which are then seen to be composed entirely of the granules, showing as minute brick-shaped cylinders set on end side by side. Long. 160—2.50. iat. 18—36. long. caud. 25— 30;^. Sydney; Wyrallaii; Lis- more. Forma. (PI. iv.. fig. 3). Cylindrical, rounded in front, and attenuate behind into a short tail. An interesting form showing beyond a doubt that the membrane may be at first smooth, the granules developing by degrees. Specimens indeed are often noted in which every second or fourth row of granules is more strongly marked, the intermediate series being of later growth. Paramylon rods link-shaped in this species as in E. oxyuris. Var. ELEGANS, n.var. (PI. iv., fig. 4). Forma anguste cylindracca. fronte minime attenuata, postice in caudam brevem aeutam producta. Membrana hyalina tenuissima, striis delicatissimis, minute granulatis. Flagello nullo. Long. 110—136. Iat. 8—12, long. caud. 10—16^. Casino (223): Lismore (293). A small and very slender cylindrical form, almost truncate in front and rapidly narrowed behind. The membrane clear, delicate and very finely striate with minute puncta-granules. No flagellum and no paramylon rods. On others in the same gathering no granules at all could be detected. Out of mud from the edge of a lagoon. EuGLENA .\ccs Ehr. (PI. iv.. fig. 5). Fusiform, subrostrate in front, very gradually attcimate ))eliin(l. where the lines of the body merge uninteri-uptediy into the long, acutely pointed tail. Cienerally active, with a long tiagelluui. Membrane very smooth, no striae visible. A long series of 6 — 10 paramyhm rods is characteristic, though not always present. Long. 150—210, hit. 10— 12i,t. Auburn: Lismore (258, 327). Cf. Stein, op. cit., T. x.x.. f. 10—12; Daugeard, I.e., p. 101. f. 22. I doubt whether I have ever seen a typical specimen of this species (as distinct from E. acuti.''sin>a Lemm.). The figures cited are more distinctly fusiform than anything I have met with. Stein's specimens have the appeai'iuice of being distorted, and the rostrate tip does not seem correct. Daugeard's figure is better m this respect, but the tail is not nearly long enough to represent our forms. The only difference between this and the succeeding species is the slightly greater breadth and the wealth of paramylon rods. Tho chloropl.asts are often little obhmg cushions. EUGLEXA ACI'TISSIMA Lenuncrniami. (PI. iv.. fig. 6). Lemmermann. Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 122, T. i., f. 27, who gives long. 123. Iat. 7. flag. long. 25;/,. This is really a slender, more cylindrical form of BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 121 E. aoit-, and is the form commonly found in our waters. I include in it speci- mens over lOOyix long, and up to Sfi. in diameter. Long. 110—150, lat. 7— Six. Guildford (45. 146); Lismore (237, 241, 258, 259, 260, 295). Var. PARVA, n.var. (PI. iv., figs. 7, 8). Forma brevior. Long. 54 — 94, lat. 0 — 8, long. eaud. 4 — 16/^. Lismore (237, 258). A short form, less than lOOju, long, sometimes blunt ended behind. Var. HYALixA, n.var. Forma liyalina, chloropla-stidibus nullis, nee stigiuate. Long. 150 — 200, lat. 8 — 10^. Rookwood ; Guildford ; Wyrallah ; Lismore. Euglena a^m has also a var. hyalina Klebs.. EuGLEXA pisciPOBMi.s Klcbs. (PI. iv.. figs. 9 — 11). A small form, but one of the most active and frequently met witli. In shape it varies somewhat, but generally it is shortly fusiform, with the like- ness to a fish from which it derives its name, subrostrate in front and acutely pointed behind, without a tail. No amylaceous rods or granules. The specimen shown in PI. iv., f. 11 is more globose in the centre than usual. It has probably just developed out of the globular vegetative cell, the shape of which it still partly retains. The long flagellum enables this form to swim very rapidly. Compare Klebs. Flagellatenstudien, p. 302; Daugeard, I.e.. p. 89. f. 16a; the latter gives dimensions long. 30. lat. 0 — 7fi. It is doulitful. however, if his figure represents the type. Long. 30—32; hit. 8—12^. Ciisino (223); Lismore (221, 237, 258. 260, 263, 295, 327. 344, 348). EuGLEXA TEXTA (Du.jardin) Senn. (PI. iv., fig. 12). Syn. CriiDionihi te.ita Du.jardin, p. 339. PI. v.. f. 8; Euglena riridi.'', pro parte, Stein, T. xx., f. 26 — 33; Tracliehiminian tarto Kellicott, iu Stokes, In- fusoria of U.S., p. 87, PL i., f. 24. The type is oval, somewhat attenuate in front. This species seems to me to be merely the vegetative cell which has increased in size and become motile with hardly any alteration in shape. It has nothing ta do with Lepocinclis ovum; and T raehelomonas torta Kellicott is simply the empty membrane, with the striae of both upper and lower face put in at the same time. This is a plankton form, generally to be found among weeds in deep water. The chloro- plasts are disc-shaped, irregularly circular or polygonal, and close together; they are much more distinct than in any other species. Membrane smooth and covered with the usual fine spiral striae, with difficulty visible except on the empty cell. Cytoplasm granular; a large stigma and long flagellum, movement active. Dujardin gives long. 50^. Long. 50, lat. 40^. Lismore (352). Var. OVATA, n.var. (PI. iv., fig. 13). Forma ovata, front* attenuata, pone rotundata; ceteris ut in forma typiea. Long. 38—50. lat. 25— 32;x. Duck Creek, Clvde; Lismore (261, 337, 347^ 348). X' The most common form here; distinctlv ovate, not oval. /'^'j f^ -J - L 1 E r. , 122 AUSTRALIAN KHKSHWATER FLAGELLATES, Vai'. OBESA, n.var. (PL iv., fig. 14). Forma IVrp siihaeiica, superne (|uam levissime proflucta. Long. 55. lat. 52ij.. Lisinore. A rare form, almost exactly spherical, but produced a little above and notched at the opening of the pharynx. Var. BULLATA, n.var. (PI. iv., figs. 15, IG). Forma subglobosa, sursum in protuberationem conicani producta, i)une bulla latissima instrueta. Long. 53—55, lat. 42 — 16;^. Lismore (328). This form is globose but more produced above into a distinct conical pro- tuberance, while below it is furnished with a low wide boss. EUGLENA GUTTDLA, n.S)). (PI. iv., fig. 17). Euglena minima, fere sphaerica; fronte bulla conica instmcta; pone rotun- data, interdu)n quam levissime acuminata; flagello longo; cytoplasmate inter- dum gi'anulato. Long. 1&— 19, lat. 14-^17, lat. ap. '2S^. Guildford (146) ; Lismore. Another free-swimming species, found among w-eeds in deep water, smaller and rarer than Euglena texta and its forms. It is globular, with a conical pi-o- jection in front. The chloroplast seems to bo in a single, thin, parietal, equa- torial band; flagellum long, movements lively. Var. ELONGATA, n.var. (Fl. iv., fig. 18). Forma raodiee oblongo-eylindracea, medio paullo constricta, sui-sum leviter attenuata, fronte rotundata acuminata, postiee globosa. Cytoplasmate liyalino; in medio zona chlorophyllacea ; flagello longo; vesiculo contractili subapieali; pone macula fusca magna (stigmate?) instrueta. Long. e. 19—22, lat. c. lO^a. Seems to be an outgrowth of tlie type. In shape oblong-cylindrical, some- what constricted in the middle, narrowed in front and conical, ranning to a point, globose behind. A subapical c.v. noted, and, in the centre of the pos- terior half of the cell, a large pale-brown spot or globule which might be a stigma, though 1 have never before seen the stigma in such a position in Euglena. As in the type, there is a thin median ])arietal band of chlorophyll. Flagellum long, movements very active. Euglena viviua, n.sp. (PI. iv., tig. 19). Euglena minima, lineari-elliptica. fronte acute-rotundata, postiee rapide at- tenuata et acuminata; cauda nulla; chloropla-stidibus parietalibus singulis, utrinque pyrenoidibus uuignis singulis; stigmate parvo; flagello longo; granu- lis amylaceis nuUis nee baculis. L("ing. .30— .32. lat. 7;it. Lismore (293, 347). A minute but most energetic species, swimming rapidly, turning and twist- ing at a great rate. Euglena vivida is very distinct and clear-cut in appearance, linear elliptic, acutely rounded in front iind rapidly narrowed behind into a sharp point, but without a tail; veiy nmch more resembling a fish than Euglena piscifarmis. There is a single parietal laminar chloropla.st (or two), with a large distinct pyrenoid on each side at the posterior third. Stigma small; flagellum long; no paramylum rods or granules. Not common, but I lia\e known gatherings where it wa,s plentiful. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 123 EUGLENA PUSILLA, Il.Sp. (PI. iv., figS. 20, 21). Eus'lena iiiiiiinia, cylindi-ai-e:). nti'iKnie tine attemiala, fronte coiik-a, postice abnipte acuminata, caiida minima instrncta; baculis amylaeeis singulis maximis. Long. corp. 2()— 30, lat. 9—10; long. caud. 3 — ifjL. Lismore (260). Another minute species, in shape something like E. vivida, but very dif- ferent in details. Tiie body is cylindrical, narrowed at each end, conical in front and abruptly acuminate behind, where there is a short tail. The chloro- jilasts seem to be scattered flakes, smnetimes connected with an irregular paramy- Inm granule; a single, very large and stout paramylum rod in the centre; flagel- liim? Var. I.OXGA, ii.var. (PI. iv.. tig. 22). Forma pisciformis, uno latere fere recto, altero arcuato, fronte attenuata, pone spina praedita, baculis amylaceis binis validis. Long. e. sp. 74, lat. 16; sp. long. 12^1^. Lismore (237, 238). Another very fish-like form, longer tlian the type, attenuate in front, fur- nished with a spine behind, one side nearly straight, the other arched. Two stout paramylum rods present. This variation was plentiful in gathering 238; Ijotb it and the type have stout membranes and are not metabolic. 1 EUGLEXA sp. (PI. iv., tig. 23). r have seen l)ut (jne specimen of the form here Hgured, b>it, although I wa,s able to observe all details, I i-egard it with too much suspicion to name or de- scribe. It is a minute form with a long flagellum, and very vivacious in its moveiuents, as these small fomas generally are. Several indications jjoint to the possibility of its being the zooid of Tracheloinoiias escaped from a broken lorica. This is not impossil)le, Init I have no knowledge as to whether Trachelomona^ will remain active under these conditions. The size and shape are exactly those of Tr. ampullula Playf. ("The genus Trachelomonas," p. 16, PI. ii., f. 6) ; unfortunately, I have no note on the constitution of its zooid. The liuge, s(|uare, pale stigma, however, is more general in TrachelomotKm; tlie suhglobose nucleus at tJip hinder end of the cell I have never observed in Euglena before, and it usually points to a loricate animalcule (compare the Rhizopoda) ; the chloro- phyll diffused through the outer layer of cytoplasm is fref|uent in Trachelomonas, but rarely, if ever, found in Euglena. Compare Tr. splendida, PI. vii., f. 1. Genus P h a c u s Nitzsch. Phacus pleuronectes (Muller) Duj. (PI. v., tig. 1). Long. Corp. 36 — 56, lat. 27 — 42; long. caud. 7 — 14^. Auburn (68); Rookwood; Botany (91); Guildford (45, 77); Casino; Wyral- lah: Lismore (187,258,260.295). Dujardin, op. cit., p. 336, PI. v., f. 5, gives for dimensions, long. 40 — 45, lat. 22J — 30^, which is a fair average size. \'.ar. MiNUTUS, n.var. (PI. v., fig. 2). (.>uam forma typica dimidio minor. Long. 20 — 28, lat. 11 — 22//. Hotanic Gardens, Sydney (3); Wyrallah; Lismore (260). Half as large only as the type and much less common. Var. atjstralis, n.var. (PI. v., fig. 3). Forma magis ovalis, duplo major. Long. 90, lat. 53;^. Guildfoivl (114). 124 AUSTRALIAN" FOEPH WATER FLAr.KtJ.ATES, Very rare indeed; more regularly oval than the type and about twice the size. In all these forms the ehloroplasts are minute parietal discs scattered over the central part of the cell. Phacus HispiDULis (Eichwald). (PI. v., fig. 4). Long. Corp. 30. lat. 22; long. caud. 10^. Lismore (328. 332). Syn. Euglena hispiihihi Eichwald; ChloropeUia hispidula Stein, T. xis., f. 41-^. Very rare here. Tt is without the overlap at the apex, but instead is fur- nished with a small papilla. The membrane is ornate with small teeth, pointing backwards, disposed in longitudinal lines. The tail is straight. Phacus moxilata var. suecica Lemmermann. (PI. v., fig. 5). Long. Corp. 30—34, lat. 23—24, crass. 6; long. caud. 7— 8,a. Casino; Wyrallah; Lismore (241, 258, 350, 351). Cf. Chlonipellis monilata Stokes, p. 01, PI. i., f. 30. This species is really a variant of Phacus hispiduhm, the t*etli being replaced by granules a.s in many forms of Trachelomotias. I have not met with the type which is figured by Stokes with granules irregularly disposed. Not uncommon here. Compare Lemmei-mann (Plankt. Sehwcd. Gewa-ss, T. i., f. 15) who gives size as 36 X -l-li^,. Phacus loxgicauda (Ehr. ) Dujardin. (PI. v., fig. 0). Long. Corp. 53 — 90, lat. 40 — 65: long. caud. ()7 — 90^. Botanic Gardens. Sydney (150); Guildford (45); Lismore (258, 295, 347, 350). Euglena longicauda Ehr. Our sjiecimens have sometimes very long tails. Dujardin only gives 92^ u-ilh Ihe tail. This is tiie typical, flat form. Var. Lemmermann. (PI. v.. tig. 7). Long. Corp. C)2— 80, lat. 40—54; long. caud. 20— 40ju,. Botanic Gardens, Sydney; Wyrallah;^ Lismore (258, 260, 347). Syn. Ph. pleuronectes, pro parte, in Bernard, Protococc. et Desm., PI. xvi., f. 561 only. This twisted variety has a much sliorter tail than the type. Lem- mermann has given it a name, but I cannot lay my hand on the reference. Phacus triqueter (Ehr.) Dujardin. (PI. \-., figs. 8 — 11). Long. 38—44, lat. 25—32^. Lismore (.348, 350. 351). Dujardin, I.e., p. 338; Stein, T. xix., f. 55 — 57. Compare Cgclamira orbicul- ata Stokes, p. 89, PI. i., f. 27; and Phacus acumhiatus Stokes, j). 90, PI. i., f. 28. Rather rare, it ma>- 1)C' rccogniscil by the riilge running longitudinally down one face. Phacus ixFL.vru.s, ii.sp. (I'l. \.. lii;>.. 12, 13). Phacus minimus, ad Ph. plenroneciem accedens, tjuasi autem c lobis in- aequalibus binis tumidis exstructis; uno lobo per longitudinem, altero transverse inllafo; lobo longiorc cauda brevi pi-aedito. Long. Corp. 25—32, lat. 22—23; long. caud. 4— ();u. Lismore (236, 237, 295). A very small form something after the style of Phacus pleuroncctes, but as il constructed of two inflated lobes joined down the central line. The lobes are unequal in size and shape, one being longitudinally inflated, the other trans- BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 125 versely. A short tail on the longer lobe. Membrane longitudinally striate, a large paramyluni plate present, stigma distinct, Hagellum long. Very rare, but numerous in certain gatherings. Phacus lismoren.si.s, u.sp. (PI. v., tig. 14). Phacus magnus, longe-ovatus, uno latere paullo intra apieem levissime excavatus (deinde pharynge oriente ae flagello longo); sursum subacute rotun- datus, interne sensim sensimque attenuatus et in caudam longam acutissimam, oblique dispositam, protructus; membrana per longitudinem striata. A latere, corpora liueari, arcuato; lateribus parallclis; postice eauda longaj ad angulo recto defiecta. Long. Corp. 54, lat. 18; long. caud. -iOjj.. Lismore (2G0, 344, 348). A very distinct, well-marked species, known only from Lismore. The body is tiat like a leaf, not lenticular; long ovate, rounded above, and gi-adually nar- rowed below into a very long sharp-pointed tail set oblicjuely [in front view). The opening of the pharynx is situated in a little indentation on one side at some distance below the apex. From here also, of course, arises the long flagel- luni. Membrane longitudinally striate; the chloroplasts small, oblong flakes lying along the striae. From the side, the body is seen to be somewhat arched, the sides parallel and close together, the tail set at right angles. Phacus pvrum (Ehr.) Stein. Eu(jleiia pi/ruiii Ehr. 1 have never come across the exact European tj'pe as figured by Stein, T. xix., f. 51 — 54, and other authors; but the following forms of it are found here and always retain their distinctive characteristics. Var. ovATU.s, n.var. (Pl. v., fig. 15). Forma corpore ovato fere ovali, sursum late-rotundata, interne attenuata, Cauda brevi acutissima hyalina praedita. Long. Corp. 19, lat. 13; long. caud. G/i. Botany (142); Lismore. file type is somewhat narrowed above and excavated apparently lielow the ajjex on one side. stata, n.sp. (PI. vi., tigs. 7, 8). Forma lat*-elliptica. fere ovalis; sursum Icvissimc deplanata, baud producta; inferne cauda brevissima triangulari praedita. Membrana co.stis 8 — 10 per longitudinem dispositis urnata. BY G. I. PLATFAIR. 129 Long. coip. 26, hit. 10—12, lat. ap. 3, long. caud. 3 — 4^. Auburn (135) ; Guildford (1461; Wyrallah; Lismore (236, 259, 293). A broadly elliptical, practically oval form, without any anterior prominence (none observed at any rate), but slightly flattened in front; Ijehind furnished with a very short triangular tail; membrane costate longitudinally, with 8 — 10 costae visible. Var. OBESA, n.var. (PI. vi.. fig. 9). Forma prae longitudinem erassior. Long. coil?. 26, lat. 14 — 15, lat. ap. 3, long. caud. 3 — 4^. Lismore (242, 236. 237). Lepocincus paxillipoumi.s, n.sp. (PI. vi., figs. 10, 11). Forma minima, corpore conico, fronte late rotundata, prominentia nulla ; postice attenuata, cauda minuta praedita. Long. 20, lat. 8;^. Guildford (114); Pott's Hill (113). A small Lepociiiclis, somewhat conical in general shape, broadly rounded in front, narrowed behind and furnished with a short tail, no anterior prominence noted. A rare species. Lepocincllsi rugulosa, n.sp. (Text-lig. 3/, m). Forma cylindracea, polls late-rotundatis, lateribus parallelis; membrana striis (vel costis) oblicjuis spiralibus ornata. A vertice circulata, raargine rugulosa. Long. 25, lat. 15/i. Kookwood. A small cylindrical fomi with straight sides and broadly rounded ends. Membrane striate obli(|uely and spirally either with coarse striae or fine costae. End view circular, the striae showing as about 15 small corrugations on the margin. I am a little doubtful about the genus, as I have no note on the cell- contents. The flagellum figured, however, is Euglenoid and not as in Spheno- monas, and the motion "continually revolving" agrees with Lepocinclis. Noted in (Quantity from Rookwood in 1910. Genus Trachelomonas Ehr. A detailed a(!count of the principal types of this genus occurring in our waters has already been given in "The Genus Trachelomonas" (These Pro- ceedings, 1915). Here it will only be necessary, therefore, to describe forms noted since then, and to confirm those of rare occurrence by new records. Trachelomonas volvocina var. planktonica, n.var. (PI. vi., fig. 12). Forma collo exteriore distincto instructa. A distinct neck round the ori- fice is very rare in this species. Only noted twice, in both cases from water- supply samples. Diam. 15; coll. lat. 3, alt. 2^. Brisbane Water Supply; Sydney Water Supply (115). Var. SCABRA, n.var. (PI. vi., fig. 13). Forma collo brevi; membrana aspera. The membrane is usually very smooth and shiny; in this form it is slightly rough with minute irregularities, not regu- larly granulate; a short neck present. Diam. I2ja. Guildford (45). 130 AU.STRALIAX FRKSHWATER FLAGELLATES, Var. CORON'ETTA, n.var. (PI. vi., fig-. 14). Foi'ma ore membraua lata circumcineto. A very pretty ami distiuet form. The lorica does not seem to be always perfectly spherical, but produced above a little. The orifice is surrounded by a delicate and somewhat irregular, mem- branous collarette which stands out at a wide angle, edges smooth. In one specimen the chloroplasts were very regular, distinct and strongly marked. They were of tlie usual Euglenoid type, viz.. small circular discs, but this is the only occasion on wliidi I have noted this in Trachelomoiias. In this genus the chlorophyll is arranged in three different ways: (1) apparently regfularly diflEused throngh the outer laj'er of cytoplasm; (2) disposed in a few, large, oval discs, widely separated and often more or less of irregular shape; (3) irregu- larly reticulated in patches with connecting threads. Diani. 10. coll. diam. 10^.. Lismore (365). Var. I'USTULO.sA, n.var. (PI. vi., tig. 15). Forma pleruuKjuc hyalina, collo luillo; membrana pustulis latis pulvini- formibus, minute granulatis, vestita. Diam. 12^. Sydney; Lismore. Lorica generally hyaline and covered with broad disc-shaped pustules which are themselves minutely granulate. About 6 pustules across the face. Trachelomonas botanic'a var. boiskalis, ii.var. (PL vi., fig. 16). Forma modiee oblonga, collo lato divergente praedita; membrana punctata. Long. 36, laf. 30 J; lat. oris 8, papill. 4;^. Lismore (303). A more oblong forai than the tyi)e, with a wide dentate collarette round the orifice. The distinguishing mark of this S5>ecies is the minute papilla at the hinder end. (>nly known hitherto from Sydney — ontea, 1915. p. 9, PI. i., f. 9. Tkac'hkloiionas Ovalis Playf'air. (PI. vi., Hg-s. 17, 18). Long. 23—35, lat. h}—23fi. Murwillunibali; Lismore (328, 350). Out of weeds in a surface-water drainage ditch at Murwillumbah in quantity. It is a form rapidly developed where there is a current of water. The lorica is thin, smooth, generally colourless or almost so, and transparent. The figures show the chlorophyll disposed either in regular discs, or irregular reticulations. Thachelomonas tere.s Ma-skell, luriiui. (PI. vi., fig. 19). Long. Corp. 27, lat. 18; coll. lat. 4, alt. 3fi. Lismore (285). Cf. Maskell, On Freshwater Infusoria, Trans. N.Z. Institute, vol. xx., X.S., 1887. Tr. terea, type, is long oval, with a slight collar round tlie orifice, mem- brane smooth — the author gives long. 35^. This form is not quite typical, being more oblong in outline. Four different nrcks are given whi<'li have been noted in this form. Trai'iiklohoxas lU-Li.A var. australis Playf. (PI. vL, fig. 20). Long. Corp. 40, lat. 23; coll. long. 8, lat. 6^. Centennial Park, Sydney (133). Only previously noted from Lismore. Tliis specimen makes our form prac- tically equal in size to Stein's type (.50 X 21/i), but the shape is different. BY G. I. PLAYi'AIK. 131 Trachelomonas O15L0NUA Lemmermann. (PI. vi., fi". 21). Noted both with and without a neck. This is what I take to be Lemmer- mann's type, l)ut I have not seen the tio^re. Long'. 17, lat. 12; colL long. 2J, lat. llju. Centennial Park (133). Trachelomon'as pulcherrima var. minou Pkyf. (PI. vi.. fig. 22). Long. 17 — 19, lat. 10/x. Plenty in the swampy corner of a tieUl in company with Tr. puailla Playt'. Lismore (344). Trachelomonas Volzii var. .sulcata, n.var. (PI. vi., lig. 23). Forma parte anteriore sulcis 10—12 (5— U visis) per longitudinem dispositis ornata. Long. 31—32, lat. 21; lat. coll. 3, alt. lA^. Botany (108). A form having the shape of the type, but with 5 or G sulcae running down the face as far as the centre. Var. pellucida and var. ci/Undracea, previously- known from Sydney only, are here recorded from Lismore also (328, 358). Trachelomonas ampullula var. major Playf. (PL vi., fig. 24). Forma scrobiculata, lateribus minime angulatis. po.stice liaud mamniillata. Long. 34 — 36, lat. 17—19; coll. alt. 2—3, lat. 5jj.. Lismore (344). This large form of Tr. ampullula is not always refuse and mammillate 4s previously described (aiitea, 1915, p. 17, PI. ii., f. 7). In this case also the membrane was coarsely but faintly scrobiculate, and the general outline only very slightly angular. Var. GRACILIS, n.var. (PL vi., fig. 25). Forma major sed gracilior, lateribus levissime arcuatis, baud angulatis. Long. 40, lat. 15; coll. alt. 3, lat. 4/i. Guildford (70). A slender form of var. major, with arched, not angular sides, the mammil- late end very distinct. Var. ELLIPTICA, n.var. (PL vi., fig. 20). I'orma parva, gracillima, corpore perfeete elliptico, pone acute rotundato, lateribus baud angulatis. Long. 25i, lat. 10^; coll. alt. 21, lat. 2i^. Lismore (350). A very graceful elliptical form, acutely rounded behind and absolutely without any angularity. Clear pale yellow membrane. Trachelomonas clavata var. scisarmata Playf. (PI. vi., fig. 27). Long. 58, lat. 22; coll. alt. 9, lat. 7i^. Lismore (351). A very rare and curious species, only known previously from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, but now recorded from Lismore. The surface of the lorica was reticulate, liowever, not scrobiculate. 1 have seen but 3 specimens of this species and only 2 of var. subarmata; it is interesting to note that, however bizarre in aijpearance and rare in occurrence a form may be, it will keep its dis- tinguishing characteristics wherever it is found. Trachelomonas eubystoma var. parva, n.var. (PI. vi., fig. 28). Forma quam typica dimidio minor, magis rotunda, minime ovata, membrana glabra, striis nullis nee punctis. 132 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER FLAGELLATES, Long. 13i, lat. 11; eoll. lat. 4^. Lismoie (197). A small rounded form, about half the size of the type, hardly ovate at all, obtained from weeds in the Richmond River. The membrane is smooth, not striate, and the ring-neck not fluted. Trachexomoxa.s coronata, n.sp. (PI. vi., figs. 29, 30). Forma ovalis, vel ovata poue attenuata; superue collo latissimo divergeute, margine cuspidato, coronata; interne cauda brevissiraa rectangulari bidentata praedita. Long. 36—38, lat. 20—21; coll. alt. 2 — 1, lat. Vlfj.. Lismore (328). The lorica is oval, or ovate narrowed posteriorly. Above, furnished with a wide outstanding collarette in form of a crown, with a cuspidate margin; below, a very short, S(|uare, bideutate tail. Membrane smooth or very slightly roughened. Trachelomonas splendida, n.sp. (PI. vii., iig. 1). Lorica magna, elliptica; sursum collo (|uadrato, ore everso. interne cauda brevissima subrectangulari; niembrana granulata. Long. corp. 40, lat. 20; coll. alt. 6, lat. 5; caud. long. G, lat. U/j.. Lismore (365). A large handsome species with a long-oval or elliptical body, square neck with everted rim, and short, subrectangular, stubby tail. Membrane dark yel- low, granulate. The zooid was alive and active; the chlorophyll seemed to be diffused through the outer layer of the cytoplasm. The latter must have been very translucent, for in spite of the yellow colour and granules of the lorica, the internal organization of the zooid could ea.sily be seen, which is rare in this genus. This is one of my very latest finds; I thought I had exhausted the possi- bilities of the district, but the number and variety of types in Trachelomonas seem to be infinite. Trachelomoxa.s hispida (Perty) Stein. Long. s.sp. 32—50, lat. s.sp. 23—33; spin. long. 4—6^. Botany (92, 142); Lismore (333). Of much larger dimensions than the type which is not over 30 x 20ya with- out spines; and spines only 2n long. Trachelomoxas bacillifera Playf. Long. s.sp. 35, lat. 32; spin. long. 2^. Lismore (347). Hitherto known only from Sydney; lorica almost spherical ;uid very dark reddish-yellow in colour. Var. jiikijia Playf. (PI. vii.. fig. 2). Long. s.sp. 124, lat. lOJ; spin. long. 2fi. Lismore. Only about iialf the size of the specimens previously recorded (Genus Trachclomonsis, p. 22). It should be noted that in all tho forms of Tr. bacil- lifera figured there, the spines are too fine, they should be much coarser, and not so many on the lorica, yet still (|uite close together. Var. GIX)BUIX)SA, n.var. (PI. vii., fig. 3). Forma sphaerica minuta. Diam. s. spin. 11/t. Brisbane. BY G. I. PLATFAIK. 133 A minute spherical form of a pale biscuit colour from the Brisbane water- supply. Such a tint is unusual in this species, all its foiins being' very dark coloured. Trachelomoxas armata var. glabra Playf. (PI. vii., fig. 4). Forma corpore ovato subgloboso nee oblongo. Long. Corp. 32, lat. 26;*. Lismore (365). This specimen is the shape of Ehrenberg's type — ovate subglobose, slightly narrower in front than behind, — quite smooth, however, except for the posterior ring of awns. The chloroplasts and cytoplasm were reticulate. Var. longispina Playf. Long. Corp. 42, lat. 32; spin, poster, long. 17, lat. max. 42(n. Lismore. A fine specimen noted alive. The lorica was hispid with fine short spines (2^ long) and was armed behind with a ring of 10 long awns. Previously recorded only from Sydney and with no more than 4 posterior awns. For figure take that of var. duplex (PI. vii., f. 5) without the subapieal ring of awns. This is the first specimen of Tr. armata which agreed with Ehrenberg's type in being "hispid.'' Var. DUPLEX Playf. (PI. vii., fig. 5). Forma spinis brevibus hispida (nee granulata) ; aculeis anterioribus acutis nee bacillaribus ; aculeis posterioribus longissimis. Long. Corp. 45, lat. 35; acul. poster, long. 24/*. Lismore (332, 347, 365). Var. duplex is very rare, as yet only found at Lismore. In this form the lorica is hispid with fine short spines, and not granulate. The awns of the anterior series are acute, not bacillar. Tkachelomonas lismorensis var. iiirabilis Playf. Diam. corp. s. spin. 25—26; spin. long. 5—6fi.. Lismore (260, 261, 351). My original description of this form gave only the end view. I can now state that the lorica is globose, differing in this from other forms of the species. Indeed it is doubtful if it should be placed under Tr. lisnwrensifi, as the spines are characteristic, stout, conical, very closely set at equal distances apart and not in rows, 7 — 8 visible in a quadrant of the circumference, the outer half hyaline. (PI. ^-ii., f. 22). Var. bisebiata Playf. Diam. corp. s.sji. 15; sp. long 3^. Wvrallah (310); Bvron Bav; Lismore (311, 328, 344, 347). All the varieties of this species are remarkably regular in size and shape. This form is now confirmed from several localities in the district. Tbachelomoxas paucispino.sa. n.sp. (PI. vii.. fig. 6). Lorica subglobosa ubique rotundata; eollo nullo; membrana glabra lutea, spinis brevibus validis acutis sparsis armata. Long. s. spin. 17*, lat. 16; spin. long. c. 2*;*. Lismore (261). A smooth subglobose or very broadly oval form, armed with short, sharp, stout spines, very wide apart — only 5 or 6 are visible at each side. A very rare species. 134' . AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER FLAGELLATES, Trachelomoxas scabra var. cordata Playf. Foi-ma. (PI. vii., fig. 7). Forma magis ovata, interne magi.s angustata, meiubrana lere glabra. Long. 20. lat. 15/n. Lismore (351). A more ovate form than that described before and more narrowed below. Membrane only very sliglitly rough with low scattered thickenings liere and there (antea, lihs, p. 29, PI. iv., f. 11). Trachelomoxas acuminata var. amphora Playl. (PI. vii., tig. 8). Long. 38, lat. 23; coll. alt. 8, lat. (i; caud. long. 10^. Lismore (347). Described originally from Parramatta, now contirmed from Lismore. The zooid was alive and active, the chlorophyll seemed to be diffused. Trachelomonas URCEOL.WA stokes. (PI. vii., tig. 9). Long. 50—57, lat. 23—28; coll. alt. 4—6; caud. long. 10— 17/^. Lismore (347, 348, 352). Merely a single specimen, not too like the type, was jireviously noted from Parramatta (Sydney), but 1 have now to record typical specimens alive in some (|uantity tVoni this district. In most of the tailed forms the zooid is free within the lorica, but occasionally the body is adherent. Such are generally found in planktim gatherings and I would remark that it is not necessary to go for plankton to large bodies of water; the plankton of ponds is usually extremely varied and interesting. Trachelomonas Girardiana mihi. Syn. 2V. urceolata var. (Urardiana Playf. (These Proceedings, 1915, p. 33, PI. v., f. 7, 8). This foi-m is really not in the least like Tr. urceolata and always retains its very characteristic appearance so that I think it should stand as a type. Var. GLABRA, n.var. (PI. vii., fig. 10). Long. 36 — 40, lat. 20—22; cieee of card, acutely pointed at each end, under side nearly flat, upper arched but not always as much as figured. Rostrum reduced to a mere spine, but trom Stein's figures it seems likely that this is only the lower edge of the rostrum, the upper edge growing out of tiie body,, a little higher up, later on. Cytoplasm generally homogeneous, without granules. Mi;Miniir.M acutissimum, n.sp. (PI. viii., fig. 3). Fornui longissima, angustissima ; fronte truncata, baud rostrata; pone longe protracta, acutissima ; latere inferiore fere recto, superiore (luam levissime arcuato; pharynge distincto; stigmato minutissimo; baeillis amylaeeis longis angustis in serie singula dispositis ornata. BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 137 Long. 200, hit. 81, ap. B/x. Lismore; Wyrallah. A veiy rare Menoidiuin, but noted from two distinct localities. The body is straight and very long in proportion to the breadth. No distinct rostrum in front, where it is merely narrow and truncate, but the formation and flagellum are as in Mevoidium. The under side is nearly flat, the upper vei^y slightly arched, the sides diverging slightly from the snout to the anterior quarter, from there gradually converging to the extremely narrow and sharp-pointed hinder end. Cytojilasm hyaline, homogeneous, transparent, allowing a clear view of the bag-shaped pharynx with which are connected a minute c.v. and red stigma. A single series of long thin paramylum rods along the upper side, much more regular than is usual in this genus. Menoidium gkacile, n.sp. (PI. \aii., figs. 4, 5). Forma magna, eorpore gracili, arcuato, postice acuminato, fronte rostrato; cytoplasmate plerunique granulato et bacillis araylaceis ornato. Long. 72 — 100, lat. 6 — 8; marg. infer, alt. 0 — 12/i. Botanic Gardens, Syd- ney (150) ; Lismore (225, 260, 350). Nearly twice as long as the type. Body well-arched, very slender, acuminate but not acute behind, rostrate in front. Cytoplasm generally gi'anulate and with a few paramylum rods in front. Mexoidium ixcurvum Fresenius. (PI. viii.. tig. 6). Syn. M. pellueidum var. inctirvum, Biol. Richmond River, p. 141. A very small form and rare, though there were plenty in gathering 188 out of weeds in the Richmond River. Broadest in front where it is abruptly truncate, with- out rostrum, and very active in its movements, darting 'and twisting about in- cessantly : there is very little in its appearance to connect it with this genus. Cf. Klebs, Organ, einig. Flag. ; and Daugeard, Recherch. s. 1. Euglen., p. 151, f. 46; the latter gives 25 X T/x as the size. Long. 16, lat. 5fx.. Lismore (188, 358). Menoidium tortuosum (Stokes) Senn. (PI. viii., tig. 7). i Syn. Atractonema tortuosum Stokes, Infus. U.S. p. 92, PI. i., f. 31. A narrow spiral form, rostrate in front, acutely pointed behind; cytoplasm homo- geneous, with a few paramylum granules or short rods. It moves in a spiral manner, unlike other members of the genus, which either revolve slowly round the long axis or hore their way through the water, rocking from side to side in a manner peculiarly their own. Long. c. 22, lat. 5^. Stokes gives long. 'lO^^Ofx. Lismore (350, 365). Genus D i s t i G M a Ehr. DiSTlGMA PROTEUS var. CLAVATUM mihi. (PI. viii., fig. 8). Syn. Menoidium pellueidum var. clavatum Playf., Biol. Richmond River, p. 142. Cf. Senn, FlageUata, pp. 177, 178, f. 128b. Long. 40—84, lat. 6— 12;ii. Lismore (187, 188. 365). Formae. (PI. ix., figs. 10—13). These forms have all the appearance of being a distinct species of Peranema, but I believe them to be young forms of the preceding. Long. 18—44, lat. max. 8— 12;,x. Auburn (139); Pott's Hill (121); Lis- more (258). 138 ' AUSTRALIAN yRLSHWATKR FLAGELLATES, Genus A s t a s i a Dujardiii. Astasia margaritifera Schmarda. (PI. viii.. tig. 9). I am doubtful about the identification of this inlusoiian, having never observed it in the tree-swimiuing form figured by Senn, I.e., p. 177, f. 128a. (Inly when travellinj,' with its eharacteri.stic uietabolie movement does it draw one's attention, and so I represent it here. The fiagellum is very often (generally?) wanting; cytopla.sm granulate. On one occasion half a dozen individuals were found living parasitically within the tissues of a living specimen of the Tur- bellaria: they were devoid of a fiagelluin and worked themselves to and fro with their usual metabolic progression. Long. c. 20— 50;it. Auburn (139) ; Pott's Hill (121); Lisraore (312). Genus S p n E X o M 0 n a s Stein. Sphenomonas QrAUHANfiULAiiis var. CRUCiFORMis, n.var. (PI. viii., tig. 10). Ovate, pointed in front; with four, more or less elevated, longitudinal ridges each containing at the summit a series ol' granular nuirkings. The European form (type) is rbomboidal in outline, witli lounded lateral angles; in end view almost s(]uare. witli slightly cuspidate sides and sharp angles. Oui-s are cruciform with deeply excavated sides and rounded tips to the arms. Kare. For the type see Stein, T. xxiii., f. 49—53; Kent, T. xxiv.. f. 21—23. Long. 24—27. lat. 10- 13ju. Rookwood (107); Lismore (297, 345. .347). Sphenomonas australis, n.sp. (PL viii., tig. 11). Cellnlae pyriformes. sursmn attenuatae. subacutae; interne rotundatae; lateribus arcuatis; rugis (i (visis 4) granulatis per lon_gituica. Long. 40, lat. 21^. Lismore. General outline long oval; obtuse at each end, with a sharp point within the margin; only 3 — 4 ridges spirally and obliquely wound; cytoplasm not re- tracted; a flagellura and a trailer observed. Sphenomonas MiRACiLis, n.sp. (PI. ix., figs. 4, 5). Cellulae oblongae, utroque ])olo rotundatae; costis spiralibus 6 oblique vel per longitudinem dispositis ornatae; membrana glabra, costis baud granulatis; cytoplasmate retraeto, hyalino, granulato; flagello valido recto. Long. 34- -36, lat. 18—23^.' Lismore (328, 345, 365). Cell oblong, rounded at each end; membrane smooth, ridged l)y 6 sharp- edged spiral costae longitudinally and more or less obli()uely wound and from right to left (the opposite way to Sjili. spiralis). Cytoplasm retracted, liyaline, granulate, flagellum stout, straiglit. no trailer noted. End view circular. Fain. PERANEMACEAE. Genus P e r a n e m a (Ehr.) Stein. Peranema TRiooPHORUM (Ehr.) forma. (PI. ix., fig. (i). Forma angusta arcuata. Long. 50, lat. 10/x. I doubt if I have ever seen the type of this species. The European form is fusiform. The specimen figured is narrower and arched. Botanic Gardens, Sydney (15G). Cf. Senn., p. 180, f. 130a. Peranema cuneatum. n.sp. (PI. ix., figs. 7 — 9). Long. 25—70. lat. ,5— 1.5;x. Auburn (139, 140); Botanic (Jardens (156); Parramatta (132) ; Lismore (187). I BY G. I. PLATFAIR. 141 This is the comiuon Peraneiiui ot our waters. It is, when free-swimming, cuneate, sharp-pointed in front and abruptly truneate behind; one corner is sometimes produced as a pointed tail directed backwards, or a blunt wart-like prominence often bifid and placed to one side. A minute stigma may occasion- ally be observed. Cytoplasm homogeneous and transparent. Neither Stein nor Dujardin describe or figure anything even remotely resembling this fonn. The body is metabolic. Per.anema -vsperum, n.sp. (PI. ix., fig. 14). Korma corpore globoso; granulis amylaceis ubique asperrima. ^ Long. 15 — 16, lat. 11 — 12^. Rookwood; Lismore (286). A small, irregular, globosa or sul)globose form with the sui'face rugged all over with large irregular amylaceous granules. Var. RECTAXGULARE, n.var. (PI. is., fig. 15). Forma cylindracea. Dimensiones ut in forma typica. Genus Urceolds Meresehowski. Urceolus sabulosus (Stokes) Senn. (PI. ix., fig. 16). Syn. Urceolopsis sabulosits Stokes, op. cit. Long. 42, lat. 19; lat. oris 13/i. Lismore. Hyaline, gi'anular, surface slightly rough, mouth and neck smooth. It glides along applying the huge mouth (which seems to be a kind of open pharynx! to the floecose and sucking in anytliing edible. Genus H e t e r o x e ii a ( Duj. ) Stein. Heteronema acus Ehr. (PI. ix., fig. 17). Long. 30-^90, lat. 3—6^. Auburn (159); Botany; Pott's Hill (121). Flagellum and trailer noted. Genus T r o p i u 0 c y p ii u .s Stein. Tropidocyphus octocostatcs Stein. (PI. viii., fig. 21). I give a side view of an animalcule that may be this species. Stein, T. xxiv., f. 1 — 5; Senn, p. 183. Genus X o t o s o L E x u s Stokes. NOTOSOLENUS PENTAGONUS, n.Sp. (PI. ix., figs. 2, 3). Forma corpore pentagono; f rente acute-rotundata, pone truncata; lateribus emarginatis; angidis rotundatis; vertice visa compressa. Long. 21, lat. 17 fi. Lismore (358). There are three other species described and figured by Stokes, op. cit., p. 108, PI. ii., f. 10 — 14; cf. Senn, p. 183. All forms of the genus are compressed arcuate in end view. This species forms a fairly regular pentagon with the anterior angle somewhat produced ; body truncate behind, widest in the middle ; sides emarginate, angles rounded. Cytoplasm hyaline, finely gi-anular in the centre of the cell, with a phai'ynx-like mark below the flagellum. Stokes also remarks on this. Flagellum thick, straight, a long trailer sometimes present. 142 AlbTKALIAK FRESHWATER iL,AUELLATE8, Genus A n i s o x e m a Dujardiii. AxisoNEMA ACi-vrs Duj. (Fl. ix.. fig. 18). Syn. Atiisoiiema ovalwm Ma^kell, Trans. N.Z. Inst., N.i?., vol. "JO, 1887, T. i., t'. 8; Ma.skell givf.s long' 20^. (Jur speeimens agree entirely with Dujardin's figure and description (op. cit.. p. 345, Pi. iv., f. 27; not PI. v. as in the test). Senn's figure {I'lagellata, p. 183, f. 134a) is quite different, being elliptical and attenuate slightly to each end. Dujardin's dimensions, long. 20 to 31fi, just cover Mankell's and nurs. The trailer is very long, quite three times the length of the l)ody soijietimes. Long. 30. lat. 18yu. Kookwoud; Lisinore (2(j0). AXISONEMA HEXAGONUM, n.Sp. (PI. ix.. fig. 19). Cellulue inae(iualiter bexagonae; in medio suliqiiadratae; sursum et inferne triangulari-conicae; utro(|ue ])olo acutae; laterihus rwtis; uno latere transverse striata. Long. c. 30. lat. IS/x- Duck Creek, Clyde; Guildford. Irregularly hexagonal, central part subquadrate; above and l)elow triangru- lar-conical, ends pointed, sides straight, transversely striate, apparently on one side only; tiagellum and long trailer observed. Var. Ei.EOAXS, n.var. (PI. ix.. fig. 20). Quam forma typica longior et angustior. Long. c. 40, lat. 10^. Duck Creek, Clyde; Guildford. The same general shape :i* the type, but longer and mure slender. Both very rare, sizes only estimated. AxisoxEiiA (ii!AXDK (Ehr.) Stein. (Fl. ix., fig. 21). Long. c. 38, lat. 21, cra.ss. c. 10^;^. Lismure (328). Syn. Bo(l(j yrandis Ehr.; cf. Stein, T. xxiv., f. (i — 11, but liis figures are not convincing and look too much like xlnisonema acinus Duj. which he gives as a synonym. That is, however, a much smaller species, only about half the size of this. Kent's figures are copies of Stein's, exce))! f. 30 (after F.utschli). The latter seems to represent our form. The subapical groove, in wliich t\w trailer is inserted, is not cons|)icuoiis as in -1. uciytuf. The hinder pai-t of tlie body often contains coloured ma-sses of ingested food-stuffs and even whole organisms such as Tmclielomonas. There is the usual stout straight flagellum and very long thick trailer, often three times the length of the body. The latter is compressed in side view. Genus E x T O s I p II o X Stein. EXTOSIPHON SULCATU.\t (Duj.) Stciii. (Fl. ix., fig. 22). Rare. Long. 22, lat. 14^. Lismore. Syn. .l)'/.-v)HC7Ma sulcata Duj.. i> lat. 7 — 15^. 345. Fl. u.. f. 28. Senn gives long. 15—25, Bt G. I. l'L,AYF4IR. 143 EXPLANATION OF PLATES I.— IX. Plate i. Fig. l.—Poterioc/endron peliolalum Stein (x 800). Fig. 2. - ,, ., var. Ahbotti (Stokes) mihi (x 800). Figs. 3, i.^Sa/piiigoeca ainpitllacea (A. Br.) Stein (x 1600). Fig. 5.— ,, ,, Tar. cordata, n. var. (x 1600). Fig. 6.— ,, ainfi/ioi-idium va,T. aus/ialica mihi (x l&OO). Fig. 7.— ,, .V«rt, n. var. (x 1600). Figs. 7, 8. — ,, ,, V. subghbosa, n. var. two stages of growth, (x 1200). Fig. 9.— ,, atotiiesa Stokes (x 1600). Fig. 10.— ,, ,, Tar. citr/a, n. Tar. (x 1600). Fig. 11.— Phaeocoi-cus phuiktojiicus W. k G. S. West (x .320) {a) simple zooid (x 960). Figs. 12-li.—Sciiiti/la c/i/oriim, n.sp. ; (12) x 2400, (13, 14) x 1600. Fig. 15.— ,, splendida, n.sp. (x 800). Figs. 1%-1%.—Synura virescens. (Bory), three forms ; (all x 1600). Figs. 19-22. — Chilomonas Paramecium Ehr., four forms; (aU x 1600). Fig. 2?,.~Crypiomonas ovata Ehr. (x 80(1). Fig. 24.— ,, ampulla, n.sp. (x 800). Fig. 25.— ,, w/a.r/;«(7, n.sp. (x 800). Pig. 26.— ,, Nords/edtii (Hausg.) Senn. (x 1600). Fig. 27.— ,, gemma, n.sp. (x 1600). Fig. 28.— ,, oblouga, n.sp. (x 1600). Plate iii. Fig. l.—Eutreptia viridis Perty (x 560). Fig. t.—Colacium vesiculosum (Ehr.) Stein (x 1200). Fig. 3.— ,, ,, forma, cf. Stein, T. xxi., f.31,.32 (x 1200). Figs. 4-6.— ,, elongaium, n.sp. (4) x 1200, (5,6) x 2400. Fig. 7. — Euglena inridis Ehr., large cylindrical form (x 1200). Figs. 8, 9.— ,, sociabilis Daugeard (x 800). Figs. 10, 11.—,, amblyophis (Ehr.) mihi (x 400). Figs. 12, 13.—,, deses Ehr. (13) another form of head (x 960). Fig. 14.— ,, ,, developing out of the Tegetative cell (x 800). 144 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER FLAGELLATES, Fig. \h. ^EugUiia ih-sesviiv. i/ihni/ii, n. var. (x 12(X)). Fig. ]6. — ,, ,, var. intermedia Klebs (x 1200). Pig. 17. — ,, oxyurus Schmanla (x 300). Pig. 18. — ,, ,, var. helicoidea (Bernard) mihi (x 300). Pig. 19. — ,, ,, var. ^>;-a;-<'<7, n. var. (7) x 1200, (8) x 8\\y (x 400). Pig. 7. — ,, ,, var. Lenim. (x 800). Figs. 8-11.— „ iriqueier (Ehr.) Diij. (x 960). Pigs. 12, 13.—,, injflatus, n.sp. (x 1600) Pig. 14. — ,, lisiiiorensis, n.sTp. (x960). Pig. 15. — ,, pvrrifii var. ovallis, n. v.ar. (x 16(X)). Fi<'. 16.- ,, .. var. ausiralieiis mihi. (x 9(i()). Pig. 17. — ,, ,, var. rudicula, n. var. (x 1200). Fig. \^.~Cryptoglena australis, n.sp. (a) side; (x 1600). Pig. 19. ., pliaroidea, n.sp. (x 181X1). Plate vi. Fig. 1. /.epociiii/is Steinii viiv. siieritii Ijfinm. (x 1200). Fig. 2. — ,, spliagiiicola rjomm. (Y); (x 1200). Figs. 3, 4. — ,, ryi/ibi/oriii is, n.s-p. (x 1200). Pigs. 5, 6.— ,, eapitata, n.sp. (5) x 1200, (6) x 800. Pigs. 7, 8.— ., cosia/a, n.sp. (x 1600). Fig. 9. — ., ,, V. odesa, n. vnr. (x 1000). Figs. 10, 11.— ., paxilli/oi-mis, ri.a^. (x 800). Pig. 12. — Trarlieloiiioiias volvocina var. p/aiikiouiea, n. var. (x 1200). Pig. 13. — ,, ,, var. senhra, n. var. (x 1200). Pig. 14., — ,, „ var. corowf/Ai, n. var. (n) another collarette; (x 1600). Fig. 15.— „ ,, var. fius/ii/osa, n.var (x 1200). BY 0. I. PLAYFAIR. 145 Fiij. Hi, — Trac/ir/oinoiHis bolmiica var. hoj-da/is, n. var. (x 800). Fi2;s. 1". 18. — ,, or(r//.( Playf. (17) with disooid chloroplasts, (18) chlorophyll irregularly rc>ticiilateil (x 1200). Fig. 19. — ,, /<^>-£;i Maskell, forma. ^«. A. c^ three other forms of collar (x 1200). Fig. 20.— „ bulla var. auslralis Playf. (x 800). Fig. 21. — ,, oblonga Lemiii. (x KiOO). Pig. 22. — ,, pulilierrima var. minor Playf. (x 1200). Fig. 23. — „ Volzii var. sulcata, n. var. (x 1200). Fig. 2-t. - ,, ainpullula y,w. major Playf.; a scrohiculate form witli zooid. (x 1200). Pig. 25.— ,, ,, var. ^rirciV/i, n. var. (x 12(X1). Pig. 26.— ,, ,. var. elliptira, n. var. (x 12a)). Fig. 27. — „ tiatui/a vii.r. sul'armata Playf., a lorica with reticulate surface, and zooid. (x 1200). Pig. 28. — ,, eurystotna var. parva , n. var. (x 1800). Figs. 29, 30.— ,, coroiiala, n.sp. (x 1200). Plate vii. Pig. I. -'J railielomoiias spleiidida, n.sp. with zooid showing internal structure and dif- fused chlorophyll, (x 1050). Fig. 2. — ,, hacillifera var. >iiiiiima Playf. (x IWX)). Pig. 3. — ,, ,, va.r. glol>ulosa,\i. SAV. (x 1200). Fig. 4. — ,, armata var. niadra Playf.. .showing zooid with reticulate chloro- phyll, (x 9li0). B'ig. 5.— ,, ,, var. duplex Playf., furiii with pointed, not bacillar, anterior awns, (x 800). Pig. 6. — ,, paucispinosa, n. sp. (x IHOO). Pig. 7. — ., scabra var. cordahi Playf. fonua. (x IfiOO). Fig. 8. — ,, acuminata var. amphora Playf. zooid with diffused chlorophyll. (x960). Fig. 9. — ,, urceolata Stokes with zooid. (x 800). Fig. 10. — ,, Girardiana vnr. glabra, u. var. with zooid. (x 1200). Fig. 11. — ,, hesperia, n.sp. (x KUX)). Pigs. 12-14. — ,, napi/ormis var. brevicollis, n. var. (12) showing zooid, x 800. (13, 14) other forms of neck, x 1200. Pig. 15. — ,, cuncata, n.sp. (x 1200). Pig. 16. — ,, gihberosa var. loiigicollis, u. var. (x 1200). Pig. 17. — ,, ,, var. lumida, n. var. (x 9H0). Pig. 18.— ,, rotundata iiiilii. (x 960). Figs. 19, 20.— ,, lanceolata, n.sp. (19) froirj Parramatta; (20) from Lismore (x 1200). Pig. 21.— ,, spiralis, n.sp. (x 1200). Pig. 22. — ,, lismoreiisis var. mirabilis Playf., characteristic spine. Plate viii. Pig. 1. — Metioidium pellucidum Perty, type, (x 1200). Pig. 2. — ,, injiatum \mh.\. (x 8(X)). Fig. 3. — ,, acutissimum, n.sp. (x 600). Figs. 4, 5.— ,, gracile, n.sp. (x 800). Fig. 6. — ,. iiicurvum Presenilis (x 1800). Fig- 7. — ,, tortuosum (Stoke.s) Senn. three specimens (x 800). Pig. 8.— /Jistigii/a proteus var. clavalum mihi. (x 800). Pig. 9. — Astasia margariti/cra Schmarda. (x 18(K»). Fig. W.—Splicitomoiias quadraiigularis var. cruciformis, n. var. («) end view, (x 1600). Pig. 11. — ,, australi-i, n.sp.; (a) end view, (x 1600). Pig. 12.— ,, ., \AC. ,'lliplica,-a. \:iv. (x 1600). Fig. 13. — ,, ,, var. rkoiuboidt'a , n. var. (x 1600). 146 AUSTRALIAN iUKSHWATER FLAGELLATES. Figs. 14, 15.— „ teres Stein (14) type x24lX); (15) form x IfHHV Figs. 16, 17.— .. ,, -t^T. pyriformis,'a. yA,x. {\.^) x 2400; (17) x 1600. Pier. 18. — ., ,, form, with incipient ridges, (x 1600). Figs. 19, 20. - .. triquetra, n.sp. (20) type x 1200; (19) var. cuneata n. var. x VifM. (a, a) end views. Fig. •i.y.— Tropidocyphus octocostatns Stein (?) side view (x 16(X)). Plate ix. Fig. 1. — Sphcnonwnas e.rcavata, n.sp. (a) side, (b) end (x 1200). Fig. 2. — ,, spiralis, n.sp. (x960). Fig. 3. — ,, ,. var. (r?/!^«5/(;, n. var. (x 900). Figs. 4, 5. — ,. iiiirabilis, n.sp. (x 1200). Fig. a.— Peru iiema irirop/iori/m {Ehr.), forma, (x 800). Fig. 7-9. — ,, cui/ea/uiii , n.sp. (x 800). Figs. 10-13. — Distigma proteus var. clavatuvt niihi, supposed young forriis. (x 800). Pig. 14. — Peraiiema aspermn, n.sp. (x 1200). Fig. 15. — ,, ., var. rectanglilare, n.var. (x 1200). Fig. 16.— Urceo/ us sabii/osus (Stokes) Semi, (x 800). Fig. \1.—Heteronema acus Ehr. (x8(K)). Fig. 18. — Anisoiieniii acinus Duj. (x 1600). Fig. 19. — ,, /ii:vai>o>niin, n.sp. (x 1600). Fig. 20. — ,, ,. var. elegans, u. var. (x L6(X)). J'ig. 21.— ,, grainif (Ehr.) Stein (a) side, (x 1200). Pig. 22. — Evtosiphon sulcalum (Duj.) Stein (x 1600). Fig. 23. — Nolosolenus penlagoiius, n.sp. (x 1600). 147 ON THE OCJCUKRENCE (IF OTOZAMITES IN AUSTRALIA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIMENS FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA. By A. B. Walkom, D.Sr. ([•late X.) Last year a collection of fossil plants from near Mina:enew, W.A., was made available to me for examination through the kindness of Dr. W. G. Woolnough. Almost all the specimens in the collecti(m represent species of Otozamites, a genus of rather limited occurrence in Australia, and this opportunity is taken, while describing these species, of gatliering together the few records of the scattered occurrence of the genus in this Continent. Among the Western Australian collection there are no new species, but some of the specimens are different from those jirevioiisly described from Aus- tralia. Tiie only description of specimens of Olo^amiles from Western Australia is that by Arber (1910) who described U. Feistmanteli Zigno from about three miles south of Mingenew, at an altitude of about .500 feet above the town. He called at- tention to the possibility of identity between the Western Australian fronds and specimens from the Lower Oolite of Germany figured by Kurr a.s 0. MandeMahi ; and also pointed out that examples figured under the same name by Sal fold (1907, PI. xvi., figs, la, Ih, \c) from the Lias of Wurtemburg do not apjiear to be identical with the Australian fronds. The specimen from the Talgai ('oaltield, Queenslancl, which Feistmaiit<'l (1890, p. 147, PI. 28, fig. 9, 9a) had referred to 0. Mandelslohi is, as Arber suggested (1910, p. 20), identical witli some of the Western Australian examples. and should be referred to O. F ei.it manteli Zigno. The original of Feistmantel's figure is in the collection of the Geological Survey of New South Wales, and, through the courtesy of 'Mr. W. S. Dun. Palaeontologist, ! have been al)le to examine it. In addition to Olozamites Feistmaiiteli, Arber also recorded the occurrence of indeterminable fossil wood fragments, of coniferous fragments, and of small seed-like bodies from the same locality. He suggested that the coniferous frag- ments might be c(jnjpareu with such forms as Paf/iojihijllum Kiini Schimper, Araucaria (PagidphijUnm) peregrina Kurr or the fragment figured by Tenison-Woods (1883, p. 105, pi. 4, fig. 1) as Cayuiinrjliamitex aiis- tralii. In drawing up a table of fossil plants recorded from Western Australia, L. Glauert, unfortunately enters all three of these species (1910, p. 110) so that this single indeterminate fragment is represented in Iiis table by three separate entries. 148 ON THE OCCURREXCK OP OrrOZAMITES IN AUSlTtALIA, The specimens described in the present communicatiou were obtained by Dr. Woolnough and Mr. J. L. Somerville, B.Sc, from a spot about three miles north of Miu^enew Railway Station and at a height of about 125 feet above the station which IS 502 feet above sea level. The collection is largely due to the enthusiasm of Mr. G. Wells, a local resident, through whom the specimens were obtained. They were found in a ferruginous sandstone lying almost horizontally and little is known about the stratigraphical relations. There are at least 70 feet of sand- stone below the plant-bearing bed. In association with these sandstones there are marine beds of Jurassic Age, but there is doubt as to whether the marine beds are below or above the plant-bearing sandstones. For the available information regarding the held occurrence 1 am indebted to Dr. Woolnough and Mr. Somerville, and I would express my thanks especially to Dr. Woolnough for the opportunity of examining the collection. Three species of Utozamites have been recognised, viz.: — 0. Bechei, O. Feistmanteli and 0. bengaletisis. In addition there are also coniferous frag- ments (? Pagiophyllum sp. and ? Elatocladus sp.), a doubtful cone, and inde- terminate fragments of fossil wood. Otozamites Bechei Brongniart. (PI. x., tigs. 3, 4). 1825 b'iUoites Bechli, Brongniart, Ann. Sci. Nat., iv., PI. xix., tig. 4 — 1834 Otopteris obiusa, Lindley and Hutton, The Fossil Flora of Great Britain, PI. cxxviii. — 1849 Utozamites ubtusxis, Brongniart, Tableau, p. 104. — 1900 Otu- zamites obtusus, var. ooliticvs, Seward, The Jura-ssic Flora (Cat. Brit. Mus.), p. 218, PI. i., fig. 1; PI. ii., fig. 2. — 1917 Otozamites obtusus, Walkom, Q'land. Geol. Surv., Pub. 259, p. 21, PI. 8, fig. 1. This specific name is used broadly to include numerous Cycadean fronds which have generally been described as Otozamites obtusus, which name, as Seward (1917, p. 540) has pointed out, must give way to 0. Bechei. "Frond pinnate; pinnae usually more or less falcate, occasionally straight and with parallel sides, attached obliquely to the upper side of the rachis; imbricate or separate, the upper edge of the base of the lamina strongly auricu- late, the lower edge rounded; apex obtuse; veins strongly divergent especially in the lobed base and extending oblifjuely to the upper and lower edge of the lamina." The specimens under examination agree well with the description and figures of this species. The fronds arc about 4.5 cm. wide, with pinnae 2.5 cm. long and 7 — 8mm. wide. The pinnae in general make an angle of 65—70° with the raehis. The fronds are elongate lanceolate and would appear to be at least 20 cm. in length. The veins are divergent and numerous; there arc about 12 at the base of the pinna, while further out, after they divide, there are about 15 in a breadth of 5 mm. The same species has been described from Beaudesert, in Queensland (Wal- kom, 1917, p. 21). Otozamites Feistmanteli Zigno. (PI. x., tvj;. 7). 1881 Otozamites Feistmanteli, Zigno, Flora Foss. Oolit., Vol. 2, p. 90, t. 34, f. 6 — 8.^ — 1883 Otozamites Mandeslohi, Tcnison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., viii., p. 151. — 1890 Otozamites Mandelslohi, Feistmantel, Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., Pal. 3, p. 147, t. 28, f. 9, 9a.— 1892 Otozamites Mandelslohi, Etheridge .Jr., Geol. Pal. Q'land., p. 381. — 1910 Otozamites Feistmanteli, Arber, Geol. Surv. W..\., \^u\\. 36, p. 25.- — 1917 Otozamites Feistmanteli, Walkom, Q'land. Geol. Surv., Pub. 259, p. 23, t. 8, f. 2, 3. BY A. B. WALKOM. 149 "Frond narrow, linear; pinnae short and broad, attadied to the upper face of the rachis by a broad base, of which the upper corner is slightly auriculatc; the apex is bluntly rounded, the tip being directed upwards. \'enation of the Otozamites type." (Seward, 1900, p. 221). The fronds in the W-estern Australian specimens are about 3 cm. wide, but as all are incomplete it is not possible to determine the length. The pinnae are up to 1.7 cm. long and 7 — 8 nun. wide, with a rounded end. Their upper margins have a broad lobe near the raehis, the lower margins being straiglit. There are about 3 veins per mm. The specimen from Talgai. (^(ueensland. referred )iy Feistmantel (1890, p. 147) to (>. Mandelslohi (Kurr) should be placed in this species. This species is smaller and narrower than 0. Bechei. Apart from the size and general shape there is not a great deal of difference between the fronds referred to these two species. But they are fairly distinct and, though numerous specimens are available, there is an absence of examples intermediate between the two. Otozamites bexoalexsis Oldham and Morris. (Plate x., figs. 1, 2, 0). 1803 Palaeosamia Bengaletisif. Ohlliam and Morris, Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. (Pal. Ind.), Ser. ii.. Vol. 1. Pt. 1, p. 27, PI. xix., figs. 1, 2, 6. This species -was originally described and figured by Oldham and Morris from the lowe.st beds of the Rajmahal Group in India. The frond is long and narrow, with short, relatively broad pinnae. In the Western Australian specimens the narrow linear I'ronds are up to about 1.8 cm. wide, but tlieir length is indeterminate; one specimen, 9 cm. in length, is 1.8 cm. wide at its upper end and only narrows to 1.6 cm. wide at its lower end. The pinnae are up to 1 cm. in length and 5 or 6 mm. in width; they are obtusely rounded, but nearer the base of the frond become somewhat more acute. From above, the rachis is practically hidden. The veins are divergent and branch dichotomously ; at the base of the pinna there are usually 0 — 10 veins, and further out they are more numerous, there being 4 to 5 per mm. The upper margin of the pinna has an obtuse lobe near the ba.se; the lower margin is not lobed and is overlapped to about half its length l)y the upper margin of the next lower pinna. Comparison of the specimens with the original figures of Oldham and Mon-is leaves little doubt of their identity. The species has not previously been described or recorded from Australia, but I have seen specimens from near Durikai. some thirty miles south-west from Warwick, Q., which I believe are identical. It is possible that the specimens described as O. cf. Mandehlohi Kurr. from the Darling Downs, near Toowoomba, Q., (Walkom, 1917, p. 23), may belong to this species, though they differ somewhat in general appearance, having rather broader, more orbicular pinnae. The specimens descril)ed above are from a locality some miles distant from that in wliieh the specimens described by Arber (1910) were obtained. It is not possible to tell from Arber's published notes whether any specimens with the dimensions of O. hengalensis were amongst the collection submitted to him. It does not seem likely, however, that he would have included specimens with such narrow, elongate, linear form with O. Feistmanteli. Loc. — About 3 miles north of Mingenew. W.A. J50 ox THE OCCURKEXCK OP OTOZAMITES IX AC'Sn?Al,IA, ? Elatoci.adls sp. A small fragment on spetiinen F12473 shows the basal portions of a num- ber of pinnae attaelied to a vachis; the pinnai- are about 2 nmi. wide at the base and liave a well-dctined luidrib in the portiim visible. The speounen may 1)6 tentatively referred to Elatocladus. ? Cone. A fragment, about 2 cm. long, of what may have been a eone, shows a number of spherieal bodies, each about 3 mm. in diameter, attiU'hed to an axis. There are tive of tlieso bodies on each side of the axis, but it is impossible to give any details of their structure or of their arrangement on the axis. The specimen is F12473 in tlie Geological Survey Collection. COXIPEROU.S FRACJIKXT.S. (PI. X.. fig. .5). Associated witii the Otozamites there are obscure fragments of what appear to be coniferous branches. They show no detail of structure; the outline of one is figured, but no attempt is made to attach a definite name to them. Possibly they are wliat Arber (1910, p. 27) compared with PaginphnUum sp. There are also some fragments of fossil wood, but tliey apparently have no traces of structure preserved and it is impossible to nmke any use of them. The Occurroice of Otozamiien iii Anstrdlia. The genus Otozamites attains its widest geograpliical distribution iu rociss of Jurassic age, but also occurs fairly abundantly in both Triassic and Lower Cretaceous Formations. In Australia, up to the present, it has only been found in rocks of Jurassic age and its geographic range in this region appears to have been limited. Rocks of Jurassic age are known in all the States and also in New Zeahmd, ))ut so far, Otozamitef! has been recorded only from Queensland and Western Australia. Since, however, the Jurassic rocks in northern New Soutli Wales (Clarenco Series) are directly connected with those of southern (Queensland in which this fossil occurs, future collecting may lie expected to reveal the occurrence of Otozamites in New South Wales. In the Jurassic Rocks of Victoria, Tasmania, and New Zealand, which are cijusiderably I'urther south than those already referred to, Otozamites does not appear to be present. It may be that the climatic conditions were not suitable I'or the growth of this plant, since there does not ajipear to have been any other formidable barrier to prevent it spreading to tlie south. Hut just as tlie Cycads of to-day do not extend into Victoria or Tasmania, so may those of Mesozoic times have been restricted to a like extent. In Queensland, species of Otozamites have been found at widely-scattered localities in the south-east, viz.: — Thane's Creek and Durikai (both to the south-west of Warwick), Talgai, Darling Downs near Toowoomba, Kalbar (for- merly Kngelsbui'g), lieaudesert, and near Esk. At all of these localities, with the exception of Esk, the sjiecies are of similar genei'al cliaracters to those found in Western Australia, the records being: O. Bechri from I'eanilesert, O. Feist- manteli from Thane's Creek, Talgai nml Kalbar, O. cf. MandeUiohi from Dar- ling Downs near Toowoomba. and O. Iienncilensis froni Durikai. The sjiccimens described from Esk (Walkom, 1917. ji. 21) arc <|iiite dis- tinct from any of the jdiove and some doubt has been expressed as to whether BY A. B. WALKOM. 151 they are lightly referred to tlie genus. Dr. Slopes (1918, p. 230) differs from my determination of them as Otoaamitea, but does not suggest to what genus she considers they should be referred. The rocks in which these species occur are all referred to the Walloon Series or its ecjuivalents. which are of undoubted Jurassic age. The Western Australian oecurrenees of Otozamites are confined, so far as is known, to the neighbourhood of Mingenew, and Madinganarra, to the north of Derby. The only published records are those of Arber (1910), about three miles south of Mingenew, and A. Gibb Maitland (1919. p. 41) near Derby, in addition to those described in the present paper from about three miles north of Mingenew. The species comjirise (>. Becliei, U. Feistmanteli and (). benga- lensis from the neighbourhood of Mingenew, and 0. sp. from Madinganarra. Ml-. A. Gibb Maitland, in his Summary of the Geology of Western Aus- tralia (1919, p. 41), records thii occurrence of the genus in the north-west of Australia thus: — "Di-. H. Basedow obtained in 1916 several impressions of Mesozoie ferns in a yellowish ai'gillaceous sandstone or gTit met with in a well at Madin- ganaiTa, near Point Torment, to the north of Derby in King Sound in the Kimberley Divisi_j'//?<»i sp.) (P 12471). Nat. size. 6. Otozamites bengalensis Oldham and Morris. View of impression of lower surface of fiond, with the rachis removed. (F 12472). Nat size. 7. Otozamites Feistmanteli TA'gnQ. Drawing of portion of frond. (F 12471). Nat. size. 154 NOTE UPON THE EXTRACTION OF ACIDS FROM CULTURES. By R. Greig-Smith, D.Sf., Macleay Bacteriologlst to thk Society. In testing the proilucts ol' the tVrmeutatiun o£ dextrose by a rthu yeast, sue- cinic aeid was obtained as tlie only ti.xed acid, but during its separation, several observations were made which may be of interest. The fermented fluids are usually evaporated in neutral or alkaline solution, generally in the presence of an excess of calcium carbonate and when the liquid is siilliciently reduced, it is cooled and the lime salts decomposed with suli)lmrie acid, after which the calcium sulphate is i-emovcd by filtration and the volatile acids removed in a current of steam. The residual fixed acids are then evaporated until of sufficient consistency to be extracted with ether. There may be, and usually is, a ijuantity of sugar in the liquid which prevents the evaporation being pushed to a limit, say, of 20 c.c. or which does not give a tractable dry powder when mixed with sand. In such cases one has to work with a volume of licjuid mea.suriiig possibly 100 c.c. Witli this volume, the extraction is slower than is generally considered. For example, Schoorl (through .Journ. Soc. Chem. Ind., xix.. I'JOO. .5()7), when working with pure acids, found that succinic, lactic and oxalic acids were extracted from 20 c.c. of liquid in 8 hours. The time may be longer in the presence of much sugar and nitrogenous substances, but this has not been investigateil. Schoorl state.s that the time of extraction depends upon tlic iiartition e(|uivalciit. wliich is the solubility of the acid in water. — , I .|.^' — ^7—, rrr-. -; An acid such as succinic with a hiw cocllicicMt solubility of the acid in ether. fakes a short time, and one with a high coelHcient such as tartaric acid takes a long time. He gives the coelHcients as succinic, 4; oxalic, 8; lactic, infinity; malic, 24; citric, 5!); and tartaric, 330. In extracting unknown acids as. for example, in a bacterial culture, one naturally continues tlie extractions until little (iP 11(1 resi(hie is obtained ujxin evaporating the ether frdiii a thr('<' hours' extraction. More recently Pinnow (Jour. Soc. Ciiem. Ind.. xxx\-., lOKi. HIT) determined tlie coefficients of distribution between cerfain organic acids in water and iu ether and compared the speed of their extraction by ether in a Parthiel-Rose extraction ai)paratiis. He found fliaf tlie extraction practically followed the formula for monomolecular reactions and, within certain limits, was inversely proportional to the volume of li<]uid extracted and to the distribution coellicienf. His coefficients at 27° are for suci'inic acid, 7..58; lactic, 11.28; oxalic, 13.9; BY R. GBBIG-SMITH. 155 malie. 70.9 ; and citric, 153. The time in minutes recjuired for a 99 % extrac- tion in a Partliiel-Rose apparatus holding 30 c.c. is obtained by dividing the Dis- tribution Equivalent by 0.04. From this one gathers that lactic acid is extracted in il hours in a Parthiel- Rose apparatus holding 30 c.c, while in a Schoorl apparatus it took 8 hours dealing with 20 c.c. The kind of apparatus is therefore of some moment. The Schoorl apparatus can easily be obtained and is the one I have used. A test with it upon 100 c.c. of liquid containing 0.25 grams of succinic acid showed that 79 % was extracted in 7 hours and 99 % in 12 hours. The presence of 5 % of dextrose made no difference in the speed of extraction. The fixed acids from the film yeast were contained in a fairly strong solu- tion of sugar with ammonium and other salts and measured about 100 c.c. After certain periods of extraction the bulk of the ether was distilled off, the remainder air-evaporated and the residue titrated with tenth-normal soda. +, . , J, , , . Acid extracted a-s c.c. Period or extraction n i. i., , or tenth normal. 7 hours 48.4 or 53 % 19 hours 23.3 71.7 78 % 31 hours 9.3 81.0 86 % 43 hours 5.5 86.5 94 % 55 hours 5.3 91.8 100 % In another test the acids had l>e€n extracted and the calcium salts, insoluble in 70 % alcohol, were treated with sulphuric acid and percolated with ether. The volume measured 50 c.c. „ . J J, , ,• Acid extracted as c.c. Period or extraction r> , ,, , of tenth normal. 7 hours 81.83 or 61 % 19 hours 29.95 111.78 83 % 31 hours 15.05 126.83 95 % 43 hours 6.93 133.7(1 100 % Curves prepared from these figures showed that they were of the nature of monomolecular reactions, while an extended examination of the portions showed that succinic acid was the only acid present. The examination was extended because succinic acid is not so definite in its behaviour as one is led to suppose. The slight solubility of the calcium and of the silver salts causes it to appear in places where other acids are expected. For example, while a pure salt of succinic acid was completely precipitated by silver nitrate and contained the theoretical amount of silver, the neutral salt of the acid obtained from the yeast culture was not completely precipitated, for the quantity was lower than was expected from the neutralisation numbers and the filtrate contained a con- siderable amount of the acid. So much so that it almost appeared as if there were more than one kind of succinic acid. The melting point was normal whiltp the silver content of the silver salt was low, 62.4 and 62.6, as against the theoretical 65.07 %. There was always a small ciuantity of a syrupy substance associated with the acid. It was too small in amount to determine its nature, but it influenced the crystallisation of the pure acid. It is possible that it may have had something to do with the solubility of the silver salt. An attempt was made to determine the nature of this syi'upy acid. The mother-liquor, after the 55 hours' extraction (see above) was treated with an 156 NOTE LPOX THE EXTRACTION OF ALIUS FROM CLLTURES. ex(-ess of baryta, and evaporated to small volume, with the idea of hydrolysmg any aeid esters. The li(niid wa.s treated with sulphuric acid and extracted for 12 hours with ether. The residual acids were neutralised with 9.15 c.c. of N/10 baryta water and were treated with sufBcient alcohol to make a 75 % solution. The precipitated barium succinate was filtered off and dried at 130° when it gave 0.041 G gi-am which contained 54.7G % Ba. Barium succinate contains 5-4.16 %. The filtrate, when evaporated and dried at 130°, gave 0.1038 gram contain- ing 33.33 % Ba. The barium succinate corresponded to 3.29 c.c. N/10, which left 5.80 c.c. for the acid in the alcohol-soluble salt. Deducting the Ba. and allowing for the H2 equivalent, the acid was calculated as weighing 0.0697 gram. This gave a neutralisation e(|uivalent of 119 and, as we have seen, the Ba. content was 33.33 %. Isovaleric or levulinic acid is indicated, but the ((uantity worked upon was vei'y small for absolutely definite identiticatiun. As a matter of fact, the substance was probably lactic acid, for in working through another culture, the succinic acid was pieci]>itated as the barium salt in 75 % alcohol and the filtrate, after evaporation, acidification and extraction with ether, yielded a syrupy residue which, when boiled wth zinc oxide, furnished crystals of zinc lactate. One ha-s to be very (careful in deducing the nature of the acid from small iiuantities of material as, even with comparatively large (juantities, one may lie led into error. For example, a culture of the same yeast was made with dextrose, ammonium nitrate, and sodium phosphate in the presence of chalk. In working up the products, the ethereal solution was evaporated in the air and then dis- tilled in a current of steam. On concenti-ating the solution on the water bath a disengagement of nitric oxide occurred. Tiie nitric acid had formed nitrous ether during a part of the process, and this had not lieen removed by the steam and liad decomposed on warming in the open. The residual acids were neutra- lised with baryta water in the presence of phenolphthalciii to a permanent pink colour, when a precipitate of barium phosphate and oxalate wa-s thrown dow'n. The filtrate on concentration threw down successive crops of a crystalline pre- cipitate containing 47.8 % and 48.9 % of Barium. A portion of the precipitate acidified and extracted with ether yielded crystals of succinic acid melting at 183°. The mother liciuor now required a considerable (|uantity of baryta water to give it a permanent i)ink tint. Thus the original addition of baryta to the first solutiim sufficient to give a permanent pink colour was not sufficient to jiroduce normal barium salts, for if so the amount of Barium in the precipitated succinate would have been neaier the theoretical .54.1 (i % and tlio furtlier addition of baryta to tlie mother liquor would have been un- necessary. Summari/. — The extraction of the fixed acids from bacterifil or from yeast cultures is, as has been shown by other writers, of the nature of a mononioleeular reacti(m ami should be continued until no more acid is extracted. The preparation of salts, such as those of barium, by neutralising the cx- tract«d acids until a jiink colour is obtained in the presence of plicnolphtliidcin. may be faulty as the reaction is much slowei- than is generally supposed. Pl!nr. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W. lir.'l. Plate i. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. Proc. Lixn. Sot'. N.S.W. 1921. Platk Australian Freshwater Flagellates. I Proi'. Lin-x. Soc. X.S.W. 1021. ■ Plate hi. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. Pkoc Lixx. Sue. X.S.W. 1921. PlATK IV. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. il PRor. LiXN. Soc. N.S.W. llli'l. Platk v. Australian Freshwater Flagellates Pnoc. LixN-. Soc. N.S.W. liiL'l Plath vr. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. l!l2]. Plate vii. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. Proc. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W. 19121. Plate vm. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. Proc. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W. 1921. PlATK IX. Australian Freshwater Flagellates. Proi'. IjIxx. Soc. N.S.W. I!i21. Plate ],^. •). i>/o:aiin/fs hetiga/eiisis. :<,■!, O.Bechei. o. /. Pa!,r!op/iy//iiiii , sp. 7. 0. Feis.tinanteli. fli 157 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 27th April, 1!)21. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair. Miss Eleanor E. Chase, B.Sc., "Tavua", Macintosh Street, Gordon, Messrs. AJan P. Dodd, Gordonvale, via Cairns, Q., John A. Kennedy, M.B., Ch.M., Dul- wich Hill, and Ellis Le G. Troughton. Australian Museum, Sydney, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President offered the congratulations of members to Professor J. P. HiU (in absentia) on his appointment to the Chair of Embryology at University College, London, and to Professor T. T. Flynn on his attaining the Doctorate of Science of the University of Sydney. An appeal was read from the Mikrographische GeseUschaft, Vienna, for funds to carry on its laboratory. The Secretary exhibited a photograph of the garden of Linnaeus at Upsala, presented to the Society by Colonel Roth. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous monthly meeting (30th March, 1921), amounting to 19 Vols., 418 Parts or Nos., 1 Bulletin, 1 Report and 1 Pamphlet, received from 45 Societies and Institutions and three private donors, were laid ujion the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited and offered observations on the following plants: — (1) Myosurus minimus Linn., found near Bourke, November, 1920. He had not previously seen this plant growing west of the Darling River, consequently it was not included in his botanical survey of that part of New South Wales (These Proceedings, 1903). (2) He called attention to the finding of a plant of Tecoma Hillii F.v.M. on Eraser Is. by Mr. W. R. Petrie, a Queensland Forestry Officer. This plant had been exhibited at a meeting of this Society in 1903 by Mr. Turner who had discovered it at Hervey Bay in 1876. (3) Eryngium rostratum Cav., a specimen of which the exhibitor had received for determination from Mr. R. Baird, Multagoona, Darling River. Mr. Baird had written "tliat this plant was eaten ravenously by all classes of stock, even when other good pasture feed was abun- dant. Mr. R. T. Baker exhibited herbarium specimens and timber of a new species of Eucalyptus from Hill Top, known locally as "Blue Stringy Bark." A full description of the species and its economics will be submitted to the Society at an early date. 158 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. W. F. Blakfly e.\hibite 5. Forewings with base whitisliochreoiis iodamia Forewings with base orange alciphron 0. 11 V PSA HASIIjISSA. Ilypsa ba.^!lissa Meyr., Proc. Linu. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 767. N. Aust.: Pt. Darwin, MclvUlc Is.; N. Q'land.: Cooktown, Cainis. BY A. JEFFEEIS TURNER. 103 10. HyPSA DAMA. Nuctua dama Fab., Spec. Ins., ii., p. 216. Htjpsa dama Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 768. N. Aust. : Pt. Darwin; N. Q'land.: Cape York, Couktown, Cairns, Innisfail, Ingham, Dunk Is., Townsville. Also from New Guinea. ] I . Hypsa orbona. Hypsa orbona Vollen., Tijd. v. Eut., vi., p. 137, PI. ix., f. 4. (1863); Jord., Nov. Zool. 1897, p. 328.-3. significans Wlk., Cat, Brit. Mus., xxxi., p. 21.5, (1864).— i/. aiistralis Meyr., Proe. Linn. See. N.S. Wales, 1886. p. 770, nee. Bdv. N. Aust. : Pt. Darwin ; N. Q'land. : Cooktown, Cairns, Mackay. Also trom New Guinea, 12. Hypsa alciphrox. Phalaena alciphr<>)i. Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., 1777, PI. 133E. — Noctua carieae Fab., Ent. Syst.. iii., 2, 1794. p. 27; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. 1886, p. 769. N. Aust.: ; N. (^)'lanil. : Cape York, Cooktown, Innisfail, Townsville, Mackay. Also from the Archipelago and India. 13. Hypsa plagiata. Hypsa plagiata Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., ii., 457; Meyr., Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 768.— H. discr.eta Wlk., lb., xxxi., p. 2i6. N. Aust.: Darwin; N. Q'land.: Innisfail, Herberton, Townsville, Bowen; Q'land.: Rockhampton, Gympie, Brisbane, Southport, Nanango; N.S. Wales: Clarence River. 14. Hyp.sa iodamia. Hypsa iodamia H-Scli., Auss. Sehmet.. f. 119. — H. nesophora Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 770. Q'land.: Brisbane, Coolangatt-a, Toowoomba; N.S. Wales: Newca-stle, Sydney. Mr. R. Illidge, who has bred large numbers of this and the preceding species from larvae on the Moreton Bay fig, has obtained intermediate forms. He could detect no differences in the larvae, and suggests that both forms are one species. This seems to me hardly possible; perhaps the intermediates are hybrids. Agape Argina aegrota alciphron arnica ana/is ausiialis basiUssa baalus carieae 5 Digania 3 Exitelioa Index to Genera. 4 Hypsa 1 Index to Specie.s. Synonyms in Italics. 6 Nyctemera 1 chloropyga 8 fasciata 4 plagiata 2 13 crescens 3 Integra 4 plagiata 13 2 cribraria 6 iodamia 14 piepersiana 7 8 cyanopyga 8 niackieana 1 secundiana 5 11 dama 10 marmorea 7 separata 1 9 dinawa 3 iHundipicta 4 significans 11 4 discreta 13 nesophora 14 tertiana 4 12 druoei 3 orbona 11 164 REVISIOX OF AVSTRALIAX LEPIDOPTEEA HTP8IDAE, ANTHELIDAE, Fam. ANTHELIDAE. Tongue absent (except in Munichryia). Antennae pectinated to apc-x in botk sexes. Head, thorax, abdomen, and femora hairy. Forewings with 1 aljsent, 5 approximated to 4 at origin, areole very long, 7, 8, 9, 10 all arising separately from areole (except that 7 and 8 are connate or stalked in Aprosiia) ; a subapicaJ cross-vein connects 9 and 10 soon after their separation, and may be prolonged towards or to 11. Hindwing's with basal costal projection and well-marked humeral angle, frenulum weU-developed in 3, absent in ?; 1 absent, 5 from below angle and approximated to 4. 11 present or absent, 12 widely separate or approximated to cell.* This is a small family of about 50 species peculiar to the Australian region. At least one species is known from New Guinea, but the family is not recorded elsewhere. The genus Anthela, to which belong six-sevenths of the known species, is distributed fairly evenly throughout Australia, including both inland and coastal regions, from Cape York to Hobart, and from Brisbane to Perth. The internal classification of the family is simple. Gephyroneura and Munichryia are separable by the subapical crossbar extending to 11 in the forewing, and Ijy 12 of the hindwing being approximated to the cellj so that 11 is short or replaced by an anastomosis. These two genera are very distinct from the rest and eovdd be regarded as a subfamily. Of the remaining genera Nataxa and Aprosita are simple developments of Anthela, while Pterolocera and Chelep- teryx are nearly related collaterally. I have already (Trans. Ent. Soc, 1919, p. 415) given my reasons for separating this family from the Liparldae. They differ in the structure of the areole. Only in a very few genera of Liparidae, such as Redoa, is the areole very long, and then it is verj' narrow, and the branch veins from it do not arise separately. The subapical cross-bar is peculiar to the Anthelidae, and in view of the rarity of any new structural development in any family of Lepidop- tera, it is of great importance. Present in all species, it is in some individuals represented only by a fold in the wing membrane. In abnormal examples of some species the cross-bar between 8 and 9 fails to develop, leaving the areole open ; analogous abnormalities occur in other families. In the hindwing, 12 is usually widely separate from the cell; the comparative approximation in Ptero- locera and C'lielepteryx is merely secondary to a narrowing of the hindwings. Only in Munichryia and Gephyroneura does a true approximation or anastomosis occur, strictly comparable to that characteristic of the Liparidae. We can liardly suppose that the more archaic condition in the hindwings of Anthela is due to a reversion, and must therefore assume that the ancestor of the group, allied to Munichryia in the forewings, was nearer Anthela in the hindwings. The .absolute want of any tendency to the approximation of the origins of 9 and 10 from the areole, which leads to the loss of that structure in many genera of the Lipari- dae, is remarkable. Certainly the antennae and absence of a tongue concur in both families, but the latter character breaks down in Munichryia. The only point left to connect the two families is the origin of vein 5 in both wings. From tills we may conclude that, while there may be a real relationship between them, it must be remote. This conclusion is strengthened by the differences in the coupling-apparatus of the wings. The Anthelidae have a basal costal ex- *Vein 1 Is usually known as le. The subcostal in the hindwings I have hitherto called 8 according to usage. In the future I propose to call it 12. 11 Is the first branch of the radial In both wings. BY A. .TKFFERIS TURNER. 165 pansion and a well-marked humeral angle; while the frenulum and subcostal retinaculum are well-developed in the c?, but both frenulum and retinaculum are absent in the ?. 1. Forewings with subapical bar not reaching vein 11 2 Forewings with subapical bar running from 11 to 9 6 2. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs 'S Posterior tibiae with middle spurs Chelepteryx 3. Hindwings with 12 approximated to middle of cell, 2 apterous . . Pterolocera Hlndwings with 12 well separated from cell. $ with wings fully develpped 4 4. Palpi almost obsolete Nutaxa Palpi normally developed 5 5. Forewings with 7 and 8 connate or stalked from areo'e: or areole open Aprosita Forewings with 7, 8, 9, 10 arising separately from areole Anthela 6. Tongue obsolete Oephyroncura Tongue present Munichryia Gen. 1. Pterolocera. Pterolocera Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 884. Palpi moderately long, porrect; second joint with very long hairs beneath; terminal joint long. Antennae of d" bipectinate to apex, pectinations very long. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Forewings witii 4 and 5 separate, all veins from areole separate, subapical cross-bar from 10 to 9 beyond their bifur- cation. Hindwing-s with 3, 4, 5 separate, 6 and 7 connate or approximated, 12 somewhat approximated to cell about middle, not connected. ? apterous with simple antennae and rudimentary tibial spurs. 1. Pterolocera amplicoenis. Pterolocera amplicornis Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., 1855, p. 884. — P. in- signis H-Sch., Lep. Exot., 1858, f. 459. d". 35 — 54 mm. Head and thorax densely hairy; pale ochreous-brown, brown, or reddish-brown. Palpi li to 2; brownish or fuscous. Antennae whitish or gTey; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen brownish, reddish-brown, or pale ochreous-brown ; in pale examples the dorsum of basal segments may be darker brown. Legs reddish-brown or brown; tarsi usually fuscous. Forewings broadly or narrowly triangular; costa straight or slightly sinuate, apex pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; pale ochreous-brown, brown, reddish-brown, or fuscous-brown; veins sometimes more or less outlined with fuscous; sometimes a faint postmedian fuscous line, or this may be represented by dots on veins; sometimes two, fuscous, antemedian dots in middle and above dorsum; cilia con- colorous. Hindwings with termen only slightly rounded; as forewings. Under- side similar. ^'ery variable both in shape and colour of forewings, with some t-endency to form local races, but these again are variable. Western Australian examples are usually redder, and in some of them the dots on the forewings are ex- aggerated. ?. Apterous ; dark- fuscous ; nearly smooth abo\-e, rather hairy beneath ; antennae simple ; tibial spurs rudimentary. A very im-moth-like insect. Q'land. : Toowoomba ; Vic. : Melbourne, Gisborne, Walpeup ; Tas. : Hobart, Cradle Mt., Strahan ; S. Aust. : Adelaide, Renmark, Wilpena ; W. Aust. : Albany, Nannup, Beverley, Waroona, Perth, Cunderdin, Kalgoorlie. 166 RKVISIOX OF ALSTRALIAX LEPIDOPTERA — HYPSIDAE, AXTHELIDAE, Gen. 2. N A t a x A. Xatajii Wlk.. Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1179. Palpi very slioit, nearly obsolete. Antennae of both sexes bipectinate to apex, pectinations of ? short. Posterior tibiae wjthout middle spurs. Forewings with 4 add 5 connate or approximated, all veins from areole separate, subapical crossbar from 10 to 9 shortly beyond their bifurcation. Hindwing's with 4 and 5 connate or approximated, 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked, 12 diverging; widely from o«ll, connected with it at \ ty 11, whicL is strongly developed. There is only one species. 2. Nataxa flavesckns. Perna ? flavescens Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., v., p. 1128. — Xata.ra flavifaseia Wlk., ib., v., p. 1179. — N. rubida Wlk.. ib., xxxii., p. 512. — Dicreaga ochro- cephala Fekl., Reise Nov., Pi. 100, f. 2. c?. 22 — 31 mm. Head reddish-ochreous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax brown or reddish-l)rown. Thorax fuscous-brown, underside and tuft paler. Legs brownish; anterior coxae ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa sinuate, apex pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly oblique, longer than dorsum; fuscous more or less suffused with reddish; ill-defined reddish spots neai- base, on costa before apex, and sometim<>s on mid-costa; an ochreous costal spot at I, from which a slender ochre. nts line usually proceeds Id j dorsum; cilia very- short, fuscous. Hindwings with teimen nearly straight; colour as forewings, but with more reddish suffusion; usually a fine, curved, postmedian, ochreous line; cilia short, ochreous. Underside similar. $. 30 — 40 mm. Head ochreous. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, usually with a series of whitish spots on bases of segments on mid-dorsum, and two lateral series on undei-side, the last doi-sal spot is enlarged. Forewings with costa gently arched, termen slightly bowed; fuscous; a whitish blotch on costa from .{ to middle, containing two subcostal blackish dots, first beyond ^, second beyond middle; a whitish spot on costa slightly beyond middle, from which usually proceeds a fine sinuate white line to J dorsum ; cilia fuscous. Hind- wings with termen rounded; fuscous with ill-defined antemedian and post- median curved transvei-se lines; cilia fuscous. Underside similar. The two sexes differ much, and the S is variable. Q'land.: Gympie, Brisbane; N.S. Wales: Lismore; Vic: Melbourue. Gis- borne ; Tas. : . Gen. 3. A p r o s i t a. Aprosita Turner, Trans. Koy. Soc. S. Aust., 1914, p. 450. I'alpi 2; second joint with dense long hairs beneath; terminal joint moderate. Head, thorax and abdomen densely clothed with long rough hairs. Posterior tibiae witliout median spurs. Forewings with 5 from above lower angle of cell, G connate or sliort-stalked from upper angle, areole very long, sometimes open between 9 and 8, 7 and 8 connate or stalked from areole, subapical cross- bar from 10 to 9 usually, but not always, developed. Hindwings with dis- cocellulars strongly angled inwards, 3, 4, •.5 separate, (i and 7 connate or stalked, 11 present, 12 widely separate from cell. The connecting bar between 9 and 8 of the forewings is often feebly developed, and may be absent, leaving the areole ojien. The subapical crossbar is of the usual type, but sometimes fails to cliitinise. by a. jefferis turyer. 167 3. Aprosita obscura. Trichiura obscura WLk., Cat. Bril. Mus., vi., p. 1481. — Diaphiiue nana Feld., Reise Nov., PI. 99. f. 14. — Aprosita ulotliru- Turn., Trans. Koy. Soc. S. Aust., 1914, p. 457. c?. 25 — 32 mm. Head and thorax grey; sometimes an oehreous-tinged tuft of hairs in front of antenna. Palpi 2; dark-fuscous; terminal joint and apex of second joint whitish-oclireous. Antennae whitish, irrorated with fuscous; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs grey with .some whitish hairs. Forewings broadly trimigular, costa short, straight, apex very obtusely rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; markings very distinct, dark-fuscous, inter- ruptedly edged with whitisli-oehreovis ; a line from ^ eosta obliquely outwards to mid-disc, then obliquely inwards to J dorsum, with a small outward tooth above dorsum; second line from f costa to | dorsum slightly wavy, toothed out- wards abo\e middle; a short bar sometimes connects the two lines in middle of disc; sometimes a subterminal line of short streaks on veins; cilia gTey. Hind- wings with termen strongly rounded; pale-grey; sometimes a pale-fuscous, angulated, antemedian line; sometimes faint fuscous streaks on veins forming a subterminal line; cilia pale-grey. Underside grey; a fuscous median line on both wing's. 2 Unknown. N. Aust.: Macdonnell Ranges; Q'land. : Duaringa, Blackwater (120 miles west of Rockhampton ) , near Emerald; N.S. Wales: Broken Hill; 8. Aust.: Ooldea. An inland species. Gen. 4. A n t h e l a. Aniliela Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 853. Palpi moderate, porreet; second joint witli loose or appressed liairs; ter- minal joint short or minute. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. Fore- wing's with 4 and 5 separate, all veins from areole separate, subapical crossbar from 10 to 9 shortly beyond their bifurcation, sometimes partly or wholly coin- cident with 9. Hiudwings with 4 and 5 separate, 6 and 7 approximated, con- nate, or stalked, 12 gradually diverging from cell, connected with it before middle by 11, which is often imperfectly or not developed. Type, ^1. ferruyinosa Wlk. A large genus with some variations in the palpi and neuration, but the latter occur within the limits of the same species in many instances. I recog- nise 40 species, of which 11 are here described for the first time. Deducting these, there remain 29 species, which have received no fewer than 87 names. This excessive synonjmiy is due to the great variability of many of the species not having been previously recognised. The sexes often diffei', sometimes con- siderably, in colour, wing-shape, and distinctness of marking. Apart from sexual differences, many species vary much in colour, and in the development of lines on the wings; in some examples these may be vei-y distinct and characteristic, in others of the same species they may be completely obsolete. Owing to the variability of some of the species the following talnilation must be used with cavition : — 1. Wings wholly miicolorcius 2 Wmgs not wholly unicolorous 7 2. Forewings wirh apex obtusely roundetl 3 Forewiii.ss more or less pointed 4 168 RKVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LKPIDOPTERA IIYPSIDAE, AXTIIELIDAE, 3. Forevvings purple-reddish ((^) or pale brown ish-ochreous (J) .. .. phuenicias Forewings dark ochreousbrown (^) adriana 4. Forewings with termen not oblique clizabetha Forewings with termen oblique 5 5. Antennae white leucocera Antennae not white 6 6. Wings grey clcynenti Wings reddish or whitish (c?) or brownish (?) riibicuiiHa 7. Forewings without discal dots 8 Forewings with one or two discal dots 11 8. Forewings with blackish costal edge linopepJa Forewings without blackish costal edge 9 9. Forewings with brownish interneural streaks iirurospasia Forewings without interneural streaks 10 10. Forewings with a nearly straight postmedlan line varia ab. Forewings without postmedlan line, but with subterminal dots . . elizabetha 11. Forewings with only one discal dot 12 Fcjrewings with two discal dots or spots 16 12. Wings more or less reddish 13 Wings pale-ochreous or whitish-grey without reddish tinge 14 13. Forewings with reddish lines hypcryttira Forewings with lines represented by fuscous dots ferruginosa 14. Forewings with discal spot white-centred unisigna Forewings with discal dot wholly fuscous 15 15. Forewings without ochreous tinge, usually with au antemedian line acliromnta Forewings pale ochreous-grey, no antemedian line hahroptila 16. Both wings with second discal spot enlarged into a white blotch . . gucnei Wings not so marked 17 17. Forewings durk-fuscous with four transverse denticulate white lines dcnliculata Forewings not so 18 IS. Hindwings dark-fuscous with orange terminal b.-md ogtra Hindwings i%ot so 19 19. Forewings wholly without transverse lines 20 Forewings more or less marked with transverse lines 23 20. Forewings reddish or brown anterias Forewings yellow 21 Forewings fuscous or grey 22 21. Forewings with costa straight, apex slightly produced callixantha ati. Forewings with costa more or less arched, apex not produced .. cancscrns ah. 22. Forewings with discal spots blackisji, sometimes pale-centred . . nrrllata ah. Forewings with discal spots whitish figlina Forewings with discal spots brownish-ochreous reltoni 23. Forewings with discal spots large, blackish: sometimes pale-centred .. 24 Forewings with discal spots dot-like or not blackish 26 24. Forewnngs with a white rrenated line, its loops touching subtermlnal line and termen ores.tarcha Forewings without such line 25 25. Wings pale-ochreous nrhroptrra Wings mostly fuscous nrrUata 26. Forewings with postmedlan line nearly straight, but sharply bent in- wards beneath costa 27 Forewings with postmedlan line not so formed 28 27. Forewings with discal dots not white-centr(>d varia Forewings with discal dots white-centred, at least on underside .. .. acuta 2S. Forewings fuscous without ochreous or brownish tinge 29 Forewings browni.sh, yellow, or reddish 35 29. Hindwings ochreous or ochreous-tinged 30 Hindwings not ochreous-tinged 32 "0. Hindwings deep-ochreous ariprrpr.t <^ Hindwings pale ochreous or ochreous-tinged 31 31. Forewings with an angiilnted median line, touching second discal spot stygiann c? BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 169 Forewings with a sinuate postmedian line touching second discal spot magnifica c? 32. Hindwings fuscous 33 Hindwings whitish 34 33. Forewings with a broad, whitish, strongly dentate, subterminal suf- fusion asciscens Forewings with a fine whitish subterminal line ■magnifica 2 34. Abdomen reddish-brown on dorsum niagiiifica 5 a6. Abdomen grey tctraphrica 35. Forewings with postmedian line bent inwards to before middle of dorsum allocota Forewings with postmedian line not so bent 36 36. Forewings with apex acute 37 Forewings with apex not acute 39 37. Wings reddish 38 Wings yellow calUxantha Wings brownish replcta 38. Forewings with broad postmedian line, hindwinigs with termen well rounded phaeodesma Forewings with fine postmedian line, hindwings with termen only slightly rounded (iddita 39. Head whitish cxcrllrns He.Td not whitish 40 40. Wings yellow or pale ochreous-grey 41 Wings reddish or browni.sh 42 41. Forewings with discal spots white-centred hfliopa Forewings with discal spots not white-centred canescciis 42. Wings without fuscous marginal or submargin.Tl band or shade . . . pyrrTiica Wings with fuscous marginal or submarginnl band or shade 43 43. Wings orange-ochreous with dark terminal band (^) or ochreous-brown (?) cnnncxn Wings reddish or brownish (c?) or grey (5) without terminal band . . nicnthoc 4. Anthela phoenicias. d Anthela phoenicias Turn., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., li)02, j). 182. — 5 .1. aspilota Turn., ib., p. 182. c?. 35 — iO mm. Head and thorax purple-reddish. Falpi 2 J ; terminal joint moderate; purple-reddish. Antennae purple-reddish. Abdomen and legs imrjile- reddish. Forewings broadly triangular, costa straight, apex obtusely rounded, termen bowed, scarcely oblique; purple-reddish; cilia coneolorous. Hindwing's with termen rounded; a.s forewings. Underside similar. ?. 44 — 46 mm. Differs from c? in being uniformly pale-oclireous, without reddish tinge. I formerly identified this with rubicunda Swin., but, having now a series, I find it differs from this in the shape of tlie forewings. The coloration of the c? appears constant in Queensland, but a c? from Fort Darwin is pinkish-grey. N. Aust.: Port Danvin (W. K. Hunt in S. Aust. Mus.) ; N. Qld.: Claudie R., Cairns, Stannary Hills ; Qld. : Emerald, Brisbane, Stanthorpe. 5. Anthela rubicuxda. Darala rubicunda Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), ix., 1902, p. 419. — D. pudica Swin., ib., p. 419. c?. 40 — 43 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax iiurple-reddish, pinkish, grey, or grey-whitish. Antennae reddish or whitish; ]ieL-tinations fuscous. Palpi li to 2; terminal .I'oint very short; reddish or whitish. Abdomen reddish or whitish, with some oehreous suffusion towards base of dorsum. Legs reddish or whitish. Forewing's triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; 170 EEVISIOX OF AUSTRALIAN' LKPIDOl'TERA HYPSIDAE, AXTHELIDAE. purple-reddish, pinkish, grey, or whitish; cilia eoneolorous, or pinkish. Hind- wings with a and 7 connate or stalked, 11 present but usually weak; termen rounded; colour as forewing's. Underside similar. Best distinguished from phoenicias by the longer, pointed forewing's with more obli(|ut' termen; the palpi appear also to be rather shorter, with shorter terminal .joints. Unlike tluit species the coloration appears to be very variable. S. Aust. : Bungaree (Hawker, in South Australian Museum); N.W. Aust. : Roeburne. Hammersley Range. Monte Bello Is., Wyndham. There is a $ in the Soutli Australian Museum from Beverley, W.A. (Duboulay), — expansion CO mm., colour uniform pale-brown, wings rather thinly scaled, — which I refer to this species, but further evidence is required to confirm this. (i. AXTIIELA ADRIAKA. Darala udriuna Rwin., Ann. Mag. Nat. History., (7), ix., 1902, p. 419. c?. 30 — 10 mm. Head, j)alpi, and thorax brown. Antennae ochreous-grey. Abdomen and legs brownish. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex rounded, termen bowed, scarcely oblique; oehreous-brown, sometimes with a dull-purplish suffusion ; cilia eoneolorous. Hindwing-s with termen stn>ngly rounded ; G and 7 stalked. 11 present, as forewings. Smaller than rubicunda and much more dingy in colour. There are four examples, including the type, in the British Museum. N. Qld.: Herberton (F. P. Dodd) ; N. Aust.: Roebuck Bay; N.W. Aust.: Sherlock River. 7. Antuela leucocera,* n.sp. c?. 48 mm. Head briglit reddish-brown. Palpi 2; reddish-brown, external surface fuscous. Antennae white, pectinations fuscous. Thorax bright reddish- brown, becoming duller posteriorly. Abilomen dull reddish-brown. Legs fuscous ; coxae and femora bright reddish-brown. Forewings triangular, costa straight. apex pointed, termen bowed, scarcely oblique; dull reddish-brown without markings; cilia eoneolorous. Hindwings with termen gently rounded; 6 and 7 stalked, 11 absent; as forewings. Underside similar. The white antennae contrast strikingly with the general reddish-brown colouring. Ty|)e in Coll. Lyell. N.S.W.: Ilornsby, near Sydney, in March; one specimen. 8. Antuela clemexti. Darala cJemcnli Swin., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), ix., 1902, p. 81. c? $. 36 — 50 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax grey. Abdomen pale- grey. Legs gre.y. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex tolerably pointed, termen strongly bowed, slightly oblique; grey irrorated with odircous-whitish; sometimes a fuscous spot at end of cell; cilia ocln'eous-wliitish. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded ; connecting bar between 8 and cell imperfectly de- veloped ; gi-ey mixed with ochreous-whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish. Very similar to rubicunda, but wholly diU'erent in coloration. There are five examples, including the type, in the Britisli Museum, and three in the Oxford Museum from Towranna Plains, between Yule River and Sherlock River, N.W. Aust. There is also a pair in Coll. Lyell from Roeburne. ' >.EUxoy.Epo<; wliite-homed. BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 171 9. Anthela ELIZABETHA. Odonestis elizahclhu, White, Grey's Discovery in Australia, ii., Appendix, p. 478. — Darala rubescens, Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 370. c?. 44 — 50 mm. Head brown or ochreous-gTey-whitish ; face and palpi brown. Antennae ochreous-wbitish; pectinations fuscous. Thorax brown or ochreous grey-whitish. Abdomen pale-ochreous. Legs brown. Forewings .trian- gular, costa nearly straight, apex tolerably pointed, termen bowed, not oblique; ochreous-grey-whitish, sometimes brownish-tinged; sometimes a subterminal series of ochreous-fuscous dots (but these are absent in two out of three examples) ; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with 11 absent; termen nearly straight, apex broadly rounded; pale redilish; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish or concolorous. There are three examples, including l)otli White's and Walker's types, in the British Museum. The latter is an example with brown head and thorax and slightly brownish forewings. The wing shape of this species is charac- teristic. W. Aust. : Albany. 10. Anthela linopepla,* n.sp. ?. 45 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi lA; fuscous. Antennae whit/C; pectinations fuscous-tinged. Abdomen white; dorsum of second and penulti- mate segments ochreous-tinged. Legs wliitish; anterior pair pale-fuscous. Fore- wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; white; a narrow fuscous costal streak from base to apex; cilia whit«. Hind- wings with termen slightly rounded; 6 and 7 connate, 11 present; white; cilia white. Underside similar. N. Aust.: Thirty miles east of Darwin, in April; one specimen re- ceived from Mr. G. F. Hill. 11. Axthela neueospasta. Anthela neurospasta Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, p. 182. — A. ochroneura Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., 1915, p. 25. (?. 36 mm. Head and thorax whitish. Palpi 2; pale-ochreous. Antennae white; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen pale-ochreous, tuft and undereide whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior and middle pairs fuscous anteriorly. Forewings broadly triangular, costa straight, apex obtusely rounded, termen bowed, scarcely oblique ; whitish, with ochreous-brown interneural streaks; in dark examples the white is reduced to little more tlian streaks on veins; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; 6 and 7 connate, 11 absent; as forewings. Underside similar, but with dark colouring more broadly suffused. N. Aust.: Stapleton; N.W. Aust.: Wyndham. (The locality Cooktown was probably based on an error.) 12. Anthela ferruginosa. Anthela ferruginosa Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 854. — Darala parra Wlk., ib., iv., p. 892.— D. minuta Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i., p. 210. c?. 26 — 34 mm. ?. 34 — 38 mm. Head and thorax dark-reddish, sometimes rather paler. Falpi 2\; reddish, terminal joint whitisi-ochreous. Antennae whitish; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen more or less reddish. Legs reddish; *Xivo7CE7cXo(;, clothed in linen. 172 REVIMON OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA HYPSIDAE, ANTHELIDAE, tibiae and tarsi paler and oclireous-tinged. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, not, or only slightly, oblique; reddish, vary- ing somewhat in tinge, occasionally with some fuscous irroratiou; antemedian line usually marked only by fuscous dots on cubitus and anal veins, but some- times more developed; a fuscous subcostal discal spot at I, rarely with whitish centre; a series of fuscous dots on veins parallel to termen at i; cilia con- colorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked, 11 absent; reddish; discal spot and subterminal dots and cilia as forewing-s. Underside similar but subterminal dots may be absent. Ab. 1. A small ? (29 mm.) from Birehip without reddish tinge, sub- terminal dots absent in forewings, indistinct in hindwings, but with general fuscous irroration. Ab. 2. A large reddish ? (42 mm.) from Ferntree Gnllv, with all markings obsolete except discal spot on forewings. Walker's type is a faded ?, not a c? as he states. Qld. : Bundaberg, Eidsvold, Brisbane, Toowoomba, Killarney; N.S. Wales: Sydney; Vic: Gippsland, Brentwood, Birehip, Ferntree Gully, Inverloch (on coast midway between Western Port Bay and Wilson Promontory) ; S. Aust. : Murray Bridge ; Tas. : . 13. AnTHELA IIYPERYTHRA,* n.sp. c?. 34 — 36 mm. Head and thorax pale-reddish. Palpi 2A ; reddish-ochreous. Antennae pale-reddish ; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen pale-reddish, dorsum of three basal segments ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; coxae and femora red- dish. Forewings triangiilar, costa almost straight to near apex, apex round- pointed, termen strongly bowed, slightly oblique; pale-reddish, with general whitish irroration; a darker median discal dot; an indistinct antemedian line; a dark line at J parallel to termen; cilia pale-reddish irrorated with whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly rounded; G and 7 connate or short stalked, 11 absent or feebly developed; reddish with some whitish irroration, but darker than forewings; cilia reddish. Underside reddish without markings. 2. 42 mm. Much paler, with marking's obsolete. N. Aust.: Darwin, in November and December; 5 specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. 14. Anthela achromata. Anthela achromata Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc 1904, p. 481. <}. 26 — 34 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 2; brownish. Antennae whitish; pectinations fuscous. Thorax and abdomen whitish-gi'ey. Leg's whitish-ochreous or pale-reddish, with whitish-oclireous haii-s. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, apex tolerably pointed, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; whitish- grey or pale-grey; costal edge towards base reddish; markings fuscous, usually distinct, sometimes nearly obsolete; a wavy transverse line at i; a di.scal dot beneatli niidcosta; a series of dots or short streaks on veins, sometimes united into a crenulate line, at 3 ; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded ; 6 and 7 connate or stalked, 11 present or absent; as forewings, but without first line; discal dot and second line may be obsolete. Underside similar, but with slight reddish suffusion; first line on forewings not developed. U7tepu9poi;, Bomewhat red. BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 173 N. Aust. : Darwin, Stapletou; N. Qld. : Thursday Island, Cairns, Stannary Hills, Mt. Garnet, Mt. Molloy. 15. Anthela habroptila,* n.si). £?. 46 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous-grey. Palpi 2; pale-fuscous. Anlennae white; pectinations grey. Abdomen and legs whitish-ochreous. Fore- wings triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; yiale ochreous-grey; a fuscous discal dot beneath midcosta; a very faint line from | (•o^^ta, slightly curved outwardly, then straight to | dorsum ; a subterminal line of fuscous dots on veins; cilia pale ochreous-grey. Hindwing-s witli termen rounded; (J and 7 stalked, 11 absent; as forewings, but slightly paler and witliout markings, except a few subteiininal dots. Underside similar; but forewing-s without pustmedian line; hindwings with two discal dots and sub- terminal line of dots fuscous. W. Aust.: Kalgoorlie, in June (Duboulay); one 6 type in National Museum, Melbourne. 16. Anthela unisiuna. Anthela unisigna, Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1903, p. 417. 3. 60 mm. Head brown; face fuscous, sides brown. Palpi brown, apices fuscous. Antennae grey-whitish, pectinations fuscous. Thorax brown mixed with fuscous, some of the hairs whitish towards apex. Abdomen reddish-brown ; tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs brown; tarsi fuscous mixed with whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa straight to |, thence gently arched; apex tolerably pointed, termen bowed, moderately oblicjue; ochreous-whitish; a straight, trans- verse, fuscous line from costa beyond middle to | dorsum; in this a white, sul)- costal, discal spot outlined with dark-fuseous; a broad terminal band of fuscous suffusion; cilia whitish mixed with fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; 11 present; whitish-ochreous, more yellowish towards base; a moderate fuscous terminal band ; cilia whitish mixed with fuscous. Underside whitish ; forewings with discal spot as on upper side, transverse line faintly marked, a yellowish suffused streak from base to discal spot. Described from the British Museum type. N.W. Aust.: Sherlock River. 17. Anthela guenei. Teara guenei Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1856, p. 284, PI. 18, f. 9. S 9. 48 — 62 mm. Head ochreous; face in c? fuscous, in ? ochreous. Palpi 1; in d" fuscous, in ? ochreous. Thorax fuscous or oehreous-fuscous. Abdomen in c? oehreous-fuscous, in 2 ochreous with four blackish rings posteriorly. Legs fuscous; coxae and femora ochreous. Forewings triangular, in ? elongate- triangu- lar, costa gently arched, apex round-jjointed, more pointed in ?, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique, more strongly in 5; dark-fuscous; costal edge ochreous; a nearly circular, rather large, white spot beneath ;} costa; a large white blotch slightly beyond middle; cilia ochreous. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; 6 and 7 connate or stalked, 11 present or absent; as forewings but basal spot smaller. Underside similar. ' lippoTtTiXo?, soft-winged. 174 REVISION or AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA HYPSIDAE, ANTHELIDAE, This appears to be a rare species. Tlie ordinary diseal spots are enlarged, the posterior especially, so as to give it, in conjunction with the uniform dark- fuscous colouration and yellowish cilia of both wings, a very distinctive faeies. I suggest that it is a mimic of Nyctemera arnica White. (jld.: Crow's Nest, near Toovvoomba, in September; N.S. Wales: Sydney. 18. Anthela denticulata. , Teara denticulata Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1850, p. 283. — Darala hasigera Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxxii., p. 372.— D. undulata Feld.. Keise Nov., PI. 98, f. 11. d' 5. 46 — 54 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Paljii IJ; fuscous. Antennae white; pectinations fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, towards apex mixed with whitish. Legs fuscous; middle and posterior tibiae white at base and apex. Forewings triangular-, costa nearly straight, very slightly sinuate, apex pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique; fuscous; markings white; a sub-basal angulated trans- verse line; a diseal spot at J and another about middle; a finely crenulate line from costa beyond middle, through, or just posterior to, second diseal spot, slightly curved outwards beneath costa, thence oblique to mid-dorsum; a third line at i, similar to median line, except that its anterior edge only is crenulate, the posterior edge nearly straight; a terminal line more or less crenulate; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen gently romided; 6 and 7 connate, 11 absent or weakly developed ; white with fuscous marking's ; a waved transverse line at about i; a crenulate transverse median line; a subterminal band, crenulate posteriorly; cilia fuscous. Underside of both wings similar to upperside of forewings. Vic: Melbourne; S. Aust.: Adelaide; W. Aust.: Kalgoorlie. 19. Anthela ostra. Anthela ostra Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1903, p. 447. — A. chrysocrosfa Turn.. Proc. Roy. Soc. QTand., 1915, p. 24. c?. 38 mm. Head fuscous; back of crown oolireous. Palpi 2J; fuscous, under- surface ochreous. Antennae pale-ochreous, pectinations fuscous. Thorax fus- cous, bases of patagia ochreous. Abdomen with dense long haire especially posteriorly; fuscous. Legs fuscous; upper surface of posterior tibiae irrorated with ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous with some ochreous irroration; marking's ochreous; a costal .streak from base, gradually attenuating to about |; a circular diseal spot beneath \ costa, and another rather larger beneath mid costa; a fine, deeply crenulate, subterminal line; ciUa pale-ochreous, bases partly fuscous. Hind-wings with termen rounded; 6 and 7 short -stalked, 11 absent; dark-fuscous; an ochreous diseal dot before middle; a narrow, orange-ochreous, terminal band, deeply in- dented anteriorly, with slight fuscous irroration; cilia ochreous. Underside of forevving-s odireous with some fuscous suffusion, central diseal spot only, and a subterminal series of . succinea Luc, Froc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1891, p. 290.— i*. scortea Luc. ib., 1891, p. 290. d'. 62 — 76 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow or pinkish, rarely pale- grey; face fuscous or purple-fuscous, rai'ely yellow. Palpi U; fuscous or purple fuscous. Antennae yellow, very rarely whitish; pectinations fuscous. Legs fuscous or purple- fuscous, often irrorated with whitish; coxae and femora ochreous-tinged, yellow, or pinkish ; apices of femora white. Forewings triangu- lar, costa straight to past middle, thence arched, apex pointed, termen slightly sinuate beneath apex, slightly oblique; yellow or pinkish, rarely gi'ey or ochreous- grey; markings fuscous, rarely reddish; sometimes a crenulate transverse line at about i ; a discal dot beneath -5 costa, and another larger beyond middle, not white-centred, rarely obsolete; exceptionally an outwardly curved crenulate line at about i, touching, or just beyond, tirst discal dot; a line troui | costa to | dorsum always present, edged posteriorly with yellow, nearly straight, but sharply bent inwards just beneath costa; occasionally this is followed by some purple-fuscous suffusion ; a deeply crenulate subterminal line, sometimes reduced to a series of dots, or wholly obsolete; cilia yellowish or pinkish, rarely grey. Hindwings with termen rounded, tornus prominent, or forming a rounded pro- jection; 6 and 7 stalked, 11 present or ab.^ent; as forewings, but without discal dots and antemedian lines ; subterminal line sometimes closely followed by a similar but more suffused parallel line. Underside similar, but forewings with- out antemedian lines; hindwingis with two discal dots. 2. 82 — 110 mm. Forewings with costa strongly arched throughout, apex acute, strongly produced, termen more strongly sinuate; as in . plana Wlk., ib.. iv., p. 892.— 7J. sub- falcata Wlk., ib., iv., p. 894. — D. falcata Wlk., ib., iv., ji. 805. — D. cinera.-icetis Wlk., ib., iv., p. 900.— Ennomos ? potentaria Wlk., ib.. xxvi., ]>. 1519.— 7). rufifcuicia Wlk., ib., xsxii., p. 370. — D. delineata Wlk.. ib.. xxxii., p. 371. — I), quadriplaga Wlk.. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862. p. 269. d. 34 — 62 nmi. Head, thorax, and ahdomen grey, brownish, oclireous, or reddish; face usually fuscous. Palpi IJ; fuscous or reddish. Antennae yellow * Perhaps these represent a distinct species not yet clearly differentiated. Br A. JEFPERIS TURNER. 17 1 or yellowish; pectinations fuscous. Legs fuscous or reddish with whitish irrora- tion; coxae and femora grey or ochreous; apices of femora white. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex acute, termen sinuate, scarcely oblique; grey, whitish-grey, brownish, or ochreous, sometimes with reddish or fuscous discal and terminal blotches and spots, sometimes with fine fuscous irroration; lines fuscous or reddish ; sometimes an outwardly-curved dentate line at i ; a whitish dot nearly always ringed with fuscous beneath costa at J, and another in middle; rarely a curved dentate median line at 4; a nearly straight post- median line from i costa to -| dorsum, sharply bent inwards beneath costa, edged posteriorly by a pale, usually ochreous-tinged line, always present; a subterminal series of dots on veins sometimes united to form a crenulate line; cilia usually concolorous. Hindwings with termen rounded, tornus rather pro- minent; 6 and 7 connate or stalked, 11 present or absent; as forewings, but with only one discal dot, and that not white-centred, or with none. Underside simi- lar, but less strongly marked; hindwings with two discal dots. ?. 54 — 68 mm. Forewings narrower, costa more strongly arched, apex acute and sometimes slightly produced. Southern examples have the wings more or less irrorated with fuscous. The aberration of the d" with blotched wings is common in Southern Queensland and New South Wales. Specimens from North Queensland are rather larger and not so easily disting-uished from varia* An occasional aberration has the discal dots of the forewings large and wholly fuscous on the upperside. N. Qld. : Cape York, Cooktown, Cairns, Atherton; Qld. : Hockhampton, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine; N.S. Wales: Glen Innes, Ebor, Dorrigo, Gosford, Sydney; Vic: Melbourne, Western Port, Wandin, Wilson's Promontory, In- verloch, Trafalgar, Gisborne, Meeniyan; Tas. : Hobart, Swansea, Sheffield, Ulver- stone. 25. AnTHELA ORES.SARCHA,t U.Sp. c?- 54 — 60 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale-fuseous. Palpi 2, ter- minal joint rather long; whitish-ochreous ; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae whitish; pectinations fuscous. Legs pale-fuscous. Fore- wings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; pale-fuscous; slightly reddish towards base; veins darker-fuscous; au outwardly-curved whitish line from i costa to j dorsum, posteriorly suffusedly edged with dark-fuscous; a longitudinally oval discal spot beneath i costa, dark fuscous, sometimes with white centre; a second discal spot below middle, circular, dark-fuscous with white centre; a whitish line from t costa, sharply outwardly curved beneath costa, then inwardly oblique to mid-dorsum; a similar line, but less sharply curved, and edged anteriorly with dark-fuscous, from | costa to f dorsum; a strongly crenated whitish line, acutely dentate anteriorly, the apices of dentations touching third line on veins, the rounded crenations pos- teriorly touching termen ; ciliations pale-fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded ; 6 and 7 stalked, 11 absent ; as forewings, but without first line ; discal dots faint or obsolete. Underside similar, but without first and second line on forewings; second line and discal dots with white centres present in hindwings. ?. 75 — 78 mm. Forewings with apex more acutely pointed, termen more oblique; first line faintly marked. Hindwings with apex more acute, termen nearly straight. * Perhaps these represent a distinct species not yet clearly differentiated, topeoaap/oq, lord of the mountain. 178 REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA — HYPSIDAE. ANTHELIDAE, N.S. Wales: Mt. Kosciusko (5000ft.) in January; sis specimens taken in the hotel, into which they had been doubtless attracted by light. 26. Anthela cnecias,* n.sp. 2. 84 mm. Head oehreous-whitish ; face whitish-ochreous. V&\pi about 1 ; ■whitish-ochreous. Antennae oehreous-whitish ; pectinations in ? 1. fuscous. Thorax and abdomen jiale-ochreous. Forewing's elongate-triangular, costa straight to |, thence arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; pale- ochreous; a broad whitish streak along costa nearly to apex, interrupted at I ; a longitudinally elongate discal spot at -J, whitish outlined with fuscous; a similar, but transversely elongate, somewhat reniform spot slightly beyond middle; a slender whitisli line, slightly sinuate, from i' costa to beyond middle of dorsum; cilia pale-ochreous. Hindwings with apex prominent, termen slightly rounded; 11 present; pale-ochreous; a fuscous, pale-centred discal spot at ^ ; cilia pale-ochreous. Underside similar, but witli two whitish, fuscous- edged spots on hindwings. Nearly allied to A. oceUata, but much larger, differently coloured, and of more simple pattern. The ? example, which 1 have described, is in the British Museum, and is labelled "Ta-smania." It was described by Walker (Cat. Brit. Mus., iv., p. 887) iis orellata var. y. 27. Anthela ocellata. Parala oceUata Wlk., t'at. Hrit. Mus., iv., 1855, p. 887. — Ommaloptera tetruphthalma, H.Scli., Ausser. Schmet., 1856, f. 506,507. — Darala ochnipteni Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvi., 1892, p. 14. — Anthela si/mphotta Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc, 1904, p. 480. — Colussa psammnchroa Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1908, p. 112. — Anthela niyriatigma I'awcett, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1917, p. 248. c?. 40 — 46 mm. Head brown. Palpi IJ; brown. Antennae whitish; pectina- tions 7, fuscous. Thorax brown with some fuscous admixture. Abdomen pale- brown. Forewing's triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, slightly (jblique; brown-whitish, centre of disc and base some- times suffused with fuscous; dark-fuscous discal spots at i and middle, the second .sometimes with some central whitish scales; sometimes a dark-fuscous line, more or less internapted, from near base of costa obli(|uely outwards, then rounded to J dorsum, nearly touching first discal spot; usually a fine fuscous line, sometimes edged posteriorly with whitish, from \ costa obliquely outwards, curved outwards beneath costa, and thence nearly straight to i, dorsum; shortly posterior to this a dark-fuscous line, sometimes reduced to a series of dots on veins; terminal edge rarely fuscous; cilia whitish-l)r(iwn. Hindwings v.ith ternKi. slightly rounded; 6 and 7 stalked, 11 absent; rarely a postmedian, whitish, transverse line; a subterminal series of minute fuscous dots; cilia whitish-brown. Underside whitish-brown with subterminal series of fuscous dots, and two, whitish-centred, discal spots on each wing. S. 54 — 67 mm. Antennal pectinations 11. Forewings more elongate; as in c?, but markings less distinct; sometimes with a broad, whitish, costal streak; discal spots often whitish in centre. Hindwings fuscous-whitisli. This species shows geographical variations, as well as a strong tendency to individual variation. Brisbane examples may have all the markings, except the discal spots, obsolete; the fuscous lines, when present, are usually slender. ' xvrjxoi;, pale yellowish. BY A. .TEFPEBIS TDRNER. 179 Victorian examples resemble closely tbe more heavily marked Brisbane ; a larger, similar median spot; a sinuate line from | eosta to | dorsum, just beyond, or touching, second discal spot; a slender wavy line at i, thickened on eosta, sometimes edged posteriorly with whitish ; a crenated, whitish, subterminal line from just before apex to tornus; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with' termen rounded; 6 and 7 approximated, connate, or short-stalked, 11 present; pale-yellowish suffused with pale-fuscous except towards base, sometimes the median area is whitish; a straight, transverse, pale-fuscous shade at about i ; two, indistinct, wavy, sub- terminal lines, immediately followed by a whitish line; a fuscous terminal band; cilia fuscous. Underside whitish, with more or less grey irroration; forewings with two, rather large, whitish, discal spots edged with fuscous; anterior half of disc more or less suffused with ochreous, lines iVi on upper side, but first two obsolete; hindwings similar, but without ochreous suffusion; discal siiots small or obsolete. ?. 75 — 108 mm. Forewings narrower, eosta evenly arched, apex acute; markings as in d but more obscure, or partly obsolete. Hindwings fuscous, some- times whitish towards base; a wavy or crenulate, whitish, submarginal line. Underside as in c?, or almost wholly fuscous. r have seen the type of ncantliarclni Meyr., which is in the South Australian Museum. It is a small e is said to be from Moreton Bay. Species u»recugnis.ed or wrongly referred to the fainilii. 48. Aniissa simplex Wlk., Char. Undesc. Lep., p. 77. 1 examined the type in the National Museum, Melbourne, some years ago, and recognised it as belonging to the genus Anthela, but was not able to determine the species. 40. Darala lineosa Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc, (3), i., 1862, p. 269. I have seen the type in the Oxford Museum. It has been removed to the Euptero- tidae and bears an MS. label "Not Australia but Delagoa Hay." 1 do not doubt that it is not Australian. 50. Ckenuala rtifa Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus., i., p. 212. It is doubtful whether this belongs to the Anthelidae, and whether it is really Australian. 51. Darala expansa Luc, Proc Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1891, p. 286, belongs to the genus Eupterote (Eupterotidae). 52. Darala linearis Luc, Proc. Linn. Soc N.S. Wales, 1891, p. 289. 53. Darala rubriscripta Luc, ib., [). 291. 54. Darala rosea Luc, ib., p. 291. 55. Darala cupreotincta Luc, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land., 1891, p. 75. 56. Darala aerranotata Luc, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1893, p. 138, belongs to the genus Cotana (Eupterotidae). 57. Darala trisecta Luc, Proc. Roy. Soc Q'land., 1898, p. 67. 58. Darala maculosa Luc, ib., p. 67. 59. Darala consula Luc, Proc. Roy. Soc Q'land., 1899, p. 139. Index to Genera. Anthela i Chelepteryx 5 Munjchryia 7 Pterolocera, 1 Aprosita H Gepliyroucur;!, allid in Tachys macleayi and T. ovatus, species not at all nearly related to one another. A similar paleness of some of the joints of the antennae occurs in many species of the tribe Odacan- thini, especially those of South America, also in the Australian genus Homothes of the tribe Anchomenini (//. elegans Newm., joints 7 and 8, H. velutirms Macl., joints 7 — 10 pallid). Somewhat similar spots on the elytra to those which occur in many species of Tachys are found in the tribe Odacanthini. I would note here that these pallid joints of the antennae and pale spots of the elytra in the tribe Odacanthini are more ancient than the present-dav genera, and probably have considerable taxonomic value; they seem to be "recognition" — or "warning" — marks. Table of Australian Species. 1 (281 Elytra with ninth interstice convex; eighth stria strongly impressed: two setiferous punctures on disc, on or at position of third interstice. 2 (51 Elytra without apical striole. (Prothorax with a '.submarginal carina. Colour brownish testaceous.) 3 (4 1 Elytra 9-striate: interstices ordinary, convex. 3.3 mm., ampHpemns Macl. 4 (31 Elytra 17-striate ; eight inner striae duphcated. 3.3 mm., nervosus SI. 5 (2 1 Elytra with distinct apical striole, a distinct puncture beside inner margin of apical striole far back. 6 (25) Prothorax with a transverse basal impression. Elytra with border not prominent behind humeral angles; lateral channel passing round humeral angles. 7 (241 Frontal sulci short, wide apart, not extending on to clypeus. 8 (23) Prothorax with posterior angles not forming a prominent tubercle. 9 (16) Prothorax with base wide, truncate on each side; lateral basal im- pressions distant and separated from lateral margin by a wide de- pressed space. 10 (131 Elytra with fifth stria uniting with marginal channel at base; 4-macu- late. 11 (12) Elytra with all striae indicated, seventh short, only impressed in middle: humeral macula extending from fifth stria to margin. 2.8 mm banksi SI. 12 (11) Elytra 6-striate (seventh stria obsolete): humeral macula on interstices 7 and 8, not reaching base. 3.1 mm bnprestioidcs SI. 13 (10 1 Elytra with fifth stria not reaching base; 2-maculate. 14 (15) Elytra 6-striate. 2.2 — 2.6 mm bipustulnfvs Macl. 15 (14) Elytra .5-Btriate. 2,9 mm solidHS SI. 16 (9) Prothorax angustate posteriorly: base not or hardly wider than apex; lateral basal impressions deep, concave, narrowly divided from lateral margin by a convex interspace. 198 RF.VISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDAE^ 17 (20) Elytra with more than two striae. 18 (19) Elytra 6-striate, 2-maculate. 3 mm helmsi SI. 19 (18) Elvtra o-striate, 4-maculate. 2.8 mm slriulnl a.i 'iilsicl. 20 (17) Elvtra 2-striate. 21 (22) Black, elytra with two red maculae. 2.9—3.1 mm. ovensensia Blackb. 22 (21) Brown, elytra with four testaceous maculae. 2.5 mm. fktvicornis SI. 23 (8) Prothorax with an ante-basal triangular tubercle marking posterior angles. (Elytra 1-striate, 4-maculatel. 2,3 — 2.8 .. . . eo)i!'CX!;.'f. Macl. 24 (7) Frontal sulci elongate, deep, converging and crossing clypeus. (Elytra 1-striate, 4-maculatel. 2 mm curticollif: SI. 25 (6) Prothorax without a transverse basal impression. Elytra with border subprominent just behind shoulders; lateral channel obsolescent on base. 26 (27) Prothorax with basal angles marked by a little tubercle. Elytra 2- striate. 2.5 — 2.7 mm spevcrri SI. 27 (26) Prothorax with basal angles not tuberculate. Elytra 1-striate. 2.S mm. iaspideus SI. 28 (II Elytra with ninth interstice depressed, often not indicated on middle of sides; eighth stria entire, or represented by a row of punctures along sides, or obsolete at least in middle. 29 (68) Elytra with two fixed punctures on disc [in T. lifovcatvs Mad., and extra-Australian allied species only the posterior (non-setiferous) punc- ture present], and a puncture on inner side of apical striole (if pre- sent) far back. 30 (39) Upper surface of head and prothorax (also elytra, except in T. uilsotu SI. I more or less punctulate. Anterior discal puncture of elytra out- side third interstice. Posterior tarsi short. 31 (32) Prothorax transverse,, wide across base, with a submarginal basal carina. Elytra with eighth stria entire; two setiferous punctures on fourth interstice, anterior at basal sixth, posterior ju'st before apical dechvity. 2.5 — 2.8 mm brunjiiprniiis Mad. 32 (311 Prothorax subcordate, angustate to base, no submarginal basal carina. Elytra with eighth stria obsolete on sides; three setiferous punctures (two discal) anterior on or at position of fourth interstice, posterior high up on apical declivity ; an abbreviated fifth stria present towards base. 33 (38) Fonii narrow, depressed (more than twice as long as broad). Frontal sulci long, deep, parallel. Elytra minutely punctate, at least four inner striae marked. 34 (37) Head not narrowed behind eyes; eyes of ordinary size. 35 (36) Brown. Prothorax distinctly shagreened and punctate. 1.75 — 24 mm. iinirruinbidycnsi.s SI. 36 (35) Black. Prothorax nitid, puncturation very faint and microscopic. 2.4 mm Jt'Ui SI. 37 (341 Head obliquely narrowed behind eyes; eyes small and distant from buccal fissure beneath. Testaceous. 2 mm ubliguiceps SI. 38 (33) Form stout, convex (about twice as long as broad). Frontal sulci short, shallow. Elvtra impunctate. first stria, and fifth near base marked. 2 mm. wilsoni SI. 39 (30) Upper surface impunctate (excepting for fixed setiferous punctures). 40 (65) Elytra with a well developed apical striole and a puncture beside inner side of this stride far back. 41 (58) Elytra with eighth stria indicated on sides, and extending forward at least as far as anterior punctures of ninth interstice. 42 (47) Prothorax with a submarginal carina. 43 (441 Prothorax very wide across ba.se, parallel on sides. Elytra depressed on disc. Bicoioured. 3 mm rctromioidcs SI. 44 (43) Prothorax evidently narrowed to ba.se; sides oblique posteriorly. Elvtra conve.x. black 45 (461 Elytra bistriate, eighth stria strongly impressed on sides. 2.6 mm. atridrnnii SI. BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 199 55 (54) 56 (57) 57 (56) 58 (41) 59 (60) 60 (59) 61 (64) 46 (45) Elytra lightly bistriate, eighth stria obsolete on middle of sides. 2 mm. carinulatus SI. 47 (42) Prothorax without a submarginal carina. Eighth stria punctate on sides. 4S (53) Prothorax strongly sinuate posteriorly; basal area greatly depressed below plane of pronotum and defined bv a strong sulcus. Species of reddish colour. 49 (50) Elytra 6-striate 26 mm monoclirou!; Schm 50 (49) Elytra 5-striate. 51 (521 Prothorax with border forming the narrow margin of the deep basal fovea; lateral margin with several setae near apex. 2.6 mm. scticollis SI. 52 (511 Prothorax with space between end of transverse basal sulcus and lateral margin triangular, lateral border not forming margin of the basal impression. 2—2.3 mm flindcrai Blackb. 53 (48) Prothorax shortly sinuate posteriorly; basal area not decidedly below plane of pronotum in middle: transverse basal sulcus more or less interrupted, at least in middle. 54 (55) Prothorax with lateral border obsolete; sides very rotundate, and greatly narrowed to base. 2 — 2.3 mm semistriatus Blackb. Prothorax with lateral border ordinary. Black species. Elytra 6-striate. 2— 2.2 mm ' halitdns SI. Elytra 5-striate, 2.2 mm olliffi 81. Elytra with eighth stria obsolete, at least on middle of sides. Frontal sulci deep, long, convergent, crossing clypeus. 6-striate. 2 mm. mitclicUl SI. Frontal sulci not crossing clypeus. Prothorax transverse; base much wider than apex; lateral basal im- pressions distant from basal angles. 62 (631 Form ovate. Elytra depressed; disc with two fixed setiferous punctures, 3-striate. 2.5 — 3 mm mulivalrnsis SI. 63 (64) Form short), oval, very convex. Elytra with one non-setiferous puncture behind middle, 1-striate. 2 — 2.2 mm bifoveatiui Macl. 64 (61) Prothorax cordate, base and apex about equal m width. Black; elvtra 2-striate 2 mm hlarkhunif S\. Elytra with apical striole obsolescent. Form convex. 1.7 mm (i.UKfnilicus SI. Form depressed. 1.5 mm capfus Blackb. Elytra with one fixed setiferous puncture on disc before middle and a setiferous puncture high up on apical declivity. Elytra striate. Elytra fully striate; apical striole obsolete. 2 — 2.3 t-nmvarrriisi.i Blackb. Elytra never fully striate; apical striole distinct. Elytra with fixed, setiferous, discal puncture on or at position of third interstice. 73 (84) Elytra with apical striole elongate, extending past fixed setiferous punc- ture of apical declivity. Elytra ovate, 4-maculate. Head, prothorax and dark parts of elytra black. 2.7 — 3 mm. doddi SI. Head and dark parts of elytra reddish piceous, prothorax reddish. 2 — 2.5 mm lindi Blackb. Elytra narrow, parallel. Piceous, 2 — 2.3 mm uniformis Blackb. Not wholly piceous. Head and prothora.x piceous. Elytra piceous with a wide testaceous vitta on each side (the vitta sometimes interrupted in the middle). 2.3 — 2.7 mm. quecnsland'iciis SI. 82 (81) Elytra testaceous with indeterminate infuscation. 2.5 mm. infitscatus Blackb. 65 (401 66 (67) 67 (66) 68 (29) 69 (90) 70 (71) 71 (70) 72 (85) 74 (77) 75 (76 76 (75) 77 (74) 78 (79) 79 (78) SO (83) 81 (82) 200 REVISIONAL KCyrKU ox AISTRALIAN CAKAIilDAE, 83 (80) Prothorax reddish testaceous. 27 mm simiUs Blackb. 84 (73) Elytra with apical striole short, not extending forward to setiferous puncture of apical declivity. 1.8 — 2.1 mm sinuatUolUs SI. 85 (72) Elytra with fixed setiferous discal puncture outside third interstice or its position. 86 (87) Elytra with the fixed, setiferous, discal puncture on fourth interstice. Testaceous; head, ape.x, and a median fascia piceous. 2.3 — 2.5 mm. triangularis Niet. 87 (86) Elytra with the fixed setiferous discal puncture outside fourth stria or its position. 88 (89) Size major, form robust, elytra wide, oval, convex. 2.8 mm. maxiirsi SI. 89 (88) Size minor, form depressed. 2.3 — 2.6 mm iranswrificoUis Macl. 90 (69) Elytra laevigate (apical striole obsolete). 4 maculate. 2.6 — 2.8 mm. maclrayi SI. Tachys amplipennis Macleay (1871). A good many specimens were obtained on a sand-bank of the Upper Nor- manby River, near Cooktown, in June; these were dislodged from their hiding places ill the sand by splasliing water from the river. Tachys victoriexsis Blackbiii-n (1891) Very nearly allied to T. amplipennis. It is unknown to me in nature; the following note, dated 16-3-1903, was sent to me by the late Rev. Thos. Hlaek- burn, after I had sent him a specimen of T. amplipennif^. '"("oniparrd with specimen sent as 7'. amplipennis — very close, disc much darker (in strong con- trast to shoulders and apex) ; joints 5 — 11 of antennae is Dejean (1831) var. curticollis Sloane (1896). Uab. — Coastal districts of Eastern Australia, from Cooktown to the Mur- rumbidgee River, on margins of fresh water creeks and lagoons. I cannot now separate my T. curticollis froui the Palearctic species T. haemorrhoidalis, except by its 4-maculate elytra; the same pattern occurs in var. socius Schm., of North Africa, which is unknown to me in nature. T. emar- ginatus Niet., which is widely spread in the Oriental Region {T. geminatus Schaum., seems a synonym), differs from T. haemorrhoidalis; the sculpture of the head is the most evident difference: frontal sulci longer and deeper, space be- tween sulcus and margin of head on each side longitudinally striolate. The following is the synonymy of T. haemorrhoidalis, as far as 1 know it: — T. haemorrhoidalis Dejean (=T. kanalensis Perroud, 18(i4, New Caledonia). var. socius Schaum (1863) ; 4-maculate form of N. Africa. var. curticollis Sloane (1896); 4-maculate form of Australia. var. abyssinicus Chaudoir (1876) ; immaculate form of Africa. Tachys spenceri Sloane (1896). Hab. — Western Australia: King's Sound (Froggatt), Upper Ord River (Helms); Queensland: Cooktown District (Sloane), Kuranda and Townsville (Dodd); Central Australia (Spencer). I found it very plentiful in the Cooktown District beside fresh water, hiding in the roots of grass, under stones, and under bark of fallen logs leaning into the water. Tachys iaspideus Sloane (1896). Hab. — N.S. Wales: Tamworth and Inverell (Lea), Mudgee (Sloane); Queensland: Coomera (south of Brisbane, Sloane). Habits riparian; I found it not uncommon, in February, among the pebbles of a stone-bed on the Cudge- gong River, near Mudgee. Tachys murrumbidgensis Sloane (1894). This species varies in size from 1.75 to 2.4 mm. in length; I obtained three specimens of larger size (2.6 — 2.75 mm.), in company with specimens of ordinary size, hibernating beneath the bark of a red-gum tree beside the Macquarie River at Narromine in July; I cannot differentiate these large specimens from the typical form. Hab. — On sand banks and pebble l)eds by the margins of rivers in N.S. Wales: Murray River (Muhvala), Murrumbidgee River (Narrandera), Cudge- gong River (Mudgee), Macquarie River (Narromine). Tachys leai Sloane (1896). This species is very close to T. murrumbidgensis SI., from which it differs chiefly by its black colour; prothorax polished, with faint and microscopic puno- turation, more convex and rounded on sides. When describing T. leai, I recorded 204 REVISIONAL NOTES OX AUSTRALIAN' CARAHIDAE,. that the prothorax is impunctate, l)ut this is an eiTor; an examination ol' the ootvpe in ray cullectinn under a mieroscope disc-loses a faint and sparse punc- turation. Tachys wilsonj, n.sp. Robust, convex. Prothorax transverse, subcordate; elytra convex, smooth, sutural stria strongly impressed, titth present on basal third, apical striole short, wide, near margin. Head brown; prothorax and elytra ferruginous, nitid; legs and antennae testaceous. Head stout; frontal sulci parallel, short, not deep. Pi'othorax rounded on sides, shortly sinuate before posterior angles; ba.se truncate above peduncle, slopiflg lightly obliquely forward on eaoh side. Elytra oval; eighth stria obsolete; a foveiforni impression a little inward from apical striole; three fixed punctures present, anterior at position of fourth interstice, posterior high up on apical declivity; second stria obsolescent, faintly perceptible between discal punctures; a puncture at anterior extremity of apical striole. Length, 2; breadth, 0.9 mm. Hah. — t^ueensland. A specimen was kindly given to me by Mr. F. E. Wilson, who found it at Hrisbane in October. A very distinct species, more allied to T. leai SI., than to any other species known to me, but differing decidedly by colour; smaller size; head shorter, frontal sulci shorter and more parallel, eyes less prominent; elytra more oval and much more convex, discal striae (excepting first and basal part of fifth) almost completely lost. Comparing it with T. amtralicus SI., the presence of the strongly impressed basal part of the fifth stria at once distinguishes it. The head and prothorax liave some microscopic punctures, wliicli are stronger on the head. Tachys ectromioioes Sloane (ISOG). Hab.— N.S. Wales: Richmond River (Lea), Blue Mountains (Carter); Vic- toria; Mell)ourne (Fischer); W. Australia: Donnybrook (Lea). This seems to be a rare species, I know nothing about its habits. Tachys atriuermis, n.sp. Oval, robust, convex. Head convex, frontal furrows well marked, clypeus with latei-al punctures foveiform; prothorax transverse, evidently narrowed to base, lateral basal impressions deep, basal angles rectangular; elytra oval, bis- triate on each side of suture, eighth stria entire, first interstice raised, ninth interstice depressed, disc bipunctate, apical striole well developed, short. Black, legs ferruginous; antennae infuscate with base ferruginous; palpi infuscate. Head wide, convex; frontal impressions elongate, lightly divergent pos- teriorly, not extending on to clypeus; space between frontal impression and eye on each side narrow, raised, bearing a foveiform setigerous jjuncture posteriorly; antennae stout, second joint riitlier shorter than tliird. Prothorax widest a little before middle, a little wider at base tluin apex; sides lightly roundly am- pliate before middle, obliquely narrowed to base; lateral border rellexed; space between lateral basal fovea and margin raised into ii sliort carina; a dec]) trans- verse linear basal impression extending inwards from each lateral fovea, but not meeting in middle. Elytra oval; two or three crenulate striae on disc, first entire, second hardly perceptible on apical third, but developed into a shallow oblong fovea between aiiical striole and suture; a well marked basal fovea on each side of scutellum; two fine punctures on disc outside second stria, a dis- BY THOMAS (J. SLOANE. 205 tinct puncture near inner side of apical striole far back. Length, 2.6; breadth, 1.2 mm. Uab. — Victoria: Belgrave (Wilson), Mountains of Upper Yarra (Fischer). I owe a specimen to the kindness of Mr. Fischer. Colls. Wilson, Fischer, and Sloane. It is probably allied to T. baldieiisis Blackb., which is unknown to me in nature, but is smaller, and does not agree with the description of that species; for one thing, tlie striae are not on the disc "erassissime punctulalis." The male has one setigerous fovea on each side of the apex of the abdomen; Hlackburn has noted that T. baldietisis ? has two large setiferous punctures on each side. The anterior tarsi have the two basal joints dilatate, the posterior tarsi are shorter than usual in the genus, first joint not as long as three succeeding joints together, hardly as long as fifth. Tachys carinulatus, n.sp. ?. Robust, oval. Prothorax transverse, decidedly narrowed to ba.se, a short submarginal carina near each basal angle; elytra bistriate on disc, bipunc- tate on disc at position of third interstice, eighth stria obsolete on basal half, apical striole short, distinct. Piceous, apical declivity and posterior part of lateral declivities of a more or less dull I'errugiuous colour; antennae fuscous, basal joint and leg-s testaceous. Head laevigate; front lightly and shortly bi-impressed. Prothorax hroader than long, a little wider at base than apex; base truncate, angles rectang-ular ; a transverse stria near base. Elytra oval, much wider than prothorax; first stria fine, but well marked, a little punctate, second very faint; border wide, reflexed; a puncture beside inner side of apical striole far back, space between apical striole and eightli stria narrow, carinate. Length, 2; Itreadth, 1.1 mm. Hab. — Victorian Alps (Hospice, Mt. St. Bernard, Davey). I owe a single specimen of this species to the kindness of Mr. H. W. Davey; it is a distinct species, in some ways resembling T. mulivalensis SI., but with a submarginal basal carina on each side of prothorax as in T. atridermis SI., be- side which 1 have placed it in the table above; from T. atridermis it is readily differentiated by size smaller; form less convex; front less strongly bi-impressed; elytra much less strongly striate on disc, eighth stria not entire. Tachys mitchelli Sloane (1894). Hab. — N.S. Wales: Urana and Muhvala (Sloane); Victoria: Sea Lake (Goudie). Found beside fresh water marshes in muddy situations under logs and debris. Tachys mulwalensis Sloane (1899). Ilab. — Murray River, Mulwala and Albury (Sloane); Melbourne (Fischer). Length, 3 mm. (Melbourne specimens, 2.5 mm.), d with basal joint of an- terior tarsi wide. In my description the length was erroneously given as 2 mm. ; a re- measurement of the type specimens shows the correct length to be 3 mm. I obtained this species in great numbers under the bark of redgum trees standing in the flood waters of the Murray River; specimens were also found in the debris washed up by flood waters at Albury. Mr. Ejnar Fischer has sent me very dark coloured specimens from Melbourne, with the information that he finds it not uuconnuon under the bark of trees. \ /A. 206 REVISIO.VAb XOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDAt^ Tachys bifoveatus Macleay. Bembidium hijovealum, Macleay, Traus. Ent. Soe. N.8. Wales, ii., 1871, p. 117. — Bembidhim ovatum, Macl., ibid. — Ta-chya ovatun Macleay (now Motschul- sky) Sloane, Pioc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi., 1896, p. 3(i9. " Widely spread in Eastern Australia, and also oecuning in Tasmania. It is usually found in very damp situations under stones or drift, but Mr. II. J. Carter finds it commonly in tussocks of grass in his grounds at Wahroonga, near Sydney. It is a species of Motschulsky's genus Elaphropus, which has the claws of the tarsi minutely sen'ulate (as recorded by Motschulsky and 6. H. Horn). I do not recognise Elaphrupu)< as of more than subgeneric rank. In this group (which is numerously represented in the Oriental Region) only one diseal non-setiferous puncture occurs on the disc of the elytra, behind the middle, at the position of the third interstice; there is, also, a puncture at the inside of the apical stride far back from its anterior extremity, but no setiferous ]>ore high up on tlie apical declivity. Tachys blackburni, n.sp. Oval, convex. Black; legs testaceous; antennae infuscate, with basal joint testaceous. Head convex; front lightly bi-impressed, impressions short, wide apart, l^rothorax small, laevigate, widest a little before middle; sides rounded anteriorly, lightly suhsinuately narrowed to base; basal angles rectangular, not prominent; base bifoveate; a light transverse impression between basal foveae. Elj'tra oval, rather convex, bistriate on each side of suture; first stria well marked, entire, punctate on disc, simple towards apex, second stria only present on disc, punctate, eighth stria obsolete on middle of sides, distinct towards apex; apical stride well developed; marginal channel distinctly punctate on middle of sides; disc bipunc- tate outside second stria. Lengfh, 2 ; lircadth, 0.75 imii. liab. — Victoria: Beaconslield ("in muss,"' Wilson), Mooroolbark (under a stick in a muddy place, Sloane). A distinct species resembling T. olliffi SI., and T. habitans SI., hut with elytra only bistriate, it is more allied to T. carinulatus SI. Taciivs australicus Sloane (189(5). I lab. — Eastern coastal districts from Cooktown to Sydney; found in very damp situations beside fresh water marshes and pools under drift or debris. Note. — In thi; description of T. australicus, 1 have said the elytra are with- out discoidal punctures, but this is erroneous, two flue punctures are present on the disc at position of tliird interstice; the elytra have only the two inner striae present. Tachys doddi Sloane (1903). Ilab. — Queensland: Townsville (Dodd); Victoria: Lakes Entrance (Wil- son). Common on sandy margins of tidal lagoons near Townsville. Note.—l have in my collection a Malayan species which cannot be differen- tiated fi-om T. doddi, though the basal angles of the prothorax are a little less acute; it seems to vary a good deal in size, and may be conspeeific with Putzey's T. plar/iatus, or his T. pictipennis, which may be forms of one species, but I liave not felt able to be certain on this point. Length, 2.5 — 3 mm. J/ab.— Philippines, Celebes, Sumbawa. BY THOMA.S G. SLOANE. 207 Tachvs quebnslandicus Sloane (1903). I found this species common on the sandy margin of a tidal lagoon at Townsville in May. T. criiciger Putzej'S (1875). I have a specimen ticketed Celebes which I cannot differentiate from T. queenalmidicus, though the colour is darker, and more iridescent, and the spots of the elytra are more clearly detined and do not ap- proach each other so closely on the sides; I belie%'e this is likely to be T. cntciger Putz., but am not absolutely sure on the point. Tachys infuscatus Bla«kburn (1887 Hab. — Western Australia: Swan River (Lea); South Australia (Black- burn); Victoria (Fischer). Mr. Ejnar Fischer has informed me that T. infus- catus is common near salt water about Melbourne. Blackburn has drawn at- tention to the great resemblance of T. similis Blackb., to T. scutellaris of the Palaearetic Region (Trans. Roy. Sec. S. Aust., xxv., 1901. p. 122), but T. in- futicatus resembles T. scutellaris even more closely than T. similis does. Tachys similis Blackburn (1887). Hab. — South and Central Australia. Specimens were sent to me by Mr. A. M. Lea from Adelaide. Flinders Range, Oodnadatta, and CunnamuUa. Blackburn ditferentiated 7'. similis from T. infiiscattis by colour; shorter, broader and more depressed form; posterior angles of prothorax ''though obtuse not far from right angles." With these views I agree, but would note that in T. similis the prothorax is more transverse and its base is less strongly oblique on each side behind the basal angles, the summit of the angles does not appear to me to differ perceptibly, but the greater slope of the sides of the base makes the angles in T. infuscatus seem more obtuse. Tachys sinuaticollis Sloane (1903). Hab. — Queensland: Cairns; Celebes; Java. Mr. Lea sent me a good series of specimens ticketed "Cairns, taken at light"; and numerous specimens from Celebes and Java were among the duplicates of the Van de Poll collection. Tachys triangularis Nietner (1858). Hab. — Africa; Oriental Region; Australia. As long ago as 1873 Bates had recorded that T. atriceps Madeay (1871) ■was a synonym of T. triangularis Niet. Tachys mastersi, nom. nov. Rembidium sexstriatum, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soe. N.S. Wales, ii., 1871. p. 117 (nom. praeocc). The name of T. mastersi is now proposed to replace T. sexstriatus Macleay, which had been used for a species of Tachys as long ago as 1812. Hab. — Queensland: Gayndah (Masters), Cairns and Cooktown District (Sloane). I found specimens on the sandy margins of a pool in a rivulet at Helenvalc, near Cooktown. 208 BEVISIOXAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CARABIDAE. Tachys macleayi Sloane (1896). Hab. — Tropical Australia: Kin^s Sound (Froggatt); Queensland: Cook- town District (Sloane). 1 obtained several specimens on a sand bank at the margin of the Normanby River in June. Genus L i m n a s t i s. Lymnastis, Motsehulsky, Etud. Ent., si., 1862, p. 27. The original spelling of this generic name has been altered by later authors. The range of the genus extends over Australia, Malaysia. Asia, Africa, Europe, North and Central America. LiMXASTis PiLOscs Bates. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., xii.. 1892, p. 296; Sloane, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv., 1920, p. ill.—Tachiis setiger, Sloane, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxviii, 1903, p. 582. Ilah. — Australia: Oenpili (Cahill), Cairns (Sloane), Townsville (Dodd), Melbourne (Fischer); Borneo; Bunua. Genus Illaphanus. Elytra nonstriate on disc, 1.5 — 1 mm. (after Lea) macleayi Lea Elytra with a single strong oblique longitudinal stria on disc. 1.3 — 1.5 mm. xleiilirnsi Macl. ILLAPHANU.S STEPHENS! Macleav (1864). Eab. — Port Jackson (Lea), Wollongong (Macleay), Ferntree Gully (Spry). These insects, according to Lea, are found under stones deeply buried in damp, but not wet, soil. 209 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 25th May, 1921. Mr. G. A. Waterhuuse, B.Sc. B.E., F.E.S., President, in tlie Chair. Messrs. George Davenport Osborne, B.Sc, Belle-vue, Kembla Street, Arn- cM'e and Montagu Austin Plulliiis, F.L.S., Devonshire House, Reigate, Surrey, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society. The President announced that the Council had elected Messrs. W. W. Frog- gatt, F.L.S., A. G. Hamilton, Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S., and J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc, to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. H. Campbell to be Honorary Treasurer for the current session, 1921-22. The congratulations of members were offered to Mr. .J. J. Iletcher, M.A., B.Sc, and the following resolution, passed by the Council, was read to the meeting: — That the following resolution be recorded in the minutes of the Council, and also be read at the next Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society: — • That the hearty congratulations of the Council and of the Society be conveyed to Ml'. J. J. Fletcher, M.A.. B.Sc, on the award to him, by the Royal Society of New South Wales, of the Clarke Menioiial Medal for his distinguished ser- vices to Natural History in Australia. The congi'atulations of members were offered to Mr. R. .1. Noble, B.Sc, (in absentia) on his selection by the Ben. Fuller Trust as tlie first travelling scholar ;n Agricultural Science. A letter was read from Professor T. T. Flynn, returning thanks for con- gratulations on attaining his doctorate in Science. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous monthly meeting (27th April. 1921), amounting to 2 Vols., 114 Parts or Nos., 30 Bulletins, 2 Reports and 2 Pamphlets, etc., received from 39 Societies and Institutions and three private donors, were laid upon the table. \OTES AXD EXHIBITS. Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited a series of the Painted Shield Bug, Tectocoris lineola, showing the variations in colour; also live adult larvae and eggs. As these bugs are found infesting native Hibiscus, and migTate on to the cultivated cotton, they are of some economic importance. Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium two new weeds for the State. (1). Amarantu.'i deflexus L.. "Low Amaranth." Common on the railway line between Cowan and Hawkesbury River. (W. F. Blakely and D. W. Shiress, Febniary, 1921). This plant is widespread throughout Euro]ie. and ap- 210 NOTES AND EXUIBIT.S. pears as a weed iu other parts of the world. It has the general appearance of A. macrocarpufi Henth., a native species, from which it differs in the mostly terminal, slender paniculate inflorescence, and in the relatively smooth pericarp. Professor Ewart (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, xx.xii., 1920, 19(1) records it for Victoria. (2). Xanthium commune Britt., the "Common Cockleburi-" of America, which wa.s recently forwarded for identification by Mr. C. A. Horning, of Ebenezer. (_)n mvestigation two other specimens were found under X. strumarium the "Noogoora Burr'", namely from Cattai near Windsor (V. C. Giles. 1915), and near Dunedoo (M. Beahan, 1918), thus indicating that this obnoxious plant is spreading un- noticed. The new burr is similar in habit to the "Noogoora," but is readily dis- tinguished from it by the more ovate, densely uncinate pubescent burrs. As far as can be ascertained, it is new for the Commonwealth. Mr. Blakely also exhibited fresh specimens of Euphorbia Drummo)idii Boiss., from Barellan (T. A. Field), with the leaves, flowers, and fruits infested with bright pink galls, which gave the idant a striking lloral appearance. It is not known what physiological change tlie galls would impart to the plant, or whether they would be injurious to gi'azing animals. Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a live s])ecimen of Moloch horridus from Ooldea, where it is numerous on the sandhills on which it lays its eggs. A clutch of eight eggs wa.s found in Dec«niVjer last. These lizards feed on small black ants. Dr. E. W. F'ergiison exhibited a series of ten species of Tabaiiidae forwarded from the British Museum as exchanges. Dr. A. B. Walkom exhibited a specimen, probably the flower of a Mesozoic Cycadeoid, from the Triassic Kocks of Ipswich. (Queensland. The President asked members to hand notice of their intention to exhibit to the Secretary before the commencement ol' each meeting, in order to facilitate the business. 211 ON A NEW SPECIP:S AND A NEW VARIETY OF DIOSPYHOS.* ])y \V. P. HiERX, M.A., F.R.S. (Communicated by J. II. Maiden, F.R.S.) DiOSPYROS AUSTROCALEDONICA^ ll.SJJ. Aibor (ut videtur) novitiis infrueteseentiaque et c. exeeptis glabiiuseula, nimulis teretibus fuscis minute glanduloso-puberulis subnitidis foliosis, intei- nodiis 18 — 28 mm. longis, foliis ovali-oblongis apiee obtusis non vel vix acuraina- tis interdum late emarginatis basi leviter ciineatis firmitu coriaeeis sub-eoneolori- bus utrinque sordide viridibus alternis integris 7 — 22 cm. longis 3 — 7.5 cm. latis margine angnste revolutis costii \alida .sui>er sulcata intra prominente con- spicua concoloie \el basini versus t'usciore venis, lateralibus alternis utrinque circiter decern patulo-ascendentibus sub-tenuibus concoloribus reticulatione etiam tenui coneoloreque petiolo robusto fusco 9 — 15 mm. longo plus minus patulo, frnctibus sub-globosis vel late splieroiileis breviter pubescentibus 20 — 25 mm diam. solitariis 8? — loculatis, pedunculis fructiferis axillaribus solitariis 3 — 5 mm. longis patulis |)ubcrulis calyce t'ructit'ero 4 — 5 tido 3 — 4 cm. diam. tu>)o plerumque scutelliforrai ceterum reflexo extus puberulo intus sericeo — tomen- tello dure eoriaceo 18 — 22 mm. diam. lobis patulo-reflexis coriaeeis puberulis ovato-rotundatis 1 — 1.5 cm. longis 1 — 1.75 cm. latis infra plus minus concavis saepius undatis, seminibns ])luribus 14 — 17 mm. longis 7 — 8 mm. latis 4 mm. crassis testa tenue albuniine albido equabili copioso cartilagineo. Embryon 6.5 mm. longum radicula sub-cylindracea 4.5 nun. longa 0.5 — 1 mm. lata. Cotyledoni- bus ovalibus 2 mm. longis 1.5 mm. latis. 7/a&.— New Caledonia. Bale dn sud. (-oil. Le Boucher. 1903, No. 1529. Differs from D. Oleri Hiern., by the size of the leaves, length of the ]>etioles, etc. Diosi'VROs SAMoKKsis, A. Gray var. ovata, n.vai'. Plerumque glabrata, novitiis )5uberulis, ramulis sul)-graoilibus fuscis alternis foliosis apiee minute puberulis, internodiis 7 — 30 mm. longis, foliis alternis ovatis vel ovato-ellipticis apiee breviter obtusiusculis vel vix acuminatis basi • [We owe to Mr. Hiern, of Barnstaple Manor, Devon, England, a well-known mono- C^vaph on the Ebeitaceiie, and the specimens herein described were forwarded to the National Herbarium of New South Wales, and transmitted by nie for Mr. Hiern' s con- sideration.—J. H.M.-] 212 ON A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW VARIETY OF DIOSPYBOS. sub-rotundatis vel iuaef|ualiter angustatis tenuiter coriaceis super caesio-viridibus sub-nitidis subtus sub-sordidis margine integris anguste revolutis 7 — 10 em. longis 3.5 — 4.6 cm latis costa medioeri subtus promineiite fusca nei'vis lateralibus gracilihus reticulatione inconspicua petiolo fusco 3 — 6 mm. longo, pedunculo fructifero axillari ereeto-patulo solitario valido puberulo G — 7 mm. longo, oalyce fiuftif'ero patente puberulo 4 — lobo 16 — 17 mm. diam dure coriaceo tubo crasso brevissime cupulari 10 nun. diam. annulo interno elevato instrueto lobis ovatis patulo-wcurxis obtusis undatis, fructibus sub-globnsis glabratis vel obsolete pubescentibus levibus 15 — 19 mm. longis 14 — 16 mm. diam 8 — *? loculatis, scra- ini))us plurimis albumine aequabili. //«?>.— Apia. Samoa. Coll. Dr. B. Funk. 1901. n. 19. Differs from the type of the speeies by the broader shape towards the base nf the leaves. 213 ULMITE, A CONSTITUENT OF BLACK SANDSTONE. 1!y Thos. Steel. At various points along the coast of New South Wales there occur frequent outcrops of a black friable sandstone. The positions of some of these in the Richmond River district are indicated on maps published by the New South Wales Department of Mines (Ann. Kept., 1895, p. 151; 1896. "p. 155). At Tweed Heads a thick bed is exposed on the north bank of the river near the township, from which the sample described in this paper was obtained. There is no ignemi'^ rock near the deposit which is covered by a layer of or- dinary sand of varying thickness. Water collected in wells dug in the over- lying sand is brown in colour. The rock is very friable, rubbing readily l)etween the lingers to a sharp sand. On ignition a fragment crumbles to loose sand and becomes white. A portion heated in a glass tube yields water having a strongly acid reaction. Under the microscope the rock is seen to be built up of worn sandgrains of fairly uniform size, each of which is covered with a thin dark-coloured film resembling a coat of varnish. Gentle friction suffices to remove the coating from tlie sand grains. On lixiviating the pulverised rock the dark coating can be readily separated and obtained quite free from sand and, when dry, forms a dark brown powder. Microscopically this shows as irregular flakes of varying thickness, the thinner ones being structureless and of a translucent brown colour, wliile the thick ones are black and opaque. The translucent flakes do not affect polarised liglit, and, as will be shown, chemical examination proves the sub- stance to consist of humus or humie acid. The powder is readily and com- pletely soluble in caustic potash, soda or ammonia, forming a clear deep-brown liquid which, on acidifying witli sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, deposits a copious brown flocculent precipitate, leaving the solution moderately coloured. In strong sulphuric ,acid the dark powder dissolves readily, particularly on slightly warming, forming a clear, very dark brown solution, which, on being poured into a large volume of water, throws down a copious soft brown pre- cipitate, leaving the solution only slightly coloured. In strong nitric acid, the powder dissolves readily, but no precipitate is produced on dilution with water nor on neutralisation with alkalies. Even on boiling, the substance is only sparingly soluble in .strong hydrochloric acid. When the precipitate obtained by dilution of the solution in strong sulphuric acid is drained on a filter, the resulting slimy mass is readily soluble in water 214 ULMITK. A COXSTITUBXT OF BLACK SAND.STOXK, ami also in strong spirit, giving a solution resembling earamel. The water solution obtained in this way, when treated with barium hydrate or earbonate becomes colourless the substance being carried down along with the barium sulpliate. The dark brown solution obtained by treating a dilute solution of soda or potash with • excess of the substance, is I'eadily preeiintated with alcohol, tlie supernatant liquid having still, however, a fairly dark colour. A solution in potash, on neutralisation with sulphuric acid, avoiding excess, remains clear and is precipitated by addition of alcohol. The precipitate may be thoroughly washed with dilute alcohol (Sp. Gr. O.SO), after which it dissolves readily in water, the solution so formed not being pre- cipitated liy alcohol, Init, if a small amount of potash or soda be added, alcohol produces a copious precipitate, leaving the solution only slightly coloured. The aqueous solution of the alcohol-washed precipitate gives brown precipitates with most metallic salts, precipitation being complete, also with the hydrates and salts of barium, calcium and strontium, with the alums, and with bromine water. Iodine, tannin and starch solutions produce no precipitate. Ainong-st the few metallic salts which do not cause a precipitate arc mer- curic chloride and ammoniacal nitrate of silver. The colour is re- moved by shaking with liydrates of iron and alumina and with litliarge, manganese dioxide, animal charcoal and ordinary soil, pi'evious ignition of the soil making no difference. When shaken with sand the solution is decolourised, the colour, however, being absorbed entirely by the fine clayey portion of the sand, the coarser giains being inert. The same applies to treatment with the black sandstone, after ignition, but if sand or soil is boiled with hydrochloric acid and washed so as to remove soluble mineral matters, the residue is quite inert. The substance can be salted out of solution with a number of salts, sodimn chloride and sulphate, ammonium sulphate, nitrate and chloride and others, leaving tlie solution but faintly coloured. From concentrated solution?, acetic aciale brown on anterior border and part of underside; the middle and hind teraora with these same parts coloured more greyish yellow. Winys uniformly dull blackish, exce]it for the small |iidi-h of jiale brown at base of costal space ol' torcwings, already mentioned. Abdomen broad, nearly cylindrical, somewhat llattened, black, derci (apparently with some di.stal joints missing), with 15 Or more short joints, the basal ones shorter than the more distal, and all carrying cilia; colour black. Type: Holotype 9, Oillection of the National Museum. .Melbourne. \'ic- toria. Ilah.- Warburdm. Vicloria. Subfamily EL'STHE.\'IIXAE, n.subfam. (^haractei's as given in the Key on p. 224. The type of markings found on the wings of the Kustheiiiinae is a great help in distinguishing the rather closely allied species. In the forewing (Text- fig. 2), attention must be paid to the following markings: — Situated transversely across the wing, at about two-thirds from the base, is Ihe very ))i'omiiient pale luiiule (In), which may be narrow or wide, and either clearly delimited both dis- tal ly and basally, or somewhat indistinctly outlined basally. Along the radius, from below the humeral cross-vein {hm) to the apex of the lunule, tiiere is some- times prescnl a red strii)e, called the radial stripe (rs), which may (u- may not send out a short downward i)rolongation covering M.-.. as shown in Text-lig. 2. Below the humeral cross-vein, in the basal space between W-)-iM and Cu, there is sometimes ])resent a ))ale oval mark called the subhiuneral oral mark (sml. It is also important to note whether the main veins are dark, or outlined in a pale colour on .i darker background; in the latter case, the wing has the ap- piarance called reticulated. In the hindwing, there is always a bieolorous pat- tern, the wing being divided into a ba.-ial area, nearly always bright red, but some- BY R. J. TILLYARD. 227 times purple, and a marginal area, usually grey-black, liut sometimes purple. If the divisicin between these two areas is a definite clear-eut line, it is said to be eulegnic; it it is irregular and diffuse, then it is called di/slegiiic; these terms being those originally proposed by Professor Poulton for similar conditions in the wings of butterflies. Text-fig. 2. — Diagram of the markings on the forewing in the genus Eii-sthenia. hiii, humeral veinlet ; /«, lunula; )\y, radial stripe ; i;«, sulihumeral oval mark. Text-fig. 3. — Eusilieiiia lacustris, n.sp., S ■ Anal appendages of male, lateral view ( X 20). c, cercus; p, penis; sti, superior appendage. The males of the subfamily Eiisthciiiiiiae have a peculiar specialisation not found in the Stenoperlinae. in that the penis is greatly elongated and curved up over the tenth tergite. This condition is shown in Text-tig. 3. In pairing, the male clings to the back of the female, but brings the tip of his abdomen round under hers, so that this upcurved and dorsally coiled penis can be used to ad- \antage. The penis is grooved, and the sperm ma.sses are worked by it into a true spermatophore, which is held in the end-loop of the penis. How fertilisa- tiim is actually effected I have not been able to see, but it would appear to be done by simple transference of the spermatophore into the vagina of the female. In this connection, it is interesting to note also the lack of specialisation of the vulva of the female. In most Stoneflies this is a definitely projecting and often strongly bifid process; but in the Eustheniinae the distal border of the ninth sternite forms only a very slight undivided process. By strong muscular action, the female is able to compress her end segments laterally, giving a wide gape between the uintli and tenth sternites; and this evidently facilitates the process of fertilisation. 228 REVISION OF THE FAMILY EUSTHENIIDAE (ORDER PERLARIA). The form of the superior appendages of the male (Text-fig. 3, sa), and also of the basal joints of the eerci (c), are valuable specific characters in the Eustheviinae. Unfortunately, females are more commonly met with than males, and my series of the latter is so incomplete that I am unable to use these char- acters in the Key to the species. I have, however, given a description of them undei' each sejiarate species, where the males are known to me. Key to the Genera. Wings short and very broadly round at apices, the amplitude of the hindwings very great. Forewing with a very strong reticulation of pale main veins and cross-veins on a darker ground; the costal series of veinlets abundant, with- out any break after the humeral veinlet Eustheniopsis, n.g. (Genotype, E. venosa, n sp.) Wings longer, less broadly rounded at apices, the hindwings more subtriangular in shape. Forewing with the pale reticulation either less strongly developed or entirely absent; the costal series of veinlets much fewer in number and more widely spaced, especially after the humeral veinlet, where there is usually a more or less lengthy gap Eusthenia Westwood (Genotype, E. spectabilis Westwood.) Genus Eusthenia Westwood. (Plates xi. — siii.. Figs. 2 — 6.). Characters as given in the generic key above, to which may be added tlie following: — Antennae somewhat shorter than the forewings, the basal joint enlarged. Costal space of forewing slightly widened basally, the costal veinlets widely spaced basally, but closer together distally ; usually there is a considerable gap between the humeral veinlet and the next costal veinlet, which is frequently placed nearly up to the level of the origin of Rs. In the hindwing, the costal space is not noticeably widened, and there is always a long gap between the humeral veinlet and the next costal veinlet. In the forewing, M diverges from R at about one-third from base, Rs from R at about half-way; Rs has three or four branches. M.--, is well developed in both fore and hind wings, and forms a well marked cubito-median Y-vein with Cui, the two arms of the Y being gener- ally about equal in length. Cm in forewing has either two or three distal branches arching up anteriorly from the line of the main vein itself: Cu2 lies entirely in the anal furrow. Forewing with three anal veins, usually unbranched. In the hindwing, Rs is fused with M basally for a very short distance in tlie region of the origin of Mr,; Rs has either two or three branches; Cui is simple. lA is weakly formed, and lies very close to Cns, with which it is almost fused at about the middle ol' its length. 2A forks near its origin, and again at or before half-way. 3A sends five or more straight l)ranches into the anal fan, which oc- cupies more than half the total breadth of tlie wing. Cerci long, many-jointed, varying from somewhat longer to somewhat shorter than the length of the abdo- men. Genotype, Eiiffthenia spectabilis Westwood. Key to the Species. 1. Wings rich purple. e.Kcept only the large whiti.sh lunula on the forewing and the red basal third of the hindwing E. ros/a/is Bks. Wings mostly dark greyish or blackish; purple only along costa of forewing: basal portion of hindwing red 2 2. Lunule of forewing broad, from 2, .5 mm. to 4 mm. wide, its basal border not usually as distinctly formed as its distal 3 Lunule of forewing narrow, from I mm. to 1..5 mm. wide, with both basal and distal borders clearlv defined 4 BY R. J. TILLYARD. 229 3. A red radial mark of full length in forewing: the same wing with pale reticu- lation more or less clearly outlined on all the main veins and cross-veins. E. ipeciabilis Westwood No red radial mark in forewing, and no pale reticulation except on the cross- veins beyond the lunule E. purpurescens, n.sp. 4. Forewing with pale reticulation of main veins and cross-veins; a definite, whitish subhumeral oval mark present on forewing .... E. lunulata, n.sp. Forewing without any pale reticulation, the main veins and cross-veins entirely dark; no subhumeral oval mark present E. lacusiris, n.sp. EUSTHENIA SPECTABILIS Westwood. Westwood, in Griffith's "Animal Kingdom." Insects, vol. ii., 1832, p. 348, PL Ixxii., fig'. 4. Newman, "On the synonymy of the Perlites . . ." Mag. Nat. Hist., New Series, vol. iii., 1839, p. 33. From Newman's short description we learn that this species had on the fore- wing, "an elongated red spot near the costal margin" and "beyond and below this a large blotch of dirty white," while the hindwings were "red at the base and black externally." These details would scarcely be enough, by themselves, to determine which of the Tasmanian species was really E. spectabilis. But, taken in conjunction with a study of the British Museum series of specimens, they en- able us to define the species more accurately. In the British Museum there are four specimens arranged together under the name "spectabilis.'' The first three of these are conspecific, the fourth is quite distinct. The first specimen bears a label "E. spectabilis" and appears to be the type. This and the two following specimens agree with Newman's defini- tion, the red radial stripe being clearly present, and the lunule broad and dis- tinct; in the hindwing, the division between red and grey-black is somewhat dyslegnic, and ends on the costa about half-way. The fourth specimen has no radial stripe, the costal space of the forewing being purpurescent throughout; it differs further from the other three specimens in having the subhumeral oval mark present, in the very dyslegnic division between red and black on the hindwing, with the red tending to spread out distally along the costa, and also in having an exceedingly wide lunule on the forewing. True E. spectabilis may now be defined as follows : — Pronotum with a brownish anterior lobe, distinctly convex, with very distinct sculpture of an arabesque type, slightly raised above the ground level. No subhumeral oval mark on forewing. Radial mark of forewing typically reaching from beneath humeral veinlet to above top of lunule. with a slight downward prolongation on M.-,. Lunule fairly well defined, about 2.5 mm. wide, and not completely crossing the forewing. Division between red and black on hindwing somewhat dyslegnic, ending on costa about half-way. The pale reticulation is present on main veins and cross-veins of forewing, being only moderately well outlined in pale grey. N. Banks states that, in the male of E. spectabilis, "the superior appendages are widened at the tip and acute on the inner side." The specimen named E. spectabilis by Banks in the Hope Museum. Oxford, is, however, not that species, but is conspecific with the fourth specimen in the British Museum series {^E. purpurescens, n.sp. of this paper). As I have no males of E. spectabilis, but pos- sess one of E. purpurescens, in which the male appendages do not fit this de- scription, it is to be assumed that Banks* remarks do actually apply to the male of E. spectabilis. Type, in British Museum Collection. Hab. — Tasmania, chiefly in the south (Hobart). 230 REVISION OF THE FAMILY EUSTHENIIDAE (ORDER PKRLARIa). EusTHENiA SPECTABiLis EULEGNicA, n. subsp. (Plate xiii.. Fig. 4.). I have in my collection a very fine female, from Tyenna, Tas., which is clearly closely related to typical E. spectabllis, but differs in two important points. The radial mark of the forewings is exceptionally well developed, and sends downwards a strong prohingation covering Mo; also the amount of red on the hindwing is greater, and the division between red and black is eulegnie. Expanse, 51 mm., cerci 12 mm. long. The locality from which this comes is within the new Tasmanian National Park, at over 1000 feet elevation. It appears well worthy of subspecifii' rank. Type: Holotype 5. in Tillyard Collection, Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. Takenby C. E. Cole, 29.12.1916, at Tyenna, Tasmania. EusTHENiA purpurescen.s, n.sp. (Plate xiii.. Fig. li.). 9. expanse 52 mm. Allied to E. spectabilis, from which it may be at once distinguished by the following characters : — Pronotum with the front and hind borders brown, the former straight in the middle, not so regularly convex as in E, speetabilis. Cerci with the basal joints shorter and less strongly ciliated. Fore- wings without any radial mark; the costal space is purpurescent, with the radius darkly shaded in grey-black; the snbhumeral oval mark is present, whitish touched with jjurple, and followed distally by a blackish patch attached below R and then descending ol)liquely along Cu; the lunule has a rather irregular basal outline, and is widest anteriorly where it ends just beneath R. Tliere is no reticulation of the main veins in pale outline, but the cross-veins beyond the lunule are so marked. In the hindwing, the division between red and purplish black is st)me- what dyslegnic, and is very distinctly augnlated on the vena dividens (Cu2). (?, expanse 41 mm.; cerci 16 mm. long, black, downy, with .short, weak cilia, basal joints stout, not as long as wide; superior appendages short, tips somewhat blnnt. Colouration as in ?. Types: Holotype ?, and allotype c? in Tillyard Collection, Cawthron Insti- tute, Nelson, N.Z. Taken by G. H. Hardy, 6.12.1913, at Hobart, Tasmania. Ilab. — Ta,smania, cliieliy in the soutli. EUSTIIENIA PITRPUBBSCEN.S EXTENSA, ll.Sllbsp. A fine female taken by Mr. C. E. Cole at Kussell, 'Psismania. on Deo. 2()th, 1916, differs from the type in having the red colour of the hindwing spreading <]istally far along the costa, the subhuracral oval mark of the lorewing not so clearly indicated, the pale reticulation present, but weakly formed, on all parts of the forewing, and the lunule not quite .so wide anteriorly. This form appears to be a good subspecies. Ty))e: Holotype ?, in Tillyard Collection, Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. As Russell is not far from Tyenna, it appears that, in the elevated National Park area, each species known from the Hobart district is there represented by a distinct subspecies. EU.STI1ENIA LUNULATA. n.sp. (Plate xii.. Fig. .3.) ?, expanse 48 mm. .\llied to E. speetabilis, with which it agrees in general colouration and appearance, but differs in the following important points: — Pronotum dark olive, tlie anterior border not marked with brown, the arabes(|ue sculpture intricate, dissimilar from that of E. s^ycctabilis. Forewings with the pale reticulation moderately well marked everywhere except along the costal BY R. J. TILLYARD. 231 space; a considerable gap between the hiiiiieral veinlet and the nest costal veinlet, wliich arises just before the origin of Rs. Subhumeral oval marlv small but well defined. Radial red mark very small, beginning beyond the point of departure of M from R-)-M, and ending just before the level of the lunule. LuiRile very distinct, whitish, very narrow (barely 1.5 mm. wide), forming a very distinct crescent, not touching R. In the hindwings, the division between red and grey-black is eulegnie, beginning about half-way along the costa, then proceeding downwards at right angles to the eosta as far as the vena dividens, where it bends sharply round, leaving an amount of marginal black on tlie anal fan almost as wide as the gi'eatest width of the red. d", expanse 36 mm. Cerci 10 ram. long, black with rings of pale brown cilia, basal joints longer than wide. Superior appendages bluntly rounded at apices, with a strong, short spine at outer distal angle. Closely resembling the female. but ditfering in its much smaller size, and in having the distal border of the lunnle not quite so regular, and the lunule itself slightly wider in comparison with its length. Types: Holotype 2 and allotype , penis; sa, superior appendage. curved, but much shorter than in the Enstheniinae ; the former are broad and slightly widened at the apex, and carry ba.«ally on the inner side a very distinct process with a rounded tip; the penis is somewhat shorter than tlie a])pendages, its apex more pointed. An interesting variety of tliis species occurs occasionally, in which the green colour is entirely rephu-ed by yellow. The forewings, in the specimens which 1 have seen, are generally somewliat shorter than in typical specimens, but I can find no other morphological differences. T y p e in British Museum Collection. Hah. — The whole of New Zealand, in the neighbourhood of fast running streams. Stenopert.a austrai.is, n.sp. (Plate x%, Fig. 10.) (?, expanse 54 mm. Head dark grey, marked with brown on epicranium; eyes black; antennae 11 mm. long, dark brown, basal .I'oint much enlarged, second joint very short, slightly wider than third, which is rather long and cylindrical; mouth-|iarts and underside of head bright orange brown, palps dull grey-brown. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 235 Til or ax: Pronolum dark grey, brown along anterior hurdt'v. Mesa- and metatltorax shiny brownisli. Legs dark grey touched with brown. Abdomen (shrivelled) dark brown. Cerci 5 mm. long, black with pale brown cilia, the basal joints somewhat shorter than wide. Superior appendages upcurved, dark brown, the outer border convex, the tips hard, black, inclined inwards. PeniK a little longer than appendages. Type: Holotype cf. taken by Dr. A. J. Turner at Montville, Blackall Ranges, Queensland, Oct. 5th, 1912; in Tillyard Collection, Cawthrun Institute, Nelson, N.Z. In the same collection there are also a male bred from a larva taken at Maleny, near Montville, by myself, on Nov. 28th, 1915, and a larger specimen, expanse 60 mm., probably a female, but with abdomen missing, taken by Mr. G. Lyell at Stanwell Park, N.S.W., on April 22nd, 1910. Another speci- men labelled "Victoria. Whittlesea" is in the Collection of the National Museum, Melbourne. Hah. — Fast mountain streams in Eastern Australia, but not Tasmania. The larvae exuviae are common objects on the rocks in the streams of the Blue Moun- tain.s, N.S.W., but the perfect insect is seldom seen, as it flies but little. Genus Diamphipnoa Gerst. (Plate xiv.. Fig. S. ) Characters as given in the generic key on p. 233. The imago has four pairs of abdominal gills, on segments 1 — 4, carried over from the larva. I think this carrying over of abdominal gills in the imago occurs in all the Ewstheniidae , as I have certainly seen them in newly-emerged specimens of Eusthenia lacustris and Stenoperla australis; but they very soon shrivel up, so as not to be clearly discoverable in mature specimens. Probably the great size of the species D. annulata makes it possible, in this case, to see these delicate organs more clearly in the imago. Genotype, Diamphipnoa annulata (Brauer) . Diamphipnoa annulata (Brauer). (Plate xiv.. Fig. 8.) Stenoperla annulata, Brauer, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xix.. 1809, p. 17. Chili. — Diamphipnoa lichenalis, Gerst., Festschr. nat. Freunde, 1873, p. 64, %. 17. There is a mag-nificent specimen of this tine insect in the Hope Museum at Oxford. Forewing, 44 mm.; antenna, 35 mm.; total length, 28 mm.; exjmnse, 90 mm.; cerci, 8 mm. The general colour is grey, the forewings grey with dark brown veining and irregular clouding of brown along the cross-veins, especially at each end where they join with the main veins; the hindwing.s paler grey, with brown veins, and clouding of darker grey at ends of the veinlets along distal half of costal bordei-. The specimen is a female, labelled ''Chili, 1800." The photograph shown in Plate xiv., tig. 8, is taken from this insect. Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z., 12.3.1921. EXPLANATION OF PL.ATES XI.— XV. Plate .\i. Fio;. 1. Tliaumatoperia robnsla, n.g. at sp., 2, (x 2.7). Fig. 2. Eusthenia costaHs N. Banks, J', (x 2.7). 236 REVISION OP THE FAMILY EUSTHEXIIDAE (OKDER PKRLAKIA). Plate xii. Fig. 3. Eusthenia lunulata, n.sp., ?. (x 2.7). Fig. 5. Eusthenia /acus/ris, n.s-p., V- (x2.5). Plate .xiii. Fig. 4. Eusthenia spedabilis eulegtiica, n.s\ibs\).. 'i. (x 2.7). Fig. 6. Eusthenia purpureseens, n.s-p., (^ . (x 2.4). Plate .xiv. Fig. 7. Eustheniopsis I'enosa, n.g. et sp., $. (x 2.7). Fig. 8. Diamphipnoa annulata (Brauer), 2- (Hope Museum, Oxford), (i 1.4). Plate XV. Fig. 9. Stenopei'Ia prasina (Newman). ?. (x2.4). Fig. 10. Slenopeiia australis, n.sp., ^ . (x 2..S). Photographs for Figures 1, 2, 5 and 7 were taken by Mr. J. Tutcher of Bristol Enfjland ; for Figures 3, 4, 6, 9 and 10 by Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, Nelson ; Figure 8 was sent to me by Professor E. B. Pouiton, P.E.S., Hope Professor of Zoology, Oxford Dniver.sity, and was enlarged by Mr. Davies. T desire to thank all these gentlemen for the excellent series of photographs provided by them for this paper. 237 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 29th June, 1921. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Horace William Brown, Reid Park, Mosman, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society. Letters were read from Mr. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc, and Mr. R. J. Noble, B.Sc, returning thanks for congratulations. It was resolved that the congratulations of members be conveyed to Sir Hugh Dixson on the honour of Knighthood conferred on him. The President called the attention of members to two very useful volumes on Sweden presented by the Swedish Consid-General for Australia. The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous monthly meeting (25th May, 1921), amounting to 10 vols., 92 Parts or Nos., 7 Reports and 9 Pamphlets, etc., received from 57 Societies and Institutions and four private donors, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium the following new and rare plants for New South Wales:— (i.) Kochia Georgei Diels. (Bot. Jahrb., XXXV., 1905, p. 184), a Western Australian |ilant, now recorded for N.S.W. and S.A. Mount Oxley near the Darling River (E. Betche, October 1883) ; Wil- cannia (E. Betche, 1893) ; Broken Hill (.7. B. Holding, Oct. 1916 and E. C. Andrews, Nov. 1917) ; Gawler Ranges (J. M. Black, Jan. 1913) ; Mt. Lyndhurst, "A perennial fodder plant 1— lA feet high," (Max Koch, No. 190). It differs from K. oillofia in the much larger, glabrous ;ind broadly winged perianth, which sometimes exceeds 2 cm. in width. — (ii.) K. villosa Liudl. var. microcarpa Benth. from Zara Station, Wanganella (Miss E. Olfieer, No. 226, May, 1905). Ap- parently a rare plant as it is the only specimen from a definite N.S.W. locality in the Herbarium. It is a well-marked variety and differs considerably from the typical form. — (iii.) Drymaria fiUformis Benth. A small wiry Caryophyllaceous plant previously recorded from the Murray River district (Mueller), and re- cently received from Pine Ridge, Wyalong (Alex. Cooper, Nov. 1920). Mr. G. H. Hardy exhibited a species of Eusthenia from Cradle Mt., Tas- mania, described as new Ijy Dr. Tillyard. Mr. E. Cheel exhibited a live plant of Cosmos caudatus H.B. et K., raised from seed collected from plants naturalised at Macnade Mill district in Queens- land, received from Dr. T. Guthrie. The specimens were grown for comparison with specimens collected at Fiji in July, 1918. It is quite common everywhere in 238 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Fiji and, so far as can be ascertained, has not previously been recorded lor tlio Fijian Islands, probably being mistaken for the cultivated species, C. bipinnatus, from which it is easily distinguished by the longer and more seabrid slender beak which bears two slender, spreading, retrorsely seabrid awns. It is a native of the West Indies naturalised and widely distributed in the Philippines (E. D. Merrill, Fl. Manila, 1912. p. 478) where some forms, chiefly with yellow flowers, are cultivated. The ray llowers are of a pink colour, otherwise the foliage and achenes are remarkably like (!. sulphureus Cavanilles, especially the form culti- vated under the trade name "Klondyke Cosmos"'; the latter flowers quite freely in our Sydney Gardens, but the pink flowering 6'. caudatus has not yet flowered successfully out of doors, as it requires a much longer season. Mr. Fletcher showed half a pod, 4 inches long, with the seeds (two) at- tached, and detached seeds, of the Coral Tree, Erythrina indica Lam., which he had recently found on the footpath, underneath the overhanging boughs of a tree in a garden at Hunter's Hill. Inspection of the tree showed five small bunches of similar pods still attached to branches. The trees are common in gardens, but this was the first time he had seen a fruit-bearing example. The species is in- digenous in East India and the Archipelago, in the islands off the north coast of Australia, and in Queensland, but not in New South Wales. Notes on the pollination of this species, of its non-fruiting in Illawarra, but of its reported fruiting in the Northern River districts, at Mulgoa, and in Queensland, are given by Mr. A. G. Hamilton, in These Proceedings, 191(), p. 26, or in two of his pa])ers there referred to. Mr. A. R. McCulloch, with the permission of the Director of the Aus- tralian Museum, exhibited a young example of the Frost Fish, Lepidopus caudatus, which was trawled recently off Botany Bay in about sixty fathoms. This is the first of the species to be recognised from New South Wales, and though only about eight inches long, differs in no important characters from an adult specimen from New Zealand. 239 PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE NUTRITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES. By Margaret H. O'Dwyeb, B.Sc, Science Research Scholar in the University of Sydney. CONTENTS. i. Introduction. ii. Material. iii. Value of Digestibility Experiments. iv. Discussion of Methods. V. Experimental. vi, Discussion of Tables. i. Introduction. In this paper it is proposed to embody the results ol' some research work which has been carried out by myself in the Research Laboratory of the Agri- cultural Department in the University of Sydney. As yet the work can only be regarded as being in a preliminary stage, but it is hoped later, in further, pub- lications of the series, to discuss more fully the economic aspect of the question and to be able thereby to increase the value of the results to pastoralists and agriculturists in this State and in the Commonwealth. In view of the amount of attention which has been given to this subject in the United States within the last two decades, it is remarkable that, in Aus- tralia, which depends so much on its pastures, the value of the native grasses should not have received greater recognition from the "Man on the Land," for experts have often drawn attention to their drought-resisting qualities, and have emphasised the value of their cultivation. The experience which has been gained in the United States should be in- valuable to us. There, also, they have suffered from the results of overstocking (Pammel, 1901), many native grasses having died out from this cause. Great efforts, however, have been made there to renew the worn out pastures by the systematic cultivation of their most valuable indigenous grasses (Lawson-Scribner, 1896; Pammel, 1901; Sampson, 1914). These pastures show continuous im- provement from year to year. Something of the same kind must be attempted in Australia at no very distant date if we are to retain the valuable heritage we possess in our native' grasses. A beginning has been made, for most of the State Experiment P"'arms possess experimental grass plots. The enormous value of these in stimulating interest in the formation of permanent native grass pastures will be evident. 240 KEPORT OK NUTRITIVE VALUE OP CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES, III the examination of American grasses and of feeding stuffs generally, the chemists are working in conjunction with the botanists (Gi'itRths, 1915; Knight, 1905, 1906, 1908, 1911). The advantages accruing from team work of this kind must be apparent to every thinking person, and it is to ba hoped more of it may be done in Australia than has been tlie case so far. ii. Material. Through the courtesy of the Director of Agriculture, for which I am very grateful, the material has, for the most part, been sent in from the various State Experiment Farms. Any slight abnormalities which may exist as a result of cultivation on the Farms should be more than compensated for by obtaining the material in a pure state, which would be almost impossible if it were taken from the grass paddocks of an ordinary farm or station. In every case a sample of the grass analysed has been kept, so that its identification can be verified at any time. Stages of Growth. — On beginning this work it was found advisable, if any systematic research was to be conducted, to obtain the material in certain -well- defined stages of growth. Each grass has, therefore, been procured as far as possible in — (a) what is known as the medium stage, or about half-way between the time when it begins to shoot and the early flowering period. Grasses are often fed off to stock at this stage, which is said to contain the largest amount of mois- ture and crude protein, — the latter, however, being largely composed of amino acids and other so-called immature proteins (Armsby, 1911; Vipond, 1914), and the smallest amount of crude fibre, the percentage of which appears to increase rapidly as the grass grows older (Pummel, 1901, p. 411). (b) The second stage chosen for analysis is the early flowering period. For most of the analytical work on grasses which has been done in the United States, this stage and the third stage, mentioned later, have been used (Griffiths, 1915; Knight, 1906). (c) The third stage being used for analysis is that at which the seed is quite set. Condition of Material. — Most of the analytical work has been done on the air dried material. In the firet place it was found impossible to get material, which had to come any great distance, in a perfectly fresh condition. In one case, which will be referred to later, a grass arrived from Glen Innes in ai wilted condition, and on being dried and analysed showed a different protein c(mtent from another sample of the same grass in the same stage, which had been dried on the Farm. Tlie material is weighed at the Farm as soon as cut, dried and then re- weighed, the difference in weight rejiresenting the moisture content otlier tlian hygroscopic moisture. Unfortunately, none of the Farms, except Hawkesbury Agricultural College, jiossess oven a rough chemical balance, so that inaccuracies will be found in the percentages of total moisture. At present these seem un- avoidable. Tile material must be weighed immediately after being cut, as it begins to lose water at once. For analytical purjjoses (lie material is grouiid uji until it is line enough to pass through a 1 mm. sieve (Hruiinich and Sniitli, 1907, j). SA'.i). It is then stored in airtight bottles and kept in the dark until re(|uired (Knight, 1906, p. 5). BY MARGARET H. O'dWVER. 241 iii. The Value of Digestibility Experiments. In ;i jnihlication entitled "The Relathe Value of Feeding Stuffs — Experi- ments with the Respiration Calorimeter in Co-operation witli the Bureau of Animal ludustr'" CArmsby, 1907), the writer states tl-at the only safe ba-:is for a comparison of the natriti\e value of ftcding stuffs is the actual experiment upon the animal, in \vhich tlie real gain or loss of flesh and fat is accurately determined. In other words, that the only way to ascertain the nutritive effect is to actually determine it. Kellner (1909) found that, in the case of coarse fodders, the actual results were much lower than the computed ones. The dif- ference was found by him to be very closely proportional to the amount of crude fibre present, amounting to 617 calories for each lb. of the total crude fibre. When this deduction was made, tlie computed results agreed very closelj' with those found. Pammel, etc. (1901) give the following digestion coefficients for pasture grass : — Digestion Digestible Coefficients. Ingredients. Dry matter 69 . . 13.8% Organic matter 70 . . 12.6% Crude protein 66 . . 2.3% Crude fibre 74 . . 3.0% N free extract 73 . . 7.1% Ether extract 55 . . 0.4% The digestion coefficient is tlie percentage of the particular nutrient which is digested during the passage of food through the animal. The percentage of digestible ingredients is found by multiplying the per- centage of each ingredient in the substance by its digestion coefficient. Hence if the percentage of protein in a feeding stuff' is 7.4, and the digestion coefficient is .59, the percentage of digestible ingredients in the pro- tein content of the feeding stuff' will be (7.4 X. 59) =4.4 (pammel, 1901). The figures given in the table may serve to indicate roughly, at any rate, the digestibility of similar feeding stuff's in Australia, but it is to be hoped that before long, digestibility experiments may be carried out in this State, for, without these, no completely accurate basis of the nutritive value of feeding stuffs can be arrived at. iv. Discussion of Methods. Up to the present the official methods of the Association of American Agricultural tUiemists, a.s revised up to the end of the year 1919, have, in the main, been followed. (Assocn. of Official Agricultural Chemists, 1920.). The principal reasons for adopting the American methods in this early stage of the work are: — (a). A large amount of investigation into suggested modifications in methods has been carried out by the American Agricultural Colleges, Bureaux of Chemistry, etc. (Francis, 1916;' Bidwell and Walton, 1916; Bidwell, 1916; Francis, 1919; Clarke. 1920; Phelps and Daudt. 1919). and the methods have apparently been subjected to very close scrutiny lief ore being classed as official (Assocn. Official Agricultural Chemists, 1920, Introduction). (fe). Only by practically adopting the same methods, is it possible to make any comparisons between the analyses of our native grasses and those of the United States. 242 REPORT OX NUTRITIVE VALUE Or CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN (iRASSES, Certain interesting modifications of these methods, however, are of con- siderable vakie, and these 1 hope to make the subject of a further communica- tion in the future. Dr. Petrie (1908), discussing those used for the precipita- tion of the proteins, gives an account of some preliminary experiments which he carried out with the seeds of Acacia pycnantha, copper hydroxide, (Stut- zer's Reagent), tannin salt solution and alcohol being severally used as preeipi- tants. He found that, apparently, alcohol and tannin salt solution gave dis- tinctly more reliable results than copper hydroxide which is the reagent used in the ofheiid American methods. These reagents might also be used to ad- vantage in the precipitation of the proteins in grasses. Similarly acetone has been suggested as a precipitant for the proteins (Weyl, 1910). No attempt has been made so far in this work to examine the non-protein nitrogen in the grasses. Although Van Slyke's method (1911-12) appears at tirst sight to be suitable for the purpose (Grindley and Eckstein. 191G; Grindley. etc., 1915), other writers (Dowell and Menaul, 1919; Gcirtner, 1918; Gortner and Holm, 1917; Hart and Sure, 191()) show that furfurol and dextrose tend to react on the amino acids and protein hydrolysates (Dowell and Menaul, 1919. p. 131), and that consequently an unusually large percentage of nitrogen is found in the humin. This weakness in the method has also been noted by Grindley, Joseph and Slater (1915). From a consideration of their own re- sults, confirmed as they were by Gortner (1918), Hart and Sure conclude that the method of direct hydrolysis for the estimation of amino acids in feeding stuffs by the Van Slyke method is inapplicable, and tliat the results so secured will be open to question. It is further suggested by them that, in the present unsatisfactory status of the methods for estimating the amino acids in the complex protein-carbohydrate mixture of feeding stuffs, the only reliable pro- cedure for obtaining an insight into the nuti'itive worth of the proteins in such a mixture is the biological one. All the writers mentioned above, however, ius well as Nollau (1915), Kellner (1910), and Brunnich and Smith (1907), stress the great importance of the non-protein nitrogenous compounds of feeding stuffs, and especially of the amino acids. In the actual determination of proteins in the grasses, I have followed the Kjeldahl Gunning Arnold method recouunended by the Associa- tion of OHicial Agricultural Chemists of America (1920), and have found it to work satisfactorily. Slight modifications in the olficial metiiods of estimating proteins have been suggested from time to time (Brill and Ascavili, 1917; Phelps and Daudt, 1920), the last named writers suggesting that the use of rubber stoppers in the apparatus, as in the official method, may contribute small amounts of ammonia-reacting substances, and recommending that cork stoppers, entirely covered with tin foil, be used instead. In the determination of true protein. or albuminoid nitrogen, Stutzer's Reagent has been employed as a precipitant for the proteins (Assocn. Offic. Agric. Chemists. 1920). Crude Fibre. — The acid-alkali method has been used in estimating the crude fibre in the grasses (Assocn. Offic. Agric. Chemists, 1920). Although the method may have many drawbacks (Bidwell and Walton, 191(); Francis, 1916), it is usually considered su])erior to other methods. Bidwell and Walton (1916) point out that crude (ihre is not the name of a definite substance, but oidy a convenient and scimewhal descriptive term used to denote the result obtained by treating a feed by the olficial method. "Inas- much," tiiey say, "as crude fibre designates simf)ly a lunnerical value obtained by following the official nietlmd which is strictly an cinpirica) one. any dcvin- BT MARGARET II. O'dWYER. 243 tion therefrom will give incorrect results. This is the strongest and all im- portant objection to any material change in a method for otticial endorsement" (1916, p. 34). These writers have found that, by observing- certain precau- tions, the results of the orticial method wilj cheek very closely, and the difli- culties and tediousness will be eliminated. In fact, they have been unable to make the determination by any of the proposed modifications in any less time than by the official method. J. A. and E. W. Voelcker (1918) recommend a modification of the official method involving the use of a 2% solution of the acid and alkali instead of the 1.25% solution used by the American chemists. Brunnich (1907) is of the opinion that Konig's method (1898) is superior to the acid alkali method, and that the resulting crude fibre is free from pen- tosans. Konig's method has, however, been unfavourably criticised by American chemists, on account of its slow filtration and because of the variation in dupli- cates. Brunnich, however, claims to have overcome these defects (Brunnich and Smith, 1907). In a publication entitled "The Feeding Value of Cereals, as calculated from Chemical Analyses" Chamberlain (1909) states that crude fibre, though only slightly digestible, plays a very impoi-tant part in digestion. "It acts as a dilutant," he says, "of the more concentrated jiortions of the food, such its starch; necessitates for the whole food thorough mastication and prevents it from becoming too compact; in other words it keeps the food mass porous and open to the action of digestive fluids. If, however, the crude fibre is in excess, the amount of energy expended by the animal in securing and digesting the food is so great that its ultimate nutritive value is correspondingly diminished." Ether Extract. — This contains, as well as fat, waxes, chlorophyll and some of the organic acids. It is considered to be very impure in the case of the coarse fodders, containing sometimes as much as one-half of non fatty sub- stances. The method used for this estimation is again the American Official metliod. Ward (1917, pp. 326 — 327) recommends that, in order to overcome errore arising from the porosity of corks used in the Soxhlet apparatus and the solubility of certain constituents of the cork in the extraction solvent, the cork should be heated for two hours on a boiling water liath in a solution of gelatin (previously soaked in cold water for five or six hours and then melted) in a quarter of a volume of glycerol and two volumes of water. They may be then removed, dried and employed in a Soxhlet apparatus for an hour. Thus treated they may be used to advantage with any solvent in the vapour of which water and glyceiol are not readily soluble. Pentosans. — In using the official American method for the estimation of the pentosans in grasses, I am fortunate in having a small supply of phlorogluein, which has been practically unobtainable. Should it not be forthcoming for future determinations some other method must be substituted. That suggesteB jpiCq-oqj^ 3 piouiinnq^Y •treso^naj ^o«ac^xa raq^a •ajqij apruo •nra^oja etuj, nia^oj^ "pn-iO qsy ■a.^tH8iojf ( '(, ) -ajn^Bio H [^^ox ■q!^OJ£) JO efiing 'nog JO aiin'B^j poB i^n'SOO'] ■* ■* CO c 00 6 00 o 6 o o s a O tj . to ^ . ^ <3 ''I -r 1-1 c3 O o m 3 s c3 O ■3 g « m o 05 O M CS 3 o car" >i >. a -; .i^ o ''^ o c rid ■ °^ » a'S p. § c> g 7^ X S ^ a Em ^ r ■ S ■self) JO araB^ ■So IJ''^ o ° .« r a k-g r a -a ^ © O CD -4J 5; t-'c to 33 g S20 9 J ® 5. o ® .CO >— 5 -?; a j; -1 o o a (N o « '-I ^ k •" a o ® c ?:> J « '2^ t^' 5 '©^ s s ;- be > g Is 0 fcr^.^ •<\"^ *^ ^ ^ a : « Oct ried Nov lied ~ oiTi ■ci, -n ^.^ ^ a w .3 Q!5 241) REPORT ON NUTRITIVE VALUE OP CERTAIN AUSTRALIAX GRASSES, same conditions, showed a decrease. Also that, in comparing samples col- lected during the summer with those collected during the winter months, a falling off in the percentage of protein was noticed during the winter months, while the percentage of crude fibre was greater in the winter samples. The percentage of ether extract was found t o 2 0 Name and Date. Locality and Nature of Soil. c3 g ^1 Remarks. M<5 tRo; ^(S Schedonorus, Hookerian us Glen Innes Experimental Farm 1st 15.75 6.50 27 Sept., 1920. (4000 feet above sea level). (dried in laboratory) . Gravelly and comparatively poor. 6". Hookcricimis. 1st 16.18 11.23 S Oct., 1920. Ditto. (dried at Farm). 6". JHookeriaiius. 2nd 10.706 7.895 Flowers not 9 Feb.. 1921. Ditto. long fertilised. (dried at Farm). Fanicum prolntuin. Hawkesbury Agric. College. 1st 15.57 8.63 19 Oct., 1920. Light giey silt. (dried at College). P. pioliiluin. 2nd 7.51 5.88 Flowers not 8 Nov., 1920. Ditto. long fertilised. (dried at College). P. prolutmn. 3rd (i.74 5.10 Seed set. 12 Dec, 1920. Ditto. (dried at College) . Plragrostis leptostachya. 2nd 11.98 9.20 Seed just be- 12 Jan., 1921. Ditto. ginning to set. (dried at College). P.. leptostachya. 3rd 8,137 7.20 Seed Bet. 12 Jan., 1921. Ditto. (dried at College). .V. Hookerianus. Botanic Gardens. 1st 15.75 8.39 15 Aug., 1920. Sandy loam. (dried in laboratory) . 5. Hookerianus. Ist 15.75 8.41 15 Aug., 1920. Ditto. (dried at Gardens) . 5. Hookerianus. 2nd 10.325 8.025 Seed beginning 24 Jan., 1921. Ditto. to set. (dried at Gardens) . Danthonia semi-annularis. 1st 14.25 8.175 15 Aug., 1920. Ditto. (dried in laboratory) . ■S". Hookerianus. Hawkesbury Agric. College. 1st 15.56 8.065 17 Aug., 1920. Light grey silt. (di-ied in laboratory). D. semi-annularis. Cowra Experimental Farm Ist 16.48 10.85 3 Nov., 1920. (978 feet above sea level) . (dried at Farm). Sandy loam, granite origin. P). semi-annularis. Glen Innes Experimental Farm. 3rd 5.68 3.557 Seed set. 6 Dec, 1920. (4000 feet above sea level) . (dried in laboratory). Gravelly and comparatively poor. Danthonia pilosa (?) R.Br.' Yanco Experimental Farm. 2ud 8.05 6.50 Seed beginning to set. 29 Dec, 1920. Chocolate loam, with hard (dried on Farm). clayey subsoil. Panieuvi prolutum. Botanic Gardens. 3rd 5.952 4.230 Seed set . 24 Jan., 1921. Sandy loam. (dried at Gardeusl. Paniiuv! deeomposilum R.Br. 3rd 5. .325 4.20 Seed set. 24 Jan., 1921. Ditto. (dried at Gardens). 1 Pollinia fulva Bentli. 2nd 9.320 7.152 Seed beginning 24 Jan.. 1921. Ditto. to set. (dried in laboratory). * The genus Danthonia is now under revision by Messrs. Cheel Gardens staff, and it is quite possible that the D. pilosa group will be and BreakweU, of the Botanic plit up and renamed. 248 REPORT ON NDTEITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES, as will l>e seeu from Table i. Analyses carried out on other grasses at this stage show that the non-protein nitrogen is usually about 40% of the total nitro- gen, so that, in the case of the wilted sample, there has been apparently, a breaking down of the proteins into their cleavage products. I hope to carry out further experiments under similar conditions, in order to verify the result which has been shown above. The non-proteins are found to be especially abun- dant in immature plants, where the protein formation has not yet been com- pleted, and in fermented foods such as silage, where the proteins have been partially decomposed (Sleetcr Bull. 1916). Some such decomposition has ap- parently taken place in the wilted sample of grass from Glen Innes. Sleeter Bull (1916) also considers that there are considerable differences in the nutri- tive value of the amino acids, some being essential to life, while others are essential to growth only. "Therefore," he says, "different proteins may differ considerably in nutritive value," e.g., zein, the principal protein of maize, has no lysine or tryptophane (Osborne and Mendel, 1910). So far no great varia- tions have been observed in the percentages of ether extract. The <'rude fibre content appears to be rather low compared with American gi-asses (Grifliths, etc., 1915), the pentosan also showing a slightly lower percentage. If these results are borne ou,t by subsequent investigation, our native grasses should compare favourably . with those of the United States, as the percentage of pro- tein appears to be about the'same in each. It wiU be noticed that the percentage of ash shows a decided drop at the second stage of growth. There is, of course, nothing unusual about this. Preston (1S87) and Ivnight, Hepner and Nelson (1911), stress the importance of giving particulars as to locality, soil, etc., in these analyses. They have therefore been included in Table i. On examination of samples at the different stages as given in Table ii., the highest crude protein content, so far, has been found to occur in samples collected at the first stage and to diminish gi-adually as the grass grows older. As before mentioned, however, crude protein at this stage is considered to con- sist largely of amino acids, amides, etc. (Sleeter Bull, 1916), which although highly important constituents (Osborne and Mendel, 1916; Nollau, 1915), have hardly such a high nutritive value as the true proteins. In gi-asses examined at the second stage the protein content apparently lessens considerably (Soderbaum, 1918). I have examined the flowers of some grasses at this stage, and results are given in Table iii. I find that, at this stage, apparently a considerable proportion of the protein is found in the flower itself, and that considerably less occure in the leaves and stems than was the case at an earlier stage. At the third stage still less appears to occur in the leaves and more in the seed (Petrie, 1911; Schulze and Schutz, 1909). In connection with this work, my best thanks are due, first of all, to Pro- fessor Watt, Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture in the University of Sydney, in whose Department and under whose superxnsion the research is being carried out, and to Mr. G. Wiiglit. Lecturer in Agricultural Chemistry in the University, for many piactical suggestions; to Mr. .]. H. Maiden, for his kindness in al- lowing me the use of the National Herbarium and of the library at the Botanic Gardens, and for his readiness to afford me any assistance in his power; to the members of his staff, particularly Mr. E. Breakwell, Agrostologist. and his Assistant, Mr. Wliittet, who have gone to much trouble in procuring material for me and heljjing me in other ways, and to Mr. W. M. Carne, Hawkesbury Agricultural College, and the managoi-s of the various Experiment Farms for forwarding material, etc. I am also indebted to Dr. ,1. M. Petrie for much BY MARGARET H. o'dWTEB. 249 Table III. Showing Amount of Protein in Flowers. Locality Percentage of Name. and Crude Protein Remarks. Date. in Flowers. Panicum prolutuni Hawkesbury 13.823 Not long fertilised. (dried in laboratory) . Agric. College. 10 Nov.. 1921. Sclifdoiwriis Hookerianus. Glen Innes. 13.925 Not long fertilised. (dried at Farm). 9 Feb., 1921. Eragrostis leptoslachya . Hawkesbury 14.735 Seed is just beginning (dried at College). Agric. College. 12 Jan., 1921. to set. Dantliottia semi-annular is. Glen Innes. 12.302 Unfertilised. (tlried at Farm). 9 Feb., 1921. Sc/udonorus Hookerianus. Botanic Gardens. 14.023 Seed is just beginning (dried at Gardens). 24 Jan., 1921. to set. The grasses mentioned in this table are the only ones which have been procurab le so far, in the flowering stage. valuable assistance. Lastly, I must pay a tribute to the very kindly interest which has been shown by Sir Edgeworth David in the progri^ss and welfare of my work. List of Works Referred to. Armsby, H. p., 1907.— Relative Value of Feeding Stuft's. U.S. Dept. of Agri- culture, Pennsylvania State College Agric. Exp. Sta., Bull. 71. , 1911.— The Nutritive Value of the Non Proteins of Feeding StuSs. U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Bull. 139. AS.S0CIAT10X OP Official Agricultural Chemists, Washington, D.C., 1920. — Official and Tentative Methods of Analysis. BiDWELL, G. L., 1916. — Report on Feeds and Feeding StuiSs. Journ. Assocn. Offic. Agric. Chemists, ii., No. 1, pp. 29 — 30. BiDWELL AND Walton, 1916. — The Determination of Crude Fibre. Journ. As- socn. Offic. Agric. Chemists, ii., No. 1, pp. 32 — 35. Brill, H. C.. and Ascavili, 1917. — Some Limitations of the Kjeldahl Method. Philippine Journ. Sci., Section A, xii., No. 5, pp. 261—265. Brunnich, J. A., and Smith, F., 1907. — Notes on Fodder Analysis. Proc. Austr. Assocn. Adv. Sci., xi., p. 343. Chamberlain, S., 1909. — The Feeding Value of Cereals as calculated from Chemical Analyses. U.S. Dept. of Agric, Bureau, of Chemistry, Bull. 120. Clarke, J. O., 1920. — Report on Water in Foods and Feeding Stuffs. Journ. Assocn. Offic. Agric. Chemists, iv., No. 1, p. 48. Dovtell, C. T., and Menaitl, P., 1919. — The Action of Furfurol and Dextrose on Amino Acids and Protein Hydrolysates. Journ. Biol. Chem., xl.. No. 1, pp. 131—136. Francis, C. K., 1916. — Report on Crude Fibre. Journ. Assocn. Offic. Agric. Chemists, ii.. No. 1, pp. 30—32; ii., No. 3, pp. 126—131. — , 1919-1920. — Report on Crude Fibre. Journ. Assocn. Offic. Agric. Che- mists, iii., (1919), No. 2, pp. 256—260. '250 REPORT ON NUTRITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES, GoRTNER, K. A., 1918. — Ou the Hydrolysis of Proteins in the Presence of Ex- traneous Materials and on the Origin and Nature of the Humin Nitrogen of a Protein Hydrolysate. Science, N.S., No. 1231, pp. 122 — 124. GoRTNER, K. A., and Holm, G. E., 1917. — On the Origin of the Humin formed by the Acid Hydroly.'^is of Proteins. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc, xxxix., No. 11, pp. 2477—2501'. Griffiths, Bidwell and Goodrich, 1915. — Native Pasture Grasses of the United States. U.S. Dept. of Agric, Bull. 201. Grindley, H. S., and Eckstein, E. C, 1910. — The Non Protein Constituents of Feeding Stuffs. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc, xxxviii., No. 7, pp. 1425 — 1431. Grindley, H. S., Joseph, W. E., and Slater, M. E., 1915. — The Quantitative Determination of the Amino Acids of Feeding Stuffs by the Van Slyke Method. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc, xxxvii., No. 7, pp. 1778 — 2769. Hart, E. B., and Sure, B., 1916. — The Influence of Carl)oliydrates on the Ac- curacy of the Van Slyke Method in the Hydrolysis of Casein. Journ. Biol. Chem., xxviii., No. 1, pp. 241 — 244. HONCAMP, F., 1915. — Comparative Researches into the Composition of Fresh Gra.ss and of Hay. (Die Landwirtsehaftlichen versuchsstationem, x.xxvi., Berlin, 1915). Monthly Bulletin of Agricultural Intelligence and Plant Disease, Year vi.. No. 8, p. 1075. Jensen, H. I., 1912. — Soils of the Hawkesbury Agricultural College Farm. Dejjl. of Agric. N.S. Wales. Science Bull. 5. , 1914.— Soils of New Soutii Wales. Jolles, a., 1906. — Method for the Determination of Pentosans. Analyst, xxxi., pp. 163—164. Kellner, 1909. — Scientific Feeding of Farm Animals. • , 1911. — Experiments on Ruminants with Non Protein Nitrogen Compounds. Annual Rsj)orts of the Progress of Chemistry, (1910), vii., p. 222. Knight, Hepnkr, and Nelson. 1905, 1906, 1908, 1911.— Wyoming Forage Plants and their (Jhemical Composition. Studies No. 1, 2, 3, and 4. Uni- versity of Wyoming, Agric. ('oil. Dept. Bull. 65, 70, 76 and 87. KoNiG, J., 1898. — A New Method lor determining ("rude Fibre in Foods and Feeding Stuffs. f/.,S'. Dept. of Agric, Exp. Sta. Record, x., No. 5. (1898— 1899), p. 411. Lawson-Scribner, F., 1896. — Grasses. U.S. Dept. of Agric, Division of Agros- tology. Le Clerc, J. A. AND Voder, P. A., 1914. — Environmental ("liaraci eristics of Wheat. Journ. Agric Research, v.. No. 4, pp. 272 — 292. Menaul, p., and Dowi'.Lii, C. T., 1919. — A Modification of the Phenylliyilrazine Method of detei'niining Pentosans. Journ. Industrial and Kng. Chem., ii., pp. 1024—1025. Murray, J. A., 1914. — The Chemistry of Cattle Feeding and Dairying. NOLLAU, El. H., 1915. — The Amino Acid Content of Certain Commercial Feed- ing Stuffs, and other Sources of Protein. Journ. Biol. Chem., xxi., p. 611. OSBORKK, T. B., -md Mendel, L. P.., 1916. — The Amino Acid Minimum for Maintenance and Growth as exemplified by further Experiments with Lysnie and Tryptophane. Journ. Biol. Chem., xxv., pj). 1 — 12. Pammel, Wkems, and IjAwsox-Scribxer, 1901. — Pastures and Meadows of Iowa. lon-a li.vp. Sla., I?nll. 56. Petrie, J. M., 1908. — The Role of Nitrogen and its Compounds in Plant .Meta- bolism. The Non Protein Nitrogen in Seeds. Proc Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxiv., pt. 4. BY MARGARET H. o'dWYEK. 251 , 1911. — The Role of Nitrogen in Plant JVIetabolism. The Nitrogen ot Ripen- ing Seeds. Pruc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi., pt. 1. Phelps, 1. K., and Daudt, H. W., 1919. — Investigations of the Kjeldahl Method for determining Nitrogen. Jourii. Assocn. Uffic. Agric. Cheimals, iii., No. 2, pp. 218—229. , 1920. — Investigation of the Kjeldahl Method for determining Nitrogen. Journ. Assocn. Offic. Agric. Chemists, iv., No. 1, pp. 72 — 76. Preston, 1887. — Pasture Grasses. Sampson, A. W., 1914. — Natural Revegetation of Range Lands based upon Growth Requirements and Life History of the Vegetation. U.S. Depl. i>f Agric, Journ. Agric. Research, iii., No. 2, pp. 93 — 147. SCHOLZE, B., and Schotz, J., 1909. — Annual Reports of the Progress of Che- mistry, vi., p. 193. Sleeter Bdll, 1916. — Principles of Feeding Farm Animals, pp. 9 — 12. SoDERBAUM, G., 1918. — The Chemical Composition of Green Forage Crops at different Stages of Development. {K. Landkhr. Akad., Handl. och Tidski., 56, No. 3, 1917, pp. 185—201). Exp. Sta. Record, xxxix., p. 836. TOLLENS, 1902. — Method for the Determination of Pentosans Abstr. Analyst, xxvii., pp. 279—280. Van Slyke, D. D., 1911-12. — The Analysis of Proteins by the Determination of the Chemical Groups characteristic of the Different Amino Acids. Journ. Biol. Chem., x., pp. 15 — 54. ViPOND, H. J., 1914. — The Composition of Crops and Feedinff Stuffs. Dept. of Agric, Union of S. Africa. VOELCKER, J. A., and E. W., 1918.— The Estimation of Woody Fibre in Feed- ing Stuffs. Analyst, xliii.. No. 502, p. 31. Ward, T. G., 1917. --Analyst, xlii.. No. 499, pp. 326—327. Weyl, T., 1910.— Proteins and Cleavage Products. (Ber. 1910, 43, 508; A, i., 287.) Annual Reports of the Progress of Chemistry, vii., p. 223. 252 STUDIES IN LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA BRACHYCERA. Part i. Stratiomyhdae. No. 2. Further experiments in the rearing of Metopunia ruhrici'.ps. By Vera Irwin-Smith. B.Sc, F.L.S., Linneaii Maeleay Fellow of the Soeiety in Zoology. (Eight Te.xt-figures. ) Attempts to rear the larval Metoponia rubriceps from the egg, whieh were made last year and described in the first paper of this series, were continued throughout the Spring and Summer, and have at la.^t met with a considerable measure of success. It has been found possible to breed from flies reared from the larva in . captivity, and the cyele, from larva to the laiva of the next generation, has been obtained. Unfortunately, the bred larvae fill perished at an early stage, so that the cycle is not yet (|uite complete, and the length of time occupied in the larval state has still to be determined. The larvae used in the experiments were those collected in May and August of 1020. Early in the following Spring, many began to show signs of the im- mobility which marks the onset of pupation, and, as this occurred, the pupating larvae were put into separate vessels. Common half-pint glass preserving jars were found most suitable for the purpose, filled to a depth of an inch or two with the sandy soil in which the larvae normally live, and planted with a little couch grass, having stems long enough to afford a resting place for the flies as they emerged. The soil was kept slightly damp, and the jars, loosely covered with metal screw tops, were kept on a window ledge where they were exposed to direct sunlight for several hours after sunrise. Each jar contained several pupae, judged by their sizes to ho of the two sexes. Under the-se conditions, a good proportion of the pupae completed their development, and imagines appeared over a much longer period than had been observed in the field. The earliest, a male, emerged on 11th October, while others were obtained as late as December. One pupa noticed to be immobile on 12th December, was dissected on 10th December, and found to be still in a very early stage of pupation. During this Spring, very few of the adult Mies were caught in the field. A long period of drought had evidently proved unfavourable for their develop- ment. The lawn at the Australian Museum, from which the larvae had been obtained, had become very dry, and the earth had caked hard, when it was searched for larvae and pupae on 4th November. Though a good number BY VERA IBVVIN-SMITH. 253 of living larvae were found, full pupal cases were very scarce, and the majority of those found contained dead and decayed pupae. Under these circumstances it was impossible to carry out breeding experi- ments with flies obtained in the adult stage, and it became necessary to rely on those bred out in the laboratory. Unfortunately, in most cases they emerged singly, and at such long intervals that flies of both sexes were rarely alive at the same time. However, on the morning of 11th November, two flies, a male and a female, emerged in the one jar, within a short time of one another. They immediately crawled up the grass stems, and remained there, quite motionless, for the first two days. On the third morning, 13th November, the intense light of a hot day seemed to have roused them to activity, for they were found during the morning, engaged in a "courting" dance in the sunshine, following one another in rapid flight up and down the grass stems, and sides of the vessel. Copulation was not observed, but at seven o'clock on the following morning, 14th November, a small white cluster of eggs was found deposited in a single irregular clump, against the side of the jar, on a level with the surface of the soil. Next day the male died, and the female lived only one day longer. In view of the previous failures with eggs which had been handled, it was judged safer to leave these eggs entirely undisturbed, and trust to the very imperfect observation afforded through the glass of the jar, to determine whether any changes occurred in them. The lid was kept on the jar, and a slight amount of moisture retained in the soil. At the end of the first week, the eggs appeared to darken in colour, and by 27th November, the fourteenth day after deposition, they had become amber coloured. No further observation was made until 30th November, when the egg clump was not visible at all. The soil, therefore, was carefully turned out, in small quantities, on to glass Petri dishes, and examined under the micro- scope. The search was rewarded by the finding of newly hatched, living larvae, no bigger than the particles of soil among which they were crawling, and or eggs which contained unhatched, but well-developed larvae. The latter were picked out with a camels-hair brush, and kept, for further observation, on a small quantity of damp soil in a small crystal dish. However, either they were already dead, or the change of environment proved fatal, for no further develop- ment took place in them, and after a few days they were all decayed and covered with fungus. The quantity of soil in which it was possible to pick out the almost micro- scopic larvae, was obviously insufficient for the growth of grass for their nour- ishment. Accordingly, it was decided that the best chance of carrying out the chief aim of the experiment, the rearing of the larvae to maturity, was to place them in a large jar full of soil, containing a good growth of grass, and refrain from any further attempt to handle them until they had had time to increase greatly in size. Unfortunately, this object was not attained. The jar containing the larvae was left undisturbed until the end of February, a period of three months; but when the soil was turned out, no trace of the larvae was found, under the most searching microscopical examination. Difficulty had been experienced in keep- ing the grass alive, and a constant degree of moisture in the soil, during the hottest summer weather, especially during a period when, through absence from Sydney, I was unable to attend to it' myself. The larvae had evidently died under unfavourable conditions, or been lost during the removal of dead grass. Previous experiments in the rearing of larvae collected in the field had 254 STUDIES IK LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA BRACHYCERA. shown that the younger the larvae, the more difficult they are to preserve alive. Adverse conditions which had no ill-effect on larvae over 6 mm. in length, in- variably proved fatal to the smaller ones, and no larva under 5 mm. length, when collected, has, so far, been successfully brought through to the pupal stage. Description of the newly-hatehed larva. Newly-hatched larvae measure from 0.8 to 0.96 mm. in length, and 0.27 mm. in lateral width. The chief structural differences from older larvae are found in Afetoponia rubriceps Macq. Fig. 1. Empty egsj cases, and moult skin (M). (x 48). Fig. 2. Portion of moult skin shown in Fig. 1. (x475). Fig. 3. Newly hatched larva, (x 48). Fig. 4. Head of newly hatched larva, (x 175). Figs. 5-6. Dorsal view (5) and ventral view (6) of segments of newly hatched larva, (x 100). Figs. 7-8. Dorsal view (7) and ventral view (8) of seg- ment of a larva 2 mm. long, (x 100). the formation of the head, and in the arrangement of the bristles on the body. The eyes are quite rudimentary, and there is an entire absence of the lateral lobes which form such a prominent feature in larvae of larger growth (Fig. 4). BY VERA IRWIN-SMITH. 255 On the otlier hand, the heart spiracles (?) are relatively much larger and more prominent {sp.). A small area of dark cuticle above each of them, indicates the position in which the lateral "boss" grows out later, evidently as a protective structure above the spiracle. On the dorsal surface of each of the body segments there are instead of six, only two stout bristles. Tiny rudiments of the other bristles can be seen on some segments. The smallest larvae collected in the iield, 2 mm. long, show these on all segments (Fig. 7), and the first bristles developed are found to be the middle one on each side. On the ventral surface, six bristles are present in the newly- hatched larva, but they are not equally developed and are very small and incon- spicuous (Fig. 6). The outermost bristle on each side is the longest, and this is the case, still, at the 2 mm. stage (Fig. 8). It is, therefore, only with later growth that all the bristles of each surface become uniform in size. On the lateral ridges only the two larger bristles are present at first. These, at hatching, are about 0.12 mm. long, and give the larva a conspicuously hairy appearance. The larva escapes from the egg through an irregular rupture extending up from the broad pole (Fig. 1). The first moult evidently occurs immediately after hatching, since many cast skins were found tangled up with the empty egg- cases (Fig. 1). These skins differ considerably from those of later moults. They are very soft, and delicate, do not retain the shape of the larva, and are not coated with calcareous hexagonal plates. In place of the plates are numerous delicate, finely-pointed processes (Fig. 2) scattered irregularly between the bristles. In larvae still contained in the egg, the armoured coat can be seen, already developed, beneath this skin. The structure of the head can be made out more easily in the moult skin than in the unhatched larva. Both show au earlier stage of development than the hatched larva, which is especially interest- ing in the case of the mouth-parts. These will be considered later, in conjunc- tion with a detailed study of the fully-developed larval mouth-parts. The structures which have the appearance of spiracles are very conspicuous, and each is seen to connect, internally, with a small tube, which can be traced for a short distance into the head. 25() THE OCCURRENCE OF CALCIUM OXALATE IN THE GIDGEE WATTLE (ACACIA CAMBAGEI BAKER). By Thos. Steel. References in literature to the occurrence of calcium oxalate in plants are numerous, but records of the amounts present are comparatively scarce. A few of the more important of the latter may be noted. In 1877, W. M. Hamlet and C. R. Plow-right (Chem. News, xxxvi., 1877, p. 93; Journ. Chem. Soc, ii., 1877, p. 796) drew attention to the presence of oxalic acid in a large number of fungi, tlie acid apparently existing in the free state, as hydric potassium oxalate and as calcium oxalate. Fistularia hepatica (86% water) contained 0.08% of total oxalic acid, equal to 0.57% in the dry plant, and equivalent to 0.73% calcium oxalate (C204Ca+H-0). The presence of the same acid in small amounts in potatoes and malt is recorded by Siewert (Journ. Chem. Soc, 1883, abs. p. 232). Berthclot and Andre (Journ. Chem. Soc, 1886, abs. p. 734) state that they found 13.9% oxalic acid, which is equivalent to 17.8% calcium oxalate, in the roots (dry) of Rumex acetosa (common sorrel). Of the 13.9% oxalic acid, 5.9 was in the soluble state and the remainder insoluble. H. G. Smith (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxix., 1905, p. 23) in a com- prehensive paper describes the occurrence of considerable amounts of calcium oxalate in the bark of numerous species of Eticah/ptus, the percentages present varying from 0.08 to 16.66 of C204Ca+Il20 in the dry bark. T)ie occurrence of the same substance in cinnamon and cassia barks was recorded by J. Hendrick (Analyst, xxxii., 1907, p. 14) who found from mere traces up to 3.5% in commercial samples and 6.62% in one of Ceylon wild cin- namon. J. Otto (Journ. Soc. Cliem. Ind., xxxi., 1912, p. 411) found from 0.4 to 0.9% calcium oxalate in the young needles of pine trees, while old shoots con- tained 2.3%i and young larch leaves 0.1%, all in the dry material. R. T. Baker "(Journ. Roy. Soc N.S. Wales, li., 1917, p. 435), as the result of microscopic examination, detected crystals of the same compound in the cells of a large number of Australian timbers. Further references to various phases of this subject will be found in the collective indices of the Chemical Society and of the Society of Chemical In- dustry. F. B. Guthrie (Agric. Gazette N.S. Wales, viii., 1897, p. 868) recorded an analvsis of the ash of the Gidgee or Stinking Wattle (A. Camhagei), show- ing 90.7% of lime (CaO) and 0.40% potash (K2O). BY THOS. STEEL. 257 Another sample of Gidgee ash offered commercially for manurial purposes and examined by myself in 1898, contained a similar large proportion of lime and small one of potash. Being struck by the probability of this proportion of lime being due to the presence of unusual amounts of calcium oxalate in the plant, I obtained from Mr. Maiden samples of the timber and bark of A. Cambaijei and sub- mitted them to detailed examination, with the results following: — I have calculated the oxalate as C204Ca-|-H20, following H. G. Smith, cited above, v.ho found this to be the constitution of the oxalate separated mechanically from Eucalyptus bark. The method of determination used was similar to that described by Smith, with the exception that T ignited the oxalate precipitate completely and weighed as CaO. Timber and bark of Acacia Cambagei. (Calculated to dryness.) Outer bark.' Ash soluble in acid 8.48 Sand 1.15 Potash (K2O) 0.06 Lime as oxalate 8.20 Total lime (CaO) 7.22 Calcium oxalate (C204Ca-|-H20) 18.82 Outer Inner Inner wood. wood. Average bark. (white). (dark). wood. 8.43 3.28 2.53 2.86 .44 0.00 0.00 0.00 O.Of) 0.08 0.05 0.06 8.16 3.08 2.46 2.70 7.22 2.23 1.40 1.83 18.82 5.81 3.81 4.77 Water in air-dried sample 8.80 9.30 9.00 9.20 9.05 These proportions of calcium oxalate in the bark of A. Cambagei are the highest I have seen recorded for any plant. G. Kraus (Journ. Chem. Soc, 1892, abs. ji. 1370) concludes from the re- sults of experiments on the bark of various trees which contain calcium oxalate in quantity, that this substance constitutes a reserve deposit and is not an excretion, and that it is redissolved in spring and summer according to the needs of the plant. Branches of Rihes sanguineum and other trees varied in their calcium oxalate content with the seasons, the amount present being highest in winter and lowest in spring and summer. The author states that calcium oxalate is certainly liable to solution by long-continued action of an acid circu- lating liquid like cell sap. The abstract does not give any details regarding the structure or appear- ance of the bark examined. I feel more than doubtful about this conclusion. A fall in the oxalate content of the bark during the growing period is more likely to be due to the addition of new bark free from oxalate, than to the solution of the oxalate already deposited. Oxalic acid is usually considered a waste pro- duct, harmful to the plant, fixed with lime in order to render it insoluble and harmless, and we know that it is shed in large amount in leaves and bark. We have seen above that the dead, dry, outer bark of A. Cambagei contains the same proportion of oxalate as the inner bark, and even of the latter only a comparatively thin layer may be in metabolic function, in which condition alone it could receive or part with its load of oxalate. Smith (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxix., 1895, p. 325; xxxvii., 1903, p. 107) concluded in the case of 0 rites e.rceha, which he found to contain large amounts of aluminium succinate, that the succinic acid wa.s a waste, poisonous 258 OCCUKRENCE OP CALCIUM OXALATE IN THE GIDGEE WATTLE. metabolic product, fixed by the jilant witli the only available base forming an insoluble succinate, in order to get rid of it. To determine in how far the barks of other species of Acacia resembled ,1. Cambaijei in calcium oxalate content, the barks of a number were examined. Through the courtesy of Mr. Maiden 1 was provided with these from the col- lections in the Herbarium Museum at the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. The analysis of this series was made for me by my colleague, Mr. E. F. Vaughan, to whom my thanks are due. All the samples were of mature bark which had l>eeome thoroughly air dried. Percentages in Acacia barks (calculated to dryness). 12 3 4 5 6 Total ash 2.01 1.56 3.05 6.80 6.14 6.05 Total lime (CaO) 1.64 0.91 2.63 2.54 4.04 5.60 Lime as oxalate 0.52 0.60 1.67 2.05 2.58 3.42 Calcium oxalate (C204Ca+H20) 1.3(i 1.56 4.36 5.35 6.74 8.92 Water in air-dried sample . . . . 11.43 11.75 13.20 9.58 12.88 10.83 In the total ash the lime was ignited to CaO. 1. A. Cheelii Blakely; 2. A. adunca A. Cunn.; 3. ^1. aurlculiformis A. Cunn. ; 4. A. decora Reiehb. ; 5. A. salicina Lindl. ; 6. A. aueura F.v.M. As in the case of the Eucalyptus barks examined by H. G. Smith there is considerable variation in the amount of oxalate present, but in none of the samples is the high percentage in .1. Camhagei approached. A variable amount of lime is seen to be in combination other than as oxalate. The bark of A. decora contained a comparatively large amount of ash insoluble in acid an(i was high in iron and alumina, which might be due to admixture with earthy matter, but there was nothing Ln the appearance of the bark to indicate this. In a lengthy article on the chemistry of forest trees, by R. Warington in Watt's Diet. Chemistry (viii.. Ft. 1, 1879, p. 800), a considerable mass of in- formation on the ash 'constituents of the bark, timber and leaves of trees is col- lected. A critical examination of this shows clearly that in most of these lime is the predominating constituent, and that there is never sufficient inorganic acid present to fully satisfy the lime and other bases. Throughout the article no specific mention is made of oxalic acid, though it is stated (p. 809) that the carbon dioxide in the ash represents tlie organic acids with wliich the bases were originally united, and that the proportion of btises combined in this way is apparently gTeater in old than in young wood [and bark.] In the light of present knowledge a study of the data given strongly indicates the presence, in many of these timbers and barks, of vcrj' considerable proportions of calcium oxalate. 259 NOTE ON A GLACIALLY-STRIATED PAVEMENT IN THE KUTTUNG SERIES OF THE MAITLAND DISTRICT. By G. D. Osborne, B.Sc, anh W. R. Browne, B.Sc. (Plate sxii., and one Text-figure.). Our knowledge of glaciation of definitely Carboniferous age in New South Wales dates back to the visit of the British Association for the Advancement of Science to this State in 1914, when, during one of the geological excursions, Professor David made the discovery of definite tillite at Seaham, in the Mait- land District, an identification which was concurred in by Professors Penck and Coleman. Following on this discovery, field work, chiefly by Mr. C. A. Sussmilch and also by Professor David and others, resulted in the identification of further evidences of Carboniferous glaciation in the shape of tillites, fluvio- glacial conglomerates containing faceted and striated pebbles and seasonally- banded glacial shales — varve rock — on various horizons, sometimes exhibiting contemporaneous contortion. The results of these researches are embodied in an important paper by Mr. Sassmilch and Professor David (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, liii., 1919, pp. 246—338). Glacial conglomerates and varves have now been i-ecognised in many locali- ties in the Southern Carboniferous areas as well as further north at C^urra- bubula, near Tamworth (These Proceedings, xlv., 1920, p. 286), but apart from the occurrence of the Seaham tillite and the indication by the existence of varves of the proximity of land ice to the site of their deposition, no definite evidence of the presence of such land ice at any particular spot in the Hunter Valley had been obtained until the recent discovery of tlie striated pavement which forms the subject of this note. One of the authors (W.R.B.) is at present engaged in the investigation of the Carboniferous rocks occurring princijially in the parishes of Wolflngham and Gosforth, near West Maitland, and it was during a short visit by both authors to these districts in February last, that the pavement was found, the actual discovery being due to Osborne. The pavement is situated in portion 10, Parish of Wolflngham, near the eastern boundary of the parish. A surveyed road, leading from the neighlxiar hood of Gosforth to Paterson Township, after ascending a spur of the scarp bounding the ]ilateau, forms the boundaries between portions 10 and 13. At the 2eo NOTE OX A (:la<;ially-striateu pavement. north-east corner of portion 13 this road is crossed by a creek, a tributary of Webber's Creek, and in this creek, about 100 yards east of the road, a very good section of varve rock is seen, the varves showing a dip of 18° in direc- tion N. 35° W. These rocks are underlain by a dark, fairly massive mudstone possessing a sub-conehoidal fracture and containing indeterminate plant re- mains, and the outcrop is continued up a small tributai'y gully or creek coming in from the south and running approximately parallel to the road and about 200 yards to the east of it. Proceeding up this creek about 250 yards one comes upon the pavement, of which there are two exposures in the bed of the creek, separated from one another by a distance of about 2 chains. As is frequently the case in the Carboniferous areas, the creek has eroded the junction between the dipping varves and the underlying harder rocks, and it is in this way that the pavement, which has quite probably been obscured by alluvium until comparatively recently, has been exposed. {See Text-figure). Oacife Fluvio-qlocial Conqiomernte Block diagram, illustrating the physiographical and strati- graphical position of the striated pavement The total area of the pavement observable is small, probably not above six .siiuare feet at each exposure, but if the overlying varve rock and soil were re- moved a much greater glaciated surface would doubtless be brought to light. The rock has been smoothed, grooved or fluted, and striated, and small indenta- tions have been produced by the "scooping-out" action of the ice. In addition, a little ledge of the rock composing the pavement, which evidently rose about a couple of inches above the general level, has also been glaciated, and now shows sub-horizontal grooving along its vertical face. There can bo no reasonable doubt that this striated pavement represents the action of ice. The possibilities of differential erosion along flow lines in the igneous rock of the pavement, and of slickensiding have been considered and rejected, and, besides, the marking's are similar to those observed at Bacchus Marsh (Vic.)' Inman Valley and Hallet's Cove (S.A.) and elsewhere, but the grooves are less deeply incised owing doubtless to the ice-sheet which produced them being thinner than that which glaciated the above three areas so heavily. The direction of the striae on the glaciated surface is N.13°W — S.13°E. The sense of the movement of the ice has been determined by the examination of a depression, scooped out on the original floor and subseciucntly filled with varve material, flic profile of which indicates that the ice was moving in a northerly Br G. t). OSBORXE AND W. R. BROWNE. 261 direction. Tliis indication of the ice liaving had an origin to the southward is of great interest. For, from palaeogeogi-aphic considerations and from the evidence of the various conglomerate horizons in the Kuttung Series, especially the Wallarobba Conglomerates occurring as a marginal belt to the present New England massif, it seems reasonable to infer that a considerable area of high land existed to the north-east of the present Carboniferous areas (c/. Sussmileh and David, 1919, pp. 277 — 281) right on till the advent of glacial conditions in Upper Kuttung time. On the other hand, the occurrence in the fluvio-glacial conglomerates of Winder's Hill and in the Lochinvar shales of pebbles of gneiss and amphibolite such as have been found by one of the authors on certain parts of the Monaro, seems to suggest that some of the material might have come from the south and south-west. It will be interesting to see whether further discoveries confirm the general south to north direction for the movement of the glaciers. The floor over which the ice has moved is composed of a biotite dacite, the same which has formed Webber's Creek Falls and which also forms part of the steep eastern escarpment of Lamb's Valley. At the upper exposure it is overlain by weU-laminated varve-rock, dipping here N.5°W. at 16J°. In the lower exposure the varve just near the contact contains numerous angular and sub-angular inclusions of various sizes up to about 9 inches in length, many of which are composed of the underlying dacite. The existence of this striated pavement in direct contact with the varves puts it beyond a doubt, if any existed, that the latter are of glacial origin and entirely comparable with those described by De Geer and Sayles. As regards the actual horizon of the dacite which bears the glacial mark- ings, it is impossible to say with certainty in what part of the sequence it comes. The section from Winder's Hill to Lochinvar given in the paper by Professor David and Mr. Sussmileh sh'^ws fairly accurately part of the sequence in the Gosforth district. On this section two varve horizons are indicated. A third or middle horizon of varves she mid have been shown at the foot of the first dip-slope south of Winder's Hill, its stratigraphical position being some- where between the glacial conglomerates and the green tuffs which form the horizon marked (8) on the section mentioned. Now a,s one climbs the scarp of what we may for convenience call the Web- ber's Creek Plateau from the south-east by Bell's track, one crosses first the equivalents of the Winder's Hill conglomerate (the lowest varve is obscured by talus) then, ascending stratigraphically, a rather narrow band of varve, well seen just at the top of the ridge near Mr. Bell's homestead, is encountered, on top of which, or separated from it by only a thin band of conglomerate, is the dacite which further to the east exhibits the glacial striae, this being im- mediately overlain, as already stated, by a further band of varve-rock. We have not yet examined the sequence any higher than this, so that it is im- possible to tell whether the dacite separates the Upper and Middle Varves, being in that case the stratigraphical equivalent of the green tuffs of the Winder's Hill section. But this seems the most reasonable interpretation in the present state of our knowledge. This would put the horizon of the pavement just about that of the varve-rock near the Seaham Hotel, or just a little below that of the Seaham Tillite. One of the authors (G.D.O.) who has studied the Carboniferous rocks in the Paterson area is of opinion that the Webber's Creek dacite bears a close lithological resemblance to the so-called Patei-son "rhyolite." It is only by fur- ther field work that any correlation can be established or disproved. 262 NOTE ON A GLACIALLV-STRIATKD P'AVKMENT. The authors are very much indebted to Professor Sir Edgeworth David for having made a trip to the site of the pavement, the result of his personal ob- servations completely confirming their conclusions as to the glacial origin of the phenomena. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIL Figs. 1 and 2. — Photographs of the upper exposure of ice-scratched pave- ment. The little ledge a few inches high to the right of the hammer has also been striated. The direction of the ice- movement has been from right to left of the picture. Fig. 3. — Photograph of a rubbing of the upper exposure of the pavement. The arrow indicating the direction of the ice-movement has been placed over the position of the depre.-^sion from which the direction was determined. 263 COPTOTERMES RAFFRAYI Wasman (Earn. TEBMITIDAE). By Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S. (Fifteen Text-figiires. ) This Terinite was described in These Proceedings (Vol. xxv., 1900, p. 244) from specimens of the soldier caste collected by A. M. Lea near the Swan River, Western Australia, but its validity as a distinct species has not been accepted generally by more recent writers. Thus, Desneux (1904) included it, and the two earlier described species C. lacteus Froggatt and C. aciiiaci- formis Froggatt, in the Australian fauna, while Silvestri (1909) regarded it as synonymous witli C. lacteus Frogg. Holmgren (1911) merely referred to Silves- tri's remarks and omitted it from his list of species; Froggatt (1915), however, followed Desneux in regarding it as specifically distinct. In his list of Aus- tralian species the latter writer did not include C. michaelseni Silvestri, which is certainly a valid species and recognised as such bv Holmgren and Mjoberg (1920). The examination of numerous series of Coptotermes from various Australian localities convinces me that determination of species, based on soldiers and workers only, cannot always be made satisfactorily and that, in some eases, re- ference to the alate forms is essential. From the published description the dif- ferences in the soldier caste of C. raffrai/i Wasm. and C. lacteus Frogg. appear to be so slight that one might, with rea.son. hesitate to regard them as specific, but with the material now available for study the validity of Wasman's species can, I think, be definitely established. If a comparison of the soldiers here re- garded as C. raffrayi Wasm. with the types reveals specific differences, the for- mer must be regarded as a new species, differing markedly in the alate forms from those hitherto described. With this possibility in view a description of the soldier is given. I am indebted to the Autliorities of the South Australian Museum for the privilege of examining co-types of C. lacteus Frogg. and to Jlessrs. J. Clark and (". F. Hill, for tlie specimens described hereunder. Coptotermes raffrayi Wasman. (Figs. 1 — 15.) These Proceedings, Vol. xxv.. 1900, p. 244. Jmugo. (Figs. 1—8.) Colour: Head, thorax and tergites 2 — 7 of abdomen dark chestnut, apical half of 8th and the whole of the 9th and 10th tergites ochraceous-orange, head davke.st. labrum. post-clypeus. antennae, excepting first two segments, and palpi 264 CX)PTOTERMES RAFPRAYI WASMAN (PAU. TERMITmAE), yellow-oehre, tirst and second segments of antennae dark chestnut, sternites of abdomen ochraeeous-tawny, apical segments as in tcrgites, the lateral margins, excepting the apical in the female and penultimate and apical in the male, suf- fused with dark brown; legs ochraeeous-tawny with the apical one-third of femora and the entire tibiae suffused with dark brown; wings smoky, costal margin dark brown. Heart large, rounded, very little narrower than prothorax, slightly depressed on summit, slightly rugose in middle, sparsely clothed with moderately long hairs. Fonlanelle minute, circular. Labrum large, convex, narrowed at base, swollen on sides, clothed with scattered long and short reddish haii-s. Posl-dypeus convex ^^%^_ Coptolertiies raffrayi Wasinan. - Imiifjo. Text-fif^H. 1. Maxillary palpus ; 2. Mandibles ; 3 and 4. Antenna, proximal segments ; 5. Prothorax; 6. Hind leg; 7. Hind winsj ; 8. Cercns. behind, concave in front, without median suture, three-tenths as long as wide. Ante-clypeus short, membranous, anterior margin slightly produced in the middle. Maxillary palpi (Fig. 1). Mandibles (Fig. 2). Antennae (Fig's. 3 and 4) 19- or 20-joinled, arising from a raised tubeiclo within a small fossa situated, in BY GERALD F. HILL. 265 front of and close to eye, posterior margin oi' fossa elevated, seg:Dientation vari- able but !;-euerally as follows: — 1st joint short autl stout, widest at apex, more than twice as long us wide, twice as long as 2nd; 2nd short, (|iiadrate, as wide as middle of 1st ; 3rd and 4th short, subequal, or 3rd shortest and narrowest of all and 4th and 5th subequal. Eyes large, circular (0.352 diam.), facets small (0.016 diam.), surrounded by whitish membrane, lower margin of eye very close to lower mai-gin of head in profile (0.160). Ocelli oval (0.112 x 0.080), sepa- rated from eyes by a little less than their short diameter. Prolhorax (Fig. 5) wider than long, slightly concave in front, rounded on the sides, slightly bilobed behind, the entire outer margin slightly bent up, least in front, surface sparsely setose, like head. Meso- and metathorax with a group of setae in the median line about the anterior third, posterior margin of meso- thorax as in prothorax, that of metathorax rounded, not at all bilobed. Wing- stumps unequal, those of forewings nearly twice as long as those of hindwdngs. Legs (Fig. 6) rather slender, clothed sparsely with reddish hairs, first and third tarsals subequal, much longer than second, fourth long and slender, femora thickened, tibial spurs 3:2:2. Wings (Fig. 7) : Entire surface clothed uniformly and rather densely with short setae; first two veins very distinct, dark brown at base, yellowish towards apex, below the radius suffused with dark brown; radial .sector branching within the wing-stump in the forewing, well beyond the suture in the hindwing, dark at base but soon becoming indistinct, running nearer to the radius than to the cubitus, with three or four indistinct inferior branches; median fused with the cubitus (see Fig. 7) ; cubitus with seven or eight branches, the first four or five dark, simple or branched once or twice, the others very indistinct, some branched, all generally joining the hind border in the proximal two-thirds of the wing. Apices of hindwings extending beyond those of forewings. Abdomen clothed as in prothorax. Cerci (Fig. 8) short and stout. Styli short (0.064), wanting in female. Measurements : Length with wings: male 11.75—12.75; female 12.50—13.50. Leng-th without wings: male 6.25 — 7.00; female 7.00 — 7.50. Head: at and including eyes, wide 1.316 — 1.410; from posterior margin of clypeus to base 1.128; deep 0.658. Mandibles: right, long 0.564, wide 0.517; left, long 0.635, wide 0.423. Prothorax: long 0.846—0.893; wide 1.363—1.457. Win.gs: forewing, lon.g 9.25, wide 2.960; hindwing, long 9.75, wide 3.196. Tibia iii., 1.363. Abdomen, wide 1.55 — 1.64. Soldier (Figs. 9—13.) Colour: Head deep chrome, palpi and antennae lighter, labrum darker, an- terior margin of clypeus white, mandil)les black with proximal one-third much lighter; thorax and abdomen dull yellow-ochre, with a whitish median stripe from middle of prothorax to apex of abdomen, bordered on either side by an irregu- lar brown pattern. H'ead (Figs. 9 and 10) widest across the middle, slightly rounded on the sides, broadly rounded behind, with few reddish setae. Labrum acuminate. Clypeus short, and wide. * Frontal opening large, its lower margin contiguous to posterior margin of clypeus. Antennae (Fig. 11) 15- or 16-jointed, 3rd joint smallest, sometimes markedly so, 4th and 5th sub-equal or nearly so. 266 COPTOTERMES RAFFRATI WASMAN (FAM. TERMITIDAE), Prothorax (Fig. 9). Margin slightly bent up, emarginate in front, the sides rounded and curving in to the rounded and slightly emarginate posterior border, rather more setose than head. Legs {Fig. 12) moderately slender. Abdomen elongate-oval, more pilose than thorax, with distinct median line on dorsum. Cerei (Fig. 13) moderately long (0.160) and slender. Styli short and slender, wanting in female. Measurements : Total length 5.5. Head and mandibles: long 2.538—2.585. Coploter)nes raffrayi Wasman. Text-figs. 9-13. Soldier. 9. Head and prothorax, dorsal aspect ; 10. Head and prothorax in profile; 11. Antenna, pro.ximal segments ; 12. Hind leg ; 13. Cercus. Text-figs. 14-15. Worker. 14. Antenna, proximal segments ; 15. Cercus. Head: from posterior mai'gin of clypeus to base, long 1.60; wide 1.316 — 1.360; deep 0.940. Mandibles: left, long 1.128—1.175. Clypeus: long 0.144; wide 0.384. Labrum : long 0.432. I-rothorax: long 0.564; wide 0.987. Tibia iii. 1.128—1.222. Abdomen : wide 1.270. Tl'or/cer. (Figs. 14 and 15.) Colour: Head buff-yellow, antennae slightly paler; thorax and abdomen dirty white; legs vrhitish, hyaline. BY GERALD P. HILL. 267 Head and thorax with scattered reddish hairs. Antennae (Fig. 14) 15- jointed, 3rd and 4th joints small, 5tli rather smaller than 6th. Abdomen moderately setaceous, with median dorsal stripe as in soldier. Cerci (Fig. 15) short, acuminate. Measurements : Total length 5.00. Head: wide 1.270 — 1.410; from posterior margin of dypeus to hase, long 1.175—1.222. Mandibles: left, long 0.520—0.564, wide 0.420—0.470; right, long 0.470, wide 0.517. Prothorax: long, 0.517; wide, 0.90—0.94. Tibia iii. 1.034—1.081. Affinities. — The imago is easily distinguished from C. lacteus Frogg. by its less setose, much larger and darker head (hazel in C. lacteus Frogg.), much darker thorax and abdomen, yellow ventral surface, much shorter and darker wings, absence of minute Y-shaped marks on wing membrane, larger abdomen. From C. acinaciformis Frogg. it differs still more markedly; its dark colour alone will serve to separate the species. The, imago of C. michaelseni Silv. is not known. The soldier caste differs from C. lacteus Frogg. in having a larger and darker head, reddish setae on head, thorax and abdomen (pale in C. lacteus), larger and darker frontal opening, darker abdomen and presence of median dorsal stripe. From C. acinaciformis Frogg. it differs in the above characters, except the lasi. Described from a nest series of imagos, soldiers and workers, and from two series of soldiers and workers from S.W. Australia (Wonnerup, J. Clark, October, 1920; Mt. Barker. J. Clark, November, 1920; Swan River, C. F. Hill, February, 1921). Types of imago and worker in writer's collection ; co-types in Mr. Clark's collection. All figures outlined with camera lucida. Figures 8, 13 and 15 drawn to same scale. List of References. Desneux, J., 1904. — Gen. Insectorum. Isoptera, Fam. Termitidae. Froggatt, W. W., 1896-7. — Australian Termitidae, Part ii. Proc. Linn Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi., pp. 510—552; Part iii. Id., xxii., pp. 721—758. Froggatt, W. W., 1915.— White Ants. Dept. of Agrie. N.S.W., Farmers' Bulle- tin No. 60 (2nd Ed.). Hagen, H., 1858.— Catalog. Neurop. Insects in Coll. Brit. Mus. Part 1. Ter- mitidae, p. 23. Holmgren, N., 1911. — Termitenstudien. ii., Systematik der Termiten. Kungl. Svenska. Vetenskapsak., Handl., Vol. 46, No. 6. , 1912. — Termitenstudien. iii.. Die Familie Metatermitidae. M.JoBERG, E., 1920. — Results of Dr. E. Mjoberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1010—1913. 19. Isoptera. Arkiv. for Zoologi, Bd. 12, No. 15. Ridgwat, R., 1912. — Colour Standards and Nomenclature. SiLvESTRi, F., 1909. — Die Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. Isoptera, Band ii.. Lief. 17. Wasman, E., 1900. — Descr. of a Termite associated with a Pselaphid. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xsv., p. 244. 268 ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 27th July, 1921. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Cbair. A card was received from Sir Hugh Dixson, returning thanks for congratu- lations. The following resolution, carried at the last meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science was read : — "That in order to carry out immediately a co-ordinated Investigation into the Land and Freshwater Fauna and the Flora of Australia and Tasmania, the Societies and Institutions in the various States ... be requested to co- operate in the work and to take such steps as they may deem most advisable for the carrying out of this work, more especially in securing in each State the active assistance of specialists in different branches of Botany and Zoology." The President invited Members to discuss this resolution at the next meet- ing of the Society. • The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous monthly meet- ing (29th June, 1921), amounting to 4 vols., 65 Parts or Nos., 8 Bulletins, and 1 Pamphlet, received from 41 Societies and Institutions, and one private donor, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited living larvae of a saw-lly, Pterygophorus analis, from Bindango Station, near Roma, Queensland, where they are de- foliating thousands of ircmbark trees. They then mass together at the bases of the trees, where the cattle find them and eat them. It is stated that a num- ber of cattle have died as a result (see also These Proceedings, xliii., 1918, p. 671). Mr. Froggatt also exhibited the foliage of a satinwood tree from Warrah, covered with galls formed by leaf mites, Eriophites sp. Each gall contains a dozen or more tiny, cylindrical, four-legged, reddish-brown mites clustered to- gether in the top of the gall. Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium, specimens of Helipterum uniflorum J. M. Black (Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xli., 1917, p. 651) previously only known from South Australia, and now recorded for New South Wales, from the following localities: Yandalo, near Wilcannia (W. Bauer- len, Aug., 1887); Paldrumatta Bore (P. Corbett, May. 1901); Toorale-Goonery, Paroo River (J. L. Boornian, Oct. 1912). There is also a specimen in tlie Herbarium from Mt. Lyndhurst, S.A. (Max. Koch, No. 255, Oct., 1898). Mr. NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 269 Max Koch states that the plant is "not eaten by stock.'' It ha-s the facias of GnaphaUum indutum Hook, f., and, unless critically examined, it could easily be mistaken for that plant. Mr. G. H. Hardy exhibited a pair of Allognosta fuscitarsis Say, from Canada and United States of America. These flies were sent by Prof. M. Bezzi, and from them Mr. Hardy is enabled to state that they do not belong to the tribe Chiromyzini, as previously suggested by him in "A revision of the Chiromyzini" published in These Proceedings (xlv., 1920, p. 532). Mr. Hardy also exhibited a pair of Chiromyza fuscana Wiedemann, from Paraguay, which were also sent by Prof. Bezzi; also Chiromyza australis Maequart, Boreoides subulata Hardy, and Metoponia rubriceps Macquart, so that Allognosta fuscitarsis Say could be compared with the various genera of the Chiromyzini. Mr. J. J. Fletcher showed eleven complete pods, With most of the seeds still attached, of a Coral tree, Erythrina iiidica, in a garden at Hunter's Hill, supplementing an exhibit at last Meeting. These were brought down by the heavy southerly gale on June 30th. 270 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND. No. 8. Hemiptera Homoptera (Contd.). The Genus Mesogereon ; with a Discussion op its Relationship with the Jurassic Falaeontinidae. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Sydney), F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist and Chief of the Biological Department, Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. ; formerly Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (With Plates xvi. — xxi. and seven Text-figures). The genus Mesogereon was first proposed by me (1916, p. 33), for the reception of a fragment of a very remarkable forewing from the Upper Trias of Ipswich, Queensland. The name was chosen because of a certain amount of resemblance between the fragment and the well known Permian fossil Eugereon hoeckiiigi Dohrn (1867), which Handlirsch (1908, p. 389) has placed alone in a new Order Protohemiptera. The name which I gave to this Upper Triassic wing-lragment was Mesogereon neuropunctatum, the specific name being an al- lusion to the remarkable formation of cross-ridges running between the main veins, and interrupted midway by an unridged area carrying strongly marked tubercles or macrotrichial sockets. This formation was interpreted as being that of a series of original cross-veins, or archedictyon, in process of reduction. The condition of the fossil in this respect was held to indicate that it represented an intermediate stage between Handlirsch's Fossil Order Protohemiptera and his Palacolieraiptcra, and a doubt was expressed as to whether two distinct Orders should be maintained. Later evidence obtained from a study of other fossil Heiriipteru has already convinced me (1918) that Handlirsch's Palaeohemiptera should be considered as only a Sub-order of the Order Hemiptera, while the Protohemiptera, as represented by Eugereon, stand out so distinctly that they must certainly be maintained as a good Order. Mesogereon itself was placed by me in the Order Protohemiptera, since it appeared probable, from the vena- tion preserved in the fragnunt, that the complete wing, when discovered, might have a vcnalional scheme not unlike that of Eugereon. In the two consignments of Ipswich fossils received by me from Mr. Dunstan since my first paper was written, there is a considerable amount of material belonging to the genus Mesogereon. This includes no less than three forewings, BY R. J. TILLY AKD. 271 one cjI' tljem in a magnificent state ot preservation, and two fragments of hind- wings. The type of wing represented by this material turns out to be very different from what 1 had surmised on the basis of the original fragment. They are evidently the wings of true Homoptera, but so unlike any known forms that I was for a long time in doubt as to where to place them, and tinally decided to allot a separate Part to them, so as to allow of a full discussion of their true affinities. In this study I have had the good fortune, during my recent voyage round the world, to see for myself, and to study carefully, the types of two of the Jurassic fossils of the family Falaeontinidae, viz. I'ulaeoritina uulitica Butler and Eocicuila lameerei Handl., together with a number of uudeseribed specimens of this family from Solcnhofen, which are in the Collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. This family has been placed by Handliisch in the Order Lepidoptera. As will be shown in this paper, they are, as a matter of fact, a family of extinct Homoptera related to the Cicadas, as Oppenheim and Haase originally considered some of them to be. The genus Mesogereon is closely related to these Jura.ssic insects, and through them to the existing Cicadas also. A careful study of the four forewings of Mesogereon (inclusive of tlie original fragment) shows that there are so many important differences that no two of them can be considered as conspecific. The original type of the genus, Mesog-ereon neuropunctatum Till., bears the number 19a of the Collection of Ipswich Fossils in the Geological Survey at Brisbane. The next specimens to be received were Nos. 206o and 207o. Of these, the former is a fairly com- plete forewing, with some of the apical border missing, and manj- of the main veins badly buckled at about two-thirds their lengths. This wing will be de- scribed as Mesogereon affine, n.sp. in this paper. No. 207a appeared to be, at first sight, an entirely different and much smaller wing. It was found only a few inches away from No. 206a, in the same layer of shale. After making careful drawings of this wing, which is by no means complete, I was struck witli the fact that it possesses several peculiarities closelj- comparable with those to be found in the forewings of Mesogereon, and quite unlike anything else known in the Ipswich fossils. I therefore concluded that this speeiuien was part of the hitherto unknown hindwing of this genus. As it was found so close to No. 206aj I have decided to consider it as the hindwing of M. affine, n.sp., though, of course, it is impossible to prove this strictly, as the two wings were not attached in situ to the body of one insect. Just before I left Australia in April, 1920, Mr. Dunstan forwarded me the remainder of the material dealt with in this paper. This consisted of three specimens numbered 169, 144a and 97 respectively. No. 169 is a magnificen! wing, complete except for a small piece missing from the costal mai'gin and another small piece from the apex. Its state of preservation is so perfect that even the impressions of some of the hairs carried by the maerotrichial sockets on the wing-membrane are visible, and have been most beautifully photographed by Mr. W. C. Davies in Plate xvii., fig. 19. The ambient vein and coriaceous border (Plate xviii., fig. 20), typical of the Homoptera, are here, for the first time, shown in their perfection, leaving no doubt as to the correct placing of these insects in the Order Homoptera. This wing is here described under the name BI. superbum, n.sp. No. 97 is a hindwing, more complete than No. 207a. It shows, for the first time, a small portion of the ambient vein and coriaceous border (Plate xxi., fig. 25) resembling those of the forewing, and thus definitely settling the question as to the genus to which these two wings belong. 272 MESOzoic INSECTS or Queensland, N-iii., This wing may possibly be the hindwing of M. superbum ; but, in llie absence of any direct evidence, 1 have considered it necessary to give it a separate name. It will therefore be here described as M. shepiierdi, n.sp. after Mr. S. R. L. Shepherd, an energetic officer of the Queensland Geological Survey, who un- earthed many of these fossil insects. No. 144a is a nearly complete forewing. not very well preserved, and with the main veins somewhat crushed and com- pressed together. It will be described as M. compressum, n.sp. The original definition of the genus Mesogereon given by me on the charac- ters shown in the type fragment now appears quite inadequate, and will be greatly added to in this paper. The photographic enlargements shown in the Plates are all the work of Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, to whom my best thanks are due for such remarkably fine illustrations of these interesting fossils. Descriptions of the Fossils. Order HEMIPTERA. Sub-order Homoptera. Family MESOGEREONIDAE, fam. nov. Large, Cicada-like insects, without sound-producing apparatus*. Forewings greatly elongated, little more than oue-i'ourth as wide as long; clavus less than one- fourth the wmg-length, very narrow; rest of wing with the main veins diverging gently from one another at regular intervals across the wing; a few cross-veins present in the basal third, but the rest of the wing entirely devoid of such; ambient vein and coriaceous border complete from above apex round to distal end of clavus. Hindwings short and broad, only half as long as forewing or less; mam veins diverging regularly across the wing, with no cross-veins in the distal half; ambient vein and coriaceous border present as in forewing. In the forewing, Sc, R and Rs are all placed close together near the costal border; from Cui a long anterior branch {rn-cu) arises near the base and runs distad to meet Mi a little beyond its point of origin. In the hindwing, Se, R and Rs are more normally placed, and m-eu is not elongated. Except on t"he clavus, which is smooth, the forewing is remarkable for the regularly arranged cross-ridges be- tween the main veins; each of these ridges is interrupted in the middle by an area carrying strongly tuberculatc macrotrichial sockets, from w-hich stiff hairs project distad (Plate xvii., tig. 19). These structures are absent from the hind- wing, which is covered all over with much finer and more closely arranged jiits, each of which probably carried a very fine hair. Closely related to the Jurassic Palaeontinidae, from which they differ chiefly in the shape and sculpture of the wings. Also related more remotely to the existing ('icadidae, in many of which the remains of the regular cross- ridging of the forewing can still be seen, but in which the main veins in the distal part of the wing are always connected by strong cross-veins. Genus Mesogereon Tillyard. Tillyard, Mesozoie and Tertiary Insects of Queensland and New South Wales, Queensland Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 253, 1916, p. 33. The definition of this genus can now be amended as follows: — To the charac- ters given for the family add the following venational details: — Forewing: Rs arising close to base and dividing at less than one-fourth of the wing-lengtli into BY R. J. TILLYARD. 273 two closely parallel branches, which later on diverge somewhat towards the apex; both of these branches remain simple. M four-branched, its main stem weakly formed; M4 arises obliquely downwards from M3-4 at a point nearer the base than is the forking of M1-2. and shortly after receives from Cui a long branch, m-cu, and then turns to run longitudinally in line with the course of m-cu. Thus between K-j-M and the weak main stem of M above, Ms -4 and the basal piece of M4 distally, and Cui and m-cu below, a closed cell is formed, which we shall call the medio-cubital cell. In this cell lie the remains of an irregular and weak meshwork or archedictj'on, which varies according to the species. Cu with very weak main stem, dividing quite close to the base into Cm and Cu2. Cut gives off first the already mentioned branch m-cu, and then divides into two main branches Cuu and Cuu, both of which reach the wing-margin. Cu2 becomes the vena dividens, separating the clavus from the rest of the wing, and lying in a deep groove close to lA, except at its distal end, where it diverges from lA considerably. Clavus with two distinct, unbranched veins, lA and 2A, the for- mer straight, the latter curved, and arising from the posterior border of the wing near its base. Cross-veins present are only r-m, the elongated m-cu (pos- sibly a true branch of Cui), the irregidar meshwork in the medio-cubital cell, and sometimes cu-a. Hindming: Rs arising at from one-fourth to one-third along the wing, unbranched, or perhaps sometimes branched distally. M only three- branched. Cui two-branched ; Cu2 a weak vein arising far along Cu, and becoming obsolete long before reaching the wing-margin. (Anal veins not well preserved, two or possibly three). Cross-veins present are only r-m, m-cu (short in this wing) and cii-a, with sometimes sc-r and another r-m situated more basally be- tween the main stems of R and M. Genotype, Mesngereon neuropunetatum Till. (Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q)- R. — Sc Text-fig. 65. — Mesogereon neuropunetatum TiUyard. Details of venation in forewing. (x 6J) . Mesogereon neuropunctatum Till. (PI. xxi.. fig. 24; Text-fig. 65.) Tillyard, Q'land Geol. Surv., Pub. 253, p. 34. Plate i.. Figs. 1, 2. A fragment of a forewing, measuring 23 mm. greatest length by 17 mm. greatest breadth. Studied in the light of the new material, this fragment is found to consist of a small portion of a very large wing, probably between 50 and 60 274 MESOZOIC INSECTS OP QUEENSLAND, viii., mm. long and with a greatest breadth of 15 ram. or more. Portions of all the veins from Sc to Cuib are preserved, but the wing is broken about the middle of the preserved portion of Sf, so that this vein, Ri, Rs, Mi and M2 are all badly bent. Origin of Rs not visible. Forks of M1-2 and Ms -4 are both clearly pre- served, the distance between them being 4 mm. The bent basal piece of M4 lies just within the basal edge of the fragment, and is 0.6 mm. long. These measure- ments are useful for comparison with the wings of the other species. In Fig. 1 of my original description of this wing, the vein marked C is Sc , Sc is Ri, R is Rs, the two veins marked M are Mi and M2 respectively, wliile the two marked Cu are M3 and M4. Below these, crossing the posterior angle of the fragment, are a shorter piece of Cui„, and a minute portion of Cuib, the latter labelled A in the fig-ure. The cross-ridging of the main veins, and the tuberculated areas lying be- tween them, are fairly well shown, as may be seen from a study of Plate xsi., fig. 24, of this paper. Type, Specimen No. lf)a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane, Q. Type-counterpart, Specimen No. 196 in same collection. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Mesogereon superbum, n.sp. (Text-figs. 66, 67, and Plates xvi., svii., xviii.. Figs. 18—20.). A remarkably preserved forewing, complete except for a portion of the costal maigin and a small piece missing from the extreme tip. Greatest length, 44.5 mm., representing a wing about 46 mm. in total length. Greatest breadth, 12 mm., wliich is also the greatest breadth of the complete wing. The scheme of the venation is shown in Text-fig. 66. The wing is long and narrow, the costal margin straight from base to half-way, and then very slightly convex. The extreme apex is missing, but appears to have been moderately rounded, or perhaps very slightly pointed. Posteriorly, the wing margin shows a very obtuse angulation about half-way, this angle being the tormis, separating the true dorsum, or basal portion of the posterior margin, from the termen, or I)art lying between apex and tornus. R2-3 runs to apex, and Cuu ends up just above the tornus. Sc and Ri are crowded together close up to the costal margin for their whole lengths, diverging very slightly indeed towards the apex. R and M are fused together for a short basal stretch, after which M separates off as a very weakly indicated vein, sujiported beneath l)y the irregular meshwork of the medio-cubital cell descrilied below. A little beyond the origin of M, Rs separates off from R as a strong vein running just below Ri, and dividing into R2-:i and R4-.-. at a point about one-fourth of the wing-length from the base. R2-3 runs close under Ri for some distance, then diverges very slightly from it in the distal half of the wing, and finally converges towards it again very slightly near the apex, where it ends. This vein remains unbranched throughout. R4-3 diverges slightly from R2-3 at its origin, and then runs sub-parallel to it for about half its length. More distally, it diverges considerably from R2-3, and ends up some distance below the apex. At about two-fifths of the wing-length from the base, R4-5 is connected with Mi by a short but well marked crossvein, r-jii; slightly basad from this there is an appearance of a second, much more weakly formed cross-vein, indicated by the dotted line in Text-fig. 66. At about one-fifth of the wing-length from the base, M forks dichotomically jinto two main branches. The upper of these, M1-2, runs to a point just distad BT B. J. TILLYATil). 275 i'rum the level of the origin of Rs, and then forks again dichotomipally into M, and M2. The lower, M3-4, runs only about half the distance of the upper, and then forks uniserially, M3 continu- ing the line of M3-4, while M4 diverges sharply posteriad for a short distance, until it meets a longitudinal branch from Cui (m-cti) ; it then turns distad so as to continue the line of m-cu. From this point on, the wing is divided evenly by the series of very slightly diverging veins Mi, M2, Ms and M4, with the branches of Rs continuing the series an- teriorly, and the branches of Cui pos- teriorly. Distance between fork of Mi-2 and fork of M3-4, 2.5 mm.; length of basal piece of M4, 1.2 mm. The medio-cubital cell is closed basally by a short weak cross-vein descending from R-)-M on to the very weakly formed main stem of Cu (both of these being barely visible), and ends distally at the basal piece of M4. Within it is to be seen the peculiar and very irregular formation of veinlets shown in Text- fig. 67. These consist of a fairly strongly marked curved longitudinal vein running from Cui very close to the base to join Ms -4 slightly distad from its origin. This vein is divided, just before half-way, by a transverse vein above it, which forms the distal boundary of a small closed cell lying just below M, and connected with it by two very short and weak cross-veins; the small cell is completed by a convex vein above, arising from the long vein already mentioned at a point slightly distad from its origin. Below this small cell are two oblique cross-veins, weakly formed, with a third similar cross-vein descending from the long vein on to m-cii just distad from them. This peculiar formation should be com- pared with the simpler rormatiou to he met with in the same area of M. ajfine, n.sp. The very weakly formed basal piece of Cu forks quite close to the base into Cui and Cu2 (Text-flg. 67), both of these being weakly indicated for a short distance, until they are connected by a weak cross-vein. Beyond that point, they begin to strengthen, Cui soon becoming a very strong convex vein, which Text-fig. 66. Mesogereon superbmn , n.sp. Venation of forewing. (x 3|^). 276 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, VIH., gives oil', anteriorly, the long connecting vein m-eu, already mentioned in con- nection with M4, and then divides into Cui„ and Cuit at a point level with the origin of Rs; these two veins ran in a gentle curve to the wing-border, Cui, ending up above the toriius, Cuib more basally on the dorsum. Cu2 lies in a deep groove in the anal furrow, forming the vena dividens, with its apex at the termination of the coriaceous border. T«xt-fig. 67. — Mesogereon superbutn , n.sY>- Venation of base of forewing. (x6J). The clavus is short and narrow, ending distally at a point about level with the first forking of M. There are only two anal veins, of which lA is nearly straight, and runs very close up to Cu2, except distally, where these two veins diverge, while 2A forms a very flat loop, arising and ending on the posterior border of the clavus. The whole of the wing between the radius and the clavus carries the cross- ridges and flat tuberculated areas typical of the family. These are well f''own in Mr. Davies' beautiful photographs reproduced in Plates xvi. — sviii., figs. 18, 19, 20. That the tubercles were the swollen sockets of maerotrichia is well seen by a study of the enlargement in Plate xvii., fig. 19, in which the impressions of the hairs can be very clearly seen, especially in the forks between M1-2 and Mjj, and between Ms and M4. From just above the apex of the wing right round the termen and dorsum to the distal end of the clavus, there is a well preserved coriaceous border, separated from the rest of the wing by the ambient vein (amb.). This border shows a definite cross-ridging of considerably smaller calibre than that shown along the main veins, as may be seen from a study of Plate xviii., fig. 20. The coriaceous border in the wings of recent Cicadidae shows a similar cross-ridging, but the ridges stand much further apart. The ambient vein {amb.) forms a series of slight bays between the ends of each pair of consecutive main veins, much as in the case of recent Cicadidae, but with the individual bays not so strongly formed. Type. Specimen No. 169, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Sui-vey, Brisbane, Q. Horizon. Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. BY R. J. TILLYARD. 277 Of all the fossils so far found at Ipswich, this wing is perhaps the most perfectly preserved as regards the minute structure of the veins and membrane. Mesogereon compressum, u.sp. (Text-fig. 68.) A nearly complete but very poorly preserved forewing, in which the longi- tudinal veins have been compressed together to some extent, especially from the costa down to M3. Greatest length, 42 mm., representing a total length of about 45 mm. Greatest breadth, only 8 mm., representing a true wing-breadth of about 12 mm. The extreme base of this wing is missing, owing to a diagonal break from near the base of m-cu up to and including the first fork of M. The whole of the clavus is absent, and also a narrow strip along the termen, including the coriaceous border. Text-fig. 68 shows a portion of the wing, including the cross-vein r-m and the forks of M1-2, Ma -4 and Cm. The cross-vein r-ni is very short, each of the two main veins Rs and Mi being curved in slightly at this point, and then diverging slightly again distad. As a result of compression, together with, per- Text-fig. 68. — Mesogereon fOw/>r<'M«/«, n.sp. Details of venation of forewing. (x 6|). haps, a longitudinal split, the space between M2 and Ms has become greatly lessened ; and Ma , lying at a lower level than M2 on the rock surface, disappears under the slight ridge on which this latter vein lies. Distance between fork of Mi-3 and fork of M3-4, 2.9 mm. (possibly a little more in the uncompressed wing) ; length of basal piece of M4, 0.6 mm. Cross-ridges clearly marked, tuberculation weak. Type, Specimen No. 144a, in Coll. Queensland Gcul. Survey, Brisbane, t^. Type-counterpart, specimen No. 1446, in same collection. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Mesogereon- appine, n.sp. (Text-figs. 69, 70, Plates xix., xx.. Figs. 21, 22.) Specimen No. 206a represents a nearly complete forewing with most of the termen missing, and with all four branches of M broken along an oblique line in the distal part of the wing, so that their distal ends bend downwards at a well marked angle. Greatest length of fragment, 35 mm., representing a total length of wing of about 40 mm. Greatest breadth, 11.5 mm., representing a total width of about 12 mm. Text-fig. 69 shows the well preserved basal portion of this wing, excluding the clavus. A small round hole made by a sharp instrument near the base of R is indicated by the finely dotted circle. It will be seen that the origin of 278 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, vill.. Rs is at the same level as the first fork of M, while the fork of Rs is at the same level as the origin of M4. Distance between fork of M1-2 and fork of M3-4 2.5 mm.; length of basal piece of M4, 1.2 mm. In the medio-cubital cell, the Text-fig. 69. — Mesogeteon affine, n.sp. Venation of base of forewing. (x fi-4). remains of the archedictyon consist only of the long vein running from near the base of Cm to the fork of M, together with a vein descending obliquely from it on to m-cu; from near the lower end of this latter vein, a short broken stump runs upwards towards M3-4, but ends half-way across the cell. There is also a weakly formed veinlet running longitudinally in the space between R and M, and ending on Rs just distad from its origin. Cross-ridging very distinct; tuber- culation moderately well preserved. Type, Specimen No. 206a, in Coll. Queensland Geol. Survey, Brisbane, Q. Type-counterpart , specimen No. 2066, in same collection. Horizon, Upper Triassic, Ipswich, Q. Specimen No. 207a was found not far from No. 206, and is shown in Plate XX., fig. 22. Text-fig. 70 shows a drawing of the preserved parts of the venation, with the rest of the wing restored by broken lines. The close resemblance to the venation of the hindwing of a Heteroncurous Jfotli will be at once evident. I was for a long time in doubt as to whether this wing did not really belong to the Lepidoptera. The absence of any portion of the termen, from whicli it might be determined whether a coriaceous border was present or not. made the problem a dilTicult one. But finally a portion of the border was discovered in another closely similar hindwing (No. 97). This discovery made it certain tliat both specimens No. 97 and No. 207a were hindwings belonging to the genus Meso- gereon. Specimen No. 207a is here considered to be the hindwing of M. affine, as it was found so dose to the forewing of that species. Comparing the hindwing with the fore, it will be seen at once, from the more normal positions of Sc and R, that the hindwing was considerably broader than the fore in comparison with its length. The preservation of part of the distal border in No. 97 enables us to estimate very closely the actual shapes of these wings, which arc then seen to bear very much the same relationship to the fore- wings that those of a recent Cicadid do to their corresponding forewings. Rs arises a little beyond one-third of the wing-length, and runs oblicjuely downwards BY R. J. TILLYARD. 279 nntil, at about liali'-way along the wing, it is joined to JI1-2 by the short cross- vein r-m, closely resembling that of the forewing. The basal part of M is weakly formed; it divides unilaterally into M1-2 above, continuing the course of M, and M3-4 below; this latter vein proceeds obliquely downwards a very short distance, and then divides into II3 and M4, the former running straiglit through the wing to / / ,.y' i Uinidae to which I could get access, and was surprised to find myself quite unable to agree with Handlirsch's conclusions. The results which I obtained may be briefly stated as follows : — (1) The original type of Palaeontina oolitica Butler was studied by me in the Geological Museum, Jermyn Street, London. This is a very badly preserved im- pression of a forewing, from which it would be quite unsafe to draw any definite conclusions. It is clear, however, that M has four quite distinct branches, which occupy most of the distal portion of the wing, so that the branches of R, which are indistinct, are pushed up towards the costal margin. There is no sign of tlie formation of a Y-vein between M4 and Cuia. Thus, in so far as this speci- men offers any evidence at all, it is not in favour of any Lepidopterous aflinity. (No sign of scales can be seen, but this could not be expected in so poorly pre- served material.). (2) Professor Lameere, of Brussels, kindly handed to me for study the original type of Eocicada lameerei Handl. Witli respect to this insect, Hand- lirsch has stated definitely that he could see the scales on the wings (1908, p. 627, "Am mehrerer Stellen haben die Schuppen ganz deutliche Eindrucke auf der Platte hinterlassen"). The specimen is only moderately well preserved, like most of the insects from the Solenhofen Beds. Handlirsch's photographic repro- 282 MESOZOIC INSECTS OK QUEENSLAND, viii., ductiou (1908, Atlas, Plate 1, fig. 11) scarcely does justice to it, and a laicl'ul study of the fossil under low powers of the microscope soon reveals some charac- ters of unexpected interest. With respect to the wings, I searclied most carefully for evidence of scales all over them, but have to confess that I could see no sign of them, tliough the peculiar semi-glazed and llattened grain of the rock might mislead one into thinking that scales were present. But J did discover, in a number of places, distinct evidence of the presence of comparatively large tubercles in the areas midway between the main veins. These tubercles closely resemble those of Mcsogereon in size, number and arrangement. The fact of their presence makes it quite certain that scales are nut present. I next searched for signs of the transverse ridging of the main veins, but failed to find any indication of tTiis. Finally, following round the margin of the forewiug, 1 looked carefully for signs of a coriaceous border, with the result that I am able to state definitely that ^ such a border did exist in this fossil, as clear signs of it can be seen in several places, by the use of careful lighting. Turning next to the body, it was possible to make out fairly defiuile indications of hairiness on the abdomen. The head is certainly not as small as Handlirsch supposes. The part wliich he takes for the whole head is only a small projecting frontal shelf, much like that of recent Cicadas. On either side of this there can be seen a largish oval depression, which is surely that of the compound eye. These two eyes, then, are large and stand wide apart, like those of recent Cicadas. Projecting on either side between the eye-depression and the frontal shelf, there can be seen faintly a short project- ing filament, which is almost certainly the impression of the antenna, and corre- sponds exactly in shape and position with the antenna of a true Cicada. The venation of this fossil, as far as it is preserved, closely resembles that of Mesogereon. Sc and R are pressed close up towards the costal margin, while little space is allotted for Rs, and there is certainly no justification for the re- storation of the full four branches of Rs apically, as Handlirsch has shown them. Most of the distal area of the wing is occupied by the four very prominent brandies of M, very similar to those of Mesuyereon. M4 has a short basal piece, and is then bent, as in Mesugereon, at the point wlicre it receives a long branch from Cui (the branch which 1 have called m-cu). Cui, after giving off m-cu, branches again into Cuu and Cuib, exactly as in Mesogereon. The hindwing is greatly reduced and poorly preserved. Two forked veins can be seen, separated by u single vein. The single vein is clearly a part of M, the main stem of this vein being clearly visible. If this vein be M3-4, then the forked veins above it are probably Mi and M2, as in Mesogereon shcphcrdi. The forked veins belou* M3-4 are evidently Cui, and Cuii,, as in Mesogereon. As regards Ilandlirscii's remark that the venation of I'alaeontinidae resembles the courses of the traclieac in pupal wings of recent Lepidoptera, it might with more tlian equal truth be said that they also resemble the courses of the tracheae in llic nymjihal wings of recent Cicadas. l''r(iiii my study of Eocicada lawecrei. I am Finced to conclude (liat (his fossil is a ilomoptcron, closely related to Mesogereon and less closely lo ihe re- cent Cicadidae. (3) There are, in tlic Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., a whole drawer full of Solenhofen fossils belonging to the Palacontinidnr. Tliese are undescribed, but classified as Hemiptera. These fo.ssils wouhl well repay a fuller study than I w-as able to give them. Although for the most part in poor preservation, it is possible to find in tliem plenty of evidence in supi)ort of Ihe Homopterous. nature of the I'alaeontinidae. None of tlicm shows signs of scales, BY R. J. TILLYARD. 283 but the tuberculation of the forewing is faintly indicated in places, and so is the presence of the coriaceous border. Reviewing the above evidence as a whole, I am forced to the conclusion that Handlirsch has committed a serious error in claiming that the Palaeontinidae belong to the Lepidoptera, and more particularly in making the definite state- ment that scales are to be seen on these fossil wings. As far as the material which I studied can be considered typical of the family, there is certainly no evidence of any Lepidopterous affinities. On the contrary, the general build of the insects, the venational scheme, and what little can be discovered of the armature of the wing and the structure of the margin, leave no doubt whatever in my mind that the Palaeontinidae are closely related to the genus Mesogereon, and that both have a less close connection with recent Cicadidae. Though it is not possible to prove definitely that either Mesogereon or the Palaeontinidae represent the original ancestors of the Cicadas, yet we can definitely state that those ancestors must have closely resembled these fossils. Present knowledge of the genus Mesogereon would lead me to abandon my former claim that they show any affinity with the Protohemiptera, as represented by Eugereon, though I am still prepared to see, in the cross-ridging of the main veins and the presence of a remnant of an archedictyon in the medio-cubital cell, evidences of a descent from forms possessing a complete original mesh work of weak veinlets, such as is found in most of the Carboniferous fossils. A restoration of the complete insect belonging to the genus Mesogereon should show it as a Cicada-like insect having roughly-haired forewings held roof- wise over a moderately stout and probably hairy body; the hindwing's smooth and transparent, hidden beneath the forewings, and probably with the anal area folded. There was no sound-producing apparatus comparable with that of recent Cicadas. The voiceless, hairy Cicadas of the genus Tettigarcta, confined at the present day to Victoria and Tasmania, perhaps represent the closest approach, amongst living insects, to these interesting Upper Triassic fossils, whose dis- covery cannot fail to add much to our knowledge of, and interest in, the Homop- tera as a whole. Cawthron Institute, Nelson, N.Z. 7.3.21. List of Works Referred to. DOHRX, A., 1867. — Eugereon boeckingi nnd die Genealogie der Arthropoden. Stett. ent. Z.eit., pp. 145—153, fig. 1. Haase, E., 1890. — Bemerkungen zur Palaeontologie der Insecten. iV. Jahrb. Min. Pal, ii., pp. 1—32, PI. 1. Handlirsch, A., 1908. — Die fossilen Insekten, etc., Leipzig, W. Engelmann. OrPENHEiM, P., 1888. — Die Insectenwelt des lithographischen Schiefers in Bayern. Palaeont., xxxiv., pp. 21.5 — 247, Pis. xxx., xxxi. TiLLYARD, R. J., 1916. — Mesozoic Insects of Queensland and New South Wales. Queensland Geol. Survey, Publ. No. 253, pp. 1—47, Fls. 1—9. , 1918. — Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. Part 4. Hemiptera Heterop- tera. The family Dunstaniidae. With a Note on the Origin of the Heterop- tera. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliii., Pt. 3, pp. 568—592, PI. lix. -, 1919. — The Panorpoid Complex. Part 3: The Wing- Venation. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., Pt. 3, pp. 533 — 718, Pis. xxxi. — xxxv. Note on the numbering of the figures. — The numbers of the figures in tiiis series of papers were intended to run consecutively from Part to Part. Owing to 284 MESOZOIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND, viii., an inadvertence, the Text-figures ol' Part 7 were not so numbered. P'orty should be added to the number of each Text-fig. in Part 7, so that the last one is 64, not 24. Thus this Part begins with No. 65. In the same way, the figure on the Plate accompanying Part 4 should be number 15, and the two figures on the Plate issued with the Queensland Geological Survey reprints of Part 5 shoula be Nos. 16 and 17. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVI.-XXL [AH the plates are reproductions of photographic enliirgements taken by Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of tbe Cawthron Institute, by means of vertical camera extending to 42 inches, Aldis anastigmat lens (F (i-5, No. 00), and nearly horizontal electric light with condenser]. Plate xvi. Pig. 18. Mesogereon superbum, n.ay. Forewing. (x4-l). Plate xvii. Fig. 19. 3/esogereou superdmn, n.s\>. Base of forewing. (x 10-9). Plate xviii. Fig. 20. Mesogereon superbum, n.sp. Portion of forewing, much enlarged, to show ambient vein and coriaceous border, (x 16). Plate xix. Fig. 21. Mesogereon affine, n.sp. B'orewing. (x 5-65). Plate XX. Pig. 22. Mesogereon affine, n.sp. Hindwing. (x 5.6). Pig. 23. Mesogereon shepherdi , n.sp. Hindwing. (x 5). Plate xxi. Pig. 24. Mesogereon neuropunctatum Tillyarl. Gonjtype. Fragment of forewing. (x8). Pig. 25. Mesogereon sliepherdi, n.sp. Portion of hindwing, much enlarged, to show a piece of the ambient vein and coriaceous border, (x Ifi). LETTERING OP TEXT-PIGDHES. lA, 2A, 3A, the three anal veins, amb, ambient vein. Cu, cubitus. Cui, Cu^, itg two main branches, the former dividing into Cuia and Cuib- cu-a, cubito-anal cross-vein. M, media. Mn-2, M3+4, its two main branches, of which the former divides into Mi and Mi, the latter into M3 and M4. in-cu, medio-cubital cross-vein (in forewings of Mesog- ereon this is much elongated, and may be a true anterior branch of Cul). R, radius. Rl, its anterior main branch. Rs, its posterior main branch, or radial sector, which divides into R2+3 and R4+5. r-m, radio-median cross-vein (th^re are two of these in hindwing of .1/. shepherdi, n.sp.). Sc, subcosta. sc-r , subcosto-radial cross-vein. [Printed oft 4th August, 1921.] l'i;oc. Linn. Soc. X.S.W.. IICJI. Flatk .\i. 1. Ihaunuitopcrla rohiista, u.ijen. et sp. 2. Eusihenia costalis Ranks. pROc. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Pla 3. Eustlienia lunulata, ii.sp. o. /;'. laciislris, u.sp, Pi!OC. Lixx. Six-. X.S.W.. 11121. Plate .xiii. 4. Eiisllieniii spec/abi/is t/i/fr/n'a, n. sul>sp. (J. 1\. piirpiircscois, n.sp. ,^ . Proc. Ltxx. Soc. X.S.W., l'J21. Platk xiv. zx^ 7. /Ciis/Zu-iiiopMS iriiosa, u. j^-en, et sp. H. Diaiii/^/npiina ainnilula (Bi-auor). Piioc. Lixx. Soc. X.S.W.. 1921. Pl>ATl-; XV. 9. S/i'iioper/a f>rasiim (Ni'\viii:m). 10. .S'. misf rails, n.sp. V. X ■$, ^ y. c a Pi;ix'. |j\N. Sue. X.S.\V., lliLJl. Plate x -'-'. J/csogeri'oit affinc, n.sp. I'li. .)/. s/wfi/urdi, u.sp. Proc. L\ss. Soc N.S.W., 1921. PijAtk .\> .TI»K^ >-^-^ L »'. !»■ »^-^ ■ -rr .w« 24. .]/(Si>i^irtiiii iitiii iipHiii/ii/niu Tilly.ir.l, li.j. .//. s/up/nr(/i , u.sp. Proc. LiKN. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Plate xxii. -'^'K'f-t^-- .- V--«'V', -SIS'.'- -L:, r „ .«<.l- li;^'^ ^^ " One Foot tilacially-striated pavement lu the Kiittung Series. New South Wales. 285 A PRELIMINARY REVISION OF SOME GENERA BELONGING TO THE DIPTERA BRACHYCERA OF AUSTRALIA. By G. H. Hardy. (Sixteen Text-figures.) Tlie ehief purpose of this paper is to define some genera of the Diptera Brachycera. Hitherto, many of these genera were based upon individual species and some specific characters were used for generic determination, or else a num- ber of heterogeneous species were grouped together under one generic name as they possessed in common some character of but trivial importance. No attempt has been made to establish synonymy amongst genera having characters identical with those given in this paper, as further study may yet elucidate discriminative characters. A study of the antennae of species belonging to the subfamily Dasi/pngoninae has provided new characters of generic value, and an entirely new interpretation is given to those characters which were previously published. New species are only described where they are required to illustrate remarks and criticisnLS made under their respective genera and new synonyms to species are recortled wiierever found. The outlines of the i-evised taxonomy proposed here were based upon the study of various collections, the most important of which are in the Macleay, Australian and Queensland Museums, and in the Agricultural Department of Queensland. Various private collections, including that of Dr. E. W. Ferguson, were also examined. Acknoioledgements. — Much of this pajaer was based upon facts gathered together during the preparation of my previous papers and consequently the same sources of help are again gratefully acknowledged. In addition, thanks are due to Mr. H. A. Longman, Director of the Queensland Museum, and to Mr. Henry Tryon, Entomologist of the AgTicultural Department, Queensland, for per- mission, so readily granted, to examine the collections under their charge. Family LEPTIDAE. Note. — White (1914) proposed the genus Clesthentia which he placed in the Leptidae. Subsequently it wa.s revised, still under this family, by me (1919). A further study of the genus lias convinced me tliat White misplaced his typical .species which has characters tliat conform better to those of the family There- vidae, under which see further remarks. 28(j REVISION- OF GENERA BELONGING TO DIPTERA BBACHYCERA OF AUSTRALIA, Genus S p a n i o p s i s White. Types. — In 1915, under this genus, Dr. E. W. Ferguson described four species of flies, the holotypes of which were stated to be in the Microbiological Laboratory of the Department of Public Health. While Dr. Ferguson was absent on war-work in Europe, these specimens were attacked by Anthrenus and now only two holotypes are left, both of which have since been placed in the Australian Museum, where they will have the advantage of being continuously under the charge of an entomologist. In 1919, in a paper "The Australian Rhyphidae and Leptidae" I based the identity of species, described by Dr. Ferguson as belonging to this genus, upon the paratype material in the Australian Museum as the types, then in the Health Department, were not available. The following list of specimens in the Australian Museum contains all those deposited there that were used in various papers dealing with this genus. spur. The wings have the fourth posteiior cell open. The abdomen is cluh- shaped. Erythropogon maculinkvri.s Mac(|uart. Dasypogon macuUnevris, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1850, p. 65, PI. vi., fig. 8. — Brachyrrhopala macuUnevris, Roder, Wien. Ent. Zeit., ii., 1883, p. 273.— B. maculinervis, Roder, Stett. Ent. Zeit., liii., 1892, p. 2i2.~Erythropogun ichneumoniformis, White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1013, p. 270; /(/., 1910, p. 159, text-fig. 26. Synonymy. — Miss Rieardo placed Dasypogon macuUnevris Macquart as a synonym of Brachyrrhopala limbipennis Macquart, notwithstanding the fact that Roder had already published a revised description of the species for which he claimed very distinct characters. Roder's description conforms very well witli White's species and, luoieover, Macquart's description and figure agree with this species better tlian with B. limbipennis. //ob.— Tasmania : Hobart, 28tli March, 1915; Mt. Maria. 7th February. 1918. Genus Saropogon Loew. (Text-fig. 6). Type, Dasypogon luctuosus Meigen. Europe. Characters. — The antennae have the fourth joint present. The anterior tibiae contain an apical spur. The wings have the fourth posterior cell open. Note. — Under the species Saropogon sergiits Walker, Miss Rieardo .states that "Prom the description of Dasypogon niil^lus Macquart, from Tasmania, it is pos.sibly the same species as this" and yet in the same work she had previously placed this species under the genus Brachyrrhopala. This discrepancy has been allowed to stand unchallenged in all subsequent references and Dasypogon nitidus Macquart has remained in the genus Brachyr- rhopala where it does not belong. BY G. H. HARDV. 291 . The generic position of the species is undoubtedly nearer to the genera Saro- pogon and apparently it is not identical with S. sergius Walker. Genus Neodioctria Ricardo. Type, N. australis Ricardo. New South Wales. Characters. — The antennae have the fourth joint present. The anterior tibiae are without a spur. The wings have the fourth posterior cell open. Genus Stexopogon Loew. Type, Asilus sabatulun Fabricius. Europe. Characters. — The antennae have the fourth joint present. The anterior tibiae are without a spur. The wings have the fourth posterior cell open. Note. — The above characters conform to those given under the genus Neo- dioctria, but both the genera have their own very characteristic appearance. Moreover, the Australian species of this genus differ from all the others in hav- ing globular male genitalia. Genus Cryptopogox White. Type, C. vernaculus White. New South Wales. Characters. — The antennae have the fourth joint present. The anterior tibiae are without a spur. The wings have the fourth posterior cell open. There is an extra cross vein situated between the upper branch of the cubital fork and the radial vein ; the presence of this vein separates this genus from all the others. Genus N e o s a r o p o G o x Ricardo. Type, BasypogoH priiiceps Macquart. New South Wales. Characters. — The antennae are without the fourth joint. The anterior tibiae contain an apical spur. Tlie wings have the fourth posterior cell open. Note. — The genus differs from Brachyrrhopala by the abdomen not being club-form; and from Neoeyrtopogon by the face not being very convex. Genus N E 0 c T R T 0 P 0 G O X Ricardo. ( Text-fig. 7. ) Type, N. bifasciatiis Ricardo. Queensland. Characters. — The antennae are without the fourth joint. The anterior tibiae contain an apical spur. The wings have the fourth posterior cell open. Notes. — The very convex face is the only character published that distin- guishes this species from its allies. In the Macleay Museum there is a species belonging to this genus that has a conspicuously club-fonn abdomen ; the typical species and also others examined have the abdomen normal in shape. Genus C a b a s a Walker. Type, C. rufithora-x Walker (^ pulchella Macquart). Tasmania. Characters. — The antennae are without the fourth joint. The anterior tibiae contain an apical spur. The wings have the fourth posterior cell open. Note. — There does not appear to be any reliable character to separate this genus, which contains one described species, from Brachyrrhopala. The species belonging to the genus never have the hard integuments and the compact knob 292 REVI.ear the same number of spines at the apex of the abdomen. Colour and colour j) a 1 1 e r n : The colour of species forms a very inadequate determining factor but there are a few outstanding species that differ in this respect from the rest. Also a few species appear to have a unique colour pattern. Notes. — The above revision of this genus is included in this paper for the purpose of showing that certain characters are of specific value, and it is to be hoped that the remarks may be found useful when the type specimens, all of which are in Europe, are examined. The revision is based upon abundant material, as Osten-Sacken suggested should be done, but without the types it is impossible to carry this revision beyond the point liere attained. Family THEREVIDAE. Notes. — In the "Thereviden der Indo-Australischen Region" Krober (1912) has left the taxonomy of the genera, as far a.s Australia is concerned, in a con- dition that cannot be considered satisfactory. In 1915, White revised the Therevidae of Tasmania, and pointed out that in classifying the genera the form of tlie venation of the wing seemed to him to be of great importance. An independent investigation into a large number of species of Therevidae of Australia, including most of tlie known genera, ha-s led me to the same con- clusion as that arrived at by White and, therefore, it is certain that the venation will provide some characters of importance for the proper grouping of the Australian genera. It is proposed here to divide the Australian Therevidiie into two groujjs based upon the open and closed fourth posterior cells, a character sometimes ignored in Krober's work. Group 1, containing species with the fourth posterior cell open, includes tlie genera Belonalys, Taenogera, Ectinorrhynclius, Anabarrhynchus, Platycarenum, and Psilncephala. Group 2, containing species with the fourth posterior cell dosed, includes the genera Agapophytiiti, Phycu.t, Aeatopygia, Acupalpa, Lonchorh'ynchu.f, Oden- hergia, Parapsilocepliala , Pfieudoloxocera. Acraspisa and Clesthentia. The genera Spatidipalpa and Eupsilocephala have not been recognised in the collections examined, and from their descriptions the first contains species with the fourth posterior w\\ closed and open, and in the second the character is ignored. Genus B E I. 0 N A I, r s Krober. Type, V. ohscura Krober. New South Wales. Note. — A primary character given by Krolier and upon whieli he has founded the genus will be found at tlie ba.se of the disc.al cell. The two veins which border this cell anteriorly and posteriorly radiate from a point, so that the base of the discal cell forms an acute angle. A species of this genus, which is re- presented by two specimens before me, shows that in one specimen the wing character agrees with the above description, but in the other the venation is more BY G. H. HARDY. 299 or less normal and therefore this wing-character cannot be considered of generic value. Phycus ?? BASiPUNCTATus Walker. Xylophagus basipunctatus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iv., 1857, p. 121. — Erinna basipunctata, Kertesz, Cat. Dipt., iii., 1908, p. 135. Affinities. — This outstanding description evidently belongs to the Therevidae. The antennae are described as having the second joint very short, the third lanceolate and shorter than the first; these characters suggest the genus Plujciw^. The species has not been recognised in the collections and Kertesz left the reference in the family Erinnidae under the genus Erinna which equals the genus Xi/lophagiis of other authors. Genus Platycarenum Krober. Type, P. porrectifrons Krober (= quinquevittata Macquart). Cape York. Note. — The produced head of the species placed in this genus will distin- guish it from those in the genus AnabarrhynchuJS. Platycarenum QuiNQUEViTTiVXA Macquart. Therei-a quinqrievittata Macquart, Dipt. E.xot., suppl. 2, 1847, p. 50. — Thereva arida Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., iv., 1857, p. 133.— P/att/corenum por- rectifrons Krober, Ent. Mitt., i., 1912, p. 244 (Text-fig.)— Anobarrftyncftiis pal- lidus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, p. 39 (Text-fig. 21). Synonymy. — The above descriptions undoubtedly belong to the same species which is widely distributed on the eastern coast of Australia and wliich fre- quents sand-dunes. Note. — White's figure does not resemble the shape of the head and antennae in the least. The black spots on the front vary considerably in size and shape. i/(j6.^Ta.smania. New South Wales and Queensland. Anabarrhynchus rufipes Macquart. Anaharrhynchus rufipes, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl, 4, 1850, p. 99, pi. ix., fig. 11; White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, p. 47; Hardy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1916, p. 207.— 4. terrenus var.. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, p. 45. Synonymy.— As suggested by White, his coastal variety of A. terrenus is not identical with the tji)ical form from the bushlands. From series collected on coastal sand-dunes at Bellerive, near Hobart, it is found that there are grades between the typical species of A. rufipes, as identified by myself, and the variation described by White under A. terremis. ANABARRHYNCHU.S TERRENUS White. Anabarrhynchus terrenus. White (exclusive of variety), Proc. Roy. Soc. TasHQ., 1915, p. 45. Synonymy.— As already stated above, the typical form of this species which occurs in the bush lands is distinct from the species included under this name as a variety. This second species is referred to A. rufipes Macquart, and it seems probable that the first, which is the typical species, was previously described by Macquart (1846, p. 104) under the name Thereva hyalipeimis. 300 HEVISIOX OP GENERA BELONGING TO DIPTEEA BRACHYCERA OF AUSTRALIA. Genus Clesthentia White. Type, C. aberrans White. Tasmania. Affinities. — This genus was originally placed in the family Leptidae (White, 1914) and was retained in this family by me in 1919. It is here proposed to transpose the genus to the Therevidae on account of its possessing the following characters : — 1. The presence of some more or less distinct thoracic bristles situated later- ally and similar to those on other species of Therevidae. 2. A closed fourth posterior cell. 3. The absence of a pulvilliform empodium. All these characters are contrary to those of the family Leptidae. A re- examination of the supposed tibial spurs shows them to be apical spines similar to those in other genera of the Therevidae. Family DOLICHOPODIDAE. Arachnomtia cupreus Macquart. Hydrophorus cupreus, Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, p. 123, PI. xii., fig. 2; White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1916, p. 258. — Arachnomyia arborum, White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1916, p. 253, text-fig. 50. Synonymy. — The description of Hydrophorus cupreus Macquart agrees in every respect with specimens of Arachnomyia arborum Whit«, so undoubtedly Macquart's species will be found identical with White's when the type is examined; both were described from Tasmania where this species is abundant. Moreover, I believe the genus Hydrophortis does not occur in Australia; not only have I searched for it in Tasmania, New South Wales and Queensland without success, but also it is not represented in any collection 1 have seen. List of Works referred to. Hardy, G. H., 1919. — Australian Rhyphidae and Leptidae. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., p. 117. Hkrmann, 1909. — Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Apioceriden. Deut. Ent. Tieit., p. 104. KertesZj 1908. — Catalogus Dipterorum, iii. (Erinnidae). Krober, 1912. — Entomolog-ische Mitteilungen, i. LUNDBECK, 1908. — Diptcia Danica, ii. Macquart, 1838.— Dipteres Exotiques, i. (2 pts.). 1846.— „ „ Supp. i. 1847.— „ ., Supp. ii. Osten-Sackp:n, 1883. — On the genus Apiocera. Berl. Ent. '/.eit., xxvii., p. 287. RiOABDO, 1912-13. — A revision of the AsiUd-ae of Australasia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix.-xi. Walker, 1854.— List of the Diptera in the British Museum, vi., Supp. 2. White, 1914. — Diptera Brachyoera of Tasmania, Pt. i. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., p. 35. 1915,— Dii)tera Brachycera of Tasmania, Pt. ii. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., p. 1. 1917.- New Australian Asilidae. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., p. /2. Wiedemann, 1830.-~Aussereuroi)aische zweiflugelige Insecten, ii. WiLLisTON, 1908.— Manual of the North American Diptera. 3d. Edit. 301 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA: NOTES AND NEW SPECIES. By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. This paper originated in the examination of material lately acquired for the Queensland Museum by Mr. Henry Hacker, the very efficient entomologist of that Institution. It also includes notes and descriptions of Mr. H. W. Brown's captures in the Northern Territory, descriptions of two new Lucanidae from that prolific district, the Barrington or Mount Royal Range, together with notes on synonymy gleaned from my correspondence with Mr. K. G. Blair of the British Museum. LUCANIDAE. Rhtssonotus politus, n. sp. (Text-figs. 1, 2.). Oval, bronze (with a reddish tinge), very nitid, glabrous above, a short fringe of yellow hairs on anterior coxae, also at apex of abdomen and pros- ternum, legs and tarsi reddish. d". Head 2J x 6 mm. — excluding mandibles — rugose-punctate, forehead with medial saddle-shaped ridge, bituberculate in front, sides of head widely lobate, the lobe rounded in front, angulate behind; mandibles projecting about 3 mm., each armed with 5 or 6 tuberculiform teeth on inside and a single conical tubercle near external edge towards the base ; upper surface of mandibles coarsely rugose, underside lightly punctate; mentum arched and projecting; eyes completely divided, antennae with scape longer than other joints combined, club C-jointed. Prothorax 6x9 mm., considerably wider than the elytra at base, anterior angles rounded and convex, sides lightly arched, a small sinuation preceding the sub-posterior tooth, this followed by oblique arcuate excision to the true base; narrowly bordered throughout, lateral border entire or, sometimes, feebly crenu- lated by an irregular row of setiferous punctures. Surface mirror-like, sparsely and finely punctate, the punctures almost evanescent at middle, larger at sides, with a strong medial groove, two small foveae near middle of each lobe and a depressed area at sides. Sciitellum transversely oval, its border raised. Eb/tra about as long as wide (9 mm.), sides a little explanate, scarcely wrinkled, with a row of large punctures forming inner boundary of margin; the edge of suture carinate, and two obsolescent ridges perceptible on basal area, one parallel to suture, the other oblique; surface mirror-like with some sparse, minute punctures to be seen with a lens. Flanks of prosternum sparsely and finely punctate and setiferous, abdomen more coarsely punctate, the two last 302 AUSTRALIAX COLEOPTERA : NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, segments densely so and terminated by a fringe of golden hair; protibiae 4-den- tate externally, bidentate internally, hind tibiae with 3 strong spines at apex, profemora with wide excision on inside edge near apex. S with shorter mandibles (about 2 mm.) ; these rugose-punctate above, with two small tubercles on outside edge near base; the pronotum coarsely punctate, especially near sides (in marked contrast to the puncturation of c? ). Dimensions, c?. 19-23 x 8-10 mm. ?. 17-23 x 8-11 mm. • Hah. — New South Wales: Mount Royal or Barrington Tablelands. (Mr. Joiin Hopson). Eight examples examined, 5 c?. 3 ?, taken by Mr. Hopson. It is allied to H. jiifltdaris Westw., but differs from that species in its extremely nitid and lightly punctate surface, the structure of head and mandibles, the narrower and Text-fig. 1. A'/ivssoiio/iis po/i/tis, n.sp. (J . ,, 2. ' ,, ,, Head of?. ,, 3. Lissap/fiiis /lopsuiii, n.s'p. tS . ,, 4. ,, ,, Head of?. smoother elytral margins inter alia. h'. laticeps Macl. is still closer in colour and facies, but has striate-punctate elytra with sharp wing-shaped lateral projections to the head. Types in Coll. Carter. LissAPTERl's HOPSONi, n. sp. (Text-figs. 3, 4.) Hlack, uioderuteiy nitid, legs and tarsi clad with golden hairs. c?. Head wide and convex, sides bilobed, the anterior lobe somewhat squarely explanate, the carinate border of the eye terminating anteriorly in a small tubercle, tlie posterior lobe forming a blunt tooth pointing outwards, a small tooth also on sides between anterior and posterior lobes ; surface coarsely punctate at sides, becoming smooth at middle and apex; mandibles (projecting about 3 mm.) BY H. J. CARTER. 303 outwardly curved at base, then obliquely inwards, the acute tips meeting; a wide tooth on inside of each near apex, the inferior basal area flattened into a lamina projecting downwards; antennae with three apical joints wider than rest • — these successively widening to apex — the two jjenultimate feebly dentate on anterior side; the mandibles finely and sparsely punctate. Prothorax twice as wide as long, sides lightly narrowing from apex to base, front angles semicircularly rounded, posterior widely obtuse, disc coarsely punc- tate, eonfiuently at base and sides, nearly smooth at middle, medial channel in- dicated near front; a few irregular depresseil areas on disc. IScuteUum semi- circular, nitid, with a few large punctures. Elytra of same width as prothorax at base, feebly widening towards middle, naiTowly margined, surface closely and strongly punctate, except on three laevigate vittae; the first of these sutural, the other two meeting on apical declivity, slightly diverging towards and con- tinuous to base, the third near the middle of elytron; beyond this one or two finer laevigate lines perceptible. Tibiae bidentate exteriorly and spinose inter- nally at apex, fore-tibiae with about three teeth, the others with one on outside edge, claws very slender; underside coarsely punctate on sternal areas, abdomen smooth. $. Mandibles short — projecting about li mm. — stout and coarsely punctate, without any defined internal tooth; prothorax with more clearly defined medial line. Dimensions (including mandibles). ut has a more nitid surface, smaller seriate punctures, and proportionally wider margins to elytra. Only under a Zeiss l)inocuUir can I make out punctures on the elytral intervals. The seriate punctures, though fine, are (|uite regular and there are no areas of irregular puneturation as in P. disperstis Macl. and others. From /'. dnrlinfjensifi milii it differs in smaller size, wider margins, and finer sculpture throughout. Type in ('oil. Carter. Saragus pronus, n. sp. Ovale, depressed, nitid black, tibiae jiiceous, antennae and tai-si red. Head very minutely punctate, antennal orl)its strongly raised and earlike, clypeus truncate in front, only separated from forehead by line oblii|ue side furrows, antennae with joint 3 twice as long as 4, the la.st three joints oval and fl.'ittened. BY H. J. CARTER. 313 Prothorax arcuate-emarginate at apex, bisinuate at base, sides converging from base to apex, anterior angles w«ll produced but rounded, posterior acute and falcate; foliate maigins wide and concave, extreme border narrow and re- flexed ; disc smooth, a little depressed before the scutellum, a faint medial chan- nel perceptible. Scutellum semi-circular, smooth. Elijlra of same width as prothorax at base, wide, oval and rather flat; foliate margins as wide as those of prothorax in basal regions, narrowed, but wider than usual, at apex; a little concave in middle, flattened fore and aL't; disc aeriate-punctate, each elytron with 9 longitudinal series of punctures, be- sides a short scutellary row; of these the 9th — at junction with foliation — con- sists of large, deep pits; the 8th is a single row of small shallow punctures, the other series consist of irregular lines of clustered punctures — generally fuier than those in 8th — in the 1st and 2nd row each forming geminate branches on basal half; all series more or less obsolescent at apex; the intervals lightly con- vex and smooth — flat towards apex — the first three (including the sutural) more evidently raised than the rest; prosternum with some fine pustules, abdomen finely striolate, underside otherwise impunctate and glabrous; basal joint of hind tarsi as long as the rest combined. Dimensions : 17 x 9J mm. Uab.— Flat Rock, New South Wales. A single specimen, sex uncertain, was given me some time ago and was sent to the British Museum for comparison with a few species of which I wa-s in doubt and returned by Mr. Blair with the note "have not." In my table (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1911, p. 197) the species would stand next to safeties Blackb., from which it is distinguished by its flatter form and nitid sur- face, together with the peculiar elytral sculpture noted above. Type in Coll. Carter. Mr. H. W. Brown has lately taken in the Northern Territory a tine series of Helaeus hopei Breme and H. crenatipennis Cart. The former I lately identi- fied, for the first time, in a single specimen in the Melbourne Museum. The type probably came from Port Essington. Saraous ellipsoides, n. sp. Widely oval, convex, nitid black, tarsi red. Head finely, closely punctate, clypeal margin reflexed, evenly rounded in front, widely produced at sides before the eyes. Prothorax strongly transverse, emarginate at apex, anterior angles very ■widely rounded, sides rapidly widening to base, foliate margins concave, reflexed at border, posterior angles acute, base widely bisinuate, disc microscopically punctate, with a smooth, feebly impressed medial line and two shallow basal foveae. Scutellum transversely oval. Elytra as wide as prothorax at base, very convex and oval, foliate margins wide at base, gradually narrowing to apical third, thence strongly narrowed to apex, finely seriate-punctate, the series broken up into confused punctures on sides and near the scutellum (here appearing to overflow on to the intervals) ; all intervals with a few irregular punctures, each eljrtron with about five very slightly raised smooth intervals, these wider than the rest; metasternum pustu- lose at sides; abdomen finely striolate, apical segment minutely punctate; tibiae 314 AUSTRALIAN CX3LEOPTERA : NOTES AND NEW SPECIES, armed with two short spines at apex, the front tibiae with a row of fine spines on outside edge. Duneiiaions : 12 x 8-9 mm. Hah. — Cue (H. W. Brown) and Kalgoorlie (from Air. C. French), Western Australia. Two examples have long been undesoril)eil in my collection, as possibly being S. macleayi Blkb., l)ut a specimen of this from Port Lincoln sent by Black- burn himself to Dr. Sharp has been sent from the British Museum and is evi- dently that mueh-named Saragws brunnipes Bois. S. elUpsoides in size and form is intermediate between brunnipes and spheroides mihi, being wider and more convex than the former, and narrower than the latter, the sculpture finer than on eitber, especially on pronotum which is nearly smooth. Type in Coll. Carter. Nyctozoilus puncto-costatus, n. sp. Elongate-ovate convex, opaque black, antennae piceous, leg's and tarsi clothed with golden hair. Head coarsely, irregularly j)unctate; clothed with short golden bristles; clypeus arcuately hollowed in front, labrum strongly produced, ciliate and punc- tate; antennae with 4 apical joints transverse and paler than the rest, 3rd joint longer than 4th-5th combined. Prothorax arcuate-emarginate at apex, truncate at l)ase, anterior angles acutely produced; sides widely rounded, sinuate behind; widest behind middle, posterior angles acute; disc very densely punctate, lightly depressed in middle with large shallow depression on each side; margins sub-foliate — separated from disc by light depression — extreme border rather thick on sides, less so at base and apex. Scutellum transversely triangular, coarsely punctate. Elytra wider than prothorax at base, each with four nitid and punctate straight costae, more or less evenly spaced, and uniformly raised, tlie suture also nitid and punctate, but less raised than costae; interspaces with opaque derm, densely pitted with shallow punctures; undereide clothed with short golden hairs, the abdominal sculjiture somewhat like that of the elytral intervals. Dimeiifiions: 15 X 7 (vix) mm. Hab. — Wyndham, North West Australia. (W. Crawshaw). Mr. J. Clark has generously given me an example of the above — sex doubt- ful— that is (juite unlike any s or nuissel- like scars of the capsule-valves, well dejiicted in .). I'\ Bailey's figure (|UOtecl above. Bv c. T. wHiTj;. 327 Flindersia Schotoana. F. V. Muell., Fragm., iii., 1862, 25, and ix., 1875, 133; C. De Candolle in DC. Monogr. Phanerog., i., 1878, 733; Bail., Syn. Qland Flora, 1883, 64; Qlana Flora, i., 1899, 241; Cat. Queens, woods (various editions), No. 71; J. F. Bailey, Qland Agr. Jour., v., 1899, 395; Maiden, Forest Flora of N.S.W., ii., 1906, 155, Pis. 69, 70. Hab. — A eomiuou tree in Queensland and New South Wales. Speaking of its distribution in tlie latter State, Maiden states "In New South Wales it does not appear to have been recorded south of the Hastings River. From thence it is not uncommon in brush forests to the Queensland border." In Queensland it is an exceedingly common tree; the northernmost record is the Herberton Dis- trict (J. F. Bailey). The tree is commonly known as "Cudgerie" or "Bumpy Ash." Some of the northern forms are clothed on the under surface of the adult leaves with a very close, exceedingly dense velvety tomentum and it is possible that when further material is available it may liave to constitute a dis- tinct variety or varieties. Flindersia pubescens (F. v. M.) Bail., Queens. Agiic. Journ., iii., 1898, 353, and x., 1902, 47, PI. i; Com- prehens. Cat. Qland. Plants, 1913, 91, PI. 4; N. W. Jolly, Forestry Bulletin No. 1, p. 7, with photomicrograph of timber (Brisbane, 1917). — F. Sehottiana var. pubescetbs, F. v. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr., v., 1866, 143. Hab. — Rockingham Bay (Dallachy), Hinchinbrook Island {ex. Nat. Herb. Melbourne), Trinity Bay, Cairns (W. Hill. E. Betche). Martintown (J. F. Bailey), Kairi (C. T. White). This tree was originally described by the late F. M. Bailey from trees cultivated and raised in a Brisbane Park from seed collected in North Queens- land. He described it under the name F. pubescens correctly thinking it identi- cal with F. Sehottiana var. pubescens F. v. Muell. In my opinion Bailey was justified in raising it to specific rank. It is characterised by its very large leaves and leaflets. The leaf rachis and petiole are densely clothed with a soft golden-brown stellate pubescence; the under surface of the leaves is clothed with stellate liairs; the veins, and to a less extent the veinlets, are prominent on the under surface. As cultivated in Brisbane, F. Sehottiana flowers in November, F. Sehottiana var. grandis. a month to six weeks earlier. This latter is a noble tree and is quite common in cultivation about Brisbane where it does remarkably well. As a street tree its only drawback is that the large hairy leaves catch and hold a fair amount of dust and dirt. The following are the chief differences between F. Sehottiana and /•''. pubescens : Leaflets on flowering shoots, subcoriaceous, somewhat falcate. 2J-5 inches (6.5-13 cm.) long. 4-li inches (2-3.3 cm.) broad: quite glabrous or the rachis and under surface clothed with a very close and dense stellate, velvety tomentum, veins and veinlets not prominent and often scarcely discernible F. Sehottiana. Leaflets on the flowering branches chartaceous. .>9 in. (12..5-23 cm.) long. l4-2i in. (4.5-6.5 cm.) broad, rachis densely clothed with comparatively long golden-brown stellate hairs, under surface clothed with numerous but more or less Scattered stellate hairs, the veins and veinlets prominent F. pubescens 328 NOTES ON Tilt PLIXDERSIA (FAillLT RUTACEAK), Flindersia collina. Bail. Qlaud Agric. Journ., iii., 1898, 354; Qknd Flora, i., 1899, 242; Maiden, Forest Flora of N.S.W., iii., 13, PL 81, 82.— F. Strseleckiana F. v. Muell. var. latifolia Bail, First Suppl. Synop.s. Qland. Flora. 1886, 12; Cat. Qland. woods, (various editions, 1880-1890), No. 730. Tlie oldest name for tliis species is F. Strzeleckiami var. latifolia Bail. Tlie name should therefore be F. latifolia; the tree is so well known now however as F. collina that no good would seem to result from the change. Viernacular Names. — It is most commonly known as the "Leopard wood," a name however also applied to F. maculosa; it is also known as "Scrub Leopard wood" and "Broad-leaved Leopard wood." Writing from Benarkiu, Southern Queensland, Asst. Forester F. H. Weatherhead informs me that tlie tree is variously known there as "Leopard wood," "Carpet Snake wood," "Nut wood," "Maul wood." "Long Jack" and "Lance wood." At Nanango, Mr. C. H. Grove informs me it is known as "Bastard Crow's Ash" or "Leather wood." Hah. — Maiden records it for New South Wales only from the Tooloon Ranges. His remarks "growing in the foothills in dense scrubs it appears to be a very rare tree," though they may apply in New South Wales, do not in any way apply to the tree as it occurs in Queensland, it being one of tiie commonest trees in the south-eastern parts of the latter State, very plentiful in the drier and thinner scrubs, as those of Benarkin, Rosewood, Nanango, Thee- bine, etc. In the Queensland Herbarium we have it from as far north as Chiklers (Mr. R. Helms) and Mt. Pen-y (,T. Keys), and as far west iis Taroom, — about 200 miles inland (— PatuUo). Flindersia maculosa (Lindl.). Bentli.. Fl. Austr., i., 1863, 389; C. De Candolle in DC. Monogr. Phanerog., i., 1878, 734; Bail., Syn. Queens. Flora, 1883, 64; First Suppl. Syn. Qland Flora, 1886, 12; Qland Flora, i., 1899, 243; Cat. Qland woods (various editions). No. 73; Comprehens. Cat. Qland PI.. 1913, 91 and 97, tab. 73 l)is; Maid., Forest Flora N.S.W., i., 209, PI. 39; R. T. Baker, Hardwoods of Australia, 1919, 73.— F. maculata, F. v. Muell., in (^uart. .lour. Trans. Pharni. Soc. Vict., ii., 1859, 44. — Elaeodendron maculosum, Lindl., in Mitch. Trop. Austr., 1848, 384, — oldesr name. Hah. — Maiden records it ft)r New South Wales as "Found over a large area of I lie Western Division, e.g. in the vicinity of the Darling, Lachlaii, Macquarie, Castlereagh and other inland rivers." As regards Queensland we only have it fro7n St. George, Soutliern Queensliind (.1. Weihl), Barcaldiiie, Central Queens- land (W. D. Fi-ancis), and between Emerald and Longreacli, Centra! Queens- liind (E. .Tarvis). Fli.vdkksh StRZKLECIvIANA. F. v. Muell., I'Vagm.. i., 1859. 65 and ix.. 1875. 133; C. De Candolle in DC. Monogr. Phanerog. Austr.. i., 1878, 7.34; Hail.. Fir.st Suppl. Syn. Qland Flora, 1886, 12; Ql.-ind Flora, i.. 1899. 243: Cat. Qland woods (various editions), No. 73B; Comprehens. Cat. Queens. PL. 1913. 91 and 97. tab. 73. Ifah.— Wc have it in the Queensland flerbariuin from the Leichliardt Dis- trict (F. M. Bailey), Jericho (W. D. Francis), and Clermont (Mrs. Small). I BY C. T. WHITE. 329 think it advisable to keep these two trees distinct, the following character well marking the one from the other. Leaves simple F.maculosa. Leaves all or nearly all 3-5 foliolate, rarely a few simple or unifoliate F. Strseleckiana. Duuhlful Species. FUndersia papiiana, F. v. MuelL, Deseript. Notes on Papuan Plants, i., (v.), 1877, 84. Mueller named this species from a single immature fruit only. While col- lecting in Papua in August, 1918, 1 gathered fruit-valves of a FUndersia off the ground in a ricli rain forest between Okaka and Mafulu (inland from Yule Island) but failed to get foliage or flowers. Mr. E. Stanley, Gdvt. Geologist of Papua, who was with me at the time, informed me however that the tree is not at all uncommon in the country west of Hall Sound and has promised to try and send complete specimens. The fruit-valves are the largest of any FUndersia yet described, my specimens measuring 7] to Si ins. (18.5-30 cm.) long, lJ-2 ins. (3.8-5 em.) broad and 9-10 lines (2-2.3 cm.) deep. 330 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW TIGER-BEETLE FROM THE WYNDHAM DISTRICT. Wfith some notes ou recent works on Australian Cicindelidae. By Thomas G. Sloane. (One text-figure.) CiCINDELA CLAKKI, n. sp. Subcylindrical ; prothorax with a strong anterior and posterior transverse impression; elytra convex, strongly and densely punctate; head and pronotum asetose, sternal side parts, lateral parts of ventral segments 1-4, and coxae bearing white setae; antennae slender; labial i)alpi with penultimate joint elon- gate (but not slender), apical joint short; mentum with median tooth short, triangular; labrum 7-dentate with four marginal setae; four anterior trochanters asetose. Upper surface cupreous (sometimes elytra rather aeneous) under surface metallic blue tending to green on sides; labrum lacteous with a large dark semicircular basal area; each elytron with two white spots on apical half, Fig. 1. Fig. 1. Left elytron, to show the pattern. Fi.'. 2. Fig. 2. Labrum, to show shape. the anterior s])ot lateral, broader than long, not toudiing external margin nor extending inward to halt' the width of elytron, apical spot forming a wide margin along apical curve reaching inward almost to suture; trochanters piceous, femora green, tibiae and tarsi bluish. BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 331 c?. Head 2.5 mm. across eyes, concave and striolate between eyes; occiput transversely rugulose; labrum large, median part porreet, parallel on sides, with three subequal prominent teeth, a short seta on each side of apical tooth, incision between second and third teeth deep, narrow, asetose, posterior tooth prominent, placed just before middle of length, emargination before it bearing a short seta. Prothorax as long as broad (1.5 x 1.5 mm.) ; disc strongly convex, slightly rugulose. Elytra much wider than prothorax (4.5 x 2.5 mm.) ; puncturation very strong and rather uneven. Length 7-9, breadth 2.5-2.7 mm. Hah. — North West Australia : Wyndham and Forrest River. Several specimens were sent to me by Mr. John Clark of Perth, Western Australia. Allied to C. ohloncficollis Macl.. of which C. tenuicollis Macl., is considered by Dr. W. Horn to be a red form. From C. leai SI., to which it is closely allied, it differs by size larger, labrum with median apical part more prominent, all the teeth and the notches between them more strongly developed, labial palpi with penultimate joint longer and not so thick, more setose; prothorax with middle part more convex, transverse impressions deeper; elytra with apical white spots larger, extending along the whole leng-th of the apical margin, but separated from one another at the suture; abdomen with a lateral white stripe of setae along the sides of segments 1-4 (In C. leai there are only four or five separate white setae on the side of the basal segment). From C. tenuicollis Macl., it differs even more markedly than from C. leai by size large; labrum larger and with apical median part more prominent; white spots of elytra larger. The wide continuous lateral stripe on each side of ventral segments 1-4 is also a conspicuous difference. In C. tenuicollis there are (from a damaged specimen in my collection) a few white setae on the sides of segments 1 and 2. CiCINDELA RAFPLESIA Cliaudoir. Specimens in my collection (c?, 9) from Carnarvon differ from specimens from northern Queensland by having the metallic parts of the pattern cuiJreous, not viridaeneous ; and by having the four anterior trochanters each with a fixed seta, not only the trochanters of the fore-legs. In these characters I have not found any variation amongst the eastern specimens which I have been able to examine, but the eastern and western specimens are certainly conspecific, though it has yet to be discovered whether the range of C. rafflesia is continuous from Cape York Peninsula to Carnarvon. Notes. (1). In 1915 Dr. Walther Horn published the third part of his magnificent monograph of the family Cicindelidae*. In this masterly work Dr. Horn records all the Cicindelidae of the world known to 1915 (including all species, and sub- species, with their sj-nonymy) ; he gives tables of the tribes, subtribes, and genera, but not of the species. In part iii. he deals with the subtribe Cicindelina (three genera, viz., Cicindela with about 595 species, and about 260 chief races, Eurymorpha and Apteroessa with 1 species each. He uses the genus Cicindela in its widest sense (including in it 29 synonyms and 13 "groups" which various author's have thought worthy of distinct names), and to render it less diflBcuIt to make out the species of this immense genus he treats the species of each *Wytsman'3 Genera Insectorum. Col. Adeph., Cicindelidae, "W. Horn. Fasc. 82 (1908), 82'' (1910), 82"^ (1915); 486 pj)., 23 plates. 333 DESCRIPTION OP NEW TIGER-BEETLE fTiOM WYNDHAM DISTRICT. faunal region separately, dividing them into numerous independent groups, using the fixed hairs of the four anterior trochanters for his primary group- charaeter. Dr. Horn records 68 speciest of the genus Cicindela from the Aus- tralian faunal region as a whole; these he divides into 27 groups, of which 12 groups containing 25 species are represented in Australia. Dr. Horn's grouping of the Australian species agi-ees substantially with the system of groups adopted by me in my Revision of the Cicindelidue of Australia in 1906, but he does not recognise my Cicindela-spuriae and-uerae, and he arranges the species in a dif- ferent order. He also uses more groups than T would. The following are his changes from my system: — C. doddi is united with the C. oblongicollis-groiip; C. discreta, ('. semicincta, C. blackburni, C. browni, ('. frenchi and (.'. darwiiii constitute separate monotypic groups. Dr. Horn's groups are more constricted than mine, but I think he is right in segregating C. frenchi and C. daruini. (2). Mr. A. M. Lea (Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., 1917, pp. 121-125) published some notes on Australian Cicindelidae, when he described 2 new species, viz., Distypsidera pictii)ennis (allied to D. i/riiti Pasc. from Stewart River, north of Cooktown) and Cicindela antiqua (allied to C. albicans Chaud., from Derby, N.W. Australia). He also suggests that C. albicans is a variety of C. ypsilon Dej., and that C. plebeia SI., sliould be considered distinct from both C. mastersi Cart, and its subspecies C. catoptriola Horn. (3). Prof. Mjoberg (Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 10, 1916) gives a list of the species of Cicindelidae collected by him in Australia from 1910 to 1913, describing 2 species as new, viz., Megacephala kimberleyensis (Fitzroy River, N.W. Australia) and Distypsidera sericea (closely allied to D. parva Mad., from Malanda, North Queensland). (4). Dr. Walther Horn (Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 13. 1920) reviewed Mjoberg's notes on Australian Cicindelidlious, and when a second time it was extracted with acidulated water, sodium carbonate precipitated the alkaloid in white flocculent particles. These were re- moved, and dissolved in ether, from which the alkaloid was finally obtained as a white horny substance. It was then dried and weighed. The ifieJd of alkaloid. — From 2.8 kilograms of the leaves 50 milligrams of the amorphous alkaloid were obtained, or 0.002% of the air-dried leaf-powder. The beans gave a much larger quantity — 200 grams fit' this material yielded 87 milligrams of the alkaloid, or O.OSf^r of the air-dried beans. Properties of the alkaloid. Phi/sical. — The substance obtained by evaporation of the ethereal solution from the leaves, and that from the beans, appeared to be identical, and consisted of a semi-transparent amorphous mass, almost white in colour. It was soluble in alcohol, ether, ethyl acetate, chlorofonn. amyl alcohol and. acidulated water, Imt quite insoluble in ilistilled water alone. The solutions of the l>ase exhibited a strong alkaline reaction and posse.«se-d an intensely bitter taste. The ililute acid solutions were readily and completely precipitated by sodium carbonate, or sodium hydioxidc, while ammonium hydroxide 338 THE ACTIVE PEIXCIPLE OF EKVTHKOPHLOEUM LABOUCHERU, precipitated only concentrated solutions. These precipitates were white opaque flocculent masses, which on standing in the air for a short time became viscous. Chemical. — Very dilute solutions of the salts of the alkaloid gave dense pre- cipitates with the following characteristic reagents : — Wagner's solution, Mayer's solution, phosphotungstii' acid, phosphomolybdic acid, picric acid, and tannic acid. Sulphuric acid produced a bright yellow colour. Potassium permanganate and concentrated s\ilphuric acid yielded a deep purple to red solution, somewhat similar to the strychnine reaction, with very slow re- duction of the reagent. Potassium bichromate and <'()ncentrated sulphuric acid rapidly produced a greenish blue colour which remained permanent. The preparation of the hydrochloride of the alkaloid was next tried. About 40 milligrams of the pure dry amorphous alkaloid were dissolved in dry ether. Into this solution wa-s passed a current of ])ure. dried, hydrochloric acid gas. A brown oily sediment gradually settled to the bottom of the vessel and on re- moval of the ether there wiis left a brown viscous residue which on examination proved to be the hydrochloride of the alkaloid. Many attempts were made to crj'stallise this substance, but it still retained its viscous nature. Nor were the efforts to transform it to sulphate and picrate salts more successful. D.eternihiatioii uf the chemical equivalent. — For this purpose a portion of the puritied white amorphous alkaloid was dissolved in pure ethyl alcohol anthyl orange indicator. 0.08 gm. alkaloid required for neutralisation 8cc. .OIN HCl ef|uivalent to 0.0029 gm. HCl 100 gms. alkaloid woidd rer|uire . . .' 3.()4 1000 gms. alkaloid would require 3(i.4 „ 1 mol. wt. = 36.4 ., In formula |B].T1C1 iM|iiivaU'nt weight of alkaloid == lOOU (ajiprox.) [B]2.HC1 ,. ' ., = 500 Examination of the remaining solutions. The ethereal extract, previously obtained by shaking out the acid solution with ether, was distilled, and from tliis 20 gms. of residue were obtained. This residue was i-edissolved in ether and treated with sodium carbonate solution. The alkaline liquid was agitated and run off a number of times, and fliese various solutions were notable for their l)rilliant colours, varying from riolct to rrimxon- red. All tiiese colours, however, soon became a uniform reddisli-brown, antl when tlie solutions were acidulated with hydrochloric acid, a liark brown oil fomied on the surface, and a liglit brown curdy precipitate was deposited. This preci|iitafe was soluble in alkalies aiul alcohol, forming a deep red solution, t'oiicciit rated sid|)luiric acid also dissolved it as a bright ;/ellnw solu- tion, w'liich on dilution formed a riolet prwipitate ; and ferric chloride jiroduced an intense ijreen colour. The aqueous solution, after extracting the alkaloid with ether from the alkaline solution, possessed a deep red colour, was fi-ec from the bitter taste of the original solution, and gave no alkaloidal reactions. It wius precipitated by lead acetate solution, and aftc'r the removal of the lead by hydrogen sulphide in the usual way, bolli precipitate and filtrate were examined. BY JAMES M. PETBIE. 339 The lead ■ acetate precipitate. — The concentrated solution was shaken out with ether 10 times. This ethereal solution was a deep yellow colour and was next agitated with (a) ammonium carbonate, and (b) sodium carbonate. (fl). The ammonium carbonate extract was acidulated with sulphuric acid, shaken out with etlier, and the solvent distilled. A bulf-coloured crystalline re- sidue was obtained, which was difficult to purity. This substance was soluble in water, alcohol, ether, chloroform, acetone and ethyl acetate, but these solvents dissolved both crystals and impurity togetlier, and recrystallisation did not im- prove the appearance of the crystals. The acjueous solution was next digested with animal charcoal, and filtered. During the filtration the colourless solution became purple, the first washing with water yielded a hlue solution, and the second washing became green. The crystals which were obtained after this treatment were still impure. The aqueous solution was acid to litmus and possessed a hot peppery taste. It gave a negative reaction with Molisch's test. The crystals wei'e lath-shaped with pointed ends and occurred in groups of rosettes. After drying at 100° C, the melting point was tested, when it was found that at 172° C. some change took jdace, resulting in the formation of a white sublimate in the tube, and a white tilm round each crystal. About 21G°C. the substance melted and charred. The neutralisation equivalent was obtained by titrating 14 milligrams of the crj'stals with 6.5 c.c. of centinormal soda, which gave 216 as the molecular weight of the acid. The amount of material was too small for further investigation. {h). The sodium carbonate extract also exhibited the brilliant colours. For example, the first addition gave a briglit violet (permanganate) colour to the alkaline solution, the second addition yielded a deep green colour which rapidly i-hanged to cherry-red. Acidulated with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid the solu- tion wa-s yellow, and when reshaken with ether the ethereal solution also was a bright yellojc colour. When filtered (lie latter solution became red and violet by oxidation. On evaporation the ether left a red solid. This substance was .soluble in dilute ammonia forming a deep reddish-violet colour, gradually becoming brown on standing. This, on acidulating with sulphuric acid, gave an intense yellow colour. The lead acetate filtrate. — This was shaken out wath ether many times, and the ethereal sdlution after concentration was agitated successively with am- monium carbonate, sodium carbonate, and caustic soda. These solutions when acidified with sulphuric acid and agitated with ether, after distillation left a small oily residue of a dark brown colour. Luteolin, and other colour substances. — These vaiious alkaline liquids with the many different colours ranging from yellow, green, blu€, to violet and red all gradually changed to a uniform brownish-red colour on standing for some time, and the acidulated solutions gave }>riiivn precipitates. Certain of the above remarkable colour changes, and the reactions described, correspond to those obtained for the yellow dye luteolin by Power and Salway (19) in their investigation of Erythrophloeum guineense. These authors ob- tained a very small amount of luteolin from a large quantity of the plant, and they showed that it existed in the plant as a glucoside. Conspicuous evidence of the presence of other powerful colouring matters ■was shown, but the amount obtained was not sufficient for further examination. The aqueous solution remaining from the lead acetate filtrate after agitating "with ether, contained much sugar. 340 THE ACTIVE PRINCIPLE OP EBYTHBOPHLOETTM LABOUCHERII, PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION OF EBYTHROPHLOEUM LABOUCHERII. J. M. Petrie and H. Priestley, M.D., Ch.M., B.Sc, Associate Professor of Physiology. (a) External Action. The powdered leaves act as a violent irritant. During the gi'inding and drying of the material for analysis all tliose wlio came in contact with the fine dust, or inhaled tlie air of the room in which the powder was spread out to dry, suffered from violent fits of sneezing. In one case [J.M.P] the action of this irritating dust on the respiratory nujcous memln-anes was so severe as to incite acute bronchial inflammation. (b) Action on cardiac muscle of the Frog. A solution of the purified hydrocliloride salt of tlie alkaloid was prepared by dissolving it in 0.7% sodium cliloride solution, that is, a physiological normal saline solution containing 0.5% of the alkaloid. In a pithed frog the heart was exposed and the apex attached to a writing lever. After recording the normal heats for a short time the prepared alkaloid solution was dropped on the heart, from 2 to 4 drops being applied. Exp. 1. — Hyla anr.ea, weight 12 gms. Heart- Time beats. Observations. per mm. 64 Exposed heart beating regularlv. after 4 drops of alkaloid solution applied to heart. 5 sees. 70 1 min. .58 Diastole incomplete. 6 mins. 24 Liver engorged, sinus venosus dilated. Convulsions Prolonged systole. 7 mins. Heart stopped leg- 5 sees, in diastole. 10 mins. 0 Heart stopped in svstole. 11 mins. Fibrillar twitchings of the heart. The diastolic standstill for 5 sees, was probably a result of stimulation of the vagus centre. Partial contractions of the auricles continued after the ven- tricle had stopped in I'oiiiiiletc systole. K.xp. 2.— Iliiln niiri'o. weight 12 gms. {Sec diagram.) Observations Time Heart beats 48 after 1 min 48 o 4.5 3 .. 38 6 „ 36 7 „ 0 Normal heart. Applied 4 drops of alkaloid solution. Convulsive movements. Heart stopped, with ventricle slightly contracted. BY JAMES ir. PETRIE. 341 In this instance when the heart stop- ped the ventricle was irregularly con- tracted, and it contained blood in small isolated patches, especially about the base. The diagram shows the record at the beginning, middle, and end ot the experiment. The mark under the top line indicates where the alkaloid wa-s applied. Exp. 3. — Hijla aurea, weight 17 gnis. Time Heart beats Observations. after 68 Normal heart. 4 drops alkaloid solution applied to heart. 1 min. 60 2 ., 54 Beats became weaker. 2'' 30 Convulsive movements. 4 „ 0 Heart stopped in systole. The diastole became less perfect, and the systole stronger and more perfect. Exp. 4. — IJyhi caerulea, weight 39 gms. Effect of small dose on large frog. {See diagram) • Time . Heart beats Observations. 66 Normal heart. 1 drop alkaloid solution after applied to heart. 1 min 63 2 „ 51 4 „ 63 5 „ 54 6 ,. 57 1 drop alkaloid soln., 2nd. application. 7 „ 51 8 „ 45 10 „ 30 15 „ 15 20 ,. 9 Prolonged periods of stop in diastole. 29 ., 1 Heart stopped in systole. 30 ., 0 Two drops of the 0.5% solution were applied in this ca.se; the heart gradu- ally Ijeat slower and weaker, till it stopped with tlic ventricle in systole. 342 THK ACTIVK HK'I.N-CTPLK OF ERYTHROPHLOEUM LABOUCHERII, "a s s o W a '3 a 'So 9 a o BT JAMES M. PETKIE. 343 After the second application of alkaloid solution thf rhythm of the heart changed. The systolic contractions were slightly increased. The beats were slower, iind the continued widening of the curve, produced by the prolongation of the period of diastolic pause, was enormously drawn out near the end, till the final systolic contraction remained permanent. In another experiment with the frog heart the number of beats decreased, and this was accompanied by an increase and lengthening of the diastolic pkase. The ventricle remained full of blood when the heart had ceased to beat. In the diagram, parts of this record are shown. The top line shows the commencement of the experiment, the second line after 10 minutes, the third line after 20 minutes, and the fourth line the end at 30 minutes. (c) Action on Dogs. The animals were anaesthetised by ether vapour. The blood pressure in the left carotid artery was recorded on the kymograph, and also the respirations by a stetiiograph drum fixed on the chest. The alkaloid, in the form of a saline solution of the hydrochloride, was injected from a burette into the right jugular vein. The concentration of this solution was equivalent to 1 milligram of alka- loid in each cubii- centimetre of 0.9% physiological salt solution. Exp. 5.— Dog, weight 3800 gms. Time- inrterval Observations. Normal records Ran in 2 5 mgs. of alkaloid during 16 sees. Max. blood-pressure observed. Min. blood-pressure obser\-ed. Blood-pressure began to fall. Heart-beats very irregular. The time was reckoned from the completion of the injection. The action of the alkaloid was almost instantaneous. 2.5 milligrams were injected, and before the last drop had entered the arterial pressure had risen cousideral)ly. The maximum pressure was reached 20 seconds after the end of the injection. The immediate result of the injection showed the blood-pressure 3M THE ACTIVE PRINCIPLE OF ERYTHROPHLOEUM LABOUCHERII, increased by 72 millimetres in 20 seconds and the rate of tlie heart beats in- creased by 15 per minute. The blood-pressure then fell and rose again, all iwithin the first minute. After Imin. 40secs. the minimum point was reached where the blood-pressure dropped 52 millimetres below the maximum. It then lose, and remained high during 6 minutes, after which it Ix'gan to fall, and continued till the end of the experiment. The resj)irations decreased gradually from lieginning to end. They had lalleu to half the number in 6 minutes, and stopped at 12 minutes. From the period of maximum blood-pressure, after 20 seconds the curve of respiration showed an ever increasing period of rest, or broadening out at the end of each inspiration. In this experiment the intravenous injection of 0.0025 gram of alkaloid into a dog weighing 3800 grams proved fatal in 12 minutes. This amount is cfiuivalciit to O.fi milligrams jier kilogram of body-weight. Exp. 6. — Dog, weight 2900 gms. Time interval Bloodrpress. ' in mms. Respirations per min. Observations. Mean 100 44 Normal records ;ilter Injected 1 mgm. alkaloid during 30 sees. 1 min. 135 47 2 ,. 115 50 4 „ 135 50 Second injection, 1 mgm. alkaloid, S sees. 5 „ 44 fi .. 40 fi 135 44 10 " Ma.x. 156 Third injection, 3 mgms. alkaloid, 18 sees., heart-beats 228 per min. 11 .. 180 40 1 14 „ 160 17 Blood-pressure began to drop. 12 .. 140 12 Heart-beats very irregular. l-'i „ 30 7 13 „ zero 0 Fibrillar twitching? observed. .Vlter the intravenous injection of 1 mgm. of alkaloid an instantaneous rise was observed in the arterial blood-pressure, which reached its maximum after 1 min. and then iell. .Vlter a second injection of the same amount the pres- sure rose again to the same level and tliis time remained up. After 10 minute-s a third injection of 3 milligrams was made. This time, although the mean pressure was unchanged, the maximutii heigiit rose 24 millimctpes. One minute after the la.st injection the pressure began to tall and 2 minutes later the animal was dead. The res])irations after the first small dose were increa.scd in number, but aCter each subseciuent injection no increase was observed. Tlic depth of respirations in this experiment did not alter to any extent. A post mortem examination showed tlie heart in diastole, but congested with blood on the right side only. The right ventricle was extremely ililated while the left w.n.s empty. The liver, spleen, and intestines were very pale in colour, and iK^istaltic movements were very conspicuous. Bi JAMES M. PETKIE. 345 Exp. 7. — Dog, weight 9450 gms. Action on Respiration. Number of Observations. Time respirations per min. Noraiol curve shows. 60 Injected 0.5 mgm. into artery. after Blood-pressure rose. 1 min. 71 71 71 4 ',", 5 » 63 Second injection 1 mgm. into artery. BioodpresEure rose. 6 ., 60 10 „ 71 15 ., 85 Third injection 1 mgm. into artery. Blood-pressure dropped. 16 „ 95 17 „ 79 Blood-pressure rose again. IS „ 71 13 „ 31 Heart-beats very irregular. 23 „ 23 Do? dead. 25 „ 0 The arterial pressure curve showed a rise of blood-pressure iuitnediately following the first and second injections, but not the third. The last injection was followed by a sudden drop, and after 1.5 minutes by a rise to a still higher level. Summary of Results. When very small doses of the alkaloid were administered to animals, in these experiments, a complete change was observed in the heart-rhythm and respira- tions. Blood-pressure. — During the few seconds required to run in th« solution, the blood-pressure rose, and quickly reached a maximum. This was soon followed by a drop, which, however, never reached the previous normal level but rapidly rose again and remained high till near the end when it rapidly fell to zero. Heart-heats. — In one frog alone the heart-beats were accelerated; in the other frogs the number was decreased. The dog in experiment 5 showed a large increase after the injection. Respiration. — In experiment 5 after an injection of 2.5 milligrams tlie number of respirations gi-adually decreased during the 12 minutes, from 27 to 0 per minute. In No. 6 experiment 1 milligram injected produced an increase in number, but after a second and third injection the number gradually lessened, and ceased after 13 minutes. In No. 7 experiment 0.5 milligram accelerated the respirations, and after a second and third injection still further accelerations were observed. One minute after the last, the number decreased, and 7 minutes later the respiration ceased. The chief characteristic of the drug is, therefore, its action on the heart- muscle. The tone is increased, heart relaxes less during diastole, and in the later stages the heart-beats become very irregular. The heart in most cases eomes to a standstill in systole. Convulsive movements were observed in the animals towards the end of the experiments. 346 THE ACTIVE PRINCIPLE OF ERYTHROPHLOEUM LABOUCHERII, The general result of these experiments would refer the alkaloid to the digitalis gi'oup in its pharmacological action. Discussion of Results. The alkaloids of E. Laboucherii and E. guineense compared. (a) Chemical Properties. The alkaloid of the Australian species closely resembles the description of Merck's pure erythrophleine. Both alkaloids and all their salts were uncrystal- lisable syrups. The hydrochloride, prepared under the most careful conditions, was obtained as a viscous yellow oil, which dried into a brown solid glutinous mass : in this lespect it resembled the product of Merck, and of Power and Salway. Harnack's provisional formula for erythrophleine, C28H43O7N, was obtained from the amorphous platinum salt, and represents a molecular weight of 505. Power and Salway obtained an approximate agreement of the above formula from the analysis of the hydrochloride, which they prepared from a sample of Merck's erythrophleine. This hydrochloride salt yielded to the authoi-s (6.9% CI) 7.1% HCl and corresponds to the formula B.HCl (B=l molecule of Base). The alkaloid from the Australian species, on the other hand, when titrated with the greatest care gave 3.64% of hydrochloric acid, just half the amount obtained by Power and Salway. This amount, however, corresponds to the formula [BJa .HCl. [C28 H43 O7 N] .HCl requires 7.21% HCl. [C28 H43 O7 N]2 .HCl „ 3.61% HCl. Accepting the latter as the formula of the hydrochloride obtained from the Australian Erythrophloeum, the agreement in the molecular weight thus found is so close as to justify the conclusion that the alkaloid is identical with the erythrophleine of the African species. (h) Physiological Properties. The violent effects produced on the respiratory organs by this plant, during the gi'inding and preparing of the sample for analysis, were also experienced and noted by all the investigators of E. gwrteens-e. In the examination of a pharmacologically active plant, the collective effects produced in the animal body by the active principle arc referred to certain types or groups of substances. In this way we obser\e the action of the atropine group, the curare, or the digitalis group. The action of the digitalis group is recognised chiefly by a special action on the cardiac muscle, with which there is a strengthening of the systolic phase of the heart and finally complete stoi)ping of the ventricle in systole. The substances which produce these effects are certain organic compounds, mostly glucosides, wliicli have been obtained from plants, and include digitalis, apocynin, antiarin, convallamarin, hcUeborcin, olcandrin, scillain and some of the African arrow-poisons. The general action of the digitalis group as indicated above, was observed in all the experiments on frogs and dogs carried out with the alkaloid of Kriith rophlorum Lnboiicherii. BY JAME.S 31. PETRIE. 347 Tlie pharmacological properties were compared with those of E. guineetme in the literature quoted, being the investigationis of Lauder Brunton, Harnack, Jlen-k, and Dr. Dale of the Wellcome Research Laboratories. The alkaloids of the two species of Eri/throphloeum have the same action: that is, the active principle of the Australian E. Laboucherii is the alkaloid erythrophleine. It is remarkable that a group of properties hitherto known to belong only to certain glucosides should also be exhibited by an alkaloid. The red colouring substances. Luteolin is a flavone derivative, one of a group of yellow dyes produced in the metabolism of plants. It has been identified in Dyer's weed (Reseda luteola], Digitalis purpurea, Genista tinctoria and Erythrophloeum guineiense. It exists in three states: — as free luteolin, as methyl esters, and as glucosides of both of these. It is closely related to the cjuercetin dyes, including Mr. H. G. Smith's myrticolorin, obtained from the leaves of the Eucalyptus. Luteolin is isomeric with fisetin and lotoflavin, also yellow dyes. The latter constitutes one of the groups, with sugar and hydrocyanic acid, forming lotusin, the cyano- genetic glucoside of the lotus plants {Lotus arabicus, L. mistralis, L. corniculatus, etc.). All these flavone derivatives are built round the important pyrone ring, and by the number and position of their hydroxj' groups their tinctorial pro- perties are determined, and the varile iuter-ocular iniinrssions. Antennae moderately long, first joint a.s long ;i.s second and third combined, second more than hall' the length of third, sixth to ninth transverse and slightly pi'oduced mi one side, tenth and eleventh distorted. Pro- tlwrax almost twice as wide as long, sides dilated and slightly thickened near apex. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex; with dense and line, subrugulose punc- tures. Leng'th, 3.5 nun. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 355 Hab. — Queensland: Coen River (H. Hacker's No. 536). The eleventh joint of antennae near the base has a strong curved spine marking the end of a large excavation; the tenth joint is longer than the ninth and eighth conibiued, and also has a large hollow; on one side of the ba.se it is produced so a-s to embrace the ninth feebly ; from some directions it appears as two conspicuous joints, and the antennae in consequence appear to be twelve- jointed; from other directions the eleventh also appears to be obliquely divided into two joints; in fact the two apical joints alter in appearance with every point of view. 77. hicolor has all the joints thinner, and the ninth to eleventh very different. Heteromastix cribripexnis, n. sp. c?. Black ; tips of elytra, part of under surface of muzzle, and trochanters obscurely pale. With moderately dense, ashen pubescence. Head with vague inter-ocular impressions; with fairly distinct punctures in front, but not sharply defined. Antennae long and thin, second joint not half the length of third, sixth and seventh each about the length of eleventh, and slightly longer than the intervening ones. Prothorax fully twice as wide as long, margined throughout, sides strongly rounded in front and slightly narrower there than at base; with submarginal punctures. Elytra thin, slightly wider near apex than at base; with crowded and comparatively large, sharply defined punctures. Subapical segment of abdomen deeply notched. Legs long and thin. Length (d", S), 4.5--5 mm. 2. Differs in having the head smaller, with less prominent eyes, legs and antennae shorter, and subapical segment of abdomen straight at apex. Hab. — Tasmania: Waratah, Bumie (A. M. Lea). Close to H. tenuis, but elytra without purplish gloss, and (on four specimens) tipped with obscure flavous, the sides near base of prothorax hardly notched (there is a feeble incurvature there, but on the male of tenuis there is a small triangular notch) ; the pubescence of the elytra is denser, shorter and paler, the antennae are thinner, and the abdominal notch of the male is much longer; from n. niger it is still more distinct. In my table {I.e., p. 131) it would be placed with H. dolichocephalus, to which it is not at all close. On one male the abdomen and femora are obscurely paler than the adjacent parts. A male variety from Southport has a flavous, almost white, vitta from base to apex of each elytron, near the side, but dilated so as to cover the entire apex for a short dis- tance. Heteromastix megalops, n. sp. c?. Prothorax, scutellum and legs flavous, elsewhere more or less deeply in- fuscated. With short, ashen pubescence. Head large, gently concave in front. Eyes unusually large and prominent. Antennae long and thin, extending almost to tips of elytra. Prothorax more than twice as wide as long, base and ajiex finely margined ; sides suddenly and strongly dilated, or obtusely dentate, slightly nearer apex than base. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex; with dense, and fine, rugiilose punctures. Lengih (c?, 9), 2.75-3 mm. ?. Differs in having the head smaller, eyes smaller (but still of large size), antennae much shorter, and in the abdomen. JJab. — Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen). The elytra of the type could not be regarded as black, they are of a dark smoky-brown, similar in shade to most of the under surface (the tip of the 356 DESCRIPTIOXS OP NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, abdomen is paler) ; the head is moderately infuscated on the basal half and paler in front, but the shades of colour are not sharply defined; the antennae are almost uniformly infuscated throughout. One female has the head uniformly in- fuscated, but otherwise its colours are as those of the type; a second female has the head entirely pale, and elytra much less deeply infuscated. Regarding the head as pale the species, in my table, would be associated with H. anticus and H. geniculatus, which have sides of prothorax very different and much smaller eyes; regarding the head as dark it would go with the allies of H. pusilluSj from aU of which it is at once distinguished by the very large eyes; thus on the male of G. pusillus the combined width of both eyes is less than half the width of the intervening space, on the present species each eye is more than half the width of that space, and its length is about equal to the combined lengths of the second and third joints of antennae; the sides of the prothorax are much as in H. denti- collis and //. angustus, whose eyes are much smaller. HyPATTALUS CRIBRIPENNIS, n. Sp. c?. Black; labrum, prothorax, parts of under surface of three basal joints of antennae, and trochanters flavous. Moderately clothed with short, erect, dark hairs, and with sparse, ashen pubescence. Head gently convex, slightly depressed in front. Antennae rather long, third to tenth joints obtusely serrated, seventh joint slightly longer than the adjacent ones, and about equal to eleventh. Prothorax widely transverse, sides widely rounded and with the base obliquely margined, a shallow depression near base, and a still more feeble one near apex; with a few scattered punctures. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture slightly thickened, the api'X more distinctly so; with crowded, sharply defined punctures, a few of which are confluent. Legs moderately long. Length (d", ?), 5-5.75 mm. 2. Differs in ha\'ing the head smaller, with two feeble foveae in front, eyes smaller and less prominent, antennae shorter and less strongly serrated, apical joint of palpi smaller, apex of elytra scarcely thickened, legs somewhat shorter, and clothing of upper surface sparser. Hab. — Tasmania: Waratah (A. M. Lea). At first glance much like many species of Ueteromastix but with exsertile vesicles. In my table (I.e., p. 169) would be placed with H. abdnmitialis, which is a much smaller species, with blue elytra, etc.; //. longicornis lias bluish elytra and much longer and less strongly serrated antennae; the female in general ap- pearance is somewhat like a large female of //. triangidiferu^, but the antennae are less strongly serrated, and more of the head is dark. A female, from Mount Wellington, probably belongs to this species, but has the frontal foveae more conspicuous, and elytra with a faint purplish gloss. Htpattalus apiciventris, n. sp. c?. Black ; nuizzle, parts of four or five basal joints of antennae, basal joints of palpi, prothorax, and base of femora flavous. Witli spai-se and minute, ashen pubescence. Head moderately convex between eyes, slightly irregularly concave in front ; with small, scattered punctures, becoming denser at base. Antennae moderately long and feebly serrated, second joint small, third and fourth not much larger. Protlwrax strongly transverse, base finely margined, basal half BY AKTHDR M. LEA. 357' of sides more widely so; with a few scattered punctures. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex, sides and suture scarcely thickened ; with dense and sharply de- fined, but somewhat rugose punctures. Apical segment of abdomen rather large. Hind tibiae rather thin and strongly curved. Length, 4-4.5 mm. Ilab. — Tasmania: Waratah (A. M. Lea). Close to the preceding species, but antennae shorter and less serrated, more of muzzle and of legs pale, elytra with much sparser clothing, and with sparser, although dense, punctures. The elytra have a faint bluish gloss, and their sides in the middle are very narrowly and obscurely flavous. The apical segment of the abdomen is large and less liable to contraction than the others, as it is gently convex and without wrinkles on the three specimens before, me, its dorsal and ventral sderites meet at the tip, and, from the sides, a passage may be seen through them. Htpattalus flavipes, n. sp. c?. Black; prothorax and legs flavous, parts of tarsi infuscated. With short, ashen pubescence. Head feebly convex between eyes, with two shallow depressions in front; with small and sparse punctures, becoming denser about base. Antennae moder- ately long, thin and feebly serrated. Prothorax strongly transverse, sides and base . finely margined ; with sparse, inconspicuous punctures. Elytra parallel- sided to near apex, sides and suture scarcely thickened; with crowded, sharply defined punctures. Hind tibiae rather strongly curved. Length, 3 mm. Hab. — New South Wales: National Park (A. M. Lea). Like //. longicornis on a small scale, but upper surface almost glabrous, elytral punctures more sharply defined, legs flavous and antennae somewhat shorter; in my table it would be placed with H. abdominalis, but is thinner, dif- ferently coloured, antennae much longer and elytral punctures larger. Parts of the basal joints of antennae are obscurely flavous or testaceous, and the space between the eyes is obscurely diluted with red. Htpattalus parvoniger, n. sp. ?. Black; trochanters, most of front legs, parts of the others and parts of four or five basal joints of antennae flavous or testaceous. Upper surface with sparse and extremely short, ashen pubescence. Head with two shallow depressions in front; punctures sparse and minute. Antennae moderately long and obtusely serrated, eleventh joint about twice the length of tenth. Prothorajc rather strongly transverse, sides and base finely mar- gined, a shallow depression each side of base; punctures minute on sides, not traceable elsewhere. Elytra slightly dilated to near apex, sides and suture scarcely thickened, with small rugulose punctures. Legs thin, the hind tibiae moderately long. Length, 1.5 mm. Ha?).— New South Wales: Sydney (G. E. Bryant), Eden (H. J. Carter). Smaller than any other known species, except H. minutus, and upper sur- face entirely black (in some lights the elytra have a vague purplish gloss) ; from H. carteri it differs in being smaller, elytra darker and non-metallic, legs partly pale, and upper surface almost glabrous. There are fairly numerous punctures on the elytra, and they are sufficiently distinct from oblique directions, but they are nowhere dense and sharply defined. 358 DESCRIPTIONS OF XEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIA>f COLEOPTERi, CaRPHURUS SPINIPENNiS, n. Sp. eiiind is seen to have four tubercles: two small conical ones in front, and a larger and somewhat curved one, projecting like a horn above each eye. The posterior mar- gin of the excavation is ahnost straight, but its anterior one is irregular. BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 361 Helcogaster convexiceps, n. sp. ccies. but red elytral markings longitudinal; the vittae commence at the base and terminate near the apex, they are on the third and seventh interstices, but tlie one ou the seventli is interrupted on each eh-tron near the ba.se; the spot on each side of the prothorax is distinct inunediately behind the eye, but may be traced almost to the base; the tarsi and palpi are (pl)scurely diluted with red. Periptyctus bryophilus. n. sp. Flavous; middle and hind angles of prothorax, scutellum, greater portion of elytra, middle and base of prosternum, part of abdomen, coxae and club, more or less deeply infuscated. Upper surface glabrous, under surface almost so. Jlead with fairly dense and sharjjly detined punctures. Antennae rather long, fli-st joint stout, second as long a-s flret but much thinner, third-eighth small, ninth-eleventh forming a club. Prothora.r at base scarcely twice as wide as the median length, sides thickened and strongly rounded, apex about half the width of base and gently incurved to middle, base bisinuate, hind angles acute, convex along middle, concave towards each side; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Scutellum widely transvei'se. Elytra sliglitly wider than prothorax. a suli- foveate impression on each side of base; with rather large punctures; in places somewhat seriate in arrangement, but not in striae. Under surface with numer- ous ratlier small but sluirply delined punctures, less conspicuous on chin-piece than elsewhere. Lengtli, 2.25-2.5 mm. Hub. — Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A.M. Lea). A l)eautil'ul little species ol' which two specimens were olttained from moss. It is larger and wider than P. riissulua, very differently coloured, sides of pro- thorax diilerent. elytral punctures larg<>r. etc.; from tiie description of P. eximiv-s it differs consideral)ly in colour and sculi)ture. On the larger specimen the dark parts of the prothorax are almost black, its elytra liavc the l)asal fifth, except for a spot half-way between the scutellum iind each shoulder, and sides pale, enclosing a large sliield-sliapi'd space, and its abdomen has a large sulitriangnlar dark space; on the smaller specimen tlie markings arc less dark, anach shoulder with a fiavous spot. Upper surface glabrous, under surface slightly pubescent. Head with a small impression near each eye. Antennae moderately long, fii-st joint stout, second slightly longer, and mucii thinner than first, ninth- eleventh foi-miug a rather wide club. Prothorax along middle longer than width of apex, sides thickened, on basal half strongly raisetl and almost parallel, strongly nan-owed and less elevated to apex, which is gently emarginate; punctures sparse and inconspicuous. Elytra wider than prothorax, sides moderately rounded, shoulders rather strongly raised; with rather sparse and small punc- tures, but in places seriate in arrangement. P roster num with chin-piece sub- triangularly advanced, a groove on each side of it. Length, 2.5 mm. Hab. — Queensland: Mount Tambourine (C. Wild). Unique. Larger than P. russulus, with the sides of prothorax suddenly and strongly elevated in middle, and with the chin-piece more prominent, etc.; it differs in many respects from the description and figure of P. eximius. The hind angles of the prothorax are almost spiniform, and project obliquely outwards; its disc is deeply infuscated, with the sides, especially in front, paler; part of its under surface is also dark; the punctures of the under surface are rather sparse and small on the abdomen, rather large Init sparse on sides of metasternum, and fairly dense and large on parts of the prostemum. Idiophtes viridis, n. sp. Dark metallie-g^-een, with a coppery gloss; under surface, legs, antennae and palpi more or less castaneous. Upper surface moderately densely clothed with long, subereet pubescence, under surface and legs with much shorter and de- pressed pubescence. Head rather wide; with dense, small, and (when not partially obscui-ed by clothing) sharply defined punctures. Antennae moderately long, basal joint stout, about lialf as long again as second, second stouter and slightly longer than tliird, fourth and fifth slightly decreasing in length, sixth and seventh slightly shorter and wider tlian fifth, eighth-tentli fonning a conspicuous club, eighth and ninth each about a-s long as first, but much wider, tenth about half as long again as ninth. Prothorax at base about thrice as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded, apex much naiTower than base, a conspicuous groove towards each side, becoming wider at base, a narrow impressed line very close to base; punctures crowded and sharply defined. Elytra strongly convex, sides subcon- tinuous with those of prothorax, a small tubercle towards each side near apex; with rows of fairly large punctures in rather shallow striae; interstices with small, dense punctures. Length, 2 mm. Hab. — Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). A beautiful little species of which four specimens were obtained from moss. Structurally it is close to I. hrevis, and the antennae are also ten-jointed; but the ujiper surface is green, with longer clothing, and the prothoracic punctures are mucli more conspicuous. Idiophye.s dubius, n. sp. Reddish-castaneous ; legs, antennae and palpi somewhat paler. Not very densely clothed with moderately long, subereet setae or pubescence. 368 DESCRIPTIONS OK -NKW SPKCIES OF AUSTRALIAN tX)LKOrTERA, Head with ratbtT dense small ]uiiictiires. Anteuuae moderately long-, first joint stouter and slightly lunger than second, second stouter and longer than third, fourth-eighth gradually decreasing in length, ninth somewhat longer and distinctly wider than eighth, tenth still longer and wider, eleventh slightly wider and about half as long again as tenth. I'ruthorau- at base scarcely twice as wide as the median length, sides rather strongly rounded, and somewhat narrower in front than behind; with a deep, continuous stria near each side, and another one at base; punctuies small but sharply detined. Elytra at base slightly wider than base of prothorax, widest at about basal third; with rows of rather large punc- tures, becoming somewhat larger and more irregular about bajowers of diseriminatiim liavc not been deve- loped, and who are aj)t to consider as conclusive any statement tliat they read in such a work. Professor Kerr writes : — "Many eggs on the other hand especially amongst tlic Ganoid fishes and the Amphibians are priven a dark colour by the presence within them of brownish-black pigments belonging to the melanin group. Such jiignient appears to be of definite l)iological significance, jiroviding as it does an opaqiu' coat wliich |)rotects the living protoplasm from tlie harmful influence of light.' Eggs in which it occurs develo)), :us a rule, under conditions where they arc exposed to intense daylight. The eggs of ordinary Frogs and Toads for esaniple which are surrounded by clear transparent .ielly have a well developed pigment coat. On the other hand in the case of Frogs and Toads whose eggs are suiTounded t)y light-proof foam or are deposited in burrows underground they are commonly without pigment. "In all ]>robability this dejiosition of melanin jiiginent in the superficial ))rotoplasni of tlic egs;- (normally in its upper portion) is to be interpreted as having been orif.'-inally a direct reaction to the influence of liglit. tlie metabolism being so affected as Id bring about the fonnation of this i);irticiihir iron-con- taining exci'ctory pigment. "It may be ol)jected that the pigment is produced before the egg is laid (e.g. the Common Frog) and therefore before it is exposed to the action of light, but a-s a matter of fact the body-wall of the adult is by no means opaque to light rays and even while still in the ovary the egg's are ex|iosed to the influence of faint liglit. If we may t:d. 7.58) who main- tains that black cells do not overgrow light, but that new pigmented cells are cut off from tlia ujiper comers of the yolk cells, and — "there is a continuous formation of new luginent taking place at the perii)liei"y of the black area within th(> new cells that are being fonued." PignuMit production is admittedly a i)roduct of active metabolism, and one would expect to find i)iguieiit being foniied in the i-egion of tlie germ ring, but, in tlie eggs I mention, this wouM not appear to be snilicient to gi-eatly affect the colour of the egg surface. Finally, both species of Pseudnphri/ne are cryptozoic in habit hiding by day under logs and heaps of refuse, and laying their eggs in similar situations. I!Y LAUXCELOT HARRISOX. 373 Here again it seems imjjossible that the piginent of. the egg should have Ijeen produced in response to the direct stimuhis of light, and a supposition that Pseu-dophrijne has only recently taken to a cryptozoic liabit, and has not yet succeeded in eliminating ]iiginent, hardly heljis matters. Regarding the pigmentation of tadpoles, I can confirm the observations of Wenig (1013) that those which develop in water with clay in suspension do not develop normal pigment. I recently captured some tadpoles of Limiwdynastes at a depth of five feet in a muddy creek, in a net sunk for crayfish. The normal tadpole h.T-s a uniform dense pigmentation, but these individuals were almost transparent, except for two lines of eiiromatophores dorso-laterally along the main muscle mass, and the whole brain showed white through the dorsal sur- f.ace. Here tliere has been an obvious relation between light and pigment development. For the eggs, liowevcr. the matter is apparently not so simple, and an en- quiry into the nature and mechanism of production of these pigments, and into the purpose tliey subserve, seems called for. List of Works Beferred to. Agar, TV. E., 1909. — Tlie Nesting habits of the Tree-frog, Phyllomedusa saiivagH. Proc. 7moI. Soc. Lontl. 1909, pp. 893-897, PI. Ixxxiv. Bles, E. .J., 1907. — Notes on Anuran Development, in Tlie Work of John Samuel Budgett, Cambridge, pp. -143-458, PI. xxii.-xxvii. BUDGETT, .1. S., 1899. — Notes on the Batrachians of the Paraguayan Chaco. Quart. Journ. Blicr. Sci.. xlii., pp. 305-333, PL xxviii.-xxxii. Dakin, W. J., 1920. — Notes of the Habits and Reproduction of the Great Western Burrowing Frog, Heleioporw albopunctatus. Anstr. Zoologist, L, l)p. 241-244. Kerr, J. G., 1919. — Text-Book of Embryology, Vol. ii., Vertebrata. London. Morgan, T. H., 1891. — Some Notes on the Breeding Habits and Embryology of Frogs. Amer. Nat., xxv., pp. 753-7()0. Wexig; J.. 1913. — Der Alhinismus bei den Anuren, etc., Anat. Am., xliii., pp. 113-135. 374 ON A SPECIMEN OF NOEGGERATEIOPSIS FROM THE LOWER COAL MEASURES OF NEW SOUTH WALES. By A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. (Plate XXV.) The object of the present short note is to place on record a remarkably fine specimen of Noeggerathiopsis, from between the two splits of the Greta Seam in the Lower Coal Measures of New South Wales. There is no need here to give any historical account of the genus in Aus- tralia, for the late R. Etheridge, Jr., has gone into this very fully in a recent paper (Geol. Mag., July, 1918, pp. 289-293). He there described four clusters of leaves, bringing the number of specimens found in Australia, showing the radiate arrangement of the leaves, up to seven. The specimen described here also shows this arrangement and is far larger than any previously described ; it brings the number up to eight. It was exhibited by Mr. C. A. Sussrailch before the Geologj- Section of the Royal Society of N.S.W. (Journal, liv., 1920. p. xxxiv.) Associated with the Noeggerathiopsis, on the same specimen, are several fragments of leaves of Glossopteris. Plate xxv. is from a photograph of the specimen. The specimen shows the remains of iiorticms of some 13 or 14 leaves at- tached to a central stem which is from 1.5 to 2 cm. in diameter. The leaves are spread out on a fine-grained grey shale, and arranged in a radiate manner. They are all incomplete, none of them showing the nature of the apex; the majority of them, however, show a considerable portion, while a few only show a few cm. of the bai^al part. The largest portion of a leaf has a lengtli of 17-18 cm. and gradually becomes broader from the base outwards; it is about 1 cm. broad where it joins the stem, and 3.5 cm. wide at about 17 cm. from the stem. The specimen shows quite clearly tliat the arrangement of the leaves is not verticillate; this is also of course obvious from the fact that there are about 14 leaves present, each being about 1 cm. wide at the base, and attached to a stem wliose circumference is aiiparcntly not more than about 7 cm. Close examination indicates that the arrangement is probably spiral, though one cannot determine the phyllotaxy. The venation is rather coai"se, the veins slightly divergent and bifurcating from time to time. There are about 14 veins per cm. on an average, but there is no sign of any finer venation between the coarser veins, such as has been observed in species of Cordailes. It may be noted, however, that quite fre- quently the veins have the appearance of being arranged in pairs. It was bcH-ause of the absence of these intci-stitial veins together with the fact that the stomata appeared to be less regularly arranged that Zeiller retained the name Noeggerathiopiiis in preference to Cordaites for these leaves. Interstitial veins have however since been found on specimens of Noeggera- thiopsis from India :md South America {see Seward, Fossil Plants, iii., p. 243), BY A. B. WALKOM. fiTn SO that in the absence of specimens having the cuticle well preserved, it is im- possible to distinguisli between the genera Cnlaites and Noeggerathiopsis. In view of Seward's account (Fossil Plants, iii., p. 243-4) of investigations by the late Miss Ruth Holden, which indicate differences between the Gondwana Land Noeggerathiopsis and the European Cordadtes. we prefer for the present to re- tain the former name for the Australian examples. In his paper, quoted above, Etheridge did not discuss the speciiic identity or otherwise of the Australian specimens of Xueggerathiopsis. As far as I know there is very little at present on which one could separate the leaves specifically, and it seems best to refer them all to N. Hislopi (Bunb.l. In none of the specimens so far described have any anatomical details been made out, and the only characters on which separation has been based arc variations in the shape and venation — the former not at all reliable and the latter hardly any more so in this case. Species descril)ed as X. Sjtathulata Dana, N. media (Dana), from the Upper Coal Measures and A', prison Feist- mantel, from the Lower Coal Mea.sures do not appear to be sufficiently distinct to be separated from the widely-known N. Hislopi. In describing a specimen from the Upper Coal Measures of New Soutli Wales as N. Goepperti (Schmal. ) Arber (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Ixviii.. 1902. p. 20) says — "As regards the identity of .V. Hislopi (Hunl).). the representative of this genus in India, South Africa, South America and also prol)al>ly in Australia with A'. Goepperii, I have not been able to arrive at a definite con- clusion. There is a great similarity of habit and detail between them." Though specimens showing clusters of leaves are so rare, examples of single leaves are not uncommon in association witli the Glossopteris Flora in Australia, both in tlie Lower anfl Upper Coal Measures. No well-autbenticated specimens are known from newer rocks in Australia. Attention may here be drawn to a specimen recently assigned to this gen»'< by Shirley (Q'land Naturalist, ii., 1920, p. 82). He describes a fragment from the Ipswich Beds (Upi)er Triassic) at Albion, near Brisbane, Queensland, as n. new species, iV. Tri/orii. I had an opportunity of examining the specimen (oF which there is no tigiire and no record of the location of the type),* and my notes, made at tlie time, show that I regarded it as a fragmentary piece of a large Ginkgo or Baiera, showing two segments of the leaf close together with a narrow band of matrix between them; tliis narrow band of matrix is what ha.s been described as the midrib of .V. Tri/oiii. All the specimens, previously described, showing the radiate arrangement of the leaves of Noeggerathiopsis were obtained from the Upper Coal Measures, some from Newca.stle, the others from tlie Illawarra District. The specimen described above, which was obtained from the Stanford Mertliyr Colliery, is the first example from the Lower (Greta) (^oal Measures; it was foi-wai'ded to Mr. Sussmilch by Mr. H. M. Williams, Superintendent of the Stanford Mcrthyr Colliery, and is now in the collection of the Technological Museum, Newcastle. I am indebted to Air. Sussmilch for t1ie opportunity of describing the specimen. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. Specimen of Noeggerathiopsis. Hislopi (Bunb.) showing radiate arraugejuent of the leaves, (x |)- • In a recent letter, Mr. H. A. Loniiman, Director of the Queensland Museum, mentions tliat this type lias been presented to tlie Museum. 371) ON THE MANGROVE AND SALTMARSH VEGETATION NEAR SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO CABBAGE TREE CREEK, PORT HACKING. By Marjorie I. Collins^ B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany. * (With Phites xxvi.-xxxii.; and eleven Text-figures.) The observations recoifKAR SVDN'KV. Tlie coastal strip in the neighbourliood of Sydney shows many leaturcs oT marked physiographic interest. It is chai'acterised by striking, nuieh branched inlets, in which, for (lie most l)art, deep water is found close up to the rocky shores. Woolnough says of tlicse "... . tliey owe their existence to the sub- raerg'ence of a partially dissected plateau"; also, ''At the close of the latest cycle of erosion there was a general subsidence amounting to at least 400 feet in the central portion of the area, [referring to the coa-st of New South Wales.] This caused the 'drowning' of the valleys of the coa.stal rivers, and the conversion of these drowned vallevs into nuignificent harlxiurs" (.lose, Taylor ans with complex outline (Text-fig. 1). The rocks outcropping on the shores of these inlets, and •This investigation was commenced in 1916 while the writer held a Science Eesearch Scholarship in the University of Sydney. BY MARJORIE I. COLLIXS. 377 for some distance inland, are chiefly Triassie sandstones of the Hawkesbury Series wbich yield upon denudation a coarse yellow sand. Since no important rivers flow to the sea in this region, the so-called Parramatta and Lane Cove Rivers merely being arms of Fort Jackson, and ^^^^... Text fig. 1. iMap of coast of \ew South Wales between Port Jackson and Port Hacking showing the nature of the drowned river valleys, and the sheltered arms and bays in which mangrove and saltmarsh occur. George's River (Botany Bay) and Port Hacking River (Port Hacking) being insignificant streams, silt and detritus are not carried out to sea, but tend to be deposited in sheltered arms and bays. That there has been comparatively recent subsidence on the coast near Sydney is evidenced in the fact that a bore sunk in the mud at Narrabeen lagoon (north of Port Jackson) disclosed at a depth of over 50 feet layere of Peaty soil containing Casuarina cones, and remains of other Xerophytes which now occupy the sandstone country surrounding the lagoon (David and Halligan, 1908, p. 235). This recent subsidence, together with the physiographic features mentioned above, possibly accounts for the non-existence of such extensive areas of tidal flats as are found in other parts of the world (Ganong, 1903; Harshberger, 1909; Carey and Oliver, 1918); unless the accumulation of silt were sufficiently rapid to keep pace with and overcome the effects of gradual subsidence, the 378 MAKGKOVE AND SALTMARSU VEXJETATION NEAR SYDNEY, N.S.W., formation of mud flats and their c-olonisation by plant and animal life, would necessarily be postponed until a condition of equilibrium had been attained. Once the bank of muddy silt is raised above low tide level, seedlings of Avicetniia officinalis Linn. (Australian Grey Mangrove) establish themselves, and aid in the building up of a mud flat. The mud is generally black and of a coarse, sandy nature, punctured at frequent intei-\-als by crab-holes (.vpp Hedley, 1915. p. 46) and becoming foetid from the decay of various Algae, shellfish and drift material. These play an important part in providing humus and in aiding the building up of the flats. The Vegetatio.v op the Tidal Flats. The tidal lands which come within the scope of the present paper aie to be found chiefly in the upper reaches of the Iron Cove, Parramatta River, Lane Cove River, and Middle Harbour — all arms of Port Jackson; along the banks of Cook's and George's Rivers flowing into Botany Bay. and in tlic sheltered arms of Port Hacking. The area ranges from 33° SO" to 34° 5', S. Lat. and extends from Port Jackson south of Sydney for a distance of about sixteen miles (Text-fig. 1). The area in Fort Hacking to which the writer has given special attention is that of Cabbage Tree Creek, where an interesting series of changes is taking place, owing to the raising of the level of the saltmarsh by wind-blown sand. Previous Investigalious. Extra-tropical mangrove and saltmarsh vegetation in Australia has Ijeeii dealt with by but few writers. In his description of tidal woodland, Sehimper (1903, p. 409) records the occurrence of the mangroves Avicennia officinalis Linn. (Verbenaceae) and Aegiceras majm Gaertn. (Mi/rsitiaceae) on the cua.st of New South Wales. This record is briefly descriptive and deals with the nature of the viviparous seedlings in the two genera (p. 400). Hedley (1915, pp. 44-46) records the same species for Port Jackson and gives Wilson's Promontory in Victoria as the most southerly station in Australia for Avicennia officinalis. In a preliminary account of the coastal vegetation near Adelaide. Osborn (1914, pp. 584-586) records Avicetniia officinalis as the only mangi-ove present. This writer also refers to the presence of Suaeda maritima^ mingling with the mangrove on its shoreward side. Salicornia swamps (with Salicornia australts Soland. and S. arhusciila R. Br.^) which are only subjected to occasional tidal inundation, are found on the shoreward side of the mangrove. Zonation is reciirded in these swamps, the zones being as follows: "(1) Salicornia; (2) Salicornia and Snmolus repcns; (3) Sanwlm repens and Sporolioliis virginicKS; (4) Sporohohis, Spergularia, etc." Western Australian extra-tropical mangrove has been dealt witli by Dr. C H. Ostenfeld (1918, pp. 1-12). This writer recognises three shore line forma- tions on the coa.st of Western Australia, south of the Tropic. 1. Mangrove Formation. 2. Sandy Sea Shore Formation. 3. Salt Pan Formation. 'See reference to Paulsen Vielow. tRecent investigiitions by Black (1919) into South Australian Salicornieae point to the plant hitherto known as SaHcornia arfirisrnfaheiag in reaWtyArtlirociieJiiuvi arbusciila. BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 379 Avieennia officinalis is recorded as being the only woody plant in Western Australian mangrove formation south of the Tropic. Ostenfeld refers to the mingling of the succulent halopyte Suaeda with mangrove at its higher levels. Paulsen's work on Western Australian Cheno- podiaceae points to this being a new species, viz., Suaeda australis (1918, p. 65). The absence of other plants amongst the mangrove is attributed to the great force of the tides which reach a velocity of ten to twelve knots in places (Ostenfeld, 1918, p. 8). In the salt pan formation, Ostenfeld describes the plant covering as being chiefly cushion forming Chenopodiaceae, species of Arthrocnermnn, also ), but after a time it decays and drops to the ground. BY MAKJORIE I. COLLINS. 383 The ilevelopment of saltmarsli commences almost simultaneously with that of mangrove. Here Salicomia australis Soland. is the jiioneer plant and often establishes itself to the exclusion of other species. In parts of the George's River and Botany Bay large areas are occupied by pure Salieornietum (Hedley, 1915, p. 46). It is more generally found, however, tliat Suaeda australis follows Salicomia closely and becomes a co-dominant witli the latter in the initial stages of Salt- mai-sh.. In order to understand the conditions which exist on the majority of tidal flats near Sydney, it is necessary to study the vegetation over a continuous period of time. It is only thus that developmental phases may be recognised and the true limits of the association established. Tlie writer recognises two plant associations in salt marsh formation near Sydney : — (i.) An outer mixed saltmarsli association corresponding to tlie "mixed salting" of British investigators (Carey and Oliver, 1918; Tansley, 1911). Since Salicomia australis is the dominant species here, the writer will refer to this as- sociation as Salieornietum. (ii.) An inner almost pure association of Juiicus maritimus which usually marks the boundary between the marsh and land flora — the Juucetum. i. Salicorni.eium. On young Salicomia association it is possible to recognise at lea.st three developmental phases or associes in Clement's sense (1916, p. 136). These appear to be associated with slight differences in level and are present as zoned bands which show a certain amount of overlapping. The lowest of these, which abuts on the mangi-ove formation is the (a) Salicorma-Siiaeda associes, charac- terised by Salicornia amtralis Soland. and Suaeda australis R. Br. These low succulent shrubs are inundated by all tides and together with the pneumatophores of Avicennia officinalis play an important part in the building up of the marsh by acting a.s retainers of silt. (h). At a slightly higher level is an associes in which Salicomia and Spergularia rubra are developed equally with a number of low spreading perennial halophytes. The plants of this associes arranged in order of dominance are:— (1.) Salicornia australis Soland. (ii.) Spergularia rubra Camb. (iii.) Suaeda australis R. Br. (iv.) Samolm repens R. Br. (v.) yiesembryanthenmm tegeiis F. v. M. (vi.) Tetragonia ,expansa Murr. (vii.) Atriple.T patula L. (Introduced) (viii.) Wilsonia Backhousii Hook. (c). Sporobolus-Cynodon associes which occupies a marginal jiosition within the association and is of sward-like physiognomy (PI. xxviii.. Photo 7). The chief constituents are Sporobolus virginicus Humb. and Kunth., Cynodon dactylon Rich, and Zoysia pungens Willd., but as there is no strong line of demarcation between these latter associes, particularly where the slope is gradual, there is often a profuse mingling of perennial halophytes with the above-mentioned grasses. That these are developmental phases of the mature Salicomia associa- tion is shown clearly in old saltmarshes, where the level has been raised by silt accretion and a fairly uniform surface prevails. Here a mixed association of annual and perennial lialophytes is found occupying the whole area between the inner Juncetum and the outer mangi-ove formation. In this mixed meadow-like association, Salicornia and Siuieda are predominant on the outer margin, since here seedlings have a better chance of establishing themselves. Where bare patches are found in this association owing to destruction of underlying vege- tation by decaying detritus, algal mats, and the like (Harshberger, 1916) the pioneer colonist Salicornia is not slow in making its appearance. Thus, in 384 MANGROVE AND SALTJIARSH VEGETATION NEAR SYDNEY, N.S.W., miniature, the history of the association repeats itself. The grroups described above eannot be regarded as separate associations since they are all found mingling freely on old marshes where a fairly uniform surface level has been attained. Thus the term "Zunation" is not used in the same sense as by Yapp (1917, p. 68) in his description of the zoned vegetation of the marshes of the Dovey Estuary in Wales. ii. Juncetum Maritimi. The inner association of Saltmarsh formation near Sydney is of interest pinee it generally marks the landward boundary. It is often a pure association .of Juiicii.'< mariti)»K-'< Lam., but as Hamilton has shown, further species of Juticuf (1919, pp. 480-482) and Cladium junceum (1919. p. 480) are often found. An interesting feature of this association is the presence in it of the "swamp oak" Casuaiiiia glaitca Sieb. These trees are generally found lining the banks of the marsh on tlie extreme outer limits of the Juncetum but occasionally they occur in local patches of slightly higher level within the association (PI. xxxi.. Photo 13). From superficial observation it is apparent that in the saltmarshes around Sydney differences in level, and consequently in drainage, play a large part in the delimitation of the plant associations. This should not form the subject of any generalisation, however, until careful nuul analyses have been made and the results compared for different localities. Cabbage Tree Creem, Port Hackixg. Cabbage Tree Creek is a small stream entering Port Hacking on its southern side, at a distance of about two miles from the sea. The shore between the mouth of the creek and Port Hacking Point is indented by narrow sandy beaches of vai'ying length {See Text-fig. 1). In a north-easterly direction from the Creek is Cronulla Beach, backed by high mobile sand dunes which extend across to Botany Bay. Tiie entrance to Cabbage Tree Creek is partly l)locked at low tide by sand spits and shoals (Text-tig 11). The larger sand spit projects from the southern shore and resembles in miniature, the sand bars which form a characteristic feature of the lagoons such as Deewhy, Narrabeen, etc., north of Port Jackson (Jose, Taylor and Woolnough, 1911, p. 136). The main body of the creek may be divided into two parts, the upper fresh- water to brackish region which runs between gradually ascending sandstone slopes, and a lower, wider, basin-like region in which the water is distinctly saline. The southern shore of this lower portion of the creek is markedly con- cave, and it is here that an extensive tidal marsh has developed. Storm waters entering the creek are sufficient to keep the central channel clear, but since the creek narrows when ncaring the mouth, its load of silt and detritus tends to be deposited upon the concave southern shore. When the writer first visited Cabbage Tree Creek in 1916. a short stri]> of sandy beadi abutted on the southern side of the creek entrance. At tlie point where this sandy lieach reached the outlying mangrove at the mouth of the creek, young plants of Avicennia officinalis Linn, and Aegiceras majiiji Gaertn. were already showing signs of burial in drift sand. On the beach itself were recognisable two distinct zones, the strand, witli clumps of Sahola Kali Linn, a little above high tide level, and small transitory hummocks occupied by Senecio Inutus Soland. The second zone, tliat of larger hummocks or embryonic dunes, was diaracterised by an association of such plants a.s Mefiemhnianthemwn aeqttilate-alc Haw., Scaemla suaveolens R. Br., Seiiecio laulufi Soland.. Spinifer BY MAR.TORIE I. COLLINS. 385 hirsuiiis Labill., etc. Behind, the beaeh passed into stable or fixed dune region characterised by sclerophyllous scrub with Acacia armMa R. Br., Leucopogon richei R. Bi'., etc. At the present day tlie beach shows a completely alteied "^rrotiAL SAND MANGROVE ^ MrXED SALTMARSH JUNCETUM Te.xt-fig. 11. Map of Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking, with diagrammatic representation of vegetation. N.B. The vegetation symbols for Juncetum and mixed Saltmarsh used in this map, are those put forth by Dr. Sahsbury (1920, p. 61). The symbol for mangrove is used only tentatively by the writer and is based upon the structure of the viviparous seedling. appearance. A few scattered seedlings of Sahola Kali are establishing them- selves upon the strand, Imt all that remains of the mobile dune zone are the decaying trails of Spinifex hirsutus, exposed by the action of the wind. Areas 386 MANGROVE AND SALTMARSH VEGETATION NEAR SYDNEY, N.S.W., occupied by mats of Scaevola suaveolens, over 6 feet in diameter, have ceased to exist. The alteration of the vegetation covering this beach, suggests that the piling up of sand against the mangrove at the entrance to Cabbage Tree Creek is due to the activity of southerly gales rather than to the continuous and milder action of the prevailing north-easterly winds. (See Jose, etc., 1911, p. 136). It is possible, however, that the north-easterly winds carry a load of sand from the dunes behind Cronnlla Beach and that a certain amount of this finds its way to the marehes at Cabbage Tree Creek. The chief points of interest at Cabbage Tree Creek, at the present day, are the raising of the level of the tidal marsh by drift sand deposited on the sur- face of the mud, and the gradual blocking of the creek entrance by sand spits and shoals. The effect of both these changes is to lessen the amount of tidal inundation and to bring about alteration in the physical properties of the soil. At the present day the tidal marsh at Cabbage Tree Creek presents a I'omples problem for solution. There does not appear to be any marked de- finition between mangrove and saltmarsh fonnations, and within the saltmarsh it is difficult to define the boundaries of tlie plant iissociations. As on the marshes near Sydney, the outermost formation at Cabbage Tree Creek is mangrove in which Avicennia officinalis and Aegiceras majus are the only species. At the entrance to the Creek Avicennia and Aegiceras are being buried in drift sand (PI. xxix.. Photo 9). The area between the low tide level and the shore is occupied by saltmarsh which shows some striking differences from saltmarsh at Port Jackson. An interesting feature is the occurrence, throughout the saltmarsh, of gi'oups of Avicennia officinalis. The innermost of these are only reached by the liighest tides and may be regarded as being stranded. Their position in isolated areas within a newer formation is com- I>arable with certain geological formations known as "inliers." These man- grove "inliers" indicate that rise in level of the mud surface has brought about t!ie imposing of saltmarsh flora upon what was once entirely mangrove (Text- fig. 11 and PI. xxxii., Photo 10). Extensive areas at Cabbage Tree Creek are populated by dwarf Avicennia, (PI. XXX., Photo 12) in whicli the main trunk is sliortencd and averages about one foot in height. The lateral branches are given off from this stocky trunk and take up a position i)arallel to the ground (PI. xxx.. Photo 11). Hamilton (1919, p. 470) records dwarf Aviceunia at Homebush Bay, on the Parramatta River, and attributes tlieir diminished form to dilution of tidal waters by fresh water from the inland drainage channels. Warming (1909, p. 25) refers to the effect of temperature and the length of the vegetative season upon the external morphology of plants. He points out that dwarf forms occur when the vegetative season is short and the tem- perature low, as in arctic regions, or where high temperatures are combined witli low water supply. ITntil a special investigation has been made of soil and temperature relations, the writer is not in a position to offer any reason for the occurrence near Sydney of localised areas of dwarf-^1 mcewnjo. It is sufficient for the present to say that the writer regards this as a definite growth-form and in no way comparable with the general lowering of stature observed in mangroves as they occur farther from the tropics (Schimper, 1903, p. 409). In 1916 the saltmarsh at Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking, had pa.ssed through its piimeer phase, Salicornia australis and Suaeda anstralis being in full occupation of the mud immediately behind the mangrove, and in places penetrating through the mangrove to low water level. Other halophytes, such BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 387 as Samolus repens and Spergularia rubra had begun to spread over locally elevated patches. At the present day there are but few species represented on this saltmarsh in comparison with the marshes of Port Jackson and George's River. The plants recorded are : — 1. Salicornietum. Salicornia australis. Samolus repens. Sporobolus virginicus. Suaeda australis. (few isolated plants). Spergularia rubra, (few isolated plants). 2. Jdncetum. ■Juncus maritimujs, with occasional jnitches of CasiMrina glauca. Juncus niaritimus does not occupy tlic landward fringe only, but shows encroachment upon the Salicornietum. Bands of Juncus have traversed the saltmarsh to the outer fringe of mangrove in places (Text-flg. 11; also PL ssxi., Photo 14). It is in this invasion by Juncus of Salicornietum perhaps, that we can partly accoiuit for the paucity of species in the latter. It seems likely that the rate of raising of the level of the marsh is gi-eater than that of establish- ment of species. The remarkable diminution in number of plants of Suaeda aikstralis is doubtless owing to unfavourable conditions for establishment of seed- lings. Also the formation of extensive meadow-like areas of Samolus repens (Fl. XXX., Photo 11) within the Salicornietum, is apparently helping to make conditions unfavourable for the establishment of other species on account of its close mat-like growth. In this marsli there has been a hurrying over certain developmental pliases, so that it is impossible to recognise any transitory groupings or assocics within the associations. Thus, in certain important features, the tidal marsh at Cabbage Tree Creek differs from the typical marshes of Port -Jackson and Botany Bay. Here, owing to special conditions, one plant formation has been imposed upon another, and, within the second formation, one association (.Juncetum) has invade. 267). Leaves of the grass-wrack Tiostera, washed up by tides, probably play a more important part in New South Wales in helping to consolidate and in adding organic matter to the m>ul. In the pioneer phases, saltmarsh near Sydney resembles 388 MAXGROVE AND SALTMARSH VEGETATION NEAR SYDNEY, N.S.W., British and Eastern Anierit-an marshes only in so far as some species of Salicornia is the first coloniser and is followed closely by Suaeda. The British (Carey and Oliver, Huwartli, Newman and Wahvortli, Yapp, etc.), Danish (Warming), Freneli (Hill, Oliver) and American marshes (Ganong, Harshberger, .Tolmson and York) are characterised by the extensive develop- ment of gi'asses which enter into competition with other halophytes at an early stage. In certain Welsh marshes, e.g. on the Dovey Flats, the grass Glyceria maritima ot't«n replaces Salicornia as the pioneer coloniser. Glyceria maritima together with the grasses Feshica rubra. Leptiirus filiformis, and Agrosiis alba. and eei'tain shrubby perennial halophytes. forms a compact turf which becomes of economic value for grazing (Yapp, etc., 1917, p. 72). On the American marshes the tall grass Spartina glabra (stricta) occupies the outermost fringe of the mud (Ganong, 1903, Johnson and York, 1915). In the marsiies near Sydney, gi'a.sses do not play so important a part. They do not appear until a late stage in development and tiien are often represented by only one species — Sporobolus virginiciis. Other grasses do occur with Sporobolus, however, the most important being Zoysia pungens and Cgnodov daetyhin. Hamilton re- cords the occurrence of species of Leptunis and Culamagrostis (1919, p. 485) but does not make it clear as to whether these are to be regarded as true salt- marsh grasses. The grass Festuea rubra appears to be a consistent feature of the British saltmarshes (Howarth, 1920; Newman and Walworth, 1919). From a com- parative table given by Howarth to show zonation of vegetation on various British marshes, it is seen that while Festuea rubra or one of its sub-varieties is always present, its position in relation to the plant associations of the mai'sh varies for different localities. It is either entirely inside the limits of .luncetum, forming an association of its own, e.g. the Festucetum of the Dovey Flats (Yajip, etc., 1917, pp. 09-70) or it occui's as a co-dominant with Jitneiis at Holme-next-the-sea (Howarth. 1920, p. 221) or it plays an unimportant role on the outermost fringe of Juneetum (Tansley, 1911). The work of Newman and Walw(u-th on the South Lincolnshire coast, indicates the presence of Featnca rubra amongst the marsh halophytes and even forming a si)ecial Festuea-Sali- cornia Zone (1919, p. 208). " Festiica rubra does not actually occur on the Sydney saltmarshes, but is generally found on the liigher slopes immediately outside the limits of .Jiuice- tum. It occurs with non-halophytes sucli as species of Plantago. Trifolium, Brif^a, and others in a region higher than Warming's "higher littoral meadow'" (1909, p. 231). AYith increasing age and witli elevation of surface level, it is possible that Fentuca and other grasses may yet |>lay an important role on the Sydney saltmarshes. The depressions known as pans, whicli are such a c(mstant feature ol' tlie British mai'slics (Carey and Oliver, 1918; Yapp, etc., 1917) are not found near Sydney. This may doubtless be accounted for in the comparative yinith of the fidal flats near Sydney. There arc shallow bare depressions however, in which water i-emaius for some time after the tides liave receded. These more closely resemble the salt marsh pools described by Tlai-sliberger (1910) for the New Jersey coast. StnrMART. 1. Pliysiograpliic features of the co.ast in the neighbourhood of Sydney are biiefly dealt witli in relation to the formation of slicltered tidal flats. 2. The two plant formations of tiiese tidal flats are discussed and an account of their developmental phases given. BY MARJORIE COLLINS. 389 O o w o >5 111 o N q ■d r3 O o q 1-5 .CO ^^ . s-* o rt M s > o o a C3 .'a j; w o) o « 03 , E-'CO m 2 a M S i cs ip *3 "^ H (r; '^ r/j 1. ^ y -i ■ — s . o a o O a • >. a • 3.2 o S ■ ^ a ?-a a. £i m C3 IS CO c s -'^ "*^ p^ a o 2 to a i _ K =>.-a ^0 w >^ M- ->! ►J ■■"- o o ft' >-. H 01 QJ jM 2liS % i i ?-^ 3 e s o s .& -c s s 1j '^ « H .2 1-3 m „ s.s^i >? e w B 3 S.s a . 5^2 % 3-5 e c w 2s:S 5 i-H ^ S a S =»0QS5 ^ '^^Cc-yjS ^ ^^ 5". ^ -^ — ?: ^ .:r z: b 2 =5-9 'f^ r-^ 'V3'-0 •!-o3o?i 'C^t^-"^"- C--^:^-^ .^t;j0 1- a = B-o-a S ~ --.«■- c "^ - "^ 2 2 s £ «,S •SS.aS-§l|i-2~S a3 3 u . -2 t ;u S 3-S- ~= -.. ^ :^ S. s 's'C .S S 3 ^ ' " ^ c^ >' ^ .r" :^ 5 0= S ~ ^ O _ 3-S c- :; Ji S y-^-^ V ^ O ^ SJ ^ ■- fc -J ^ o c-i £=■■? 5 s: ^.15 . c ■^^'1 V3 S "^ 3-0 2 25 U c c s V^ ^ D w r; V3 1. s s .3 H s S? S s ~ ag.S SI > ^ 5 g = ^f-i 1* -V J^ '^ :e ij k^CjEh ^^ -J "^S^ C .^- ~ B o :^ 3 ■" '^ S C = ~. ^ .i >. S K - Si ft Tjp- a a "= B C a _ g = o.;S g o =^ § t~ •= * i: s . g £: c = s a a e-~ C 2 ?x ..2 Ss.^.s--^ ■^■i: r- £ v. a g'S-c 1 f §S2" 2 ? e^ 1^1 -J «• fc'5~ 6 a H e-2 b-St^-S ».S 3 ~ c "A g a -^ H a S B"~ 5.g -S'C ■^ 3 ^ o ,. -I >■ ^ r^ 1* J -i; 5^ & "ij - o a o ■s; a = Sfe] .' = £ r- =.^ y,< co^5~i- ~ O a s sj ^ ;.s e =^ •.- r , — c, -; V; cc cc f-- « "^ o '-■~ ^ B -£ B *.. H a. 5 a s 2 "i-^ ^ a >-i ^ 43 a i Ci '-' li Co -r! ciQ CO P w o 'A 1-5 ^■2 i^-2 2 a"S i o o ~ 390 ilANGROXE AND SALTMARSH VEGETATION NEAR SYDNEY, N.S.W., 3. The first and outermost is mangrove formation characterised by two species, Avicennia officinalis and Aegiceras majus. 4. . The second, inner formation is saltmarsh, in which two associations are recognised, (a) S'aliconiietnm, (b) Jwicetum. 5. Developmental groups or associes of Salicornietum are often fuuud in zoned arrangement according to slight differences in level. (). With accretion and attainment of uniform surface level, these associes mingle to find ultimate expression in mature Salicor)iia association. 7. Special conditions at Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking, are described. Here, drift sand has been raising the level of the mai'sh for some years and ha-s brought about the imposing of one formation upon another. At tlie present day the marginal association of the saltmarsh — Juncetum — is invad- ing Salicornietum, which consequently shows signs of arrested development. 8. The occurrence of a dwarf-form of Avicennia officinalis is recorded tor Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. !). In a general discussion and table the vegetation of the tidal flats near Sydney is compared with those of Great Britain and other countries. Literature Cited. Black, J. M.. 1910. — A Revision of the Australian Salic.ornieae. Trails. Roy. Soc. S. Aii.st., xliii., pp. 355-367. Carey, A. E. and Oliver, F. W., 1918.— Tidal Lands. A Study of Shore Problems, pp. 104-203. Clemexts, r. E., 1910. — Plant Succession. An Analysis of the Development of Vegetation. Carnegie Institution of Wa^'^hington. Pub. No. 242, pp. 116-143. David, T. W. E. and Halligan", G. H., 1908. — Evidence of recent submcrgcnc-e of the Coast at Narrabeen. Prnc. Ro;/. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xlii., pp. 229-237. Ganong, W. F., 1903.— The Vegetation of the Bay of Fundy Salt and Diked Marshes. Bot. Gaz., 36. Hamii.tox, a. a., 1919. — An Ecological Study of the Saltmarsh Vegetation in the Port Jackson District. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xliv.. Part 3, pp. 463- 513. Harsiiherger, J. W., 1909. — The Vegetation of the Saltmarshes and of the Salt and Fresh Water Ponds of Nortliern Coastal New Jersey. I'roc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia. Harphberger, J. W., 1910. — The Origin and Vegetation of Saltmarsh Pools. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, Iv., No. 6. Hedlet, C, 1915. — An Ecological Sketch of (lie Sydney Beaches. Proc. Rotf. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., pp. 44-40. HowAUTH, W. 0., 1920. — Notes on tlie Habitats and Ecological Clmracfers of Three Suli-varieties of I'estiica rubra L. {sens ampl.). Jatir. Ecol. viii.. No. 3. pp. 210-231. Hir.i,. T. G., 1909.— The Bouche d'En|uy in 1908. Xcw Phiit., viii. JOHXSON, D. S. and York. H. H.. 1915.— The Relation of Plants to Tide- levels. Camrpie Tnsf. Washington, Pub. No. 206. JosK, Tavi.or and Woolnougu, 1911. — New South Wales, Historical, Physio- graphical and Economic. Christchurch. N.Z. Newman, L. F. and AVai, worth, G., 1919. — A preliminary Note on tiie Ecology of Part of the Scmtli T,incoInshire ("oast. .Tourn. Ecol. vii., pp. 204-210. Ou\-ER, F. W., 1907.— Tiie Bouche d'Erquy in 1907. New Phyt., vi. BY MARJORIE I. COLLINS. 391 OSBORN, T. G. B., 1914.— Types oi' Vegetation on tlie Coast in the Neighbour- hood of Adelaide, South Australia. Report Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1914, pp. 584-586. OsTENFELD, C. H., 1918.— Contributions to West Australian Botany. Part 2. Dansk Botanisk Arkiv., Bd. ii., Nr. 8, pp. 1-12. Paulsen, Ove, 1918. — Chenopodiaceae from West Australia. Dansk Botatmk Arkiv., Bd. ii., Nr. 8, pp. 56-66. SAI.ISBURY, E. J., 1920.— A Draft Scheme for the Representation of British Vegetation in Black and Wiiite. Journ. EcoL, viii., No. 1, 1920. ScillMPER, A. F. W., 1903.— Plant Geography upon a Physiological Basis. English Translation, Oxford, 1903, pp. 395-410. SOLEREDER, 1908. — Systematic Anatomy of the Dicotyledons, vol. i. English Translation, Oxford. Tansley, a. G., 1911.— Types of British Vegetation. Cambridge. Tansley, a. G., 1920.— The Classification of Vegetation and the Concept of Development. Journ. Ecol., viii., No. 2. Warming, E., 1909.— The Oecology of Plants. Oxford. Yapp, R. H., Johns, D., and Joxes, O. T., 1917.— The Salt Marshes of the Dovey Estuary, Part 2. Journ. Ecol., v.. No. 2. explanation of plates XXVI.-XXXII For the photographs illustrating this paper the writer has to thank Mr. A. Musgrave, Entomologist, Australian Museum, and Mr. D. A. Pritchard. B.Sc. Text-figures 2 to 5 were prepared by Miss Bennett, Teachers' College. Sydney. Plate xxvi. Photo 1. Mangrove formation (Az'irenma) at high tide. Middle Harbour, Port Jackson. „ 3. Close view of Avicennia officinalis showing pneumatophores. Middle Harbour, Port Jackson. Plate xxvii. Photo 2. Interior of Mangrove formation at Port Hacking, showing distorted branches of Avicennia officinalis and pneumatophores. 4. Cabbage Tree Creek. Port Hacking showing extensive development of Aegiceras majus on inner limits of Mangrove formation. Ground vegetation of Salicornia and Satnolus beneath mangrove. Plate xxviii. Photo 5. Aegiceras majus Port Hacking. Pneumatophores have arisen from a neighbouring Avicennia. 6. Aegiceras 7najus with cluster of viviparous fruits. 7. Junction of Sporobolus-Cynodon Associes and Salicornia-Savwhis Associes within Salicornietum at Middle Harbour, Port Jackson. Note: Samolus replaces Spergularia in this region as co-dominant with Salicornia. 392 llANCROVE AND SALTMARSH VECETATIOX NEAR SYDNEY, N.S.W. Plate xxix. Photo S. Avicennia officinalis (tree) and low bushes of Aegiceras majus near mouth of Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. Note horizontal roots bearing pneumatophores uncovered by action of tides. Outskirts of encroaching sand are seen to the left. „ 9. Avicennia officinalis and Aegiceras majiis being buried in drift sand. Dwarf Avicennia in right middle distance. Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. Plate XXX. Photo 11. Group of old trees of Avicennia ojficinalis near mouth of Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. Note pneumatophores and dwarf Avicennia be- neath trees. Foreground occupied by sward of Sat/tolus repeiis with a few clumps of Juncus inaritimus Right foreground shows bush of Aegiceras iiiajus. Photo 12. Dwarf growth of Avicennia officinalis. Saiiwliis repeus in foreground. Plate xxxi. Photo 13. Juncetum (Juncus 7nariti»ius) advancing upon Salicornietum „ 14. Band of Juncus maritiiuus limits of mangrove. Avicennia officinalis on right majus in middle distance. Plate Photo 15. Juncetum with old decaying Tree Creek. Mangrove "inlier" „ 10. Mangrove "inlier" Aviceniiia Ground vegetation of Salicorn with group of young Casuarina glauca at Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking, passing through Salicornietum to inner foregroimd and regular line of .legiceras trunks of Casuarina glauca at Cabbage in right background. at Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. ia, Saiiiolus and Sporodolus. 393 EEVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES. Part vii. Hyborrhynehus and Allied Genera By Eustace W. rERGUsoN, M.B., Cli.M. The present part deals with a small group of genera which present affinities both with the Acantholophus-Cuhicorrhynchus and with the Euomid complexes. The genera here considered include Hyborrhynehus and Anascoptes and two new genera proposed for species formerly included in Hyborrhynehus. These four genera possess one feature in common, in that the elytra are so shaped at the base that the distance between the ends of the third inter- stices IS equal in width to the base of the prothorax. The only other genus known to me possessing this character is Dialeiitopus, which is very dissimilar in other respects from Hyborrhynehus and its allies. In its general appearance Hyborrhynehus shows considerable resemblance to Aeantholophus, while Anascoptes is more suggestive of the next group — the Euomides. Both these genera have the clypeal plate not deeply sunken but more or less prominently placed at the apex of the rostrum, a character found in most Euomid genera. In the remaining two genera the clypeal plate is contained between the anterior ends of the lateral ridges, though not as deeply sunken as in most of the genera already dealt with in this revision. The group seems thus to form a connecting link between these genera and the Euomides, if indeed these last can be regarded as a separate division of the subfamily. In its distribution the group appears essentially western and is mostly found in the South West corner of the continent, though one species extends as far east as Sydney. The following table will enable the four genera to be distinguished. Table of Genera. Upper surface of rostrum deeply excavate. Scrobes extending back to eyes. Prothorax with lateral margins spinose Htborkhtnchus Prothorax elongate, lateral margins not spinose .. .. Neohtborkhtnchus Scrobes ending at some distance in front of eyes .. . .Parahtborbhtnchus Upper rostral surface not deeply excavate, at most feebly concave at base Anascoptes Htborbhynchus. Maeleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1865, p. 295. Small, elongate, spinose species, in general facies resembling small species of Aeantholophus. 1 (6) 2 (5) 3 (4) 4 (3) 5 (2) 6 (11 394 KEVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, Head with supraorbital tubercles and generally frontal gTanules or tuliercles. Rostnim short, about as wide as head, deeply excavate above, with the cljTieal plate more or less exserted; with a prominent tul)ercle on each lateral margin, and in most species with a pair of large basal tubercles, corresponding in posi- tion to tlie internal ridges. Antennae slender; scape long. Ej'es rotundate or subrotundate, rather coarsely faceted. Prothorax shaped as in Acantholophus, the apical margin more or less produced above; witliout ocular lobes; disc with median and sublateral areas separated by the submedian rows of tubercles; lateral margins tuberculate, the tubercles either fine or two in number, out- wardly projecting. Elytra elongate, narrow in d", broader in $ ; apex more or less deeply emarginate and bimucronate ; base contained between the advanced ends of the third interstices; disc striate punctate with two or three rows of tubercles, the third row sometimes reduced to a single infrahumeral tubercle (U- spine. Venter more or less flattened in c?, convex in ?; the intermediate seg- ments moderately long;' the apical segment without excavation. Legs moderately long and slender; tarsi of moderate length. Though in general appearance resembling the smaller species of Acantho- lophus, the present genus may be readily distinguished by the relation of the bases of the prothorax and elytra. The arrangement of the rostral tubercles is also different, the large basal pair not being found in Acantholophus. The presence of these is however not absolutely constant in Hi/horrlu/nchua, and the arrangement of the head and rostral tubercles affords good specific features. The species are very similar in appearance but are all readily separat(>d, partly on the characters of the aljove-mentioned tubercles, but partly also on the arrangement of tlie lateral protlioraeic and of the elytral tubercles. Ifistori/. — The genus Hi/borrhi/nchus was proposed in 1865 by William Macleay for the reception of one species previously placed in Acantholophus — coenoinia Bohem. — and of three new species — fHrcatiu<, mncitlatus and rufjosus. Subse(|uently, in 186(), Macleay ndiled 4 further species — masterni, prodigus, rnissiu.wiihix and hicornutm. II. coenosus Bohemann was originally described (8chonh. Gen. S|)ec. Cui'c., vii. (1), 1843, ]). 80) under the genus Amyctenis. In 1846 Schonherr included it in Acantholophtts, then first formally described (Mantissa secunda Cure., ji. 57), tliougli the species is not mentioned by name, only the number (50) of its place in the original i)ublication l)eing given. The species was also included in tlie table of the genus Acdiitholn/ihii.v given bv 0. T?. Waterhouse (Ti-ans. Ent. Soc. N.S., iii., 1854, p. 2). This species T would now select as the genotype of H;iborrhi/)ich)(.--\ not because it is the earliest described species referable to the genus, but because Macleay in describing H. fiircatus (the first species described l)y him) based his description on the sexes of two species, one of them being the species (muculatu-'f) next in order. The ciuestion of the allotment of these names is discussed under 11. fwreatus. The third species (ruijosus) is here made the type of a new genus. Of the 4 species added )iy Macleay in ISIifi, two — ma.'itcrni and craftrfiuscuhi-f — are now removed to a new genus. Only one species lias been described of recent years — auric^ena Blackb. (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1809, p. 80). This 1 liave already leinoved to Cuhlcorrhj/nchiis (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1016, xli., part 3, p. 452). One new species is added in the present paper, making a total of 6 species at jiresent known. Acantholophus convexiusculns Macl. was provisionally referred to Ihlhorrhtinchus in tlu^ pi'cvious part of this revision. It is here referred to a 1 (10) 2 (7) O (6) 4 (5) 9 (4) 6 (3) 7 (2) 8 (91 9 (8) 10 (1) Note. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 395 new genus, proposed to receive it and the species — H. mastersi Macl., and H. crassiusci(h 3i1S REVISION OP THE AMTCTEEIDES^ Tlie above description of the male is taken from a specimen in my own collection. The male described by Maeleay, now in the Macleay Museum, is not the same species as the female described, but belongs to the next species — II. maeulatus Macl. It may be that the male should be regarded as the holotype of the species, in -which case tlie name macnlatug would fall as a synonym of furcatus, while a new name would be required for the present s|ieeies. I do not propose to follow this procedure as it is abundantly evident from the specific names, and also from his comments, that Macleay distinguished the two species on the differences between the two females, and I would suggest that this sex be regarded as the holotype of II. furcatus, tlms preserving both names. The two species are closely allied but the clothing is quite distinct, and the general sculpture is rougher in 77. furcattis. Both species may be distinguished from the other members of the gen>is by the small sujDraorbital tubercles. They are also separable from the other species on the fm-m of the submentum. Tn 77. furcatus and H. maeulatus the buccal emargination is straight wheieas in the other species there is a strong tongue-shaped median lobe projecting into the aperture from the submentum. This lobe occurs also in Anascoptes and in other widely separated genera, and its significance is uncertain. The submentum was not examined in 77. aculeatus. Hyborrhynchus jiaculatus Mad. Macleay, Trans. Eut. Soc. N.S. Wales, i.. 1865, p. 207. c?. Small, narrow. Clothed with dark brown pubescence, prothorax with a median golden brown vitta, sides with a dense white vitta above; elytra with golden brown vittae between the rows of tubercles and on lateral interstices, the lowest interstice with a white vitta, deeli\dty with a single, mainly white, \itta on each side. Head wfth tubercles as in 71. furcatus; rostrum similar but with external margins less strongly angulate, and basal tubercles slightly smaller. Antennae with the fii-st two joints of the funicle subequal. Frotliorax nuich as in 77. furcatus; sul)median tubercles smaller, not con- joined ; lateral tubercles somewliat more acute. Elytra pai'allel-sided ; ajx'x widely emarginate. moi-e strongly mucronatc on each side; puuctui'cs more regular, in definite striae; with three rows of tubercles, first row on third interstice composed of 7-0 tubercles, for the most part small, becoming larger posteriorly, the basal tubercle also slightly larger, the apical much larger and acutely conical; second row with 6-7 erect, conical tubercles, the basal slightly larger than the ones following it, the two last larger and acute, the apical reaching a lower level than that of fii-st row; seventh interstice with a conical infra-humeral sjiine and one or two small granuliform tubercles. Venter flat, ratlier spai-sely clothed with brown, with .-i ineilian while vHta on the basal segments. Legs simple. 9. Thickly clothed with light brown pubescence, strongly maculate with white, appearing obscurely vitiate from certain directions. Head, rostrum and prothorax as in male. Elytra broader, with tubercles much debased, the first row about 8 in m\m- ber, hardly larger than granules, the last longer and conical; second row with about fl, mostly small granules, the basal tubercle larger, the la.st two larger and more conical, the apical one in line with those cm seventh interstice; third row with a small Ivif definite int'rn-luimeral tubercle and 3-4 small granules. Venter clothed with brown pubescence, with a median white vitta, and traces of lateral vittae. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 399 Dimensions : c?. 9.5 x 3 mm. ; 5. 11 x 4.5 mm. Hab. — Western Australia: King George Sound. This species is commented on under the i)receding one — //. furcaliis Macl. Hyborrhynchus bicornutus Macl. Maeleay, Trans. Ent. Sec. N.S. Wales, i., 1866, p. 333. c?. Elongate, narrow; densely clothed with brown and grey subpubescence ; sides witli white clothing, irregularly arranged on prothora.x. forming two in- complete vittae on elytra. Head somewhat depressed in front; frontal tubercles absent; supraorbital tubercles large and conical. Rostram widely excavate above, lateral margins raised into a strong triangular tubercle; basal tubercles small and granuliform, moderatelv close together. Antennae witii second joint of funicle longer than first. Prothorax produced over head above; submedian tubercles with the apical one moderately strong, projecting ujiwards and forwards, followed by a row of 3 or 4 obtusely conical erect tubercles in single series, diminishing in size to- wards base; lateral margins with a moderately strong tubercle in front of an- terior constriction, the antero-lateral tubercle large and outwardly projecting, the postero-lateral smaller but acute. Elytra elongate, narrow; base with forward projecting tubercles at the ends of the first and third interstices; apex emarginate, rather briefly mucronate on each side; punctures moderately regular and distinct; with two rows of tubercles, first row with about 10, the first moderately large and acute, followed by about 7 smaller, closely set, obtuse tubercles and then with three larger more conical tubercles, the last being strongly spiniform; second row with 6-7 erect spiniform tubercles, the first and the last two rather longer than the othei-s, the apical descending to a lower level than the apical tubercle of fii-st row; seventh inter- .stice with a single infra-humeral spine. Venter moderately densely clotlied with brown, with traces of a wliite median vitta. Legs elongate, slender. ?. Head, rostrum and prothorax similar to c?. Elytra broader, more rounded ; tubercles greatly debased, those on third interstice forming a slightly raised ridge, the component tubercles only traceable at the two ends, the ajjical tubercle moderately strong; fifth intei-stioe with 7-8 tubercles, all distinct but much smaller than in c?. ; infra-humeral spine small and granuliform. Venter convex. Dim.ensiiiiis: ubescence, varie- gated with gi'ey on elytra; setae long, dark. Head convex, witii small, granuliform frontal and supraorbital tubercles, about equal in size, the frontals slightly posterior to the supraorbitals. Rostrum wide, u]:)per surface deeply and widely excavate, the lateral margins raised in middle into a strong rectangular tubercle; with two small, gi'anuliform, basal tubercles, rather widely separated. Antennae slender; funicle with first two joints sube(|ual; club with elongalc base. Eyes subrotundate. coarsely faceted. Prothorax with ai)ical margin sliglitly iiroduced above, without ocular l()I)es; disc l)i'oad, exjilanate, witli median line impressed in anterior half, obscurely carinate posteriorly, with small somewhat spareely set granules; submedian tubercles small, obtuse, irregularly arrsmged; lateral margins bituberculate. the anterior t\d)ercle large and triangular, outwardly proji'cting, the posterior smaller, less acute. Elytra comparatively broad, sides parallel for the greater portion of their extent; apex rounded, not emarginate nor mucronate; base witli forwardly (iro- jecting processes at ends of the tiifit three interstices; disc with moderately well defined rows of punctures, often laterally c(mfluent; third interstice out- wardly turned at base to join humeral angle; all the inteistices with small, closely set. setigerous graimles. more conspicuous ' similar to the type species tiioitgh the other differs rather widely in general appearance. The three species may be distinguished by the following table : 1 (4) Strongly tuberculate species. 2 (3) Basal rostral tubercles widely separated yl. »it/n\a/i/s Fa,sc. 3 (2) Basal tubercles approximated A. /asn'ii/us, n.ip. 4 (1) With obliterate sciUpture, the tubercles obsolescent ... A. ob/i'f grains, n.sp. AnASCOPTES MURICATU.S Pasc. Fascoe, Jouru. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873, p. 7, PI. ii., f. (i. Elongate, comparatively broad across elytra, small. Black; with dingy brown clothing. Head concave in front, not separated from rostrum by a sulcus; with an erect spine on each side above eye. Rosti-um comparatively short and broad, with an erect sjiine or crest on each side of l)ase at lateral margin, slightly out- wardly projecting; dorsal surface concave between crests, then sloping down- wards and forwards to apex; scrobes shoii; ending ojiposite anterior margin of rostral crests. Antennae with scape moderately long, fairly stout. Eyes pro- minent, coarsely faceted. Prothorax comjiaratively narrow, the width across base hardly e(|ual to width of el^^tra across the third interstices; lateral margins strongly angulate in front of middle, then sloping to base and apex; apical margin rather strongly pro- duced above, ocular lobes absent; median line depressed throughout, bordered on either side by erect, conjoined tubercles, these forming short jiarallel crests in anterior portion, and ba.sally convergent crests from middle to base; rest of surface non-tubeivulate. Elytra very broad, subparallel on sides; base formed by the ]i(irlioii between the projecting ends of the third interstices; fii-st interstice with a raised crest on each side of seutollar region, divergent, forwardly projecting; third and fifth interstices curved with convexity inwards, each with a row of rounded tubercles, becoming larger jjosteriorly and b.asally, not reaching base and not extending down declivity; seventh interstice witii an infra-luinicral tubercle, followed by a row of small tubercles, all contained within the curve of the fifth interstice. Under-surface llattened. Tarsi short. J)ime>isinnfi: Long. .3 lin. (Pascoe). Ilab. — Western Australia : Albany. The above description was drawn up from the type specimen in the British Museum; no measurements were however made, so the length given by Pascoe is quoted. No notes were made on t!ie relation of the jiosterior end of the scrobe to tlie eye; Pascoe describes the scrobe as running below the eye, reference to his figure shows that the position is not essentially different from that described for the following species, the interiu-etation of anterior and lower depending on the position of the h'.Md. Ir the generic diagiiosis Pascoe describes tiie rostnim as trituberculate ; this is hardly correct, the three tubercles are shown in the figure but the basal one really represents the supraorbital crest, while the anterior is hardly more than a slight angulation. BY EUSTACE W. FERGUSON. 405 Since the above notes were written I have had an opportunity ot examiiimg a specimen of this species from Mr. A. M. Lea's collection. The scrobe is strongly curved downwards in front of the eye; as the head is bent downwards the relative position of the scrobe is below the eye, thus corresponding with Pascoe's figure. The species can be readily separated from the following by the position of the basal tubercles of the rostrum and by the more acute tubercles both on prothorax and elytra. The size is smaller (5.5 x 2 imn. ). The position of tiie head rendei's a view of the submentum dilKcult, the median lobe can however be seen from certain directions, though it appears to be shorter tlian in the other two species. AXASCOPTES PASCIATUS, n. sp. d". Small, elongate. Black; rather sparsely clothed with fine greyish sub- pubescence, a denser fascia across base and one above declivity. Head not definitely separated from rostrum above; with a strong, erect, rather obtuse tubercle above each eye. Rostrum short, broad, not excavate, ex- ternal margins not raised, divergent basally, with a small prominence, hardly a definite tubercle, over insertion of antennae; with two strong tubercles at ex- treme Ijase, anterior and internal to the supraorbital tubercles, and separated by a fairly deep sulcus. Scrobes strongly curved, extending to lower margin of eyes. Antennae with rather short, moderately inerassate scape; funicle with second joint distinctly longer than first. Eyes rotundate, rather coarsely faceted. Prothorax pentagonal in shape, the apex rather strongly jiroduced over the head, without ocular lobes; median area depressed, with a deeper line in centre, bordered on either side by a series of tubercles, conjoined into a distinct ridge, the anterior tubercle projecting over the head, the middle tubercle the largest and situated more outwardly; lateral margins with a strong outwardly projecting tubercle anterior to middle, followed by a definite ridge, slightly inwardly directed, to base; sides with three vertical impressions above, non-granulate. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax, the width across the third inter- stices at base ecjual to width of base of prothorax; sides subparallel in median portion, obliquely truncate at base; base with strong fonvardly projecting tubercles at ends of first and third interstices; disc with rather large punctures, separated by non-granulate ridges; first interstice non-granulate, with a single basal tubercle; third interstice curved outward at base and towards apex, with a double humeral tubercle, projecting forwards, followed by a row of about 6 tubercles, small gi-anuliform towards base, becoming larger towards apex, tlie last large and conical, situated at top of declivity; fifth intei-stice outwardly curved towards base and apex, with a forward projecting tubercle anteriorly, but posterior to basal tubercle of the third interstice, followed by about 6 tubercles, the basal ones small, the apical larger and more conical, the penultimate the largest, but smaller than apical tubercle of third interstice, the last situateil about half-way down declivity; seventh interstice with a single infra-humeral tubercle. Sides non-gTanulate. Venter rather closely pubescent, without median \itta, flattened ; intermediate segments short; apical segment with a rather shallow apical transverse depression. Tarsi short, rather strongly setose; under surface of joints rather densely pubescent. Dimien'sions : c?. 7x3 mm. Hab. — Western Australia: Mt. Barker (A. M. Lea). In general appearance resembling A. muricatus, the present species can be 406 REVISION OP THE AMYCTERIDES, at ouce (listingnisbed by the position of the Ijat^al rostral tubercles — elosely ap- proximated in A. faseiatus, widely separated in A. muricattis. The median lobe of the submentum is a strong tongue-like process pro- jecting far into the oral aperture. (Holotype d' in author's collection). AnASCOPTE.S 0BLITERATU8, n. sp. .Small, liniad; in general appearance resembling I'. conre.riusctilH!^ M;k-I. Black; densely clothed with fine dingy subpubescence. Head convex, front somewhat liattened ; with moderat^'ly large obtuse uoduli- form supraorbital crests. Rostrum not distinctly separated from the head ; upper surface not excavate, (dypeal plate exserted ; lateral margins very feebly obtusely angnilate about middle of rostnim, becoming indistinct towards ajies and divergent towards ba.se, where the margins run into the base of the supra- orbital tubercles; upper surface with a pair of moderately large separate tubercles at junction with head. Scrobes not reaching farther forwards than middle of rostrum, and posteriorly curved down in front of eyes. Antennae with scape rather strongly incrassate at apex; funicular joints short, first and second sub- equal; club short, stout. Eyes small, round, rather coarsely faceted. Prothorax slightly ])roduc^'(l above, without ocular lobes; upper surface somewhat flattened; median area rather shallowly dejiressed; submedian tubercles obsolescent, practically fused to form a somewhat rugose, feebly raised ridges. broad in the middle, narrow at each end, especially the anterior; lateral mar- gins dentate, hardly explanate, with a short obtuse tubercle sliglitly anterior to middle. Elytra short and broad; base contained between the ends of the third inter- stices, with short forward projections at the ends of the first and third inter- stices; sculpture mucli ol)literated, the imnctures barely traceable; the third, fifth and seventli interstices feebly elevated, without definite granules or tubercles ex- cept for one or two obsolete nodules on the third and fifth near declivity, and an ol)tuse infra-humeral nodule on the seventli. Venter flat, feebly de[)res.sed at base; with rather large, round, scattered inuutures. Legs comparatively short. posterior tarsi short. Dimensions : 6. 0.5 x 3 mm. ifab.^Western Australia (H. J. Carter). I place thi.s species in AvascopUes with a great deal of hesitation. It h.i.s the general ai)i)earance of /'. cruivej-iiisciiliis Mad., and a ro>tral sculi>ture similar to that of ^'1. fasciatus. Possibly a new genus should have been erected to receive it, but I am unwilling to do this until more specimens are available. Holotype c? in author's collection. 407 SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING. 28th September, 1921. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., E.E.S., President, in the Chair. Business : To consider the confirmation of the alterations to the Rules ap- proved at the Special General Meeting on 31st August, 1921. On the motion of Mr. .J. H. Campbell, seconded by Mr. W. Welch, it was resolved that the resolution agTeed to at the Special General Meeting on 31st August, adopting the draft Rules submitted to replace the existing Rules, be now confirmed. ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING. 28th September, 1921. Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S., President, in the Chair. JVIiss Grace Anderson, B.Sc, Park Avenue, Gordon, was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society. The President announced that the Council had elected Dr. E. W. Ferguson to be a member of the Council in place of Mr. J. E. Came, resigned. . The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous Monthly Meeting (31st August, 1921), amoimting to 82 Vols., 92 Parts or Nos., 2 Bulletins, 1 Report and 41 Pamphlets, received from 36 Societies and Institutions and two private donors, were laid upon the table. NOTES AND JISHiniTS. Acting-Professor L. Harrison exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Harry Burrell, two living young of the platypus, O rnithorhynchus unatinus Shaw, which arrived in Sydney on the morning of the meeting, having been sent by Mr. Burrell from the Namoi River. The young were accompanied by two living adult females. The former are estimated to tie about five weeks old. It was resolved to send a letter to Mr. Burrell congratulating him on the results of his collecting. 408 ' NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited a new aphid that has infested the native cypress over an area of about 100 miles from Dubbo to Condobolin, and appears to have killed many large trees. They were first reported about two months ago and simply smothered the branehlets and main branches of the trees. Since then they have been cleared from many of the large trees by the red and black spotted ladybird beetle (Leis conformis) which has appeared in very large num- bers. If the latter continue to increase they will probably save all the smaller trees on to which the aphis ai'e now crawling from the larger trees that were the first to be attacked. Mr. A. N. Burns exhibited specimens of Argynnina hobartia cijrila from Narrabeen and Ferntree Gully, Victoria. The specimens from Nanabeen are much larger and rather darker than the Victorian examples. It is remarkable that this species should occur so near the coast at sea level, being an inland mountain species in Victoria. It appeared to be more abundant at Narrabeen than in its Victorian haunts. Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium the following species of Pterostylis with the labellum emarginate or bifid which is contrary to the normal form. (1). P. obtusa R. Br., Hobson's Bay, Victoria (C. Walter, July- Aug., 1896). The cleft labellum somewhat resembles P. concinna R. Br., but it is more contracted towards the top, with a broad band commencing at the junction of the lobes and gradually diminishing downwards; lobes | mm. long. (2). P. nutans R. Br., Batlow (R. B. Timmis, Nov., 1910); Mt. Lofty Ranges (ex Herbario C. E. Menzel, Sept., 1897). The labellum is somewhat similar to that of P. obtrisa but the lobes are barely J mm. long. These two forms ap- proach P. nutans R. Br., var. hispidula Fitz. (3). P. reflexa R. Br., Mittagong (W. Greenwood, No. 706, Feb., 1916). Liabellum linear, abruptly expanded at the top into two obtuse lobes about 1.5 mm. long, the two lobes spreading to a little over 3 mm., while the labellum just below them is scarcely 1 mm. broad. PROC. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Plate xsiii. V i I > 'iCKB y ^, .^K \*m/ ^^\^ p?';|?$ .?:j:ri)' ■A . la #j- A I \ I ' ^ :-\ /u y//iro/>/i/(>c iiiii Li)/>oiii/urii F. v. M. (From the Quei-nslaml Asiicultuial Journal, Vol. vii.. Pt. 2.) Pnoc. LiNx. Sue. N.S.W., 1!I21. Plate xxn. K i.'i„ Fig. 1. Ill yUiropliloenin I.abouchcrii V. v. JI. (From photo liy C. .Allen, Esq., Curatoi- of the Botanic Gardeu-s, Darwin.) Pifoc. Link. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Plate xxv. A^oeggfial/iiopsis Uhlopi. Piwr. LiN\. Soc. N.S.W.. 11)21. Pr,ATK XXVI. Phcto 1 . Maiio;rove Fonnatiini iit hi'j-h tifle, MiiliUc Hni'lioui'. Port Jackson. Photo ■■'>. Close view of .-1:i('i'ii/n\i ot/ictnalis sliowinj^- pneumatophoi'es. A. Musgrave, Photo. Proo. Lmx. Roc. N.S.AV., 1021. Pl>ATK XXVII. A. Mus^n-iive. Photo. I'hoto 2. Interior of Mausi'ro\e Foriiiation at Port Hrtckiu<;. D. A. Vritchard, Photo. Plioto 4. Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. Proc. Lin-x. Sop. N.S.W., HUM. Plate xxviii. Pliotn .->. Aegiceras iimjus. Port Haekiui;. Photo t). . lei; iceriis iiiajiis, with cluster of viviparous fruits. Photo 7. Junction of S/>oroholiis-Cv>iiido)! ami Salicoriiia-Saiiio/u^ Associes, A. Musgrave, Photo. Middle Harbour. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. PlATK XXIX. Photo 8. Ai'ireiniia officvialis (tree) and Ioav Inishes of Aegiireras iiiaj'ns, Port Hackiuu Photo 9. Aviffiiiiia officinalis and .-legiccras iiiajits being buried iu drift sand. A. Musgrave, Photo. Proc. Linx. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. PlATK XXX. Photo IJ. (irou). of oM trees of A~ciieiin!a oflh i/ni/is. C[il>l.a','e Tree Creek, Port Hackiui<-. :f^; D. A. Pritchanl. Photo. Photo 12. DwMrf growth of Avicetiitia of/icitialis. Proc. Linx. Soc. N.S.W,, lli-ll. Plate xxxi. D. A. Pritchard, Photo. Plioto 13. fiiucus niayiliiinis with "roup of young Cusiiciri/ia ghiuca advancin'^ on Salicornietum at Cabbafjje Tree Creek, Port Hacking. A. Masgravp, Photo. Photo 14. Band oi Jinn us inari/iiniis passing tlirough Salicornietum to inner limits of Mangrove. Pkoc. Liyx. Sor. N.S.W.. lli'Jl. Pl.ATK XXXII. Photo 15. Juucetuiii with old clec:iyiiii; trunks of Casiiarina <;lauiii , Cabbage Tree Creek. Port Hackinj;. Photo 10. Mangrove "inlier" at Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking. A. Musgrave, Photo. 409 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MAY-FLY (ORDER PLECTOPTERA) FROM TASMANIA, BELONGING TO THE FAMILY SIPULURWAE. By R. J. TiLLVARD, M.A.. Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist and Chief of the Hiological Department, Cawthron In- stitute, Nelson, N.Z. (Plate xxxiv., and two Text-tigiiies). The Sipliluridae are probably the most archaic family of May-flies at pre- sent existing. Though found in many parts of the world, their liead-quartere may justly be said to be in New Zealand, where the large and magiiirteent species of tlie genera Oniscigaster, Coloburiscus and Ameletiis were abundant everywhere until the introduction of the Brown and Rainbow Trout greatly reduced their numbers. In Australia, the only record for the family so far is a single species of Coloburixcus from Victoria. Larvae closely resembling those of Ameletus are well known to me in some of the Blue Mountain streams, but they die almost as soon as taken out of the water, and I have never yet either seen or reared the imago. Oniscigaster, which is the most remarkable and probably the most archaic genus of the family, has so far not been recorded outside of New Zealand. In January, 1917. 1 was on a visit to Cradle Mountain, Tasmania, witli Mr. G. H. Hardy, then Curator of the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. We left for Launceston on the 22nd. On the 21st, we paid our last visit to Lakes Dove and Lilla. Wliile skirting tlie edge aper, the latter by the single fine genus Ichtliybotus, peculiar to New Zealand. Of the three New Zealand genera of Siphluridae, Coloburiscu^ is represented in Australia by a single Victorian species, AMeletus occurs on the Blue Mountains, though the species has not yet been described, and now we see that the most remarkable genus of all, Oniscigaster, is found to have its counterpart in tlie closely allied Tasmanian genus described in this paper. As regards the genus Iclithi/botus, 1 have myself collected larvae belonging to this genus in the Fish River, N.S.W. ; and there is, in the National Museum at Melbourne, a fine subimago of another species, not yet described, from the Upper Yarra River. The only element of the Australian Maytly fauna not present in New Zea- land, or at any rate not yet discovered tliere. consists of two exceedingly .small tropical sjiecies of the family Baelid-ae, one of which extends as far south as New Soutli Wales, while the other is confined to the Northern Territory. It is possible tliat a representative of tliis family may yet be found in the North Auckland district in New' Zealand. Thus we see that the M.iyfly faunas of Australia and New Zealand are very closely allied, in spite of the difference of climate. The same is true of the Stonefly fauna, tlumgh tluit of Australia is only just beginning to be made known. In concluding this paper, I wish to thank Mr. W. C. Davies, Curator of the Cawthron Institute, for taking the excellent photogi-aph from which Plate xxxiv. has been ]irepared. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV • (All figures s 2i). B'ig. 1. 'J\isina>iop/iU'bia /acustris, n.g. et sp., male imago. Fig. 2. ,, ,, ,, ,, female imago. Pig. 3. ,, ,, ., ,, male subimago. Fig. 4. ,, ,, ,, ,, female subimago. 413 TWO FOSSIL INSECT WINGS IN THE COLLECTION OF MR JOHN MITCHELL, FROM THE UPPER PERMIAN OF NEWCASTLE NSW, BELONGING TO THE ORDER HEMIPTERA. By R. J. Tillvard, ^[.A., Sc.D. (Cantal..), D.Sc. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist and Cliief of the liiological Department, Cawthron In- stitute, Nelson, N.Z. (Plate sxxv., and live Text-ligures). The two fossil insect wings dealt with in this jjaper were discovered by Mr. Jolm Mitchell under somewhat remarkable oircnmstanees, whieli are best explained by quoting his own words to me in a letter: — "These two wing-s were obtained from debris of the eudjankments of the Burwood Colliery railway, made up of the material taken from two tunnels which had to be made in the course of its construction. The floors of these tunnels are only three or four feet above the Dirty Seam of the Newcastle Series of Coal seams, and are practically identical with the geological liorizon from which Permosearta mitehelU Till, was collected. But the embankments are close to the sea, and fre(|uently, during heavy stoiins, suffer unich damage from the waves beating upon them. This jieriodical damage has Iseeu mostly repaired with cliitter (impure coal and bands of nnidstone, etc.) and other re- fuse from the Burwood Colliery. Thus it is possible that these two wings (or one or other of them) came from the Burwood Coal Seam horizon, wliieh is from one hundred to one liundred and twenty feet above the Dirty Coal Seam; but it is nuicli more likely tlnit they came from the lower horizon before men- tioned. "The bricky or burnt condition of the material in which the wings occur was produced by the spontaneous combustion of the material of which the em- bankments Lave been composed. Tliis kind of combustion always happens in heaps of coal or of clutter after exposure for a lengtliened iieriod of time to atmos- pheric influences. "It is unfortunate that these wings were not found in situ; for, if they had been, we would know exactly where to look for otliers belonging to the same geological horizon, a matter of great scientific importance considering the uni- queness of each of these wings." The material in which the fossils occur is of a brigid brick-reelloneura were known, it would be sufficiently like that of Prosbole to allow tlie two genera to be pla<'ed within the same family, though not in the same genus. MlTCHELLONElRA PKR.MIAN.i, u. sp. (Plate .xx.vv., Hg. 1 : Tc.Kt-fig. 1.) II ill (I wing: Total length, 17 mm; greatest breadth of specimen, 7 mm., representing a total width for the (complete wing of about 7.5 mm. The s))ecimen is the mould or counterparl of a right wing, a.s is proved by the fact that Ri, Cm and the anal veins are concave, while M is convex in the fossil impression. It rests in a slightly irregular hollow of a piece of hard burnt shale having a conchoidal fracture; the apex is to the left. Text-fig. 1 gives a diagram of the wing with the apex turned to the right, and the missing parts restored by the dotted lines. The softne.ss and delicacy of the wing m(^in- brane is indicated by numerous signs of stretching mid rucking present in the fossil. Kxcept in some of the higher Holometabola, furewings having such a delicate structure of the membrane are seldom met with; and, .as this is a wing of considerable size and very strong venation, this condition of the membrane B? R. J. TILLY ARD. 417 is strong evidence that we have to deal with a hind wing. The absence of a de- finite elaviis points in the same direction. Specific characters in the venation are the positions of the cross-veins: two, close together, connec^t Ri with the costal margin ; a curved cross-vein connects Eg+swith R4, and, just beyond it, a straiglit one connects R4 with Ri; another cross-vein desc«nds from the fork of R4^5 on to Mi; a short curved cro.ss-vein bridges the fork between Mi and M2, and, almost exactly below it, a straight cross-vein runs from M2 to M3^4. This latter vein is connected with Cuu, by two straight cross-veins, the more distal of which, placed slightly obliquely, fall^ directly on to the fork of Cuu; just before the middle of its length, Cuit sends a straight cross-vein to Cu2. The peculiar formation of vein 2A is very noticeable. Probably owing to an overfolding of the weak membrane, this vein appears to cross lA at about the middle of its length, and then begins to give off a series of short, irregular •^tump-veins which (|uickly fade away into the membi'ane without joining up any- wliere or reaching tlie wing margin. Possibly these are the last remnants of a weak archedictyon. The missing parts of the wing are : the basal half of the costal margin, a small piece cut out of the middle of Ri, just distad from the free end of Sc, most of the basal half of M, almost the whole of Cu2, and a naiTow, irregular portion of the wing along the posterior margin, from just before the end of lA right round to the apex. Type in Mr. John Mitchell's Collection. L o c a 1 i t y. — Burnt shale from the emb;inkment of the railway at Mere- wether Beach, near Newcastle, N.S.W. Suborder Homoptera. Division STERNORRHTNCHA. Family LOPHTONEURIDAE, fam. nov. A monotypic family, with characters as given for the genus Lophicneura below. Genus L o P H 1 o x k u r a, n.g. ( Plate xxxv., fig. 2 ; Text-fig. 3. ) Fore wing: Size very small, shape elongate oval, about three times as long as broad. R and Cui forming two high, sharj) ridge-veins, strongly convex, nud mucli stouter than the other veins, which are all flat and weakly formed. Sc short, ending on costal margin at about one-tliird from base. R arising from middle of base, and having the i)a.sal portions of M and Cui fused with it ; Ri nmning nearly straiglit, obliquely upwards, to end on the costa about three- fifths from base; Sc and Ri are rouglily )>arallel. Rs a weak vein, arising from R at about one-sixth from base, and running in a gentle double-curve to beyond the level of the end of Ri, where it forks widely ; the upper fork, R2+3, runs parallel to Ri to the costa; the lower fork, R^^s, runs obliquely down- wards to end up at apex. M arises from R a little before origin of Rs, and runs below it in a single concave curve nearly to the level of the end of Ri, when it forks similarly to Rs; the upper fork. Mi ^2, arches upwards, and then curves to ran below and parallel to Ri+jto a point well below apex; the lower fork, M:;: 4, makes a very weak double-curve, and ends on the posterior margin a little beyond the level of the fork of Rs. Cui arises from R a little before M, and runs as a high ridge to al)out half-way along the wing; this part of it makes a single continuous curve below and sub-parallel to M. At the point 418 TWO FOSSIL INSECT WINGS IN C»LLECTION OF MR. JOHN MITCHELL, where the high ridge ceases, Cui sends off a short branch, Cuu, directly to the wing-margin below it, while the main part, Cui„ beeome.s a weak vein, forming a well defined arch upwards beneath the fork of M, and then curving down to end up on the posterior margin at the same level as the end of Ri on the costa. In the narrow space lietween Cui and the posterior border, there lies a short, concave vein arising basally below R; this is probably Cu2 -|- lA, fused together. There are no daval \eins present, the time clavus being reduced to the very narrow strip lying between this last vein and the posterior border. The membrane of the wing is evidently very tough, its impression com- pletely obliterating that of the frond beneath it; there is an appearance of a very fine granulation all over it. (Plate sxxv., fig. 2). Genotype, Lophioneura nxttdata. n.sp. Horizon, Upper Permian of Newcastle, X.S.W. the generic name wa.s suggested by the strongly formed ridges of the veins R and Cm. (Greek AncjbtJ = a ridge). ++S Text-fig. 3. Lophioneiira usiulata,n.'^. cts\y. Porewinp;. (x 16.7). Text-flg. 4. Forewing of a large undoscribed species of Psyllid from New Zealand, (expanse about 10 lum.). For venational notation, see Text-fig. 1 above. Affinities: In the complete fusion of the ba.sal portions of M and Cui with R, coupled with the small size, excessively simplified venational scheme and the very evident thickening of the costal margin from Ri almost to apex, the forewing of LophuDiettra shows very definite Sternorrhynchous charaetei-s, BY R. J. TILLYAED. 419 though, at the same time, it is evidently of much more archaic formation than any type of Sternorrhyneha now known to exist. It is generally agreed that the Psyllidae are the most archaic of the existing Sternon-hyncha. Text-fig. 4 shows the I'orewing of an unnamed Psyllid of comparatively large size (ex- panse about 10 mm.) taken near Nelson, N.Z., which shows most of tlie archaic venational characters for the family. By comparing this with the venation of Lophioneura (Text-flg. 3) it will be seen that the following differences occur:-— (1) The Psyllid wing ha.s become broader and more rounded; and, con- sequently, the costal margin has become strongly arched. (2) In the Psyllid, Sc is degrading, and fails to reach the costal margin. (In some PsyUids, Sc is a short vein completely fused with the costa). (3) The primary vein formed of the fused bases of R, M and Cm is a strong ridge-vein equally in the Psyllid as in Lophioneura; but the amount of fusion of the three main stems which form it is much greater in the Psyllid, and there is a further fusion of the main stems of M and Cui, after leaving R; which is absent in Lophioneura. (In some Psyllids, however, this latter fusion is absent. M and Cui leaving the primary vein at the same point). (4) The origin of Rs from Ri is placed much farther distad in the Psyllid, while the main stem of R has become much shorter and turns up more rapidly to join the costa. This last change is e-\-idently correlated with the broadening of the wing. (5) The very evident tliickening of the costal margin in Lophioneura, which begins at the end of R] and reaches almost to the apex, is present in the same position in the PsyUid, but has become widened out into a coriaceous stigmatic area, broadest at Ri. The ba.sal broadening of this area is again a change that is dearly correlated with the broadening of the wing. (6) Rs has lost its fork. (If the position of the thickened costal area is a guide, it would appear that this ha.s liappened by suppression of R 4-1.5). (7) M and Cui have retained their forks, but that of M has widened in the Psyllid and altered in shape, while that of Cm has altered very little indeed. (8) While the vein Cu2 -j- lA has altered little, the ai-eas above and below it have broadened greatly. This again is clearly due to the general broadening of the wing. I think that it will be admitted, from the above comparison, that the Psyllidae may be considered, as far as their forewing venation is concerned, to be direct descendants of the Lophioneuridae. Many autlioi-s have already pointed out that the Sternorrhyneha cannot be derived from the Auchenorrhy- neha, owing to their possessing several more archaic characters than tliese latter. The Auehenorrh\nicl]a have already been found in existence in the Newcastle Permian. We should naturally, then, expect to find the ancestors of the Sternorrhynclia existing alongside tliem, though the probability of such small wings being preserved is considerably less than in the case of the generally much larger Auclienorrhyncha. Lophioneura may, I submit, ])e legitimately considered to be a representative of this ancestral grou)"). From this same ancestral type, represented by Lophioneura, it is clear that, as far a.s the forewing is concerned, the Aphiidae* can also he quite simply derived, though in a different direction from the Pai/llidae. The line of evolu- • See A .C. Baker, "On the Family Name of the Plant Lice." Proc. Ent. See. Wash- ington, xxiii., No. 5., May. 1921. pp. 101-lO.S. in which it is shown that the correct geni- tive of aphis is aphios, not af>/iidos, and hence the family name should be Aphiidae , not Aphididae. 420 TWO FOSSIL INSECT WINGS IN OOLLECTXON OF MR. JOHN MITCHELL, tion leading- to the Aphiidae must show a continuous tendency towards the nar- rowing of tiie ■ wing-base, together with a steady movement of the points of origin of Rs, M and Cm distad along tlie iirimary vein. Rs appears to be generally a simple vein in tlie Aphiidae, as in the Psi/Uida?. But, if we use the position of the thickened stigraatic area as a guide, it would seem that, in the Aphiidae, this simplicity has been attained by the suppression of R|)_|.3. The fact that the distal iiurtion of Rs in the Aphiidae is concavely curved to the costa would also suppoif this contention. Corrclaied with the narrowing of the wing basally, the prinurry vein in the Aphiidae becomes perfectly straight, and npiiroaches near to the costa in position. Cu2 -(- 1^., on the other hand, becomes fused with tlie primary vein, and moves upward, following the distal movement of Rs, M and Cui. In some forms an extra fork appeai-s on Mi^j, but has not yet become fixed in every case. (I have seen this extra fork on one forewing onlii, not only in Aphiidae, but also occasionally in Psifllidae) . Text-fig. 5 shows ihe typical veiiiition of the forewiug of an .\phid, for comparison with Text- figs. 3 and 4. Text-fig. 5. DijiLjnun of the venatioual scheme in the forewiug of the Kaiiiiiy Aphiidae, showing M with the extra branch present. For venational notation, see Text-fig. 1 above. II would seem, then, reasonable to recognise in Lophioneura a liighly archaic Sternorrliynchous type, (probably standing quite close to the arciictype of the group), from which, through the long ]ieriod of geological time between the Upper Permian and tlie first appearance of tiie true PsyUidae and Aphiidae, changes along two different evolutionary lines have led to tlie venational types of these two families. lx>P]ii()NKLi!A irsTii,.\TA, u.sp. (Plate XXXV., fig. 2; Text-fig. 3.) Ko re wing: Length, 5.7 iimi; breadth, 1.9 mm. The sjiecinien is the east of a complete right wing, lying longitudinally upon Ihe midrib of a small frond of Glossopteris sp., the base of the wing being towards the apex of tlie frond, and 10 mm. from il. (See Plate xxxv., lig. 2). The impi-ession is perfect, but for slight indistinctness (d" the ))iusal portion of the co.sta and (d' a portion of Mj ,21 whei'e the rock appears to have been scraped. The costal niargin is delicately foimed from base uj) to end of Ki, but from there on almost to apex it is strongly formed, and appears to be made up of the true costa fused with Ri, which, in that case, must be afisumed to run on ■well bey(md its apparent terniinati. auricentris Ashm. The,se chalcid wasps are remarkable for the extraordinary prolongation of the abdomen in the female which teiminates in a three-flanged process. They are inquilines in the coccid gall cavity, forming a cell in the base in which they pupate. Mr. Froggatt also exhibited a specimen of the Frog Warble fly (Brachiom- yia nigritarsus Skuse). The infested frog was received from Mr. T. Steel on 31st August. It emerged from the warble on the frog's back on 1st Septeml)er. buried itself in the damp soil and pupated the next day. The perfect fly emerged on 10th October and was kept alive for ten days in a glass tube, being fed on sugared water. 424 NOTES AND EXHIBITS. Mr. G. H. Hardy exhibited three ichneumon parasites which prey upon spiders, all appai-ently belonging to the same genus. They belong to the tribe PimpUdes and one Queensland specimen was provisionally labelled by Mr. H. Hacker, Entomologist of the Queensland Museum as "Eriostethns or near." The specimens were as follows : — 1 d" and 1 ? from Tasmania, from which State they have been bred from larvae attached externally on the abdomen of spiders; two d" with their cocoons from Queensland, one bred from the larva and one from the pupa; and finally one specimen taken in the act of ovipositing upon a spider at Como, N.S.W., on the 8th October, 1921. Previous records of the Tasmanian species will be found in the abstracts of proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania for 1914 (p. 89) and 1915 (p. 113 No. 1). Mr. Hardy exhibited another Tasmanian ichneumon which was also men- tioned in the 1915 reference (No. 4). This species is parasitic upon large saw- fly larvae of the genus Perga. When attacked the sawlly larvae discharge their well known and repulsive liquid; should the ichneumon be hit by this sticky matter it will fall to the ground, being unable to utilise its wings and several hours are necessary for the ichneumon to cleanse itself and renew the attack. It is quite interesting and often exciting to watch two or three of these ichneu- mons attacking a cluster of saw-fly larvae; they worry the larvae and evade, not always successfully, the retaliating discharge which diminishes in ([uantity in each successive volley. When tht- cluster luxs finally run out of aumuinilion the ichneumon may still bo loth to alight upon its prey for a considerable time — perhaps making sure that the larvae are not reserving their last shot. 425 STUDIES IN LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA BRACHYCERA. Pabt I. Stkatiomyiidae. No. 3. On the structure of tlie mouth-parts and pharynx of the larval Metopunia nibicepK. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Sc, F.L.S., Linnean Mackay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Plate xxxiii., and twenty-six Text-figures.) No satisfactory description exists of the mouth-pai'ts of any larval Slratio- mi/iidae other than a few aquatic species. Vaney (1902) and Jusbaschjanz (1910) have done some work on the genera Stratiomi/ia and Odontomyia; an6). 4. Ventral view of mouth parts, (x 120). 5. Mouth jaws, (x IflfJ). 6. Portion of cuticuhir wall just below ventral processes showinfj (jlandular apertures (.'). (x 320). /, jaw ; /./>., lateral plate ; w.^., median process. sected away from the remaining parts of the head in a single piece (Text-fig. 2). Posteriorly, it is connected up with the sides of the head by a stout, mem- branous cuticle, having an armour of hexagonal plates somewhat similar to those on the body (Text-fig. 3). Furtlicr up, it is firmly fused with the dense chitin which forms the lateral "bosses" and extends forward in the shape of two BY VERA IBWIN-SMITH. 427 sharply-pomted lateral plates (Z.p.). These plates, although firmly united with the median process, in such a way as to allow of no separate movement, can be broken away from it fairly readily, when the pai-ts are dissected out. From their hard, strong ai)iees they extend downward in a deep curve, to unite in the ventral median line in a structure of much softer composition, which forms the ventral Ixjuudury of the oral aperture. Its edge is fringed with several rows of soft processes (Text-fig. 4). Immediately below these processes, there is, in the cuticle, a group of what appear, to be the openings of ducts. A pair of these is situated close to the centre line, with two more on each side a little furtlier. back (Text-fig. 6). The lateral plates are hollowed out to form sheaths, or sockets, for the two movable mouth jaws (Text-figs. 5, !l). These jaws, although very minute, less than a tenth of a millimetre long, have a very complicated and interesting structure. In form they are somewhat conical, having a broad oval base (Text- fiu'. 10) and a pointed apex. The apex consists of a single, relatively large (0.026 mm. long) tooth of dense chitin, which rests on, and articulates with the chitinous internal framework which strengthens the liack part of tlie jaw (Text-flg. 11). This framework serves, also, as the point of attachment for the muscles which move the tooth. With the exception of these chitin structures, and another ciiitin mass at the base, the entire jaw is composed of several distinctly marked off areas of clear, colourless composition. Below the tooth is a soft, rounded, cushion-like swelling, having on its outer face two small, oval patches, which ajipear to be of the nature of sensory papillae. A di'e]i gi'oovc separates this swelling from a phitc wliicli l)pnrs on Text-figures 7-13. 7. Inner edges of the two jaws, (.x 280). 8. Denticles of jaw. (x 320). 9. Side view of entire jaw. (x 280). 10. Transverse section through lower part of jaws, (x 280). 11. Apical tooth of jaw, showing attachments of muscles which move it, (x 200). 12. Oral termiuation of pliarynx, showing the pillars which support the jaws, (x 120). 13. Attachments of muscles which move the whole jaw. (x 120). its outer face from five to seven transverse rows of minute denticles (Text-figs. 7, 8, 9). The denticle plate extends to that part of the jaw which is nearest to tiie opposite jaw, but does not continue round its inner face; so that the denticles of the two jaws are hardly opposable. On the back of the jaw, where it moves in the socket of the lateral plate, the cuticle is raised into a series of serrated ridges (Text-fig. 9). 428 .STUDIES IN LIFK-m.STORIRS OP AUSTRALIAN DIPTF.RA ERACHYCERA, The whole jaw is supported by its base on a central chitinous peg, which acts as a pivot on which the jaw can move with a rocking movement. The muscles which move it are shown in Text-fig. 13. They extend back through the head for some distance, to be inserted posteriorly in the head wall. Average measurements for the jaw axe 0.088 mm. from apex to base, and 0.085 mm. in diameter from front to back. The pivots on which the jaws work form part of the chitiuous wall sur- rounding the anterior end of the pharynx. The oral aperture is situated just at the base of the median process, where the latter opens out into the internal cavity of the head (.Plate xxxiii., fig. la) and here the strongly chitinised rim of the pharynx grows up on each side, in the form of a stout, curved, pointed pillar (Text-fig. 12) to support the jaw. Lying free between these, in the oral o])ening, are two verj- small ))locks of ehitin. The opening is quite con- cealed by the overlying jaws and (irocesses, and is only revealed by careful dissection. In his description ol' the mouth parts of Stratiorayid larvae which he had examined, Becker makes the statement that there is no median mouth opening, and that nourisliment is taken in through the lateral slits in the walls Text-figures 14-17. Drawn from cast skins of first ecdysis. 14. Front view of head, showing terminal mouth, and jaws, (x 320). 15. General view of head, from antero-dorsal aspect, (x 190). Iti. Anterior part of head, dorsal view. (x320). 17. Internal view of same, showing pharynx, (x 320). (^.r. , dorsal ridge ; i/.i., dorsal sclerite ; >«., mouth; i/i., spiracle. of the median process which, he suggests, has been formed by tiie coalescence of upper and lower lips. That this is not the case with the larva of Metoponia rub rice ps is very clearly shown by an examination of cast larval skins, found with the empty egg cases and newly hatched larvae. These skins have been described in the second paper of this series (Irwin-Smith, 1921). The east of the head retains tiie original shape and position of all the parts, and is very interesting as showing an earlier stage of development than is seen in the hatched larva itself. In the cast skin tiie mouth opening is (juite terminal in position, and is bounded only by the two stout jaws (Text-figs. 14-17). Of the lateral ehitin plates, which afterwards ensheath them, there is here no trace. 'I'iie dorsal sderite is already well develojied and clearly marked off by a thickened rim {d.s.). In the middle of the sclerite there is a longitudinal ridge (d.r.) whicii terminates towards the anterior end in a short, pointed outgrowth. Tliis is evidently the rudiment of the median proc^ess. A careful examination of the position of the hairs surrounding it seems to show that the median process of the fnlly-develoi)ed larva is formed from it, by the overgrowth of this portion of the sclerite and a pushing forward of the process on to the part of the sclerite lying in front of it, aii' slightly from those of the older larvae. Some dozen or more skins were obtained, closely tangled uj) with the empty egg mass; aiid all show exactly the same stage of development. In the casts, the terminal portion of the pharynx is already surrounded by a thickened outgrowth of chitin, but from this (joint the pharynx runs liaclj through the head as a simple structure of imiform width (Text-fig. 17). None of the skins contain any trace of an internal chitinous skeleton, or indication of the presence of the masticatory apparatus, which is such a prominent and characteristic feature of the larva. The Pharynx. (Plate xxxiii., figs. 1-5, and Text-figures 18-26.) Vaney, Becker, and Jusbaschjanz have described this apparatus (calletl by them the "Sclilundkopf") as it appears in the aquatic larvae which they examined; and Jusbaschjanz has studied it by means of transverse sections, and has given some figures of it. It is a highly complicated and beautifully adjusted piece of mechanism, and requires a good deal more study than has been given to it. The figures and descriptions already published are not vei-y clear, l)ut in Metoponia n(briceps the apparatus seems to differ somewhat, in form and structure, from those previously described. Satisfactory sections through this part of the larva are difficult to obtain. The chitin composing it is so dense and brittle as to defy all attempts to soften it sufficiently for the microtome, and the parts become shattered in the cutting. Dissections show the relation- ships of the various parts very well, but the study of transverse sections has necessitated much cai-eful reconstruction, after detailed examination of long series of torn fragments. As in all Stratiomyid larvae, the dorsal sclerite of the head is continued back through the first thoracic segment as an internal skeleton in the form of a dorsally convex arch, the dorsal head plate {d.p.). It extends to the middle of the second segment, and is firmly held in position by means of power- ful muscles attached to the body wall, which ai'e shown in Text-fig. 20 and Plate xxxiii., fig. 1. Its ventral surface serves as the point of attachment for the dilator muscles of the pharynx (d.m.). The pharynx {ph.) lies in the space between its lateral margins, and ter- minates posteriorly about the middle of the first segment, in the complicated masticatory apparatus already referred to. From this, the slender, thin-walled oesophagus passes straight back, below the dorsal plate, to open into the proventriculus at the level of the third thoracic segment (Plate xxxiii., fig. .5). In transvei-se sections, stained with Iiaematoxylin and eosin, the dorsal head plate is seen to consist of several layers of chitin (Text-fig. 18). In cutting, it frequently splits apart, along the middle line, into an upper and lower por- tion, of equal width, each pai't graduating from a pinkish colour on the inside to a dark yellowish brown on the outside; and in contact with the latter layer all round, dorsally and ventrally, is a layer of hypodermis. The lateral edges are rounded and thickened, with an additional layer of brown chitin along the upper surface (Text-fig. 19). Anteriorly, the walls of the doreal .sclerite close in on the pharTOX, but, so far as I can make out, there is no connection with it such as Jusbaschjanz 430 STUDIES IX LirE-HISTORIE8 OF AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA BRACHYCERA, describes in the larvae of Stratiomi/ia ami Odontomyia. The pharynx seems to lie free in the head cavity tliroughout its length. It is bow-shaped in trausveree section, the string of tlie bow representing the dorsal wall (Text-fig. 21). Its ventral wall consists of a deeply arched piece of chitin. in two layers, the inner Text-figures 18-26. Transverse sections, showing; the structure of dorsal head plate and pharynx. IS. Dorsal head plate. (xti6). 19. Lateral margin of head plate (x 160). 20. T.S. through 1st thoracic segment in region of spiracles, (x .32). 2]. Pharynx, in region of head, (x 120). 22. Pharynx, further back, (x 120). 23a. Dorsal wall of phai-ynx. " (x 130). 23d. Median ridge of same, (x 200). 23r. Portion of wall, (x 320). 24-26. Pharynx in region of " wing-bearer." (x 160). li.iii., dilator muscles of pharynx; d.p., dorsal head phite ; hyp., liypodormis ; ph., pharynx ; Z'.a'., ventral wall of pharynx. pink, (lie outer yellowish-brown. Its lateral rims iu-e .strongly thickened and knob-like, and bounding it externally is a tliTek layer of hypoderrais, consisting of a single row of cells. The dorsal wall is of <|uite different composition, consisting of a substance whieii appears to I)e of a tough, ehistic nature, and stains a deep blackish brown. It, also, is bounded externally l)y hypoderniis. Along its median line are inserted the twelve or fourteen pairs of dilator muscles, which stretch be- tween it and the dorsal wall (d.in.\. By their contraction, these muscles evidently enlarge tiic cavity of the pharynx, and cause it to act a,s a powerful sucking apparatus. Br VERA IBWIX-.SMITH. 431 The effect is augiuonted by the actiim ol the peculiar mechanism at the posterior end of the pharynx. This is a greatly thickened chitin structure, wedge-shaped in ventral view, with bruad base at the posterior end (Plate xxxiii., tigs. 3, 4). It takes the place of the dorsal pharyngeal wall, and projects, by its downwardly curved under surface, into the space enclosed by the crescentic ventral pharyngeal wall. It is attached to the ventral wall on each side by a tough, dark-staining membrane, which appears to be similar in composition to the dorsal wall higher up. Dorsally it projects upwards and outwards in the form of two broad, stout, wing-like processes. Two powerful muscles, attached to each wing, extend Ijaikwards to be inserted in the posterior margin of the dorsai head plate (Plate xxxiii., figs. 1, 2). By the contraction of these muscles the upper part of the "wing-bearer" would be pulled outward and downward, while its ba.se would work against the face of the ventral wall (Plate xxxiii., fig, 4). Apjiarently the reverse movement is effected by the elasticity of the ligaments connecting it with the phaxynx anteriorly and laterally. I cannot detect the presence of antagonistic muscles, although such muscles are described by both Vaney and Jusbaschjanz. But, as the "Schlundkopf," or masticatory apparatus, examined by tlieni was globular in form, it will be seen that the details of its structure and relationships must necessarily be somewhat different. 1 have not been able to find anything to correspond with the lateral chitin plates which Jusbaschjanz describes as projecting up from the basal plate of the wing-bearer, and connecting dorsally with the forked median plate which bears the wings. However, as I have experienced great dilHculty in cutting this apparatus and have not been able to get a complete series of sections, I cannot speak with certainty of its structure throughout its entire length, or of the exact way in which it connects with the dorsal pliaryngeal wall anteriorly. The figures of transverse sections given here represent careful reconstructions of those parts which I have been able to study in detail. In the region of the jiharynx immediately anterior to the "wing-bearer," the dorsal wall has the appearance shown in Text-figures 22, 23. There is here a short median process, to which the paii-s of dilator muscles are attached, and which dift'ers but little in composition from the rest of the dorsal wall. Text-figures 24 to 26 represent transverse sections through different parts of the wing-bearer itself. The first tapers from the broad base to a point dor- sally : the next shows a broadening and slight forking of the dorsal portion, the third the expansion into the two "wings." To the angles of tlie base are attached the ligaments which connect it with the ventral wall, here seen torn away from their connections in the sectioning. A broad layer of hypodermis covers the dorsal surface of the wliole structure, and is continued along the connecting ligaments. The "wing-bearer" consists of an outer layer of chitin, staining dense brown, merging towards tlie interior into a clear pink, which encloses a central core of much lighter and apparently softer composition. It seems to be made up of a loose fibrous material, which is so transparent that, in surface view, the wing-bearer has the appearance of being hollowed out in the middle. But in transverse sections it is seen that this core broadens out into a base which is deeply convex. In all the sections which I have examined, this liase and the ventral plate present firtn, smooth surfaces to each other, but in the posterior part of the apparatus there is a roughened appearance, suggesting denticles or other tooth- like structures, on a much denser foundation, which I did not succeed in sec- tioning. The wing-bearer measures 0.33 mm. in length, with a breadth of 0.30 mm. to the tip of the wing. 432 STUDIES IK LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN DIPTCRA BRACHYCKRA, References. 1910. Becker, K. — Zur Kenntniss der Mundteile uud des Kopt'es der Dipteren Lai-ven. Zool. Juhrb. Anat., xxix., 281-314, PI. 18, Figs. 19, 20. 1883. Brauer, F. — Die ZweiHuger n tbe sides, widest across the eyes, flat on the summit, without meilian suture, clothed scantily with moderately large setae. Labrum large, rounded, not covering apical teeth of mandibles. (Typeus short and wide, anterior margin membranous. Eyes small and very prominent, a little higher than wide (.235 x .28'2), surrounded by pale-coloured membrane. OeeUi invisible except in cleared preparations, then very indistinct. A small deep depression on either side of tbe median line in line with tbe insertion of the antennae and immediately posterior to the postero-lateral angle of tbe clypeus. Mandibles (Fig. 2) with four angular teeth on tbe left and two angular and one broad tooth on tbe right. Antennae (Fig. 7) 16-jointed, 434 NEW AXD RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR DIOLOGy, 3rd joint shortest of all, equal fo, or noticeably longer than 4th, 5tli-lllth in- creasing in length and width, 10th-14th equal in length, 15th a little short.er, 16th shorter, elongate-oval. (In one examj)le there is a rudimeutan' segment between the 3rd and 4th as described above). Thorax: Pronotum very small, much narrower than head, nearly straight in front and on the sides, antero-lateral angles rounded, sides narrowed to the sliglitly sinuate jiosterior margin; beliind the anterior margin a wide, pale, transverse mark, median suture distinct and passing posteriorly through the meso- and metanotum as a very dark line, clothed witli scattered, long setae, most numerous at the sides. Meso- and metanotum with posterior margin nearly straight. Wings (Plate xxxvi.. Fig. 4) very dark Ijrown, veins darker than mem- brane, the whole surface densely sculptured (Fig. 3) and clothed with dark, scattered setae, numerous along the costal margin excepting on the proximal one-third. Subcosta of forewing very short, joining the eosta beyond the suture, wanting in the hindwing. Radius short, about one-fourtli the length of the wing. 0 / rn-TTj, Slo/oteymes viclorieiisis, u.sp. Imago. Fig. 1. Head and pronotum. Fig. 2. Mandibles. Fig. 3. Wing membrane. Fig. 5. Stump and bate of forewing. Hadial sector very short "ith 8 to 10 superior l)riinches to tlic radius, that of the forewing branching Irom the media i)roximad of the suture, that of the hindwing distad of the suture. Media traversing the middle of the wing, dis- BY GERALD P. HILL. 435 tinct only at tbe base, with about 6 inferior branches to the posterior margin of the wing. Cubitus with about 6 short, stout branches. Wing stumps (Fig. 5) with numerous long, pale setae, base of veins distinct, suture oblique, those of forewiiigs larger than, but not reaching those of, hindwing. Legs (Mg. 6) rather short and stout, with scattei'ed, fine setae; empodium small ; tibial spines 3 : 3 : 2, not serrate. Ahdomeii long and nm'row, bluntly rounded at tlie apex. Cerci very pro- minent (.282 long), 3-jointed. Styli )iresent in male. Measu rements : Length with wing's 11.0, without wings 6.5. Head: at and including eyes, wide 1.222; base to liase of elypeus, long 0.990; base to apex uf mandibles, long 1.363. Antennae (16-,jointed) 2.350. Mandibles: left, long .517, wide .329; right. long .470, wide .470. Pronotum : long 0.50 ; wide 0.80. Wing-s (from suture): forewing, long 9.00, wide 2.82; hindwing, long 8.50, wide 2.82. Abdomen, wide 1.50. Q u e e H. Lighter coloured than imago. Length 7.25; antennae mutilated, 7 joints. Soldier. (Figs. 8-11.) Colour: Cadmium yellow, a little darker in front; labnim like back of head; antennae paler; mandibles and spot at postero-lateral angle of elypeus Stolotermes victoriensis, n.sp. Figs. 6-7. Imago. 6. Hind leg; 7. Antennae, proximal segments. Figs. 8-11. Soldier. 8. Head in profile; 9. Head from above; 10. Gida; 11. -Antennae, proximal segments. light eastaneous, antedypeus membranous; legs cream; abdomen lighter, with brown pattern along medial line of dorsum. 436 NEW AND RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOLOGT, Head (Vi\pi. 8 aud !)) Icwig. rmimk'tl beliind, slig-litly t-urved mi tlio sidi-s, a little wider anteriorly than behind, very flat in profile, "Y" suture distinct, with a few reddish setae. Labiiim large, longer than wide, truncati' at the apex. Clypeus more or less triangular. Gula (Fig. 10) very long, narrow in the middle, one-tenth the width of head. Mandibles very long, with two broad and one narrow teeth on the left and two liroad teeth on the right. Eyes small and indistinet. adjacent to antennal fossae. Antennae (Fig. 11) mutilated, more than 14-jointed, 3rd .joint shortest, sometimes 3rd and 4th nearly equal. i5th- 10th increasing in length successively, slondei-. Pronotum as in imago, but witli scanty, moderately stoiit, reddisli setae. Legs short and moderately stout. Tibial spines 3: 3; 2. Abdom&n elongate oval, bluntly pointed at the apex. Mea-^iireiiieril-'^ : {a\ (6) (c) Total length 7.0(1 8.50 9.50 Head, from base to apex of labrum. long '2.444 2.G7() 2.773 Head, from base to aj)ex of mandibles, long 3.290 3.290 3.570 Head, deep O.fill — — Head, wide 1.4ln 1.7.S') 1.833 Fronotum, long 0.470 0.564 0.564 Pronotum. wide 0.750 0.087 0.087 Tibia iii 0.t)58 0.987 1.081 Abdomen, wide 1.2()!) — — The above measurements are those of the only soldiers found in the type colony. The description and figures are from la), v liich appears to me most probably the normal form, (b) and (c) have the head distinctiv wider and more rounded, pigmented eyes, and, respectively, moderately loui; and very long wing rudiments. Tlie latter are tliickene.l and clothed with long reddish setae. Styli are present in all three. L a r V a e and iV /i m p h a e. Several developmental stages are distinguishable, as follows: — (1). Larvae. 3.05 long, 11-jointed antennae, joints 2 ;ind 3 fused, eves and wing rudiments wanting. (2). Larvae. 5.00-5.50 long. 12-jointetl antennae, joints 2 aiiinphae, 0.50 long, 15-jointed antennae, joints 3 aud 4 fu.sed. eyes black, wing rudiments distinctly visible, setaceous. Described from a small colony comprising eggs, larvae, nymphae. mature aud inmiature alate forms, soldiers and iiueen, taken in a rotten log on 1st .lanuary. In his recent paper Mjiiborg ( 1920) described two new species in this genus. StoJotermes (iuecii.'Tnphap. In some colonies the soldiers vary considerably in size, but in each there are some which equal the co-types. The largest colony contains 10 soldiers and 190 larvat' and nymphae. ioc— Victoria : Seaford (W. F. Hill). Rin-wood (F. E. Wilson), Heales- ville (F. E. Wilson), Fern Tree Gully (F. P. Spry). Caloterjies (Glyptotermes) nigrolabrum, n. sp. (Figs. 12-19.) King. (Figs. 12-14.) Colour: Head and pronotum chestnut, wing .stumps darker, abdomen sand- ford brown, apex of abdomen, basal two-thirds of penultimate tergite and legs yellow ochre ; labrum black ; apex of clypeus white, membranous ; antennae and mouth-parts sandford brown to chestnut; under surface yellow ochre, base of stemites buff yellow ; tarsi brown. Head (Fig. 12) .slightly narrower than pronotum, widest across the eyes, roumled liehind, surface finely shagreened, clothed with a few long and many minute setae. Labrum large, convex, slightly swollen on the sides, apex broadly truncate and fringed with fine setae. Clypeus more ihiin three times wider than long, truncate in front, nearly straight behind. Eyes moderately large (0.282), nearly circular, projecting, finely faceted, lower margin 0.14'J from lower margin of head. Ocelli broadly oval, obli(|ue, in line witli the miildle of the eyes, from which tliey are separated by a distance equal to half their short diameter. Antennae (Fig. 13) ? 14-jointed, arising from a raised tubercle within a circular fossa in front of tlie middle of the eye, 1st joint short and broad at l)ase, 2nd alicjut half as long and much narrower, 3rd and 4th short, rounded, nearly as long as the following one, lith, 7tli and 8th narrow at the base, swollen at the apex. Pronotum reniform, margin bent up, a deej) depression behind the anterior margin on either side of the median line, margin with scanty fringe of short and long setae. Wing stumps very dark in colour; those of forewings covering those of hindwings; the surface with scanty fine setae. Legs (Fig. 14) moderatel\- short and stout, clothed with fine, short setae. Tibial spines 3 :3 :3. serrate. Abdomen cliingate, nearly cylindrical, with apices of segments fringed with scanty, moderately long setae. Cerci short and stout. Measurements : Total lena-th, 6.2.5. 438 i;EW AND RAEE AU.STRAI.IAX TKRMITES^ WITH -XOTKS ON THEIK BIOLOGY^ Thorax and abdomeu, long 5.00. Head, from base to base of olypeus, long 1.128; from base to apex of labrum, long 1.310; at ami including eyes, wide 1.222. Prouotum. long 0.658; wide 1.269. Til)ia iii. 0.930. Abdomen, wide 1.739. Caloternies (Glyptoteniies) iiigjolabriiiii, n.sp. Figs. 12-14. Imago. 12. Head and pronotiim ; 13. Antennae, segments: 14. hind leg. Figs. 15-19. Soldier. 15. Head and pronotum : 16. Head in profile; 17. Mandibles; 18. Antennae, proximal segments; 19. Hind leg. Queen. As above, excepting in size of abdomen, which is slightly longer and wider. In all of the examples of kings and queens availal)li> for study tlu' antennae are mutilat<'d, only eight to (en joints remaining. Nymphs of tiie first form have 14-jointed :intenniie, which is proliably (he niaxiiimm number in the imago. Soldier. (Figs. 1.5-19.) Colour: Head yellow ochre, turning to cinnamon rufous anteriorly; mai'gin of anteinial fossa and base of mandibles dark castanecms; mandibles black; an- tennae and pronotum cinnamon rufous; meso- and inetanotum and tergites of abdomen yelh)\v ochre; legs and sternites of ab(himen a little paler. Head (Figs. 15 and 16) long and naiTow. rounded behind, parallel on the sides, curving in gradually from the antennal fossae to the base of the mandibles; an obscure, pale "\" suture im furehead. from the fork of which the front BY GERAiD F. HXLJ,. 439 slopes to the base of tho dypeus; clothed with a few moderately long, reddish setae. Eyes situated behind the base of the antennae, very small, pale coloured. Gula long and narrow, labriuu short auti broad (0.230 x 0.517) rounded in front. Clypeus broad and very narrow, anterior border sliylitly sinuate. An- tennae (Fig. 18) 13-jointed, 1st joint short and wide, narrowest in the middle, 2nd about half as long, widest in the middle, 3rd short and wide, shortest of all, 4th and 5th short and wide, subequal, (ith narrow at base, widest beyond the middle. Mandibles (Fig. 17) 1.032 long, each with two teeth, those of the left mandible broad and blunt, those of tlie right more ])ointed. Pronotum reniform, a little wider than head, clothe(l scantily with moder- ately large and small setae. Legs (Fig. ISJ) short and stout, with scanty short, fine, setae. Tibial spines 3:3:3. Abdomen long and narrow, segments with a scanty fringe of moderately long and short setae. Cerci moderately long (0.423). Styli present in males. Meatiuremmts : Total length (aljout) 9.00. Head, from ba.se to apex of clypeus, long 2.35; from base to apex of mandibles, long 3.15; wide 1.457; deep 1.310. Pronotum, long 0.752 ; wide 1.595. Meso- and metanotum, wide 1.692. Antennae (13-jointed) 1.786. Tibia iii. 0.940. Abdomen, wide 1.598. The soldiers vary soniewliat in size, the above measurements being those of the majority. One example is only 5.25 long, with head and mandibles 2.440 in length, and 12-jointed antennae. The nympbae (first foim) in the type and other colonies are about 8.00 long and have 14-jointed antennae and unpigniented eyes. Tlie wing rudiments are briglit orange yellow. Described from three colonies, taken in rotten logs on hill-side clad with tropical scrub (22nd .June). The type colony comprised a king, queen, three soldiers and about 200 nympbae (first fonn) and larvae. Another comprised about 1000 larvae and nympbae, about 50 soliliers, three kings and three queens. Another comprised about 400 larvae and nympliae and 15 soldiers, but no imagos. Affinities. — The imago appears to be most closely related to Calotermes (Ghiptnterm.es) triUneatwi Jfjob., from which it is distinguished, inter alin, by its lighter colour, dark wing stumiis. smaller eyes and different head and prouotal mea.surements. From Calotermes (Glyp.) brei-icornis Frogg. it is distirtguished by its larger size (the former has a body length of 5.0 mm., as against 6.25 nun. in the new species), at least one more joint in the antennae and fewer tibial spines. The soldier castes of these two species dififer considerably in size. Loc— North Qucenslaml: Palm Island (G. F. Hill). Calotermes (GlyptotermesI (?) obsccrus Walker. (Figs. 20-29.) Imago. (Figs. 20-25.) Colour: Head and iironotum ochraceous orange, the latter suffused with brown; clypeus paler than head; legs and antennae tawny, suffused with brown; meso- and metanotum and wing-stumps very dark to blackish brown; dorsum of abdomen black, with the base of the first and the entire apical tergite brown; ventral surface brownish black, apex of abdomen, stj'li, and, in the male only, 440 XEW AND RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOLOGV, the middle of sternites one to four, paler; wings very dark, nearly as dark as sternites of abdomen, veins darker. Head (Figs. 20 and 21) small, round, convex on the summit, with very few setae. Labrum small, slightly swollen on the sides, bluntly rounded in front. Anteclypeus large, three-tenths as long a.s wide, membranous. Eyes small (0.188 x 0.235), not prominent, finely faceted, lower margin distant O.isS from lower margin of head. Ocelli small, oval, well separated from, and in 21 Ca/o/f>i>ifS (Glyptotcrnies)? obscurus Walker. Figs. 2a22. Imago. 20. Head; 21. Head in profile; 22. Pronotum. line with the middle of, tlie eyes. Antennae 13- (rarely 14-) jointed, the first joint short and stout, 2nd half as long and three fourths as wide as 1st, 3rd nearly as long as 2nd but wider at apex, 4th very little shorter than 3rd, shortest of all, rounded, 5th-12th increasing in length and width, 13th shorter or abo\it a*; long as 12th, broadly oval. Thorax: Pronotum (Fig. 22) large, wider than head, wider than long, an- terior margin convex, sides rounded, postero-lateral angles nearly straight, pos- terior margin markedly sinuate, clothed sparsely with short, fine, pale setae, a deep depression behind the anterior margin on either side of the median line. Meso- and metanotum with dark median line on anterior two-thirds, jiosterior margin slightly sinuate. ^,\'i■>\(Jn■. Wing-stumps of i'orewiugs more tliau twice as long a.s those of hindwings, extending jiosleriorly to the apex of the metauntum, with a few miiuite setae. Wings ( Kig. 23, PI. xxxvi.) neiu'ly equal in lengtli and widtli and bearing a few minute setae along the main veins; the membrane (Fig. 24, PI. xxxvi.) is without setae, but, like the veins, it is covered witli small scale- like spots, densest on the veins, but present in more or less irregular lines be- tween them. In the forewing the subcosta is sliort, about one-fifth the length of the wing; the radius is about twice as hmg as the subcosta and bears a superior branch about the middle; (he radial sector has about ten superior brandies, the media is nearly parallel to the radial sector, joins the costal margin at I lie apex of tlie wing, bears about 3 inferior branches towards its distal end and several short, indistinct, superior branches to the radial sector; the cubitus traverses the middle of the wing and bears about 12 simple or forked branches to the posterior margin. In tlie liindwing the subcosta is wanting; the radius bears three short, superior branches, tiie radial sector seven or eight; the media branches from the radial sector well beyond the suture, not at the base of the wing stump as in the forewing. Legs (Fig. 25) short and moderately stout. Tibial spines 3: 3:3, serrate. .Widtimen nearly paiallel on the sides, flattened doi-so-^'cntrally, bluntly Br GEKALU P. HILL. 441 pointed in tlie male, more rounded in the female, segments witli scanty, fine, short setae. Styli (male) loui;- and slender. Cerci short and verv stout. Measurements : Lengtli, with wings 9.0-9.5; witliout wings 4.5. Head, from base to base of clypeus, long 1.081 ; from base to apex of labriim, long 1.410; at and including eyes, wide 1.128; deej) 0.705. Antennae (13- or 14-jointed) long 1.786. Pronotum, long 0.752 ; wide 1.22'_'. Wings: forewings, long 7.0-7.25, wide 2.491; liindwiugs, long (i. 75-7.0, wide 2.585. Tibia iii. 0.940. Abdomen, wide 1.222. Soldier. (Figs. 26-29.) Colour: Head ochraceous orange, darker anteriorly; labruni and antennae same colour as posterior part of head; legs and ventral surface yellow ochre. Read (Figs. 26 and 27) long and narrow, less than half as widL' as long (with jaws), nearly straight on the sides to the antenual fossae, rounded behind; front slightly rugose, sloping gently to the base of the clypeus, which is short, wide and nearly straight in front; dorsal surface in proHle slightly convex, clothed with a few small setae; "Y" suture composed of fine but very distinct lines. Labrum very short and broad, bluntly rounded in front. Mandibles (Fig. 28) sliort and very stout, with tliree stout teeth on the left and two on Calotermes (Glyptoternies) f obscur7(s Wallver. Fig. 25. Imago, hind leg. Figs. 26-29. Soldier. 26. Head; 27. Head in profile; 28. Mandibles: 29. Antennae, proximal segments the right, all of the former and one of the latter projecting beyond the apex of the labnim. Eyes small, oval, whitish, adjacent to posterior margin of an- tennal fossae, the latter being a wide and shallow depression. Antennae (Fig. 442 NEW AND RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOLOGY, 29) (12) 14-joiiite(l. 1st joint short and stout, 2nd quadrate, about two-thirds the length of 1st, 3rd very short and narrow, smallest of all, 4th as long- but wider tiian 2nd, rounded. 5th to 11th increasing in length, 12th shorter and nar- rower than 11th. Giila long and narrow in the middle, where it is oiie-Hlth the width of tlie head. 'J'liorax: Pronotuni as in imago, very little narrower than head, margin nar- rowly bordered with ferrugineous. Meso- and metanotum with posterior margin slightly sinuate. In some individuals there is evident development of wing rudiments; in some these ai-e hardly recognisable, in others they are as long as in nymphae of the first form. Legs short and stout, with scanty setae, femora thickened. Tibial spines 3: 3: 3, serrate. Abdomen nearly parallel on tlie sides, bluntly-pointed at the apex, segments with .scanty fringe of fine setae. Orei short and stout. Styli long and slender. Measurements : Total length 6.50. Head, with jaws, hmg 2.820; liase to apex of i-lypeus, long 2.162; wide 1.222; deep 1.081. Mandibles, long 0.950. Antennae (12-jointed) 1.222. I'ronotum, long 0.752; wide 1.130. Abdomen, wide 1.081. Identification. — 1 am in considerable doubt as to the identification of this species, and for this reason a full description is given of the alate and soldiei* castes. Dr. G. A. K. Marshall, to whom alate forms were submitted, kindly compared them with the damaged types of Calotermes obscurus Walker and (J. convexus Walker. After referring to the differences between Walker's two species. Dr. Marshall suggested that I should provisionally regard my specimens as being referable to tlie first-mentioned. Hagen (1858) and Desneux (1904) place C. obscurus as a synonym of C. convexus. Froggatt (1906) quotes liagen's description of C. convexus, which does not agxee with the species before me, especially in tlie shape of the pronotum. In the description quoted by Froggatt and in Dr. Marshall's notes respectively the posterior margin of the iironotum is stated to be "flattened." or "nearhi straight.'' In my specimens the pronotum is markedly sinuous ])osteriorly, as noted by Dr. Marsiiall in the type of C. cibscuru.'i. Holmgren (1911) refers C. cowaexus doubtfully to the subgenus Cri/ptotermes. Mjoberg (1920) omits both of Walker's species from his list of Australian species, presumably as being amongst those which have been too iuconiiilelely described to be identified. From the available information it wmihl aiijiear that C. ob.'iciirus (from Western Australia) is not consi)ecific with ('. convexus (from Tasmania), as has been supposed. Whether tlic X'ictorian specimens here described are eon- specifle or not with the furmer can. in view of the damaged condition of the type, only be settled by the examination of a series of alate forms from the type locality (Swan Rivei-. W.A.), where Mr. J. (^hirk has, during the past two years, made a very thorough survey of the termite fauna. 8o far no alate forms have been discovered, but soldiers and nymphae recently <'ollected by him may be consiiecific. the only apparent difference being a .slightly rugose front in the former caste. In view, however, of the slight difference in the soldiers of distinct species, this ditiference may well be specific. Froggatt further quotes BY GERALD F. HILL. 443 Hagen as stating that C. cunvexus closely resembles C. imprubus Hagen fi'om Tasmania , but from the description of the latter, as (juoted by Froggatt, it is evidently quite distinct from the species now described by me as C. conviextcs Walker. Unfortunately very little is known of the termite fauna of Tasmania and until recently only three species have been recorded from that island. Of these Stolotermes brunneicornis Hagen is known only from three alate images, and Calotermes improbns Hagen only from a de-alate and damaged imago. A recently described species, Po rote r men froggatti Holmgren, is unknown to me. Biuhigg : Of the nine colonies taken by Mr. W. Hill, eight were found in the ''Mallee"-like roots, trunks or branches of living or dead Eucalypts, and one in a verandah post, in association with a species of Leucutermes. In three cases a few soldiers and nymphae of PoruternKs adamsoni (Froggatt) were found in the colony. C. obscurus has also been taken in colonies of Porotermes adamsoni in the same locality. Generally only a few soldiers and nymphae of the former were present, but in one instance a king only was found, apparently as consort of the gravid queen of the host species. Winged imagos were cap- tured in January, June and July, at Seaford, and in March, at Beaconstield. The Lakes Entrance specimens were found in a Eucalyptus stump, in associa- tion with soldiers and workers of Eutermes fiimigatus Brauer, or a very closely allied species. The Western Australian specimens, which I have provisionally refeiTed to C. obscurus, were found in a rotten Banksia stump, with numerous soldiers, workers and larvae of Leucotermes clarki Hill. In all cases the colonies were small, the largest comprising the soldiers and 300 larvae and nymphae. When alate forms were present they numbered less than thirty individuals. Loc— Victoria: Seaford (W. F. Hill), Beaeonsfield (F. E. Wilson), Lakes Entrance (F. E. Wilson); (?) S.W. Australia: Swan River (J. Clark). Calotkrmes (Gltptotermes) trilineatus Mjiib. Arkiv for Zoologi, Vol. 12, No. 15, 1920. Imago. (Figs. 30 and 31.) Colour: Dorsal surface castaneous, a.bdomen lighter than head and thorax; under surface of thorax, legs, mouth-parts, antennae, first and middle of second and third sternites brussels brown, remainder of sternites darker but rather lighter than tergites; wing's iridescent, anterior veins and eight proximal branches of cubitus dark brown, membrane between the latter suffused with brown. Head narrower than prothorax, rounded behind and on the sides to the posterior margin of the eyes, the surface finely shagreened, clothed with numer- ous minute and a few larger setae. Labrum dark, with scattered pale setae, slightly swollen on the sides to the l)roadly truncate apex. Clypeus pale, an- terior margin memljranous, three times wider than long, sides rounded to the truncate apex, a gi'oup of three setae near each postero-lateral angle. Antennae (Fig. 30) 14-jointed, arising from a raised tubercle within a depression in front of the middle of the eye, 1st joint short and not greatly widened, curved on the sides, 2nd about half as long and a little narrower, 3rd joint shortest and nar- rowest or as long but narrower than 4th, or rarely longer than 4th, 5th longer and wider than 4th, 6th-13th increasing in length, 14th about as long but narrower than 13th, elongate-oval. Eyes very large and prominent, measuring vertically 0.329, horizontally 0.37U, finely faceted, lower margin 0.188 from lower margin of head. Ocelli rather large, broadly oval, oblique, close to, and in line with, the middle of the eve. 444 NEW AND RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON TUEIR BIOLOGY, Thorax: Prouottim reniform. margin slightly bent up, more so anteriorly. a deep depression behind the anterior margin on either side of the middle line, posterior margin not emarginate, entire margin with a scanty fringe of long Figs. 30, 31. Calotefmes (Glylytoiennes) trilitieatus Mjiib. Imago. 30. Antennae, pro.ximal segments; 31. Hind leg. Figs. 32-34. Calolermes (Neotennes) hisularis White. Soldier. 32. Head: 33. Antennae, proximal segments; 3-1. .Mandibles. and short setae, fewer and shorter in front, and remainder of surface. Mesi)- and metanotum markedly sinuate posteriorly, similarly elotlied. Wings : Wing-stumps with a few pale setae, l)ase of veins very distinct, cross-suture convex, anterior pair much lai'ger than posterior, tiie former almost covering the latter. Wings slender, forewing-s a little longer and narrower than hiudwing-s, costal margin with scanty fringe of setae, veins with scale-like ap- pearance, membrane witli minute scale-like spots, subcosta of the forewing very short, joining the costa just beyond the suture; radius about five times longer; I'adial scctui' unhranched. joining the costa befoi-c {\\i.\ apex: media very dis- tinct, like the preceding, running close to the radial sector and joining tlie costa at or very near the apex; cubitus travci-sing the middle of the wing, with about 13 inferior branches, the first four distinct, the next four very indistinct at their proximal end, the remainder indicated by rows of scalc-liki' spots simi- lar to those scattered over the membrane. In the hindwing the media l)ranches from the radial sector well beyond the suture (about 1 mm.) Legs (Fig. 31) moderately short and stout, elotlied with short line setae, femora thickened. Tibial spines 3: 3: 3, serrate. Abdomen nearly cylindrical, bluntly rounded posteriorly, apices of the ter- gitcs fringed with sliort, pale setae. Cerci short (0.4.50) and stout. I , BT GERALD F. HILL. 445 Measurements : Length with wings 11.0-11.50; without wings 6.25. Thorax and abdomen, long 4.75. Head, from bai^e to posterior margin if clypeu'^, long 1.175; at and including eyes, wide 1.410; deep 0.80(1. Antennae 1.880. Pronotum, long 0.800; wide 1.363. Wings: forewing. long 8.50, wide 2.068; hindwing, long 8.00-8.25, wide 2.256. Tibia iii. 1.270. Abdomen, wide 1.500. King and Queen. Similar to the above, but sliglitly darker. Both have the antennae mutilated, ten or eleven joints only remaining. The abdomen of the latter is about 1 mm. longer and a little wider than that of the alate form. Biologii : The king and queen described above were taken in a rotten log lying in dense tropical forest in the type locality. Witli them were found young larvae, nymphae of the first form, and soldiers, numbering in all several tliou- sand individuals, of which soldiers comprised about 1 per cent. There were no eggs or very young larvae in the colony. A portion of the log, containing soldiers and nymphae of the first form, was placed in a jar and kept moist from date of capture on 22nd May until 2nd August following, when the alate forms, here described, emerged. Identification: By comparison of soldiers and nymphae with co-types of these castes. Loc— N. Queensland: Malanda (G. F. Hill). Calotermes (Glyptotermes) affinis Mjob. Arkiv for Zoologi, Vol. 12. No. 15, 1921). The above name appears to be preoccupied, liaving been used hy Hagen for a fossil s]3ecies from Prussian Amber (Hag. Linn. p. 53). Calotermes (Neotermes) insularls White. Soldier. {Figs. 32-34.) Colour: Head orange rufous, mandibles black, labruni and antennae tawny, third joint of latter much darker, remainder of insect buff yellow. Head (Fig. 32) very long, broadly rounded behind, curved on the sides, widest across the middle and sloping in to the base of the mandibles; front slightly rugose, sloping to the base of the elypeus. "Y" suture distinct. Labrum small, rounded. Clypeus moderately large; anteelypeus membranous, truncate in front. Antennae (Fig. 33) 17-jointed, 1st joint very large, twice as long as 2nd, narrowed in the middle, swollen at the apex, 2nd nearly quadrate, these two joints paler than others, 3rd as long and wide at the apes as 2nd. narrower at base, 4th smallest of all, 5th a little longer and wider than 4th, 6th-16th in- creasing successively in length and decreasing in width at the base, 17th much shorter than 16th, oval. Gula long and narrow, about one-ninth as wide as head. Mandibles (Fig. 34). Thorax : Pronotum very large, much wider than long, not quite as wide as head, anterior margin slightly concave and bent up, sides rounded, posterior margin slightly concave, margin all lound darker than : est of surface, darkest 446 XKW AND RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES OX THEIR BIOLOGY, in front, with scanty reddish, stout setae. Meso- and metanotuni with marg:in darkest, much narrower than pronotum. Legs short and stout, clothed with scanty, red setae. Tibiiil spines 3:3: 3. Abdomen narrow, elongate, thittened dorso-ventrally, traversed by a dark median line which passes anteriorly to the middle of the pronotum, tergites and sternites with scanty reddish setae. Cerci short and stout, apparently 2-jointed. Styli long and slender. Measurements : Total length 14.75. Thorax and abdomen, long 7.75. Head and mandibles, long 7.00. Head, base to anterior margin of clypeus, long 4.25; dee;) 2.58: wide 3.80. Antennae (17-jointed) 3.19. Pronotum, long 1.74; wide 3.48. Meso- and niletanotum, widei 2.60. Tibia iii. 2.30. Abdomen, wide 2.96. Described from a small colony, comprising two alate imagos, six s( Idiers,. 40 nymphae, about twenty larvae and two neoteinic queens, taken in a hollow Eucalyptus stumj), in .lanuary. This appears to be a rare specie--^, known hitlierto only in the alate form. It is recorded from New Zealand. Loc— Victoria : Seaford (W. F. Hill), Melton (F. P. Spry). Calotermes (Cbyptotermes) primus, n. sp. (Figs. 35-40.) / 1)1 a g n. (Figs. 35-37.) Colour: Ochraceous-tawny above, yellow ochre below; wings iridescent, an- terior veins buckthorn brown. Head small, longer than wide, rounded behind, the whole surface minutely shagreened and bearing scattered setae. Eyes very large (0.329 x 0.282) and prominent, coarsely faceted, lower margin half the vertical diameter from lower margin of head. Ocelli large, contiguous to inner margin of eye. Clypeus rather less than half as long as wide, anterior margin concave, posterior margin convex. Labrum rather large, markedly convex and swollen on the sides, rounded in front. Left mandible witli a large, sharp tooth at the apex, followed by a much smaller pointed oiu' and a short, wide, cutting edge; riglit mandible with the two apical teeth as in left and a very much wider cutting edge towards tlie inner side. Antennae (Fig. 35) long, 16- (rarely 17-) jointed, springing from a circular cleft in front of the eye, 1st joint short, stout and slightly narrowed at the apex, 2nd three-fourths as long and nearly as wide at apex as 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th equal, or 3rd shorter and narrower than 4th and 5th or, rarely, 3rd longer than 4th and 5th, as long as 2nd, 6th-15th iucrea-sing in length succes- sively, Ibtli a little shorter and narrower than 15th, oval. Pronotum much wider than long, concave in front, rounded on the sides to the rounded and slightly sinuate posterior, anterior margin and sides a little bent np and fringed with a few pale setae. ir/jir/s (Fig. 36, PI. xxxvi.) ei|nal, ratlier less tluin four times as long as wide; a few minute setae on costal margin as far iis junction of last branch of radial sector, and a few on radius and radial sector; under high power the principal veins have a scaly appearance. In the forewing the subccsta joins the costa just beyond the cross suture; the radius also is short and joins the costa a little hcfiprc tlie middle of tlie wing; the radial sector has seven or eight BY GERALD F. HILL. 447 superior branches, all of which join the costa before the apex of the wing, and sometimes a few indistinct inferior branches near the apex; the media branches within the wing stump, traverses the wing just above the middle and nearer to the cubitus than to the radial sector, has three or four branches, the second of which generally joins the radial sector towards the apex of the wing, where it is thickened; the cubitus is indistinct and has about 12 branches, some of which y^ .35 Calotermes (Cryptotervies) primus, n.sp. Figs. 35, .37. Imago. 3.5. Antennae, proximal segments; 3". Fore leg. Figs. 3840. Soldier. 38. Head; 39. Head in profile; 40. Mandibles. terminate just below the apex of the wing. In the hindwing the subcosta is wanting and the media branches well beyond the cross suture. The wing-stumps of the forewing are very mucii larger than those of the hindwing, which they nearly cover, the surface bears a few minute setae and the cross suture is con- vex. Legs (Fig. 37) short and moderately stout, tibiae slightly widened at apex and moderately setaceous; 1st tarsal as long as 2nd and 3rd together. Tibial spines 3 : 3 : 3, serrate. Abdomen elongate, slightly widened beyond the middle, bluntly rounded at apex, segments with scanty fine setae. Cerci short and very stout at base. Measurements : Length with wings 9.50; without wings 4.50. Head, base to apex of labrum, long 1.128; at and including eyes, wide 0.987. Antennae 2.162. Pronotum, long 0.517; wide 0.940. Wings, long 7.50; wide 2.25. Tibia iii. 0.940. Abdomen, wide 1.410. Soldier. (Figs. 38-40.) Colour: Mandibles, clypeus and anterior half of head black, posterior half hazel. 448 XKW ASV RARE AUSTRALIAN TtElilTES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOUXJY, Head (Figs. 38 and 39) very short, wide and deep, sides widening slightly to a promineuee above the insertion of the antennae, abruptly truncate anteriorly, the upper margin sinuate and overhanging tlie deeply excavated front, anterior of dorsal surface of head rugose, the whole surface linely shagi'eened, a large, black tubercle on either side projecting fonvai-d from the front mesad of the antenna! fossa. Clypeus indistinct, moderately large, anterior margin mem- branous. Labrum about twice as long as wide, rounded on the sides to the bluntly pointed apex, where there are two long and several short setae. Antennae 13-jointed, short and stout, 1st joint about twice as long and a little wider than 2nd, widest at apex; 2nd curved, a little widened at apex, 3rd about half as long as 2nd and narrower; 4th half as long as 3rd and about as wide, smallest; 5th-lltli rounded, increasing in length and becoming more stalked progressively; 12th a little longer and narrower than 11th; 13th shorter and narrower than 12th, oval. Eyes small, obliciue, ovaJ, indistinct. Mandibles (Fig. 40) short and stout, with two teeth on each side, those on the light being further from the apex and more acute than those on the left. Prntiotum wider than long and overlapping the base of the head, bent down at the sides, anterior margin deeply concave in the middle, sinuate towards the sides, sides a little rounded and sloping to the sinuate posterior margin, clothed ■with a few setae, median suture distinct, a deep depression on either side behind the anterior margin. Meso- and metauotum about as wide as inonotum, pos- terior margin nearly straight. Legs short and stout ; femora thickened ; tibiae nearly cylindrical ; claws short and stout, empodium small. Tibial spines 3:3: 3, serrate. Abdomen long and narrow, wide at base, bluntly rounded at apex ; segments with a scanty fringe of setae. Cerei very short and stout at base. Measurements : Total leng-th 4.50-5.00. ITead, to apex of mandibles, long 1.(545; from base to ant<'rior inaigin of truncate front, long 1.128; wide 1.175; deep 0.940. Thorax and abdomen, long 3.290. Pronotum, long 0.893; wide 0.175. Til)ia iii. 0.800. Al)domen, wide 1.175. Biology: On 12th May, 19 L9, a colony of these termites was found in one of several pieces of imported soft wood (portion of a dismantled chicken coop) lying upon the ground. The wood was free from all traces of decay and was quite sound excepting for the damage done by the insects. The forms found in the passages comprised about 1 dozen soldiers, 80 alate adults and as many nymphac. Twenty days later another piece of wood' from the same source and position was examined and found to contain numerous egg's, a mature king and (|ueen, about .30 soldiers and many nymphs, but no alate forms. The queen was in a gallery not differentiated from those occupied by the other forms and the eggs were scattered tlirougliout all jiarts of the infested wood. A few sol- diers and nyiniihac were talcen on subsequent d.ates but no more alate forms were found in the remaining pieces of wood, although several were captured between 7.30 and 8.30 p.m. at a lamp in the house close by, i.e., one each on 2nd and 3rd June, 2 each on 8th and 20th .Tune. No further observations were made in this vicinity, but at my present residence, about 3 mile distant, I took one winged form at a lamp on each of the following nights, i.e.. 20th Aug. 1919. 6/8/20, 18/9/20, 18/10/20. 12/3/21, 13/3/21, 27/3/21, 28/3/21, 29/3/21, 17/7/21, 27 7 '21. BY GERALD F. HILL. 449 On 2nil July. 1920, a young king and queen, with one egg, were found in a weevil hole (Euthyrrlunim meditnhntidus) in a dead mango branoh. The egg lay on the floor of the liole about one inch from the entrance, which wa.s tightly plugged with comminuted wood. On two subsequent occasions, two pairs (4th July) and one pair (12th Nov.) were found in similar positions in the same tree, but in these cases no egg was present, indicating that the termites had only recently entered the lioles from which the wee\'ils had emerged. From May to August the weather in Townsville is dry and generally chilly at night. From the facts recorded above it is evident that the alate images of this species do not leave the parent colony in a ''colonising" flight at any definite sea.son of the year but in small numbers flirnughout a prolonged period of the year. It is to be noted, also, that no alate fonns liave been captured during the months of high temperature and greatest rainfall, as is the case in many other species. It would appear, also, that new colonies are generally founded by alate pairs, as is, I think, the case with most Australian species. Loc. — N. Queensland : Townsville. Subfamily RHINOTERMITINAE Frogg. Genus P .\ r r h i x o t e r .ai e s Holmgr. P'arrhinotersies adstealictjs Mjob. Arkiv for Zoologi, Vol. 12, No. 15, 1920. This species was described by Mjoberg under the name Parrhinotermes queetislandicus and is referred to again on p. 126 imder that name, but on pages 109 and 124 it is referred to as above, which would appear to be correct, since co-type specimens kindly presented to me by Professor Sjostedt are so labelled. I have taken this species in the type locality (Malanda, N.Q., May, 1921) in a rotten log and in the vegetable debris beneath it. The colony comprised workers, soldiers, larvae and n^^npllae showing first appearance of wing buds, presumably from a nest situated in the soil in the vicinity. In tlieir habits they appear to resemble very closely an undescribed species of Rhinotennes, which was taken in the same log and in others in the vicinity. Genus R n i x o t e b m e s Hagen. Rhinoterhes (Schedorhinotermes) breinli, n. sp. (Fig's. 41-50.) / mag o. (Figs. 41-44.) Colour: Ochraceous tawny above, yeUow ochre l)elow, wings hyaline, with costal margin yellow ochre. Head (Fig. 41) small, rounded behind and on the sides, flattened dorso- ventrally, middle of dorsal surface depressed and faintly rugose about the fon- tanclle, scantily pilose. Labrum slightly convex, narrow at the base, widening on the sides to the width of the clypeus, with few reddish setae. Anteclypeus mem- branous, two-thirds as long as postelypeus, lobed in the middle. Postelypeus convex, divided medially by a ferrugineous suture, a little wider than long, slightly arcuate behind, truncate in front, with a few reddisli setae. Eyes very large and prominent, nearly circular (.399 x .446). Ocelli large, broadly oval, separated from the eyes by a distance equal to one-third their long diameter. Fontanelle large, circular. Mandibles (Fig. 43) with four pointed teeth on left, two on the right, the latter separated by a small ang-ular tooth. Antennae (Fig. 450 NEW AND RARE AUSTKALIAX TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON' THEIR BIOLOGY, 42) 20-jointed, 1st joint short quadrate, nearly as wide as long, 2ii(l (|uailia!e. half as long as first, as wide as long, 3rd a little longer and wider than 2nd, turbinate, 4th and 5th subequal, shorter and narrower than 3rd, sliglitly tur- binate, 6th and 7th subequal, similar to, but larger than 4th and 5th, 7th-20th moniliform. Pronotum narrower than head, triuicate and sliglitly bent up in front, sides rounded, posterior margin bilobed, outer margin fringed with moderately long reddish setae. Rhinoteyvies. (Sc/iedor/iino/eiiiics) hciiili, u.sp. Fi„-s. 414-1. Imago. 41. Head; 42 Antennae, proximal segments: 43. Mandibles; 44. Base of hindwing. Fig. 45-50. Soldier. 45. Head of large form; 46. Pronotum of large form; 47. Hind leg of large form; 48. Antennae of large form, proximal segments; 49. Head of small fonn ; 50. Antennae of small form, proximal segments. Wimg!^: Wing-stumps (Fig. 44 1 large, moderately setaceous, anterior pair (1.03 long) twiee as long .is posterior pair. The first .and second veins of fore- and hindwings well separated to their .iunetions near apex of wing, the remain- BY GERALD F. HILL. 451 ing veins very indistinct and irregularly branched; 2nd vein with a few setae along its entire length, remaining veins and membrane without setae or sculp- ture. Legs moderately short and slender, femora a little thickened, with scattered reddish setae. Tibial spines 3: 3: 2, long and slender. Abdomen short, broad, rounded at the apex, apical half of tergites and sternites with very scanty setae, pleurites densely setaceous. Cerei short and stout. Styli present in male only. Measurements : Length with wings 11.0-11.5; witliout wings 7.0. Head, from base to base of clypeus, long 1.03; at and including eyes, wide 1.41; deep 0.80. Antennae (20-jointed) 2.50. Pronotum, long 0.75; wide 1.18. Wings: forewing-s, long 9.00, wide 2.85; hindwings. long 8.75, wide 3.00. Tibia iii. 1.05. Abdomen, wide 1.64. Soldier (Large form). (Figs. 45-48.) Colour: Yellow ochre above, antennae, legs and under surface slightly paler, clypeus hazel, mandibles ferrugineous. Head (Fig. 45) large, quadrate, broadly rounded behind, sides widening a little to the posterior margin of the antennal fossae, then drawing in to the base of the mandibles, with scanty, stout, reddish setae. Labrum large, about twice as long as clypeus, covering apical teeth of mandibles, slightly swollen on the sides, deeply emarginate in front. Clypeus large, divided medially by a deep furrow which passes forward from the fontanelle to the apex of the labrum. Fontanelle large. Mandibles very stout with two apical teeth on the left, one on the right. Antennae (Fig. 48) 17- or 18-jointed, 3rd joint shortest but very little shorter than 4th and 5th, 5th to 17th moniliform, 18th small, broadly oval. Pronotum (Fig. 46) wider than head, flat, with margin bent up, convex in front, sides sloping to the concave posterior margin, clothed with scanty short, stout, red setae. Meso- and metanotum wider than pronotum and similarly clothed. Legs (Fig. 47) rather slender. Tibial spines 3: 2: 2. Abdomen broad and flattened, widest in the middle, broad at base, bluntly rounded at the apex, segments with scanty setae. Cerci large, broad at base, conical at apex. Styli present. Measurements : Total length 5.5. Thorax and abdomen, long 3.10. Head, base to apex of labrum. long 2.20; wide 1.55; deep 0.89. Antennae (17- or 18-jointed) 1.92. Mandibles, long 1.03. Pronotum, long 0.66; wide 1.18. Tibia iii. 1.27. Abdomen, wide 1.31. Soldier (Small form). (Figs. 49 and 50.) Colour: Yellow ochre, clypeus oehraceous tawny, mandibles light ferrugine- ous. Head (Fig. 49) small, widest behind the antennal fossae, narrower poster- iorly, broadly rounded behind, clothed as in large form. Labrum long and 452 XEW AND RARE AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOLOGY, slender, scantily setaceous at apex. Clypeus broad, nearly truncate in front. Antennae (Fig. 50) 16-jointed, 4th joint shortest, 5th-13th moniliform, 14th and 15th turbinate, 16th .small, broadly oval. Mandibles large with dentition as in large form. Pronotum of the same form as large form. Legs as above, but tibia more thickened. Abdomen: Styli present. Measurements : Total length 3.00. Thorax and abdomen, long 2.58. Head, base to apex of labrum, long 1.55; wide 0.820; deep 0.517. Antennae (16-jointed) 1.70. Mandibles, long 0.658. Tibia iii. 0.893. Abdomen, wide 0.893. W 0 r Ic e r. Colour: Cream, with ferrugineous spot at postero-lateral angle of clypeus. Head large, rounded behind and on the sides, flattened above, clothed with scattered setae. Labrum large, convex, swollen on the sides, rounded in front. Clypeus large, truncate in front, convex behind, divided medially by a distinct suture. Antennae 17- or 18-jointed, 3rd joint much longer than 2nd, 4tli shortest of all. Mandibles with dentition as in imago. Measurenuents : Total length 5.50. Head, base to apex of labrum, long 1.410. Antennae 1.880. Affinities: Two species, 7?. reticulatus Froggatt and 7?. intermedins Brauer, from Australia have been described previously. The imago of the new species may be distinguished from the former by its darker colour, narrower head, much larger and more projecting eyes, much larger ocelli, narmw pronotum and greater space between ocelli and eyes. Ft. hreinli, n.sp. R. reticulatus Frogg.* Length with wings 11.0 11.0 Width of head 1.410 1.504 Width of ]ironotuni 1.175 1.265 Diameter of eyes 0.376 x 0.423 0.282 x 0.329 The soldiers of these (wo species are very similar, but those of h'. hreinli have darker heads and darker and stouter setae on liead, thorax and abdomen. From images collected by me in Northern Territory and identified by Mr. Froggatt as R. intermedins Brauer. and from others from Mt. Tambourine, Queensland, collected and similarly identified by Dr. Mjoberg, R. hreinli is dis- tinguislied, inter alia, by its smaller size and smaller eyes; these two, however, are not conspecific, Dr. Mjoberg's specimens being considciably larger and more robust, and having larger eyes than those from the Northern Territory. Un- fortunately, T have not had for comparison the soldier castes from the same nest series as the imagos in the case of Brauer's species (as identified liy Frog- gatt), but I have compared both fonns of soldiers of 7?. hreinli with specimens from Mackay, Q.. from Mr. Froggatt's collection, and find them to differ marked- ly in the colour and shape of the head. *Measurements and other particulars are from co-types from Kalgoorlie, W. Australia. BY GERALD F. HILL. -153 The nearest ally of 11. breinli appears to be a rather larger species from Mag-netic Island, Q. Of this species 1 have at present only a young king and queen, taken under a log (10th Feb,), and several series of soldiers and woi'kers from logs and trees in the vicinity, which may be conspecific, but the material is insutKcient to describe as a new species in such a difficult genus. For the same reason 1 have withheld descriptions of a very distinct species from Ma- landa, Atherton District, N.Q., and other apparently distinct species. 1 can find no differences between my new species and an imago from Kimberley, N.W.A., collected and identified by Dr. Mjoberg as R. reticulatus Froggatt. Biology : This is one of the common species of termite found in the Towns- ville district, where it causes very considerable damage to wooden houses and fences and probably ranks next to Mastotennes darwiniensis in economic im- portance. It is met with frequently in bush localities, under and within fallen logs, in tree trunks and under the generally fragile clayey covering with which it encases dead trees and fence posts. The trunks of Pandanus sp. are very often attacked and completely destroyed ; house-blocks are occasionally attacked and large numbers of soldiers and workers have been found in the earthen termitaria of Hamitermes perplexus Hill. On several occasions the wooden portion of the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine has been attacked, and on one occasion some damaged timber had to be replaced as a result of infestation by these insects. This building was constnicted on' a plan quite unsuited to the requirements of a termite-infested locality, the main uprights (Australian hardwood) passing through the concrete floor into the soil below, thus affording an easy means of access to the softwood plates and lining boards. Hardwood fencing is often badly damaged by these termites, but as the infested portions are neai-ly always encased in a protecting layer of earthy matter their presence is easily detected and remedial measures can be taken. Nothing is known concerning the origin of new colonies of this or any other Australian Rhinotermes, but it is surmised that they are founded late in summer by a pair of imagos from the parent colony, as is known to be the case in two undescribed species, young kings and queens of which have been found in pairs under logs, subsequent to fertilization of the females, but prior to oviposition. There is a good deal of evidence to support the belief that all the imagos (winged adults) do not leave the parent colony together in one "colonising" flight, as do many species, but that "swarming" takes place over a period of some months. Mature first form (time) kings and queens and neoteinic kings and queens are not known in Australian species of this genus, nor is there any record of the discovery of a nest. In a previous paper (Hill, 1915) I have recordevt having found a mound occupied solely by a species of Rhinotermes, but in the light of further knowledge I now consider this termitarium to have been the work of a species belonging to some other genus and that termitaria are never constructed by Rhinotermes. All the evidence to hand is in support of the contention that the nest is situated at some considerable depth bflow the surface of the gi'ound, possibly 4 or 5 feet, since none of the scores of colonies in logs, trees, and posts, investigated here and elsewhere, have contained eggs or royal forms, though young larvae and nymphae are frequently present with the sol- diers and workers. Of the two forms of soldiers the smaller appear to outnumber the larger in about the proportion of 4 to 1, the total of the two being about 2.5% of the workei-s. Both forms contain individuals of male and female sex. the smaller form being the most active and aggressive. 454 NEW AND RARK AUSTRALIAN TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR BIOLOGY, A £ew alate male and female images were captuieil at a lamp iu a Towns- ville residence on each of the following nights :— 3/3/19, 8/12/19, 7/1/20, 15/2/20, 5/3/20, 24/1/21, 26/1/21, 8/2/21, 28/2/21, 2/3/21, 8/3/21, 10/3/21, 7/4/21. On 24th January and 8th March many alate male and females were taken under the clayey casing enveloping fence posts in Townsville and on 21st February still greater numbers were found under somewhat similar circumstances at Rollingstone. In each case the wood had been seriously damaged. The winged foi-ms, like the soldiers and workers, are very active and when disturbed retreat ra])idly to cracks and crevices, preferring to hide rather than to take wing. N*med in honour of Dr. Anton Breinl, formerly Direetor of the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine. Loc— N. Queensland: Rollingstone, Townsville (G. F. Hill I; ? N.W. Aus- tralia: Kimberley (Dr. E. Mjoberg). Subfamily TERMITINAE. Genus E u T E R M E s Fr. Mull. Not known. EUTEHMES WESTRALIENSIS, U. sp. Imago. (Figs. 51-56.) Soldier. (Figs. 51-53.) Colour: Head very dark, almost black; rostrum rather darker than posterior portion; antennae, thorax, femora, and tergites of abdomen mumm}' brown; under surface, tibiae, tarsi, and palpi dresden brown. Il 4 " 3 0 Eutermcs 7vestraliensis, n.sp. Figs. 51-.i3. Soldier. 51. Head in profile; 52. Head from above; 53. Antennae, proximal segments. Figs. 54-56. Worker. 54. Head; 55. Mandibles; 56. .-Xntennae, proximal segments. Head (Figs. 51 and 52) very long and slender, rounded behind, sloping on the sides to the long, stout rostrum; rostrum as long as remainder of head, slightly convex above in the profile; front of head depressed; a few short setae I BV GERALD F. HILL. 455 on rostrum, rt-iiuiinder of head almost bare. Antennae (Fig. 53) very long (3.10) and slender. 15-jointed (rarely 14-jointed), 1st joint more than twice as°long as 2nd, 2nd shortest, 3rd and 4th generally subequal, or 3rd sometimes markedly longer than 4th, 5th a little longer than 4th, slightly turbinate like succeeding joints, 6th longer than 5th, 7th and 8th longer, subequal, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th longest of all, twice as long as 2nd, 13th and 14th shorter, subecjual, equal to 6th, 15th shorter than 14th, as long as 4th, 16th shorter than 15th, bluntly rounded at apex. Thorax with shining, minutely-wrinkled surface, clothed vei-y sparsely with very small setae invisible under hand lens. Pronotum: Saddle-shaped anterior margin with a few minute setae, othei-wise bare ; antei-ior margin bent up sharply, bilobed in front, very dark in colour, antero-lateral angles rounded, sides sloping to the nearly round posterior margin; posterior half broadly margined with mummy brown, median suture and small spot in middle pale. Mesonotum reniform, a little narrower than pronotum. half as long as wide. Metanotum much wider but shorter than mesonotum. nearly tliree times as wide as long. Legs very long and slender, almost cylindrical, as dark as thorax when viewed from above, sparsely clothed with short fine setae. Abdomen very little contracted at base and not markedly wide in middle, rounded at apex; apices of tergites with a few short fine setae, remainder clothed with minute setae. Cerei very long and slender. Measurements : Total length 4.50. Head, long 1.88; wide 0.987. Pronotum, long 0.330; wide 0.564. Tibia i. 1.410; ii. 1.457; iii. 2.021. Abdomen, wide 1.175. Worker. (Fig-s. 54-56.) Colour: Head sepia, with clear median suture extending from the posterior margin to the fontanelle, where it divides in the shape of the letter "U," each arm extending laterally across the head to a clear area lying midway between tlie posterior margin of the antennal fossae and the fontanelle; clypeus buffy brown; labruni yellow, thorax and abdomen slightly paler than in soldier; legs whitish. Head (Fig. 54) moderately large, almost hairless, rounded behind and on the sides, widest in front, flat on the summit. Clypeus twice as wide as long, strongly convex behind, truncate in front, with obscure median suture. Ante- clypeus hardly visible. Labrum narrow at base, swollen on tlie sides, truncate in front, not quite covering the apical teeth of mandibles. Mandibles (Fig. 55). Antennae (Fig. 56) long and slender, 17-jointed, 3rd joint shortest of all, 4th and 5th subequal, 6th much longer. Thorax very similar to that of soldier, a little paler in colour. Legs long and slender, with sparse clothing of fine setae. Abdomen sliort and narrow, with dark tergites, as in soldier. Cerei of moderate length. MeasHrements: Total leng-th 5.50. Head from base to posterior margin of clypeus, long 1.269; wide 1.504. Pronotum, long 0.517; wide 0.799. Tibia i. 1.316; ii. 1.410; iii. 2.068. Abdomen, wide 1.05. 45G NtW AXD jRARE AUSTRALIAN- TERMITES, WITH NOTES ON THEIR lUOLOGY. Affinities: Tliis species is easily distinguisbeti from all previously described Australian Eutermes by the shape of the head of the soldier. Additional characters which ser\'e to differentiate it from nearly all other species are: — its nearly black head, very long, slender, dark legs and antennae and the distinctly banded appearance of the abdomen. Some, or perhaps all, of these latter characters occur in a few Northern Australian species; but never in conjunction with a remarkably long rostrum and slender head. Biology: 1 am indebted to Mr. J. Clark for the following information: — The tennitaria are numerous on the open, sandy, coastal plains and on the Darling Range. They vary in shape, some being narrow and conical, others wide and Hat. The average size is about 10-12 inches high and 10-18 inches wide at the base, but occasionally they are twice this size. In many cases they appear to be built upon roots or stumps. The outer walls are about one and one-half inches thick and protect an interior composed of very large cells or chambers, all of which are filled with short lengths of grass. There appears to be neither "nursery" nor queen cell in the super-structure and as the mature reproductive forms have not yet been disco\ered in any of the nests examined it is ]irobal)le that the termitariiim serves the i>urpose of a storehouse only. When the nests are broken the workers appear to be more aggi'essive than the soldiers, and are often noticed running about liolding other species in their jaws. In the nests of many species of Eutermes there is no regular queen-cell, the ovigerous female ovipositing in any of the large cells towards the outer walls that are not already filled with "chaffed" grass. In others the tennitarium serves as a storehouse and nursery, the C|ueen and eggs being located below the surface of the ground, as would appear to be the case in the species descril)ed above. It is by no means a rare occurrence to find two or more species of ter- mites living in one terniitarium, but Mr. Clark's record of five species is very unusual. Ilamitermefi obeuiitis Silv. and Mirotcnnes kraepelini Silv. are often associated in the nests of other species, but in one nest of Eutermes irpstraliensis there were found, in addition to tlie two above species, Leticotermes, n. sp. and Eutermes 1 apiocephalus Silv. Lnc. — S.W. Australia: Gosnells. Kalanuuida. Wongong (J. Clnrk). Eefereiices in addiliini In those l(ilt'rvies) / obscuj-us WwWn. Winfifa. Pig. 25. ,, ,, ,, Portion of median vein and membrane. Pig. 26. Caloterines (Cyyptoleriiies) priDiui, n.sp. Winf^s. 457 NOTES ON, AND DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES. NO. 2. By Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum. (By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum). (Plates xxxvii.-xli. and three Text-figures.) The following paper is a collection of miscellaneous notes and descriptions similar to that of Part 1, published in These Proceedings, Vol. xl., pp. 260-277. Most of the fishes dealt with have been hitherto insufficiently described and imperfectly known, and are therefore here figured and redescribed in detail. The synonymy of several has been studied, and is presented in a new form, while others are recorded from Australian waters for the first time. One is regarded as a new species. Family CARCHARHINIDAE. Carcharhinds macrurus Ramsay & Ogilby. (Plate xxxvii., figs. 1-4). Whaler. ? Carcharias hrachyurus, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii., 1870, p. 369 — Australian specimen only (vide Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), iii., 1889, p. 1768). Carcharias brachyurus, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1880, p. 96; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 352 (not description) ; Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, vi., 1886, p. 1; Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, ii., 1904, p. 7. (Not C. hrachyurus Giinther). Carcharias macrurus, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), ii., 1887, pp. 163, 1024; and iii., 1889, p. 1768. Carcharinus hrachyurus, Waite, Rec. S. Austr. Mus., ii., 1, 1921, p. 12, fig. 8. (Not C. hrachyurus Giinther). Body rather slender, its depth before the doreal fin 5.6 in the length to the base of the tail ; tlie length from the snout to the front margin of the vent is 1.8 in the total. Head, to the level of the first gill-opening, 2.6 in the trunk, and 5.1 in the total length. Prooral length 0.1 greater than the width of the mouth. Snout rather long, obtusely pointed in the horizontal plane. Nostrils nearer to the mouth than to the end of the snout, and separated by a space which is equal to the distance of their inner angles from the end of the snout. 458 NOTES ON. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES, Mouth one-tliird longer thaii wide, its greatest width 1.1 in the preoral length; a very short groove extends forward on each side near the posterior angle. Eye 1.4 in the width of the third gill-opening, its anterior margin a little farther forward than the front of the mouth. The distance between the front margin of the eye and the end of the snout, measured obliquely, is equal to that from the eye to the first gill-opening. The two posterior gill-openings are above the base of the pectoral, and the last is about three-fourths a^ wide as the third. Upper teeth triangular, verj' oblique laterally, and serrated on both edges; their outer edges are more or less notched, the angle being much greater in those on the sides than near the symphysis. Lower teeth iiaiTow, erect, and more or less obscurely serrated. Scales around the shoulder region armed with three points on their hinder margins, from which three ridges extend forward; they are attached by short three-pronged roots. The dorsal fin is midway between the end of the snout and the ba.-s au.stisalis Macleay. (Plate xxxvii., tig's. 5-7). Scfujvl aliark. Galeua roo/s (riintlicr (part), Brit. Mas. Cat. Fi.rnasal valve minutely lobulate but not fringed; the postero-external angles form lobes which lie in gi-ooves outside the lips. Teeth uniformly tesscl- late in the female. A fimliriated velum behind the upper teeth, and a row of about sixteen pajjillae behind the lower teeth some of which are paired. Tail depressed, with a well developed fold on each side extending' backward to the origin of the spine; its width at the base is slightly less than that of the mouth. The spine is inserted at the middle of its length, and in front of its base is a well developed dorsal fin. Caudal fin large and rather narrow; it originates below the hinder third of the spine on the upper surface, and extends forward as a ridge to beneath the anterior third below. Colour. — Light pinkish tan above, the posterior portions of tiic pectorals and ventrals ligliter. Whitish spots and short lines are distributed over the back and greater ]iortion of the disc, but the snout and a broad pectoral margin are unmarked; the spots are very small and close together on the outer portion of their area but become larger interiorly and change info short vermiculating lines on the branchial regions and back. Ventral fins with small white spots. Tail with one median and two supero-lateral light stripes; the lateral folds whil<>. Vertebral region of the caudal fin wliite marbled. Described and figured from a female examiile (iOO mm. wide. The snout, end of the caudal fin, and portion of the ventrals being damaged in this specimen, these details have been completed from the types. Identity. — The cotypes of this species have been skinned and are in a very imperfect state of preservation. But a comparison of them with the specimen described and figured leaves no doubt that the hitter is correctly identified. Lncalitii.—'Ea9,i of Botany Bay. New South Wales, 60 fathoms; May. 1920. Family NARCOBATIDAE. (xcnus H Y p N A R r K Waite. Ilypnos, Dunuril. Rev. Mag. Zool.. (2), iv.. 1852, p. 279— Orthofypc //. stih- nigriim Duiu. (Not Ily/iiia Hubner. 1816) ; Oiiiithcr. Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii., 1870. p. 45.3; Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 374; Ogilby. Mem. Qld. Mus.. v.", 1916. pp. 83, 92. llypnarce, Waite, Rec. Auslr. Mus.. iv.. 5. 1902. ji. 180 — substitute name; Gar- man, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.. xxxvi., li)13, |i. 30.'!; .Tordaii , Oen. Fisli., ii., 1919, p. 250. BY ALLAN B. MCCULLOCli. 467 Htpkabci-; subxigra Dumeril. (PI. sxsviii., figs. 3-4). Nicmbfish. Ilypnos siih>iiriruni, Dumoril, Kov. Mag. ZooL. iv., 1852, p. 279, PI. xii., and Hist. Nat. Poiss., i., 2, 1865, p. 520; Guiithcr, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii., 1870, p. 453; Madeav. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 374, and vii., 1882, p. 12; Woods, Fish & Fisher. N.S. Wales, 1882, p. 100; Haswell, Proe. Liiui. See. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, p. 104, PI. xi., figs. (3-9 (skeleton) ; Ogilbv, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 188(5, p. 5; Fritsch, Elektrisch. Fische., ii-, 1890,"p. — , and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1895. pt, xxi., p. 423; Howes, Proc. Zuol. Soc, 1890, p. 669, PI. Ivii. (visceral anatomy) ; Waite. Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1, 1899, p. 42, and Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, ii., 1904, p. 10; Zietz, Tr. Roy. Soo. S. Austr., xxxii., 1908, p. 292; Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus., v., 1910, p. 83, and vi., 1918, p. 104. Hypnarce subniyra, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1902. ji. 180; Garraan, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxvi., 1913. p. 304. Skin perfectly smooth, flesh soft and flabby. The width of the pectoral disc is subequal to its length. Anterior margin of the snout thick and almost straight, a slight notch at its junction with the pectoral on each side; pectoral margins evenly curved and tliin. Ventrals much longer than broad, united lielow the tail, and together forming a disc which is broader than long; claspers reaching a little beyond their margins. The distance between tlie eyes and the anterior margin is equal to about twice the widtli of the interocular space. Spiracles directly behind and slightly larger than the eyes, their margins sur- rounded by coarse papillae. Moutli forming three parts of a circle, its front margin a. trifle in advance of that of the eyes; its width is less than the preoral length. Nostrils with thick raised margins which form narrow lobes posteriorly; nasoral valve S(|uare cut, its posterior margin sinuous. Posterior gill-opening behind tlie middle of the pectoral disc Each jaw with a broad band of small flattened and acutely tricuspid teeth, the median cusp of which is much longer than the others. Dorsals leaf-like, the first commencing well before the centre of the ventral disc, and not mu(;h smaller than the second which is immediately behind it. Caudal as broad as long, rounded, and just overhanging the margin of the ventral disc. Tan-brown above, white below. Described and figured from a beautifully jireserved specimen, 353 mm. long, from off Cape Hawke. Variation. — Eight specimens 120-440 mm. long, exhibit but little variation. The relative size of the doi'sal fins is a little variable, the first l>eing sometimes markedly smaller than the second, and the eyes are sometimes a little nearer the end of the snout than in the specimen described. The general proportions of all appear to be very similar. Most are light brown in colour on the upper surface, but the smallest specimen has small light spots closely distributed over the back, while two others are darker, one being almost chocolate l)rown above. Hahits. — In Septembei'. 1919, T saw a living female of this species in shallow water at Port Stephens. New South Wales, which was aliout twenty inches long, and of ,a clear tan colour above and white below. When disturbed it buried itself with great rapidity beneath tlie sand, and though only covered by a few inches of water, completely hid itself from view. In throwing it out onto the beach with a wet board, T received a shar]i shock which resembled a blow on the bicejis. After stranding it, I and others received about fifty suc- cessive shocks in a space of about ten minutes before we killed it by severing its spine. The shocks were intense at first though not painful, and could be felt through one's whole body, but they gradually became weaker: the last dis- 1G8 < NOTES OK, AND UKSCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN- FISHES, charge was a feeble one, and was ])ro(luced after the fish had been eviscerated and was apparently dead. Each discharge appeared to be associated with a convulsive contraction of the disc, the edges of the pectorals being turned over towards the middle of the back, and distinct shocks were felt from all parts of the body, including even the ventral fins. By placing a foot upon the disc when the charges were somewhat reduced in power, we felt the shock simul- taneously in the same muscles in both legs. A remarkable feature of the elec- tric discharge was that it could be conveyed from the water up a wet stick, or while the fish w;us lying upon the wet sand ; the specimen was finally killeii witli a knife tied to a dried stick, which conveyed no shocks. The stomach of this specimen contained nothing but a bright coloured fluid. The small mouth suggests that the species feeds upon smaller animals, but a lobster-fisherman recently assured me that ho had taken a large specimen from one of his pots which had curled itself through the opening, and which contained a large Flathead (Platycephalus) several inches of which protruded from its mouth. Loch. — Four specimens are preserved in the '"Endeavour" collection from the following localities: — Six miles East of Cape Hawke, New South Wales. 47-60 fathoms, 21st -June, 1910; Great Australian Bight, edge of bank. 80-120 fathoms, April, 1913. These have been compared with four others from Port .lackson and the Clarence River Estuai-y, New South Wales, and Rottnest Island, Western Aus- tralia. Family SERRANIDAE. Epikephf,lus cakruleopunctatus Bloch. Holocentrtis caeruleopunctatus, I'loch, Ausl. Fi.sche., iv.. 1790, p. 04, PI. ccxlii., fif,'. 2. Serramts hoeve-nii, Bleeker, Verb. Bat. Gen., sxii., 1840, p. 3(1. Epinephelus Jiocvcnii, Bleeker, Atla.s Ichth.. vii., 1875, p. t)3. Pis. cclxxxii., cclxxxvi., and ccxc. Epinepheliis caeruleopunctatv.'i, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. ("at. Fish., i., 1895, p. 246 (sjTionymy). Colour variation. — Two specimens 56 and 215 mm. long, from off Cape Bedford, Queensland, represent the colour varieties figured by Bleeker as E. ho,everiii on plates 286 and 282 respectively. A third from Palm Islands, 120 mm. long, is nearer the variety figured on plate 200, its whole head, t>ody and fins l)eing closely covered with small white spots; it is similar to a specimen of about the same size from Batavia which was identified l)y Bleeker as E. h-oevenii. Another sjiecimen 120 mm. long, fi'om olT Cai)e Bedford, is somewhat intermediate between the two varieties, having many smaller spots intermingled with the larger ones. Localities. — This species lias not hitherto been recognised from Australian watci-a. Specimens are in the Australian Museum from North-western Australia; Two Islands, off Cape Bedford, Queensland, coll. Iledley and Brigg-s, Aug., 1916; Palm Islands, Queensland, coll. E. H. Rainford, 1921; New Hebrides; New Caledonia; Bougainville Island; Bata\'ia. Family APOGONIDAE. .ViYWTON' TuuiAruLATUs Cuvier & Valenciennes. Apogoi! trimac/datu.'^. Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.. ii., 1828, p. 156, PI. xxii; Castelnau, Res. Fi.sh. Austr. (Vict. Offir. Rfc. Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 9. I BY ALLAN R. MeClLL(X'H. 4G9 Amid 1rii)iuciilala, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., vii., 1875, p. 80. ? Amia rliodopterus, Bleeker, Ibid., 187U, p. 81, PI. cecxii., fig. 1. ? Amia koilomalodo>i, Bleeker, Ibid., 1876, |i. 81, PI. eccvii., fig. 1; Jordan & SeaJe, Bull. U.S. Fish. Bur., sxv., liWii. p. 240, fig. 34. Four specimens in the Australian Mu.seum indicate that .1. rhodopteru^ and A. koilonuiiodou are merely colour variations of A. trimactdatus. Three of them agi'ee with Jordan and Scale's figure quoted above in the disposition of their colour marking's, and particularly in having a small dark spot on each side of the tail ; this feature was considered by Bleeker to be characteristic of A. rhodnpteruti. The fourth specimen is quite similar to the others, but has an additional dark spot across the upper part of the caudal peduncle, disposed as in C'uvier (!c Valenciennes' figure of ,1. trima-culalwi. Localiti,es. — This species has been recognised from Cape York by Castelnau. A fine specimen, 147 imn. long, is in the Australian Museum from Palm Islands, Queensland, which was collected by Mr. E. H. Rainford. Also two others from the New Hebrides, and one from Singapore. Apogon .savaykn.sis Giinther. Amia sarai/ew.s/x (Griinther), Jordan & Scale, Bull. U.S. Fish. Bur., xxv., 1906, p. 239, fig. 33 (synonymy). Localitiett. — This species has not hitherto been recorded from Australian waters. Specimens are in the collection from the following localities: — Murray Island, Torres Strait, coll. Hedley & McCulloch, October, 1907; Palm Islands, and Holborn Island, off Port Denison, Queensland, coll. E. H. Rainford, 1921. Cheilodipterus macrodon Lae^'pede. Cheilodipteru-s Uneatus, Lacepede, H. N. Poiss., iii., 1802, p. 539, PI. xxxiv., fig. 1 (Not P.erca lineata Forskal). Centropomus macrodon, Lacepede, Ibid., iv., 1802, p. 252, 273. Paramia macrodon, Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., vii., 1876, p. 105, PL cccv., fig. 2 (synonymy). A fine specimen, 170 mm. long to the end of the middle caudal rays, which was collected at Palm Islands, Queensland, by Mr. E. H. Rainford, enables me to add this species to the Australian list. Family NEMIPTERIDAE. ScOLOPsis TEMPOiiALLS Cuvicr & Valcncicnnes. (Plate xl., fig. 3). IScolopsides temporalis, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v.. 1830, p. 341; Lesson, Voy. Coquille, 1826-30, Poiss. PI. xxvi. Seolopsis temporalis, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i., 1859, p. 360; Bleeker, Atlas Iclith., viii., 1876, p. 12; Macleav, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii., 1882. p. 239. D.x/9-10; A.iii/7-8: P.19; V.i/5; C.17 L. Lat. 46-1-2; 5i scales between the lateral line and the origin of the dorsal tin, and 18 more to the origin of the anal. Depth at the ventrals 2.7 in the length to the hypural .joint; head 3.1 in the same. Eye 3.2 in the head and 1.1 in the snout, which is 2.8 in the head; interorbital width 1.2 in the eye. Fourth dorsal spine 2.7, seventh dorsal ray 571, and pectoral fin 1.2 in the head. Third anal spine 3.2 and first anal ray 2.6 in the head. Body moderately elevated anteriorly, the profile from the back to the snout slightly convex. Snout rather sharp, the jaws subequal. Scales extend forward on the upper part of the head almost to the level of the posterior nostril; six 470 M>TKS ON, AND UEfiC'ltlPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN FISHES, rows ou tlie cheek, excluding those on the lower liuil) ol' the preopcrculum. Maxilla not quite reaching the vertical of the anterior margin of the eye. Freorhital more than half as w;ile as the eye, and armed with a strong spine, below which are several denticulations. Hinder margin of the preoperculum serrated, its angle projecting a little backward and coarsely denticulated. Oper- culum armed with a single spine. A band of line teeth in front of each jaw, which changes to a single row on each side; vomer and palatines toothless. Lateral line arched anteriorly, then running parallel with the curve of the back until below the end of the dorsal fin, where it descends to the middle of the cau/ba anstralis has been introduced into New Zealand where it does consideralile damage to apple trees in the orchard districts of Auckland (North Island) and of Nelson (South Island). The insect is characterised as follows : — Vertex and prnnotum briglit sulphur yellow; eyes usually blackish. S'cutel- lum bright yellow, often with deeper yellow patch on each side of base. Tef/mina of the same bright yellow tint, the membrane iridescent and hyaline. Wings hyaline. Underside uniform yellow. Froiis yellow. Vertex approximately twice as broad as medianly long; fore border rounded. Pronotum trapeziform. 474 THE AUSTRALIAN APPLE LEAFHOPPER, rounded anteriorly and slightly excavated .posteriori}'. Scutellum slightly nar- rower at base than base of head including eyes. Ovipositor shining mahogany brown. Length (with folded tegmina) 4 mm. In New Zealand it is found in the Nelson and Auckland fruit districts (November to March), where it inflicts considerable damage on the foliage of apple and hawthorn. The signs of its attack are rusty spots and patches on both sides of young and old leaves, particularly the latter. Mr. F. Muir, of Honolulu, has very kindly furnished me with drawings of the aedeag-us of allied Australian Eupterygines and of the European and N. a. (All figures drawu by V. Muir, K.E.S., Honolulu). Toxt-fij,'. 1. Typhlocyba austnilis (Froggatt), paratype, Binalong, N.S.W. a, lateral view of aedeagus of male, b, apex of ditto. Text-fig. 2. Typhlocyba rosae (Linn.), U.S.A. a, lateral view of aedeagus of mal(\ h, ajjcx of ditto. Text-fig. 3. lirvtlironcuya Iwniloa Kirk.. Humlaberij. Q. <;, front view of aedeagus of male, b, lateral view of ditto. Text-fig. t. liiythroiieura sidiiica Kiik., Sydney, N.S.W. a, front view of aedeagus of male, b, lateral view of ditto. American Typhlocyba (Empoa) rosae Linn. As will be readily seen these in- dicate clearly the points of distincti(m between the species under discussion and those described by Kirkaldy. Mr. Muir, hj whom specimens were submitted l)y Dr. K. .T. Tiliyard, who hiLS kindly placed all notes in my hands, is unable to identity 'I\ mt-stralis with any American or European sjjccies; but he nevertlieless considers it possibly an importation into Australia. Until records however are forthcoming of its oc- currence in other countries we are justified in considering it distinct. Good figures of the imago, nymph, tegmen, wing and injury to apple foliage are given by Froggatt in his original paper. I 475 THE OCCURRENCE OF OIL DUCTS IN CERTAIN EUCALYPTS AND ANGOPHOKAS. By M. B. Welch, B.Sc, A.I.C, Economic Botanist, Techuologieal Museum. (Plates xlii.-xlvi., and seven Text-flgures.) Tlie presence, in the leaves, of oil glands or secretory cavities in varying number and mode of distribution, is a characteristic feature of the great majority of Eucalypts and Angophoras, though in several species, particularly in the latter genus, tliese glands are practically absent. In section these glands appear as ovate, elliptical, or circular cavities which, though varying in size and shape within small limits, are never elongated sufficiently to approach in any way what are known as "ducts," '"canals" or "passages." Secretory passages differ from the typical secretory cavities only in their elongation; in origin they are schizogenous, lysigenous or schizolysigenous. They are found in a number of Natural Orders, jjarticularly in the Coniferales, and may occur in the pith, xylem, phloem or cortex. In some genera they are confined to the roots, in others they traverse tlie whole plant, or are limited to portions of the stem and leaves. Whatever their mode of distribution may be, they possess, without doul)t. a marked taxonomic importance and value. The oil-containing secretory ducts which are described here as being present in certain species of the Eucalypts and Angophoras have apparently not yet been recorded. In fact, Solereder (1908) makes no mention of oil canals oc- euiTing in any of the Myrta-ceae. Macalpine and Remfrey (1891) record, how- ever, the presence of "Central canals," in the petioles of Eucalyptus calnphylla, E. ficifolia and E. maculata "with its variety cilriodoraJ' In that paper the presence of oil is discounted and the contents are classed along with those of the cortical cavities of tiie petiole as being probably of a kinoid nature. There is no doubt, however, that oil, apparently similar in character to that in the leaf oil-glands, occurs in these canals, and further that tannin substances have not, so far, been found in them. This investigation has shown that ducts occur in the stems and leaves of the following Eucalypts and Angophoras: — E. Aheryiana F. v. M. (PI. xliii., tig. 6), E. calophyila r'. Br. (PI. xliii., fig. 4), E. corymhosa Sm. (PI. xlii.; PL xliv., fig. 5: PI. xlvi., tigs. 1, 5-7), E. citriodora Hook. (Fl. xliii., fig. 3), E. dichromo- phlnia F. V. M. (PI. xlv., fig. 1), E. eximia Schau. (PI. xliv., fig. 4), E. ferruginea Schau. (PI. xliv., fig. 1), E. ficifolia F. v. M. (PI. xlvi., fig. 2), E. Eoehcheana F. v. M. (PI. xlv., fig. 6), E. haematoxylon J. H. M. (PL xlv., fig-s. 2, 3), E. intermedia R. T. B. (PL xlvi., fig. 4), E. latifolim F. v. M. (PL xlv., fig. 5), 476 OCtX'RRKNX'E OF OIL DU(JTS IN' CKRTAIX EUCALYPTS AND ANUOl'UOKAS. E. maculata Hook. (PL xliii.. fig. 1), E. peltala Bentli. (PI. xliv., fig. 3), E. pjirophora Bentli. (PI. xlv., fig. 4), E. terminmlis F. v. M. (PI. xliii., tig. 5), E. trachijphluia ¥■ v. M. (PI. xlvi., fig. 3), E. Watt:oniana V. v. M. (PI. xliv., fig. 2), Angophora lanceolata Cav. (PI. xliii., fig. 2; PI. xliv., tig. (j). E. corymhdxa, tlie common Bloodwood near Sydney, has been selected as being typical of the above species. In the stems these canals or ducts are usually orientated towards the four corners of the pith, which is more or less rectangular in section, and occur just within the intraxylary phloem, the vascular bundles of the Eucalypts being bicollateral. They are typically four in number, though it is quite common to find fewer, and this number is often exceeded. An example of this is seen in E. haemato.Tijlon (PI. xlv., fig. 3) where nine canals occur. In Aiujophora lanceolata the young stems are usually somewhat triangular (PI. xliv., fig. G). This is reflected in the pith and in this species the number of ducts in the stem is commonly three, directed, as in E. corymhosa, to the cornei-s. In a large number of Eucalypts now examined (over eighty species) I have found no indication of ducts occurring — when they do occur — in any [lart of the stem, other than the pith. In the leaves, the canals are found only in the mid-rib and never in con- junction with any of the lateral or intramarginal veins. In every species of ^J it) Text-fi". 2, Te.\t-fig. 1. — Tran^-erse sections of a leaf nine inches in length, showing the diagrammatic arrangement of the ducts and xylem. (a) T.S. petiole near stem; (b) T.S, petiole near lamina; (c) 1 inch from base of lamina; (d) 2 inches from base of lamina; (ei 3 inches from base of lamina; (f) 4 inches from base of lamina; (g) 5 inches from base of lamina; (h) 6 inches from base of lamina; (i) 7 inches from base of lamina; (j) 8 inches from base of lamina. Text-fig. 2. — Tw-o adjacent ducts in a young leaf of /;. corymbosa which, however, do not show branching. The smaller duct only extends for a very short distance and is independent of the larger one. The shaded cells possess denser contents and are apparently, at this stage, epithelial in character. Eiicahiptu.'y in which these ducts occur, the xylem of the principal leaf-vein forms two di.stinct, almost parallel, bands along the greater part of its length. This is shown somcwiiat diagramniatically in Text-fig. 1 (c.f.). BY il. B. WELCH. 477 In some cases one or both of these zones may be divided into smaller areas {see PI. xliii., %. 2), but as a rule the equal development of the sylem on both sides is a characteristic of these species. Text-flg. 1 g shows the upper zone of xylem divided intt> two, this section being taken at a point 5 inches from the junction of the petiok and laiuina. In this section the ducts are 0.04 nim. in diameter and disappear a very short distance further along the leaf. In the uppermost three inches of the leaf, represented in Text-fig. 1 by the 3 sections h, i, j, the ducts are absent, and the two smaller xylem areas also disapjiear in the last section. The only marked exception to this typical arrangement of the xylem is found in the mid-rib of Angophora lanceolata (Fl. xliv., fig. 6). The structure in this species is, however, typical of the vast majority of the Eucalypts examined, Ijut in wiiich ducts are wanting. There is a gradual diminution in diameter a.s the canal passes along the petiole and through the lamina of the leaf. Where the petiole joins the stem the ducts are comparatively large, varying up to 0.35 mm. in diameter in E. eximia. At the junction of tlie petiole and leaf blade they are somewhat smaller, and in tiie leaf are comnumly 0.10 mm. in diamet<'r, showing a gradual reduction in size until at a point about 2/3 of the distance I'rom l)ase to apex, they disappear. Although two is the niM'mal number of ducts in tlie leaf, it is quite common to find a third or fourth, seldom more. These arise independently alongside the others, in some cases in actual contact (Text-fig. 2). but evidence of branching is rarely found. These secondaiy ducts do not persist, as a rule, for any distance, and gi-adually taper off and disappear. In a few cases one of the ^^) Text-fig. 3. — Transverse sections of the junction of the stem and petiole of a mature leaf showing diagrammatic arrangement of the xylem and ducts. main ducts may disappear, but only for a short distance, reappearing in the same relative position a-s before. The fact that the two leaf ducts are nor- mally continu«us for some distance is shown by the quantity of the exudation from them when cut transversely. This is particularly noticeable in the lai-ge 478 OCCURRENCE OF OIL DUCTS IN CERTAIN EUCAIiYPTS AND ANGOPHORAS. leaves of Eucalyptiiti eximia, where medium-sized droplets appear on tlie cut surface. There is apparently a break in continuity of the duet*, howevev, where the petiole joins the stem. Text-fig. 3 a shows the an-angem(T.t of the xylem in the young stem (left) and petiole (right), and the distribution of the ducts in either case at the junction. In Text-fig. 3 b the va.scular bundles in stem and petiole have joined up and, although there is no alteration in the number and arrangement of the ducts in the stem, in the petiole the positions of the ducts are marked only by a small quantity of .thin-walled parenchymatous tissue with no cavity. In intermediate stages between (a) and (b) it is found that the cavity gradually becomes smaller, being encroached upon by thin- walled cells. Text-fig. 3 c shows that the "petiole" ducts have quite disappeared, although as before, the ducts in the stem show no alteration. 'In Text-fig. 3 d, the two ducts reappear in a corresponding position to that which they occupied in the petiole, and are persistent down the stem. The non-continuity of the ducts is also noticed in the very early stages of development of the leaves, and will be dealt with later. Seedlings of several of the species were obtained and an examination gave the following results : — E. citriodora, seedling 18 inches high. — There was no trace of ducts below a distance of six inches from the hypocotyl. About 12 inches from the hypocotyl the ducts were well developed, there being four in the stem and two in the I)etiole and leaves. In the latter, however, they were only persistent for a comparatively short distance — about 1.5 inches in a leaf 5-6 inches in length. E. eximia, seedling 24 indies liigh. — There was no clear evidence of ducts until about 15 inches from the hypocotyl. In some leaves ducts were not found in the lower portion of the petiole, but occurred nearer the leaf blade; in other? the ducts were normal in arrangement, two being the usual number. E. truchi/phloia, seedlings 4 inches high. — There was no trace of ducts in the lower part of the stem, but a single duct was found in the pith, near the top. A single duct was also observed in the petiole and lower portion of the Lamina in several of the leaves, which were linear-lanceolate and about 2 inches in ieng'th. Seedlings of E. coriimbnsa and E. mcicidntn were also examined and gave similar results. It is evident that these ducts do not occur in the roots or lower portions of the stem, a number of seedlings being examined in this respect, but witli negative results; in both cases the medulla is very sm.all. Sections of the axillary stem nodules in several of the seedlings showed no trace of ducts. In Plate xhn., fig. 6 is seen an almost median longitudinal section of a leaf- bud of E. corj/mbosa, with two outer larger leaves, and portions of younger leaves and stem. Two ducts in very early stages of development are present in the larger leaves and on the right are traces of stem ducts. A much en- larged \new of portion of one of tiie outer leaves is shown in PI. xlvi., fig. 7. The duct is here represented by a row of short ca\'ities, each separated by a distinct end wall. Just above, in the same figure, is a typical gland, showing its relative size and shape. It is apparent that at this .stage there is close re- lationship between an individual cavity of the duct and the oil gland. In older leaves and stems the end walls disappear completely, giving an elongated cavity which varies in length from less than 1 mm. to 100 mm. or more in the leaves, and evidently functions as a .s/ornoi? reaerrnir for the secreted oil. Two elon- gated cavities or ducts are shown in Plate xlvi., fig. 5, this being an approxi- mately median scctiim, parallel to the leaf surface of E. rnri/mhosa. On either side of the primary vein a ntunber of oil glands in the niesophyll are also seen, and it is evident that there is little in common in sliape between thoni and the BY M. B. WELCH. 479 duets. The duct is formed therefore by the linking up of a number of small cavities, each corresponding to a single oil gland, and formed by the division of a single meristematic cell in certain positions in the stems and leaves. Early stages in this development ai'e shown in Text-tig. 4. Subsequent division causes the formation of a group of cells, characterised by their denser contents, arranged in an almost spherical mass. Text-fig. 5. li. corymbosa showing Text-fig. 4. Text-fig. 4. — Transverse section of a stem apex of initial stages in the development of a duct. Text-fig. 5. — Later stages in the development of the duct than are shown in Text-fig. 4, but the formation of the central cavity is just commencing. Separation of these cells then occurs internally, early stages being shown in Text-fig. 5 a, b, finally leaving a distinct central cavity (Text-fig. 1). There still remains a distinct wall of cells separating each cavity, until, as already mentioned, these barriers break down forming an individual duct." The central cavity has in the meantime enlarged considerably in section, evidently due to natural growth of the surrounding tissues and partly due to disintegration of the inner cellular tissue. Taking into account the mode of their formation, it is evident that these ducts are first formed lysigenously, and later on schizo- genously, a mode of formation to which Tschireh applies the term schizoly- sigenous. In young leaves there is usually no trace of ducts until they are about 0.75 mm. in width, whereas oil glands appear in leaves with a diameter of less than 0.2 mm. They are never found in the apex of the stem or leaf, e.g. in PI. xlvi., fig. 6, the larger leaves are about 3 mm. in length and the ducts only ex'tend about 1/3 of the distance from the base. As already pointed out. this is also a characteristic feature in mature leaves. It is interesting to trace the course of these ducts in the leaf -bud ; Text- fig. 6 a shows a section through the numerous, almost opposite, leaves towards the apex of the bud of E. corymbosa, and, althtiugh ducts are well developed in the outer leaves, there is no trace of them yet in the inner ones; Text-fig. fi b is somewhat nearer the base of the bud, and shows a central stem with four very small duets in very early stages. On either side are the two axillary stems with no ducts, and outside these again are the petioles of the outer 480 OCC'UKBEXCE OF OIL DUCTS IN CERTAIN EUCALYPTS AND ANGOPHORAS. leaves, with two well-developed ducts in each; Text-fig. li c, still nearer the base, shows the linking- up on one side of one of the outer leaves witli the stem, and it will be noticed that the duets on this side have disappeared. In Text- fig. 6 d the left hand petiole has almost fused with the stem but, although yet Text-fig. 6. — Transverse sections of a leaf bud (a) and (b), and stem (e) and (f), with intermediate sections (c) and (d), showing the junction of the almost opposite leaves with the axis, and the arrangement of the central ducts which are not continuous at this point. distinct, tlie ducts in this ca,se are also wanting. It will l)e seen that although almost opposite, the leaves show a tendency to become alternate, a characteristic of the normal growth in this species. Text-lig. (i e sliows the complete linking tip of both outer leaves with the stem, and the reappearance on the right of two ducts in a position in the stem corresponding to that occupied whilst in the petiole. In Text-fig. 6 / the ducts have also reappeai'ed on the left hand side, and it is a striking feature that tliree of the original st*m ducts liaxe disappeared, and the fourth is iiiucli reduced in size. This reduction in iiuinbcr of the ihicts accounts tor the usual ajiiiearance of four in tlie stem, although as already pointed out this number is ol'ten exceeded. The presence of a delinite epithelium within the cavity is not always characteristic of these ducts. In many cases an epithcHal Hning doulitless exists (Text-fig. 1), and in a number of sections tlie cavity is almost blocked by rows of more or less concentrically arranged thin-walled cells. In other cases, particularly in older stems and leaves, there is no trace of any definite epithelial layer, which jn'obalily undergoes disintegrati«m. Conteilta of Si'crclDrii Piicln. In all those species of which fresh material could be obtnined the contents of the secretory ducts were examined iti situ. They were found to be yellowish in colour as a rule, though sometimes almost colourless, and usually granular in appearance under the microscope, owing to a number of small globules be- ing present. Treatment with increasing strength of alcohol had little or no effect until (10% was reached. Here contraction occurred, the contents usually going into final solution in 0.5-1 009^ alcohol. This sdlubility of the contents of the duct is in accm-d with the results nbtained for the oil in the mesophyll ghinds of E. corymhosa. BY M. P.. WELCH. 481 Some of tbe exudation from a cut stem was transferred to a slide and, as before, solution occurred in 95%-100%, usually in the former. In some cases a very small, clear, tilm-like residue was left, which was insoluble in chloroform or ether. .Sections of fresh leaves stained in a solution of alkannin in 50% alcohol showed the characteristic bright red colouration in tbe ducts, indicating the presence of oil. Cyanin in oO^p alcoliol also gave a positive reaction for oil in the central ducts. Glacial acetic acid, and also aqueous solution of chloral hydrate gave complete solution. The Unverdorben P^-anchimoiit reaction (Zim- merman), using copper acetate, showed the normal colouration for terpenes. Tests for tannin gave no indications in the central ducts or in the adjacent cells. There seems no doubt that oil occurs in these central ducts, and is similar, at any rate in behaviour under microehemieal tests, to that occurring' in the normal glands in the mesophyll of the leaves or in the cortex of stems and jjetioles. Some material of E. cort/mbosa was soaked in water for six months and at tlie end of this period the contents of the duets were still soluble in 95% alcohol, showing apparently no alteration in this respect. Nevertheless material fixed in '•chromacetic acid," yni-iif acid in 50% or 95% alcohol, "formalin Text-fig. ". — Ducts in section showing the insoluble residue, (a) and (b) in y stage of development, (c), (d) and (e) later stages in which a lining is nd in the cavity. early stage _. ,.- . _ found in the cavity alcohol" or even ordinai-y 95% alcohol, shows an insoluble residue, often in the form of a complete ring surrounding the duct when seen in section (Text-fig. 7 c-e), or in tlie cells. It is also noticeable in sections cut from dried leaves. This insoluble residue is sometimes found scattered irregularly in the duct, ap- parently retaining the outline of the cells in which it was at one time enclosed (Text-fig. 7 a, b). It is apparently an oxidation product derived from the 482 OCCURRENCE OF OIL DUCTS IX CERTAIN EUCALYPTS ANB ANGOPHORAS. contents of the duct or surrounding cells, and is also found in the oil glands in the leaf. When material is sectioned fresh and transferred direct to 95% alcohol, the ducts and oil glands are found to be free from this residue. There are certain resemblances or atiinities between the species of Eucalyptus possessing central ducts. Perliaps tlie most obvious of these are the "Blood- wood" fruits, more or less urceolate in shape, though the presence of urceolate fruits does not necessarily signify ducts, e.g., E. Pluiickoniana, a "Striugybark" from northern N.S.W., has a very similar fruit to that of E. calophyUa, the Red Gum of Wiestern Australia, but there is no e\'idence of ducts in the former species. Another exception is the Tasmanian E. urnigera, * with particularly urceolate fruits. Other exceptions are also found. The leaf venation is characteristic; in all species witii ducts, the lateral veins are very transverse, in some cases almost at right angles to the midrib, close and numerous, while the intramarginal vein is- very near to the edge. Angophora lanceolata is also in this class. The eonver.se however does not hold, e.g. E. saligim, E. robusta, and E. resinifera, possess lateral veins wliich are i]uite transverse, but no ducts occur. The barks of these species show great variation. The great majority fall into the "'fjloodwood" group, the bark being, in some cases, short tibred, friable, and broken, e.g. E. corymbosa. Others such as E. exirma and E. ter- minalis are more flaky. The greatest exceptions are however E. maculata, E. citriodora and Angophora lanceolata, all possessing typical smooth "Gum" barks. The majority of Eucuhipts have isobilateral leaves, in which the palisade mesophyll either extends right across or forms two distinct zones on either side with a narrow zone of spongy mesophyll between, altliough numerous ex- ceptions occur. Among these species with ducts E. Abergiaiia, E. calophyllu, E. corymbosa, E. dichromophloia, E. ficifolia, E. haematojyhni. E. intermedia, to- gether with Angopliora lanceolata, have a distinctly dorsiventral leaf with the palisade mesophyll developed towards the upper surface only, and stomata pre- sent on the lower surface. All the other species mentioned have isobilateral leaves with palisade tissue extending across the leaf and stomata present on either surface. Here again the dorsiventral type of leaf is not peculiar to tliose specimens with ducts, e.g. E. resinifera. E. robusta, and E. saligiia have dorsiventral leaves, but no ducts. All the species of Angopliora which have been examined, namely, A. cordi- folia, A. intermedia, A. subvchUina, A. Baleri and A. lanceolata. also possess the palisade tissue developed only towards the upper surface, but only one species has central ducts. In those species of Eucalyptus with ducts, of which the oils have been in- vestigated by Baker and Smith (1920), the majority fall in their Group 1, i.e. oils consisting largely of pincne without phellandrcne. E. caloplvylla, E. corym- bosa, JS. e.rimia. E. intermedia and E. trachypliloia are nieuibei-s of this group and possess oils with only a trace of cineol. E. maculata yields an oil without phellandrcne and with tlie cineol percentage increased to 20. In the oil of E. citriodora there is no cineol or phellandrene, the chief constituent being citro- nellal. These authors state that the oil of E. terminalis was not investigated as the number of glands in the leaf was so small. Smith (1914), in a paper on the essential oils of Hie Angophoras. points out the great similarity between the oil of .1. lanceolata and those ol)tained from the "Bloodwood" group of Eucalypts. Cuthl)ert Hall (1914), on flie evidence of cotyledons, places in the Blood- wood or Corymbosa group the following species: E. calophylla. E. perfoliata. E. e.rimia, E. corymbosa. E. trachypliloia. E. citriodora. E. maculata. and E. int,erm.edia. With one excepticm, E. perfoliata, in which ducts have not yet • E. tesselaris is also an exception. BY M. B. WELCH. 483 been observed, these species contain central ducts. Among the species which he predicted would fall in the same cla-ss are E. Abergiana, E. dichromophloia, E. ferruginea, E. Foelscheatia. E. peltata, E. pyrophora, E. terminalis and E. Watsoniana. Bentham (1866). on anthereal evidence, places in the Corymbosao the majority of the species then described, and now found to possess ducts. The only exception is E. traclnjpltloia, which, though placed in the Micrantherae, was apparently classified on imperfect evidence. As already mentioned, those species of Eucalyptus with ducts possess a mid-rib which, for the greater part of the length of the leaf, has the xylem in two more or less equal zones. Species such as E. setosa, E. rmniata, E. phoenicea, E. perfoliata, E. davigera and E. tesselaris, however, have a similar vascular bundle in the mid-rib, but so far, in the material examined, ducts have not been found. Except in tlie case of E. tesselarig, however, fresh material was not available. Geographically these species are distributed through Western Australia, and Northern Territory, extending into Northern South Australia, Queensland, and New South Wales, while one species extends into Victoria. With tliis exception, species with ducts do not occur in Victoria or TiLsmania. From an evolutionary standpoint, the presence of these ducts in certafn species of the Angophoras and Eucalypts adds another argument to the theory of their common ancestry put forward by Baker and Smith. In no other genera of the Tribe Leptospermeae, have similar central oil ducts been observed — at any rate in those species worked on — though, as shown, the occurrence of these eanals ih^ purely a specific character. The closely allied genus Tristania, however, has a well developed lactiferous system in at least one species. It therefore seems probable that the species of Eucalyptus with ducts are the oldest members of the genus, and that this character has been entirely lost in the later types, which evolved for the most part smaller fruits, isobilateval leaves and a more oblique leaf venation. Summary. Oil ducts, formed by the linking up of a chain of short secretory cavities, corresponding in size and formation to the oil glands in the leaf, occur in the stems and leaves, both normal and abnormal, of certain Eucalypts and Ango- phoras. So far, they have not been found in any other genera of the Leptos- permeae, and their occurrence is purely specific. There is no direct connection between these central duets and the leaf, petiole or stem oil glands, though both structures apparently possess an oil of a similar nature. They are not kinoid in character. These ducts are not con- tinuous in stem and leaves, but show a break at the petiole. They are variable in diameter and length, ranging from 0.3 mm. to less than 0.03 mm. in the former and from over 100 mm. to less than 1 mm. in the latter dimension. They apparently function as storage reservoirs. No evidence has been found so far to show that these ducts occur in the roots and they have not been observed in the lower portions of the stems of seedlings. The presence of these central canals in a very limited number of Eucalypts, all of the Corymbosae class, indicates their primitive character, and their oc- currence also in one species of Angophora, shows apparently a close phylo- genetic affinity between the two genera, Angophora and Eiicnlii'ptris. In conclusion I should like to express my indebtedness to Mr. J. H. Maiden, 484 OCCL'RREXCE OF OIL DUCTTS IN' CERTAIN EICALYPTS AND ANGOPHORAS. I.S.O., F.R.S., for his couitesy in allowing me to obtain material of many of the rarer Euealypts from the Botanic Gardens. I am also indebted to Mr. R. T. Baker, Professor Lawson and Dr. McLuckie for kindly advice and criticism throughout the work. List of References. BakJer, R. T., and Smith, H. G., 1920. — A research on the Euealypts, especially in regard to their Essential Oils, 1st Ed. 1902, 2nd Ed. 1920, Dept. of Education, N.S.W., Technical Education Series Nos. 13 and 24. Bextham, 1866. — Flora Australiensis. Vol. 3. Haberlanut. — Physiological Plant Anatomy. Hall, C, 1914.— The Evolution of the Euealypts in relation to the Cotyledons and Seedlings. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxix., 1914, p. 473. Macaj^pine and Remfrey, 1891. — The transverse sections of Petioles of Euealypts as aids in the determination of species. Trans. Soy. Soc. Vic, ii., pt. 1, p. 1. Smith, H. G.. 1914. — On the Essential Oils of the Angophoras. Proc. Boy. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. 47, 1913, p. 106. SOLEREDER, 1908. — Systematic Anatomy of the Dicotyledons. English translation, Oxford. Zimmerman. — Botanical Microtechnique. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLII.-XLVI. Plate xlii. E. corymbosa Sm. Transverse section of a portion of a leaf showing typical arrangement of the two central oil ducts in the medulla between the two parallel bicollateral vascular bundles. The almost equal distribution of the xylem in two bands along tlie greater portion of the leaf is typical of Euealypts of the Corymbosae group. The palisade tissues are developed towards the upper sur- face only in this species. Plate xliii. Fig. 1. X 55; Fig. 2. x 80; Fig. 3. x 110; Fig. 4. x 60; Fig. 5. x 70; Fig, 6. s 50. Fig. 1. E. macidala Hook. Transverse leaf sectit)n with two ducts, in which a small dark residue remains. This section was made from dried material. The palisade extends right across the lamina, and .stomata occur on either surface. Fig. 2. Angophora lanaeolata Cav. Transverse leaf section. This is the only genus of the Myrtaceae, outside the Euealypts, in which central oil ducts have so far been found. The xylem of the mid-rib in this species more nearly approaches that found in tlie majority of Euealypts, thougli in some material there was a tendency towards the E. corymbosa type. The contents of the ducts (normally two) are liglit yellow in colour and soluble in 95-100 per cent, alcohol. As in tho other Angophoras the palisade tissue is found towards the upper surface only, though this is the only species of the genus in which ducts have so far been observed. Fig. 3. E. citriodora TTook. Transverse leaf section. Two ducts are usually found in this species. The palisade tissues extend right across the leaf, and stomata occur on both surfaces. Fig. 4. E. calophylla R. Br. Transverse leaf section in which two ducts are present, BY M. B. WELCH. 485 though ahiiost completely blocked by a dark insoluble residue. la this case the palisade tissues only occur towards the upper surface. This section was cut from dried material Fig. 5. E. terminalis ¥. v. M. Transverse leaf section with one duct, lu some material of this species examined there was no evidence of duets, which are apparently not well developed in the species. The palisade tissue extends right a-cross the leaf, and stomata occur on either surface. Fig. 6. E. Abergiana F. v. M. Transverse leaf section with two duets. The pali- sade tissues are developed towards the upper surface only, and stomata occur on the lower side. Plate xliv. Figs. 1 and 2. x -15; Fig. 3. x 55; Fig. 4. x 50; Fig. 5. x 13; Fig. (i. x 17. Fig. 1. E. ferruginea Schau. Transverse leaf section with two ducts. The palisade tissue consists of long narrow cells and extends right across the leaf; stomata are found on either surface. Fig. 2. E. Watsoiiiana. Transveree leaf section with two small ducts. The palisade tissue extends right across the leaf, and stomata are developed on either surface. The upper xylem band in this section shows a decided break at a point nearer the petiole than is usual. Fig. 3. E. peltata P>enth. Transverse leaf section with two ducts. The contents are bright yellow in colour and soluble in 90 per cent, alcohol. The palisade extends right across tlie leaf, and stomata are equally developed on eitlier side. Fig. 4. " E. eximia Schau. Transverse leaf section witli three distinct central ducts, though two are normal. The contents are usually clear, light yellow, soluble in 90-95 per cent, alcohol. In this species a red pigment is often found in the hypodermal cells of the mid-rib. The palisade tissue extends practically right across the leaf, and stomata are on either surface. Fig. 5. E. corymbosa Sm. Transverse section of stem showing normal arrangement of four ducts in the corners of the pith. Fig. G. A. laiiceolata Cav. Transverse section of young stem showing tlu-ec oil ducts oriented towards the angles of the pith. Plate xlv. Fiff. 1. X 50 ; Figs. 2, 3 and 6. x 30 ; Fig. 4. x 70 ; Fig. 5. x 40. Fig. 1. E. dichromophloia F. v. M. Transverse leaf section with two small central ducts. In the material examined of this species only one leaf duct was often found with very little contents which were soluble in 90 per cent, alcohol. The palisade tissue is directed towards the upper surface only. In the stems two ducts were usually found, almost filled with thin-walled cellular tissue. Fig. 2. E. haematoxiilon J. H. M. Transverse leaf section with three central ducts, though two were normal in the material examined. Contents very pale yellow in colour and soluble in 90 per cent, alcohol. The palisade tissue is developed towards the upper surface, and stomata occur only on the lower epidermis. 486 OC'CURBEKCE OP OIL DUCTS IN (JliKTAIN EUCALYPT.S ASU ANGOPUOHA.S. . Fig. 3. E. haematoxylon J. 11. M. Transverse section oi' stem showing- nine ducts, five of wbich are abnoiiual. There are also four oil glands present in the cortex. Fig. 4. E. pyrophora Benth. Transverse leaf section with two ducts almost com- pletely closed by a dark residue. There are also several phloem carities as this material was dry when examined. The palisade tissue extends right across the leaf. Fig. 5. E. latifolia F. v. M. Transverse leaf section with three ducts, one of which retains a dark residue. Small phloem cavities are seen also in this section, which was made from dried material. The palisade extends right across the leaf, and stomata are developed on either side. Fig. 6. E. Foelsckeana F. v. M. Transverse leaf section with only one duct, the number usually found in the dried material examined. The numerous large cavities in this section are due to the disintegration of the intraxylary phloem, apparently caused by the pressing during preparation as a herbarium specimen and subsequent softening of the leaf for sectioning. The palisade tissues extend right across the lamina. Plate slvi. Fig. 1. X 30; Figs. 2, 4 and 5. x 50; Fig. 3. x Go; Fig. (J. x 20; Fig. 7. x 155. Fig-1. E. corymbosa Sm. Transverse section of petiole showing two ducts. These are usually larger in diameter than those in the leaf. Fig. 2. E. ficifolia F. v. M. Tiansvcrse leaf section with two ducts. The contents are usually colourless or very ])ale yellow, minutely granular, and soluble in 90 per cent, alcohol. Tiie palisade is developed towards the upper surface only, and stomata are found on the lower epidermis. Fig. 3. E. traehyphloia F. v. M. Transverse leaf section with two ducts, the con- tents being usually light yellow and soluble in 95 per cent, alcohol. The palisade shows greater development towards the upi>er surface, and stomata are found on tlic lower side only. Fig. 4. E. intermedia R. T. P.. Transverse leaf sectiim with two comparatively large ducts, containing a small amount of residue; this section being obtained from dried material. The palisade mesophyll consists of one or two rows of cells towards the upper epidennis. Fig. 5. E. corymbosa Sin. Median section parallel to the leaf surface with two oil duets in the mid-rib. On cither side are a number of oil glands distributed in the mesophyll of the leaf. Fig. 6. E. corymbosa Sm. I\l('<]ian longitudinal section through a leaf bud sliowing two leaf ducts, and on the right are evidences of two stem ducts. There is no direct connection between these two systems of ducts. Fig. 7. E. corymbosa Sm. Portion of one of the leaves in the preceding figure nnre 22.48 18.46 I Ash 24 .22 Water 70.89 75.80 Yellow, 'Anani' 'Hono- lulu- 15.08 3.16 3.27 10.88 .97 .74 .52 .61 1.71 1.58 1.73 W 1.39 1.11 .26 .17 26.15 27.0S 15.54 11.98 .35 .44 .36 .32 66.80 66.38 71.52 70.52 100.66 100.4S 10(0.53 100.60 100.81 99.48 0.38 0.61 0.45 0.51 1.51 Average weight per stalk. Kilog. . . The Fruit sugar in tliese canes consists of about eiiual pi'oportioiis of dex- trose and levulose. The method of analysis followed was that of diffusion. In preparing the samjile of cane for analysis the stalks were quartered lengthwise and one complete section from each stalk was chopped into short lengfhs which were pulped by passing through a meat mincing machine, the pulp so obtained being well mixed and the requisite quantities quickly weighed off. A known weight of pulped cane was put into a tared flask with sullicicnt water, the fla.sk, fitted with a cork and a plain long tube as a return condenser, was placed in a vessel of boiling water and shaken at frequent intervals for one hour. The flask and contents were then cooled and weighed and the amount of added water thus ascertained. The li(|uid was then strained off tiirough a fine cotton doth and analysed. The percentage of fibre and water in the original pulp iiaving been determined and the Sp. Gr. of the diffusion liquid ;i.sccrtained, the total weight of lifiuid derived from added water and that in the pulp taken is thus readily found. The liquid being analysed, it is a simple matter to calculate the total constituents present and to compute therefrom the percentages in the original pulp. 200 grammes pulp and about 400 of water are convenient quantities to use. BY THOS. STEEL. 489 In examining the fruits mentioned above, they were passed direct through the meat mincing machine and the diffusion conducted as for cane. 200 grammes pulped fruit and 300 to 350 of water proved suitable proportions. In fruits the direct determination of matter insoluble in water is not always practicable owing to the glutinous nature of the pulp and the imperfect solubility of the jiectin bodies. In these, therefore, the total of these constituents was taken by difference which is sufficient for all essential purposes. III. Roots or Dragon Tree, Cordyline Uermiualis. In Fiji the long conical roots of the Dragon tree {Cordyline tenninalis) known by the natives as Vasili dinu (Pronounced ndinu in Fijian) and Vasili tagu (Pronounced tangu in Fijian), are, after roasting, used as food. Prior to cooking, the roots are white and contain a large proportion of inulin which (luring the process of roasting becomes transformed into the sugar levulose. After roasting, the roots are soft,' succulent and black, looking as if they had been soaked in molasses. The dark colour is due to caraiuelisation of part of the levulose. Raw Soluble in Water Insoluble ( Levulose 3.32 f Levulose . . -j Inuhn, &c. 30.19 -I Caramel, &t (Ash 27 (_Ash ( Fibre 11.59 i Fibre .. . ( Ash 59 • Ash Water 52.98 Water . . . 9S.94 Weight of root. Kilogs 1.64 1 '7 38.53 40.49 10.85 6.93 .58 .58 12.58 14.06 .42 .68 38.00 38.64 100.96 101.38 2.08 1.30 It will be noticed that the raw root was found to contain a small proportion of levulose, it also contained numerous raphides but no starch. Dr. George Bennett (Gatherings of a Naturalist, 1840, p. 397) states that the root of the Ti (Dracaena terminalis) contains a large quantity of saccharine matter, from which the natives of Tahiti extract a coarse sugar; they likewise bake and eat the root, from which also a spirituous liquor is distilled. As will be seen from the analyses above the sugar is only present after cooking. Speaking of the same root, H. S. Cooper (Coral Lands. Vol. ii., 1880, p. 170) says: — "In the Friendly Islands, as well as in all the other neighbouring groups, great quantities of the ti or dragon-tree are found. The root when cooked contains a most extraordinary quantity of saccharine matter; indeed it seems as if it had been boiled in syrup. Rum is distilled from it in the Friendly Islands as weU as from the sugar cane." IV. Deposit op Calcium carbonate in Tiiiberof Geis.soi.s Benthami (F. v. M.) Some time ago I received from Mr. Maiden a specimen of timber of Red Carrabeen, Geissois (Weinmannia) Beiitlmmi (F. v. M.), coated in places with a rather hard flinty-looking mineral deposit. This is referred to by Mr. Maiden (Forest Flora of N.S. Wales, VI., 1917, p. 208) as being a source of trouble to saw-millers in the Dorrigo (N.S. Wales), where it is known as "flint." It occui-s in the heart of the logs and causes injury to the saws. The suggestion is made that the deposit may be siliceous. Chemical examination showed that it consists of pure calcium carbonat-e. The amount of deposit at my disposal was insufficient to allow of a quantitative analysis, but qualitative tests disclosed 490 CHEMICAL NOTES. BOTANICAL, no other substance present. A few chips of the timber carrj'ing the deposit, and of the same, in so far as could be seen, quite free therefrom, were sub- mitted to analysis : — Timber of Oeissois Benthatni (Air-dry). Incrusted Free from portion visible incrustation Ash (CO2 free) 11.4 0.97 Lime (CaO) 10.2 0.31 equal to Calcic carbonate 18.2 0.55 Water — 9.6 I have not noticed any previous record of the occurrence of this substance in a timber, though its existence as crystoliths in the bark of Ficiif; and some other plants has been noted (H. G. Smith, Jouni. Royal Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxix., 1905, p. 29). V. The Nitrogen Content of Fungi. In June and July, 1897, 1 examined a number of Australian fungi for nitrogen. Three of these were freshly collected on the Blue Mountains, N.S. Wales and identitied by Mr. R. T. Baker; others were ordinary dried herbarium specimens from the collections in the Technological Museum, Sydney, given to me by Mr. Baker. The I'ohipvriia nujlittae C. et M. (Mi/littu auMralis Berk.), popularly known as '"Blackfellow's bread," was collected at Wentworth Falls, N.S. Wales, and consisted of a sclerote weighing 2416 grams. The results ob- tained are as follows: — I'erceittaye of nitrogen in Awtralian fungi (drg). Peziza fa-sciculosa (i.8() SUereiim caperatum 1.83 „ lobatum 2.40 Polyporus mylitlae 0.51 ,, porteiitofsus 2.47 Hexagona aubtenuis 1.16 «P -^-W Lenziles repandra 1.12 Polystictus fhdn'lliformix 0.70 „ satiguineus 2.40 Trametea MueUeri 0.52 „ lactinea 2.21 Clathnis cibariiis 1.99 Xijlontroma giganlrnm 0.30 X. gigatiteum really consists of the sterile mycelium of sevend I'olyporaceae, chiclly P. eucalgptorum and a species of /•'oinrs. The three fn^sh specimens, as under, contained respectively of water: — % Water Peziza fa-'^ciculosa 95.9 Clathrus dbarms 93.5 Poh/pontx mylittae - 77.2 The moisture in the herbarium specimens varied from 10 to 15 per cent. P. mylittae in its fresh state yielded 0.15 per cent. ash. In a paper on P. mylittae by Mr. .7. H. Maiden (Agric. Gaz. N.S. Wales, iv., 1893. p. 909) it is stated to contain no nitrogen in any form. The specimen BY THOS. STtF.L. 491 examined by me certainly i'ontained nitrogen, though by comparison with some of the other fungi the amount is not high. The method used for the nitrogen determinations was the Kjeldahl-Gunning. VI. Exudation' ffsom Mtoporum platycakpum R.Br. In January, 1921, there was forwarded to Sydney Botanic Gardens a sample of a dark brown sugary-looking mass which had been found by Mr. P. "Webb in a hollow h'unk of the above tree at Barton, S. Australia. This was kmdly handed to me by Mr. Maiden for investigation. Examination showed it to consist of impure mannitol from which the pure substance could be readily obtained by extraction with hot alcohol, the mannitol crystallising out on cooling. A similar exudation fiom a tree of the same species was obtained during the Elder Exploring Expedition to Central Australia. This was analysed by Mr. H. G. Smith and the results published by Mr. Maiden (Trans. Royal Socy., S. Aust., xvi., 1892, p. 1). For the analysis of the Barton sample 1 am indebted to my colleague Mr. E. F. Vaughan. For purposes of comparison 1 have placed the figures of both analyses together: — Elder Expedition. Barton. Central Australia. South Australia. Maimitol 89.G5 44.0 Reducing sugar . . 2.87 5.4 Other sugars 0.51 — Gums, insoluble, &c 2.37 40.8 Ash 1.10 1.9 Water 3.50 7.9 100.00 100.0 The exudation is known to occur from jiunctures made by insects. The Barton sample resembled lumps of coarse raw cane sugar and con- tained somewhere about 10 % of insoluble matter, principally vegetable debris. It had evidently undergone some deterioration. Barton is a station on the East- West Railwav Line crossing the Australian desert. 492 NOTES ON NEMATODES OF THE GENUS PHIHALOPIEEA, WITH SPECIAL KEFEKENCE TO THOSE PAI^ASITIC IN KEPTILES. Pakt i. By Vera A. Irwin-Smitm, B.Sc, F.L.S., Linncan Macleay Fellow ol' the Society in Zoology. The geuus I'lii/naLopttra was established by Rudolphi iu 1819, to mclude five species separated from the genus Spiruptera. It is characterised by the presence of two lateral lips armed with teeth at the extremity, and, in the male, a closed lanceolate bursa, embracing the base of the tail and bearing four pairs of pedunculated papillae, in addition to a variable number of other papillae. Two monographs have been published on it, botli in Italian, one by Moiin in 1860, and the second by Stossieh in 1889. Rudolphi in his original diagnosis, liad shown some doubt about his elassitication (''Alias enim artiliciosum esse facile concedo", Entoz. Synop., p. 236), and, in consequence of this, Dujardin, in 1845, suppressed the new genus, and reunited all its species, provisionally, with the genus Spiroptera, "en attendant que toutes les especes soient suffisam- ment connues pour qu'on puisse etablir, d'apres leur organisation plusieurs coupes generiques" (Hist. nat. d.'llclm., p. 83). Its definite reestablishment is due to Diesing who published a well-defined diagnosis in 1851, and repeated it, with some slight additions, in 1857 (j>. 16). In liis "Revision der Nematoden," published in 1860, al'tcr the appearance of !Mo]in"s nxjuograph, he gave a further amended diagnosis : — "Corpus clongatum teretiusculum. Caput corpore continuuni, bilabiatuni, labiis externe papillis exornatis, interne dentibus armatis. Os ad basin labiorum. Extremilas caudalis maris utrinque etween 1906 and 1918, and the total number of specific names recorded altogether, up to the end of 1918 is seventy seven, 34 in mammals, 18 in birds, 24 in reptiles, and 1 in a frog. The com- plete list is given on p. 494, with dates of those species which were proposed as new after the appearance of Stossieh's monograph. On the species parasitic in Reptiles. Of Rudoljjhi's original species, two, P. abbreviata and P. retiisa, were found in reptiles, both of them in lizards, and until the appearance of Diesing's Syst. Helm, in 1851, these were still the only species known from this cla.ss. Diesing described as a third species, P. mucronata, from the alligator, and placed Rudoliihi's Sf ronijt/his colubri in the same genus, .among the "species inquirendae," but Molin ces of Diesmg's and Molin's species, and pronounced P. mucronata to be a synonym of Ascaris lanc>folata Molin; but he included P. colubri as a valid speeies. Three other of the early species, all Leidy's, /'. abjecta, P. constricta, and P. contorta, are insufficiently characterised, and are regarded by both Molin and Stossich as doubtful species. Of the other species wliich make up the list of eleven recorded by Stossich, two were added by Molin, one, P. spiralis, by Schneider in 1860, and two, P. dey>tn1a, and P. striata, by Linstow in 1883. The number of species recorded from rei)tiles has been more than doubled since that time, but no complete review of the whole group lias been published since the date of Stossieh's monograph. The amount of work now involved in the search through scattered literature before any systematic work can be undertaken, makes such a review urgently necessary. Although Plu/saloptera has been met with fairly frequently in Australian reptiles, and is known to be widely distributed, only two definite specific records 494 NOTES OX NEMADOTES OP THE GENUS PHYSALOPTKRA, have been eontributed to Australian reptilian helminthology. Liustow, in 1899, described as a new species P. antarctica, from a lizard and a snake in South Australia; and Stossicii, in 1902, P. alba, from Vyclodu.^ hoddaertii, "Nuova Olanda." It is curious to iind this century-old name used as late as 1902, but a reference to the literatui-e relatino; to the host .ift'ords some explanation of it. In the original description, in 1839. Dumeril says "Le Cyclode de Boddaert habit la Nouvelle Hollande, et a ce <]u'il parait aussi I'ile de Java, car nous en avons recu du musee de Leyde un exemplaire jwrtant I'iudication qu'il provenait des recoltes faites dans cette ile par Kuhl et Van Hasselt.'' These lizards from Java and Australia are now recognised as two distinct species, viz.: — Tiliqua gigas and Tiliqua scincoides. As the locality for the Nematodes is given as New Holland, it seems probable that the host from which they were taken was one of Dumeril's specimens from Australia, not from Java, i.e., that it was Tiliqua scincoides, thou.u'h Stossich himself does not give any ex- planation of tlie record. Dist Ik Majim.^l.s. anomala Molin brevivaginata Seurat, 1917 brevispiculum Linstow, 1906. caiicasia Linstow, 1902 cesticillata circularis Linstow, 1897 clatisa Rudolphi eoelebs Linstow, 1897 digitata Schneider dilatata Rudolphi elegant issinui Stossieh, 1902 gemina Linstow, 1899 gettila Seurat. 1917 incurva Linstow, 1908 inermis Linstow, 1906 limhata Lcidy magnipapiUa Molin ma.riU(iris ]\rolin iiuirdens Lei per, 1907 muris brasiliensis Diesing nasilionis Gedoelst, 1917 niimidica Seurat, 1917 jMpiUiirddiata Linstow, 1899 pa})illotruncata Molin pyramidalis Linstow riiwen~nri Parona, 1907 semilancenlala Molin sciuri Parona, 1898 spirilla il('rai)r. iacapetisis Seurat, 1917. terdcnlata Molin iorquata Leidy tumefaciens Ilenrv & Blanc, 1912 turgida Hiidolplii ribiition (if Phi/saloptera spi Ix Birds. acuticauda Molin alata Rudolphi „ var. chevreu.ri Seurat, 1915 „ var. uouveli Seurat, 1915 bilabiata Crcplin brericauda Linstow 1909 bulJxisa Linstow, 1900 cro.ssa Linstow crosi Seurat, 1915 fusifonnis Linstow, 1902 galinieri Seurat, 1915 inflata Molin ■malleus Linstow ovala Linstow, 1907 rotundala Linstow, 1906 saginata Ru ox NEMADOTES OF THE GENUS PHVSALOPTERA, (iymnodaetyltis laturns, Varanus sp., and Hinulia sp. ; and among Ophidia, "black snake" (5 colloctions), "whip snake" (2 collections) "brown snake" (1 collection), and "snake, Fliudei's Is." (2 collections). None of these collections of Physaloptera has been recorded hitherto, and all the specimens still await identification. The present work was undertaken with the intention of making a report on them, and on various specimens which have from time to time been brought under my notice from dissections of reptiles in the Zoology Department' of the Sydney University. But while endeavouring to gather together the scattered and fragmentary descriptions of known species, it has seemed to me that the information so collected should be made more readily available to workers tlian it has been hitherto, and that a brief general survey of the Physaloptera of reptiles would be useful. With this end in view, I have compiled a systematic index of all the known reptilian hosts, with the species parasitic in each, grouped under the different orders of reptiles in which they have been found. Every recorded species of the parasites has been included, whether the original description is well defined or doubtful, and without regard to the question of synonymy. These matters will be dealt with later, when the groups are considered in detail. Rut the hosts have been recorded, as far as possible, under the names accepted in the British Museum Catalogue of Reptiles (1885-1896), since many of the early sjTionyms, under which the hosts appear in the original records are not readily recognisable, and are difficult to trace. However, those names which it is impossible to identify now are given in the original form, though they must be regarded as nomina vu-da. This is the case with many of the hosts enumerated by Molin, including most of Fitzinger's species. The bibliographical catalogue, wliich follo^vs the host list, is as full as it is possible to make it witli the literature available to me; but many of the scientific periodicals required are not possessed by our libraries, so the catalogue must necessarily be regarded as incomplete. As the new genus Thuhuvaea, which was established by Seurat in 1914. is very closely related to Physaloptera. T have added it to the catalogue. The single species, Thjibunaea pudica, is a reptilian pa.rasite, being found in the stomach of a Chnmaeloon. and in two snakes. Cera^ta^ vipara L. niid Srhteyx nfficwalix Laur., in Nortliern Africa. TJost list for Physaloptera parasitic in IicptiJeK. Chelonia. P. contorta. Chrysemys reticulata Daud.. Chrysemys scripta Shoepff.. Cistuflo Carolina Ijinn., Cinosternum pennsi/lvaniiiciim Wagl. P. sp. Emys venusta Gray. Crocodti.ia. P. mucroiiala. Allifjolor missisipiens-is Gray. Caiman tiiger Spix. Opiiidta. P. ai)hrrriata. Tropidovotiix tessellatus Laur., Ciconia nlba (pscndo panisite, swallowed with reptiles). P. abjecla. Zamciisis flageUifurmCt Laur. P. affinis. Psammophis sibilans Linn. P. antarctica. Acanthnphis antarctiois Shaw. P. cnlubri. Coronella awtria^a Laur. BY VERA IRWIX-SMITn. 49T p. constricta. P. dent at a. P. monodons. P. ohtusissima. P. paradoxa (larva) p. retusa. p. striata. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. abbreviata. P. alba. P. aloisii-sabaudiae. P. antarctica. P. chamaeleontis. P. dentata. P. leptosoma. P. pallaryi. P. paradoxa. P. quadrovaria. P. retasa. P. son.sinoi p. spiralis. p. vnraiii. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. p. sp. Tropidonotu's fasciatus Linn. Vipera berus Linn. Boa constrictor Lmn. Dipsadomorphiis irregularis Merrem, Erythrnlamprus aesculapii Linn., Lachesis lanaeolatus Lacep., Oxyrhopus cloelia Daud., Spilotes puUatus Linn , Xenodon severus Linn., ? Lygophis regiits Fitz., ? Ophis coeruleiis Fitz., ? Ophis rhodogaster Fitz., ? Ophis treuetisteinii Fitz., ? Oxyrhopus fasciatiis Fitz., ? Pseudophis cinera.scens Fitz. Bitis corniitus Daud. Dipsadomorphiis irregidaris Mei'rein. Tropidonotus tessellatus Laur., Ciconia alba (pseudo parasite, probably taken m with reptile food). Demansia (or Diemenia) reticulata Gray. Dernansia ,. ^ psammophis Schl. Deman^sia . „, text His Dura. & Bibt. Notechis scutatus Peters. "un ofidio" Monte Carin, Cobapo. (Parona 1890). "A large snake" Bisraark Arcliipelafico. (Lmstow 1897). Lacertilia. Lacerta agilis Linn., Lacerta muralis Laur., Lacerta ocellata Daud., Lacerta viridis Daud., Lacerta vivipara Jacq., Ophisaurus apu.t Pall. (syn. Pseudopus pallasii Cuv. ), Phrynocejjhalus heliuscopu-s Gray, Phrynosome r.egale Girard, ? Chrysolamprus ocellatus Fitz., "? Lacerta margaritaeea Spix., ? Phrynosotna hernandesii Gray (Phrynosoma douglassi Gray 1) . Cyclodu.9 boddaertii Dura. & Bibr. (Tiliqua seineoides or Tiliqua gigas). Agama atricoUis Smith. Tiliqua occipitalis Gray. Chamaeleon gracilis Hallowell. Agama sanguinolenta Pallas, Phrynoceiilialus mystaceus Pallas, Agama nmiabilis Meri'em (?). Uromastix acanthinurus Bell, Varanus griseits Daud. Agama bibronii Dumeri). Varanus griseus Daud., "A Chamaeleon." Varmiits niloticu.'i Gray. Ameiva suriname-nsis Laur., Amphisbaena alba Lin., Ophiodes striatu-s Strix., Pygodactylus gronorii Merr., Scleroporus undulatus Merr., Tropidolepideura sp., Tropidurus torquatus Neu., Tupinainbis nigropunctatus Spix., Tupinambis teguixin Lin., 1 Euprepis spixii Fitz., ? Podincma, scri'pta Fitz., ? Podinema graphica Fitz. Agama mutabilis Merrera. Avipliisbaena sp. Varaynis bengalensis Dau. n. 1914, Seurat, C.R. Soc. bioL, Paris, lx.\vi., pp. 724-727, 4 tigs. Literature. DiEsiKU, K. M. 1851. — Systema helminthum. Vindobonae. Vol. ii., pp. 232- 237, 435-439. , 1857. — Seehzebn Arten von Nematoideen. Deiik. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Naturw. CI, xiii., 1 Abt., pp. 6-26, PI. 2, figs. 17-28. 1861. — Revision der Nematoden. Site. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math- Naturw. CI. (1860), slii., p. 652. Drasche, K. von, 1882. — Revision der in der Nematoden-Sammlung des k.k. zoologischen Hofcabinetes befindlichen Original-Esemplare Diesing's and MolinV. Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxii., pp. 117-138. Dljardix, F., 1845. — Histoire naturelle des helminthes ou vers intestinaux. Paris, p. 83. Geuoelst, L., 1916. — Notes sur la faune parasitaire du Congo beige. Rec. Zool. Africaine, Brusselles, v., pp. 1-90. Johnston, T. H., 1900 o, — On a new reptilian Cestode. Journ. Hoy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliii., pp. 103-116. 1910 b. — Notes and Exhibits. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxiv., p. 590. 1910 a. — On a new reptilian Cestode. Rep. Bureau Microbiol., N.S.W., 1909, 1, p. 88. 1910 b. — Notes and Exhibits. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxv., p. 309, 524. 1910 c. — Notes and Exhibits. Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xliv., p. XI, xvni. 1912 a. — A census of Australian reptilian Bntozoa. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxiii., pp. 234-249. 1912 b. — Notes on some Entozoa. Proc. Roy. Soc. Qland, xxiv., pp. 63-91. 1916. — A census of tbe Endoparasites recorded as occurring in Queens- land, arranged under their hosts. Proc. Roy. Soc. Qland, xxviii., pp. 31-79. Rejitilia, pp. 56-59. KuEFFT, G., 1871. — On Australian Entozoa, with descriptions of new species. Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. Wales, ii.. pp. 206-232. LuDY, .J., 1850. — A synopsis of Entozoa and some of their ectoeongenei-s ob- served by the author. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., viii., (1), pp. 42-58. Leiper, R. T., 1908. — An account of some helminthes contained in Dr. C. M. Wenvon's collection from the Sudan. Rep. Wellconue Research Lab., London, iii., pp. 187-199, Pis. 21-22, figs. 44-50. LixsTOW. O. von, 1878. — Compendium der Helminthologie. llannocer, p]i. 177- 196. 1883. — Nematoden, Trematoden und Acanthocephalen, gesammelt von Prof. Fedtschenko in Turkestan. Arch. Naturg., xlix., pp. 274-314, Fls. 6-9, figs. 1-52. 1889. — Compendium der Helminthologie. Nachtrag. Die Litteratur der Jahre 1878-1889. Hannover, pp. 63-08. 502 NOTES ox XEMADOTES OF THE OKNCS PHTSALOPTERA. 1895. — UntiT;?uehiiugen an Nematoden. Arch. Mihr. Anat., pp. 509- 533, PI. 30. 1899. — Nematoden aus der Berliner zoologisehen Sammlung. 5Iitt. zool. Samml. d. Mut^. f. Naturk. Berl., i (2), pp. 1-28. (i Pis. 190G. — Helmintlies from the colleetiou of the Coli)rabo Museum. Spotia Zeylanica. iii.. pp. 163-188, 3 Pis. 1908. — Helminthes. Xematoden und Acanthocepluden. (lu L. Schultze, Zool. u. Anthrop. Ergeb. e Forschungsreise in Su-ing in the spray. The species found at Kosciusko is the largest and most archaic yet discovered. Mr. W. F. Blakely exhibited from the National Herbarium, the following unrecorded introduced weeds for this State: (1) Chenopodium vulvaria L., "Stinking Goosefoot," (Yass district, per Chief Inspector of Stock), a common weed in most countries, in fields and waste places; "it is widespread in Victoria," Ewart (Weeds and Poi. PI., 75). (2) Sit!on Ya(|(ina I'lieobruma Vucau L. (Sterculiaceae). Cocos micifera L. (Palmae). Erythiina indica Lam. (Legumiuosae). Ootisi/pium barbadeiise L. (Malvaceae). Cijnodon Ducti/lon Pers. (Gramineae). \ igna Catiatij Walp. (Leguminosae). mulanum Melunyena L. (Solanaeeae). Passiflora quadrangiduria L. (Passifloreae). Psidium Guuijavu L. (Myrtaceae). PunicKm ma.rinttim Jacij. (Gramineae). I)ii H. Wendl. (Palmae) F.J. Hypsidae. Argyna astreu Drui'v. Eats the flowers and young jsods of C'rotalaria striata DC. (Leguminosae). R.V. Deilemera faficiata Wlk. Feeds on the leaves and shoots of Emilia titi(,m L. (Seitamineae). F..!. * * T. vhhirogramma Meyr. Tunnels in tlie stalk of Saccharum officinariim L. (Gramineae). K.V. Gelechi.id^ie. * * * Brachgacma epiochra Meyr. Feeds in (lie ripe pods of Ihe following:— Crotalaria striala DP. (Leguminosae) W.G. ; Vlgnn Caliaiig AValp. (I-eguiiiinosae). W.G. BV 1{. VEITCH AND W. GnEENWOOU. 509 * * Phthorimaea operculella Zell. Feeds on the leaves oi' Nicoiiaiia Tabacum L. (Solauaeeae). F.J. Pliyllorycteridae. * * * Cyphosticha caerulea Meyr. Feeds just under the epidermis of the leaves of the following plants: — Pliaseolus calmratm Koxb. (Legu- minosae) W.G. : P. semierectus L. (Leguminosae) "W.G. ; Vigna Catiany Walp. (Leguminosae). R.V. Lithocolletis aglaozona Mew. Feeds just under the epidermis of the . leaves of Piieraria Thunberyiaiia Benth. (Leguminosae). W.G. Cosmopterygidae. * * * Cosmopteryx dulcivora Meyr. Tunnels in the niidiil)s of the leaves of Saccharum officinarum L. (Graniineae I. M.X. Lavernidae. » * « Pijroderces terminella Wlk. Feeds in the ripe pods of I'igtia Catiang Walp. (Leguminosae). R.V. * * * Stagmatophora .erehirithia Meyr. Feeds in the ripe pods of Mgna Caliang Walp. (Leguminosae). AY.G. Heliodinidae. Stathmopoda trichnjsa Meyr. Feeds in the flower buds of Barringtonia speciosa Forst. (Lecythidaceae) W.G. ; also feeds on the flowers of Desmodium iimbellaUim D.C. (Leguminosae). W.G. COLEOPTERA. The stage in which tiie insect does the damage is indicated in all the records for Coleoptera ; this has been rendered necessary by the fact that in many eases the damage has been caused by both the imago and the larva, while in a few cases the imago alone has been responsible for the injury. The remaining records refer to larval attack only, and they constitute the majority of the records for Coleoptera; the list contains a number of instances of predaeeous and parasitic habits. Lucanidae. Figulus foreieollis Boisd. The larvae feed in the dead timber of Inocaipus edulis Forst. (Leguminosae). R.V. Apliodiidae. Aphoditis Hindus Oliv. The larvae live in mule excrement. D.N. ; also in human excrement. W.G. Melolonthidae. * * Bhopaea subnitida Arrow. The larvae eat the roots and the bases of the shoots of Sacelianim officinarum L. (Gi-aniineae) R.V. ; the imago feeds on the leaves of the following plants: — Cocos ■unci [era L. (Falmae) R.V.; Pxidium Guayara L. (Myrtaceae). R.V. * B. vestita Arrow. The larvae eat the roots and the bases of the slioots of Sacchonim feed in bran. R.V. * • • Xylopsorus castauoptera Fairm. The larvae tunnel in the (runk and l)ranches of Theobroma Cacao L. (Sterculiaceae). (^.K. * * * Xylothrips religiosus Boisd. The larvae tunnel in the tnuik and branches of the following plants: — Cassia nodosa Bach. -Ham. (Leguminosae) O.K.; Theobroma Cacao L. (Sterculiaceae). C.K. BY R. VKITCH AND W. GREEN WOOII. 511 Ptiiiitlae. * * * Aiwhium paiiiceuin L. Tlie larva, and imago injure hooks. F.J.; the larva also feecls in nutmegs. R.V. * * La-'iioderma serricorne Y. The larva and imago destroy cigarettes. F.J. Cleridue. * * Necnihiu ruj'ipes de G. The larvae feed in copra. F..J. Elateridm. * * Lacon stricticollis Fairin. Tiie larvae attack the roots and young shoots of Saccharum ojficinarum L. (Gramineae) R.V. ; they also feed on the white gruhs of Rhopaea vestita Arrow. (Melolonthidae). R.V. * * HIoHocrepidius paJlipes Esch. The larx'ae feed on the white gruhs of Rhopaea vestita Arrow. (Melolonthidae). R.V. * Simodactylus ciiinamomeus Boisd. The larvae attack the roots and young shoots of Saccharum officinantm L. (Gramineae) R.V. ; they also feed on the white gruhs oi Rhopaea vestita Arrow. (Melolonthidae). R.V. Tenehrionidae. Alpliitobius diaperi)ius Pauz. The larvae feed on the rotten seeds of Vigna Catiang Walp. (Leguminosae). R.V. A. p'ceus 01. The larvae live in the rotteu seeds of Zea Mai/s (Gra- mineae). R.V. Amarygmus hijdrophiloides Fairm. The larvae live in rotten timher. R.V. .1. tuberculiger Fairm. The larvae also live in rotten timber. R.V. Bradi/merus amicormn Blanch. The larvae feed in rotten timber. R.V. * * * Gnathocerus coniutus F. The larvae feed in the meal of Avena sativa L. (Gramineae). R.V. * * Tribolium confusum Jacq-Duv. The larvae live in the seeds of Zea Mays L. (Gramineae). R.V. Bruehida^. • Bruchus chinensis L. The larvae have been found feeding in the seeds of the following plants : — Phaseolus adenanthus G. Meyer (Legu- minosae) R.V. ; P. ealcaratus Roxb. (Leguminosae) R.V. ; P. semie- rectus L. (Leguminosae) R. V.; Vigiia Catiaiig Walp. (Leguminosae). R.V. Pachyments gonager F. The larvae feed in the pods of Acacia faniesiana L. ( Leguminosae ) . R.V. Galerucidae. " * Atdacophora argyrogaster Mont. The imago eats the leaves and flowers of the following plants: — Citridlus vidgaris Schrad. (Cucurbitaeeae) C.K. ; Ciicurbita Pepo DC. (Cucurbitaeeae). C.K. * * A. quadrimaculata F. The imago eats the leaves of the following plants: — ritruUus vulgaris Schrad. (Cucurbitaeeae) R.V. ; Cucurbita Pepo DC. (Cucurbitaeeae). R.V. Halticidae. Ilaltica gravida Blckb. The larva and imago eat the leaves of Jussiaea suffruticosa L. ( Onagraoeae ) . R.V. Hispidae. * * Promecotheca reickei Balv. The larva injures the leaves of Cocos nucij'era L. (Falmae). C.K.' Anthribidae. * - Araecerus faseicidatus de G. The larvae have been found feeding in the following: — Citrus Aiirantium Ij. (Rutaeeae) F.J. ; Dates R.V. ; Dried Ginger F.J. ; Nutmegs R.V. 512 THE FOOD PLAXTN 01! HOSTS OF SO.MK FIJIAX INSECTS, Curculionidae. Acicnemis biconifer Fairm. The larvae feed in the (Id'ayiiig- wood of Jatropha Curca.s L. (Eupliorbiaceae). R.V. * * Calandra grcoiaila L. The hirvae feed in tlie seeds of Xea Mai/.i L. (Gramiiiene). ('.K. ■^ C. ory^ac L. Tlie laivae feed iu the seeds of the following- plants: — Avena sativa L. (Graiuineae) R.Y. ; Hordeum vidgare L. (Graniineae) R.V. ; Oryza sativa L. (Gramineae) F.J.: Zea Maii9 L. (Gramineae). F.J. * * * C. taitensis Guer. The larvae feed iu the leaf stalk of Cocof^ nucifera L. (Palmae). F.J. * Cosmopolites sordidus Germ. The larvae tumid in the re)ots of Mtfa sapientum L. (Seitaniineae). C.K. * * Cijlas formicarius F. The larvae tunnel in the tubenms roots of Ipomoea Batatas Lam. (Convnlvulaceae). R.^^ * * ' Euscepes hatutae Waterh. The larvae also attack the roots of tpumoea Batatas Lam. (Convolvnlaeeae). K.Y. * Rhabdocnemis obseura Koisd. The larvae tunnel in tlie stalks of Sac- chamm officinarum L. (Gramineae). A.K.; the larvae also attack Musa sapientum L. (Seitamineae). A.K. * * * Trochorrhopaliis strarigidatus Gyl. The larvae tunnel in sickly and rotten stalks of Sacclianim officinarum L. (Gramineae). J.I. S^colytidae. * * * Coecotrijpes ducti/liperda V. 'I'he larvae feed in dates. Ii.\'. Stjilopidae. * * Elenchoides perkitisi Pierce. All stages of the female ot thi- insect are parasitic tm the nyuLph and imago of Perkivsiella ritiensis Kirk. (Asiraeidae) ; all stages of the male except the iraag:inal are also parasitic upon P. vitiensis Kirk. A.K. It also similarly attacks the nymidi and imago of Xcphofptti.r pleJieius Kirk. (Tetigoniidne). W.G. IIVMENOPTERA. E.\ce]it where otlieiwise stated, the records for llymenoiitera refer to the feeding hal)its of the larvae. Eulopliidue. * OotetrasticliHs bent us Perk. Parasitic on the eggs of Perkinsiella vitiensis Kirk. (Asiraeidae). A.K. Encyrtidae. *'* Ooencyrtus pacilicus Waters!. Parasitises the egg-s of Bratlnii>lntys pacificus Dal. (Fentatomidae). U.V. Braconidae. * " * Apanteles expuhus Turn. Parasitic tm the lar\ae of Aniicarsia irrorata F. (Noctuidae). R.V. T'hn>k"iiiil(ie. * * • niiyiichium. ch/i/h.-- K. The imago stores the hir\ae of Miiruca Irslulali'' lib. (Pyralidae) in its larval nmd cells. W.G. Vespidae. • Polistes hebraeus F. The lar\a and iniagu W'v^ iin insects generally. J.I. and R.V. Scoliidae. * * Discoliu oralauietisis Rauss. The lar\ae are parasitic on the white grubs of rthopara resllla Arrow. (Melnhinlliiihie) . TiX. Formicidae. " Pheidolc meyacepluda F. This is a general predator on all stages of other insects. Various observers. BY R. VKITCII AXO \V. (IRKENWOUD. 513 HEMIPTERA. Ill practically all tlm Hciuiptera tlie records refdr to the feeding habits ot nymph and imago; the Coccidae are an exception because of the fact that the mouth-parts of the male imago are aborted and incapable of absorbing plant juices. Pentatomidae. *■ *■ Braclu/platt/s pacijicim Dall. Feeds on the leaves, stalks and pods of MucMia aterrima Holland. (Leguminosae). R.V. * * * Canthecona cyanocantha Stal. Attacks the larvae of Levuana iridescens B-B. (Zygaenidae). F.J. Coleotichus sordidus Wlk. Feeds on the leaves and flower buds of Hibis- cus tiliaceus L. (Malvaceae). K.V. * * * Lamprophara bifa.sciata White. Attacks tlie larvae of Levuana iridescens B-B. (Zygaenidae). R.V. * * * Piesodorus rubrofascialus F. Feeds on the leaves and fruits of Passij'lora quadrangidaris L. (Passifloreae). W.G. * * * Tectocoris lineola K. Attacks the larvae of Leriutna iridescens B-B. ( Zygaenidae ) . HX . Coreidae. * * * Brachylybas varieijutus Le Guill. F'eeds on the lea\es of Carica Papaya L. (Passifloreae). R.V. * * * Leptocorisa acuta Stal. Feeds on the leaves and inflorescences ol Gramineae generally. R.V. and W.G. * * * Leptoglossus australis F. Attacks the leaves, stalks and pods of the following plants: — Cassia occidentalis L. (Leguminosae) R.V. ; Vigna Catiang Walp. (Leguminosae). W.G. Melanacanthus margineguttatus Dist. Feeds on the leaves, stalks and pods of Cassia occidentalis L. (Leguminosae). R.V. Mictis profana F. Attacks the leaves, stalks and pods of the following plants: — Cassia occidentalis L. (Leguminosae) R.V. ; Desmodium um- bellatum DC. (Leguminosae). W.G. Eiptortus abdomiiuilis Westw. Feeds on the leaves, stalks and pods of Cassia occidentalis L. (Leguminosae). R.V. Lygaeidae. * * * Graptostethus servus F. var. Attacks the leaves of Zea Mays L. (Gramineae). R.V. Parnmius pallidus Montr. Feeds on tlie inflorescence of Amphilophis glabra Stapf. (Gramineae). W.G. Pyrrhocoridae. * * * Dgsdercus impicticoitris Stal. Attacks the bolls, leaves and young shoots of Gossypium barbadense L. (Malvaceae). R.V. * * * n. insidaris Stal. Attacks Gossypium barbadense L. (Malvaceae) in a similar manner. F.J. Cimicidae. * * Clinocoris hemiptera F. Attacks liuman beings. F.J. Capsidae. Gallobelicus crassicornis Dist. Feeds on the leaves of Polanisia viscosa DC. (Capparideae). W.G. Tetigoniidae. * * * Nephotetli.r plebeius Kirk. Feeds on the leaves of Panicitm distachyum L. (Gramineae). W.G. N.€sosteles sanguinescens Kirk. Feeds on the inflorescence of Amphilophis glabra Stapf. (Gramineae). W.G. 514 THE FOOD PLANTS OR HOSTS OP SOJIB FIJJAM INSECTS, Asiracidae. • ** Peregrinus maidis Aslim. Attacks the leaves aud stalks ui' Zea Mays L. ((iraiiiineae). R.V. • * Perkinsiella vitiensis Kirk. Feeds on tlie leaves and stalks of Saccharum ojjicinarum L. (Graniineae). A.K. Derhidae. * * * Pijrrlwneura succliaricida Kirk. Attacks the leaves and stalks of Sac- charum ufficinariiiit L. (Gramineae). F.M. Aleurodidae. * * * Aleitrtides herijii Sign. Feeds on the leaves of SaccluiiKm officiiiaiiim L. ( Gi'amineae ) . A.K. * * * A. C'lmata Mask. Attacks the leaves of the following plants: — Cijnodon ddctiiloH Pers. (Gramineae) W.G. ; Panicum distachijum L. (Gra- niineae) R.V.; Saccharum iiff'iciiiarum L. (Gramineae). F.M. A. calnphyUi Kot. Attacks Calophyllum Inophyllum L. (Guttiferae) * * * * A. saccliari Mask. Feeds on the leaves of Saccharum officinarutn L. (Gramineae) t * * * Aleurodicus holincsii Mask. Attacks P.-iidiitm Onayara L. (Myrtaceae) t Coccidae. * * * Aapidiotus cyanophyUi Sign. Attacks the following plants: — Musa sapientum L. (Scitamineae) F.J.; Pxidium Guniiava L. (Mvj'taeeae). * A. destructor Sign. var. transpareiis Green. Attacks the following plants: Carica Papaya L. (Passifloreae) F..I.; Cncos nucifera L. (Palniae) F.J. ; Musa sapientum- L. (Scitamineae) F.J. ; Pa.^siflora quadran- yularis L. (Passifloreae) F.J. ; Persea yrtitissima. Gaertn. (Laurineae) F.J. ; Piper m^ethysticum Foi-st. (Piperaceae). F.J. * * * A. excistis Green. Feeds on Musa sapientum L. (Scitamineae). F.J. * * * .4. lalaniae Sign. Attacks Mw^a sapientum L. (Scitamineae). F.J. * • * -4. palmae Ckll. Also attacks Musa sapientum L. (Scitamineae). F.J. Asterolecaniitm milinris-lnnyum Green. Feeds on Schizostachyum ylauci- folium Munro (Gramineae). F.J. • * Chionaspis citri Comst. Attacks the following: — Citrus Aurantium L. (Rntaceae) F.J.; C. Aurantium L. var. nohilis (Rutaceae) F.J.; C. Medira L. var. acida (Rutaceae) F.J. : ('. Medica L. var. limonum (Rutaceae). F.J. • * Chrysnmjihalus (Aspidintus) aiirantii ^fask. Attacks the following plants:— r/()-i(,s Aurantium L. (Rutaceae) F.J.; C. Medica L. var. limonnm (Rutaceae) F.J.; 3/».>f« sapientum L. (Scitamineae). F..T. * * * r. dictiiospermi Aforgan. Feeds on .V/imj sapienliini I;. (Scitamineae). r.j. Diaspis (Aulacaifpis) pentayona Targ. .Attacks lliliiscus esculenfus L. (Malvaceae). F.J. • * Diaspis hrnmeliae Kerner. Feeds on Aniinas satirus Schult. f. (Scita- mineae). F.J. * * * T>. riisne Sandherg. Attacks Jiosn sp. Garden \ariety. (Rosaccac). F.J. * • * llemichinnaspis aspidistrae Sign. Feeds on Musa sapientum L. (Scita- mineae). F.J. tThese records have been obtained from Bulletin No. 2 issued bv the Board of Commissioners of Agriculture and Forestrv of the Territorv of Hawaii ; that bulletin does not indicate to whom credit should he piven for these fond plant records. It has. however, tieen thought desirable to include them in the present list, even although the recorders names cannot be given. BY R. VEITCH AND W. GREENWOOD. 515 » # * * ^ * H. minor Mask. Attacks Miisa sapienium L. (Seitamineae). F.J. Icerya purchasi Mask. Feeds on the following plants: — Citrus Aurantium L. (Rutaceae) R.V.; C. Medica L. var. limonum (Rutaeeae) R.V.; Psidium GiMijava L. (Myrtac-eae). R.V. * ' * Psetidococcus bromeliae Bouebe. Attacks Saccharum officinarum L. (Gramineae). R.V. * * * P. pandani Ckll. Feeds on Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae). F.J. ANOPLURA. The Anoplura feed on the blood of mammals. Pediculidae. * * Pedicidus capitis De Geer. On human beings. F.J. * * P. humcmits L. On human beings. F.J. * * Phthirm inguinalis Leach. On human beings. F.J. Maematopinidae. * * * Haematopinus eurysternwi Nitzscli. On cattle. F.J. * H. suis L. var. adventitius Neumann. On pigs. F.J. * H. urius Nitzsch. On pigs. F.J. ORTHOFTERA. All the records for Orthoptera refer to the feeding habits of both nymph and imago. Gryllidae. * * Grt/llus oceanicus Le Guill. Feeds on the young shoots and eyes of Saccharum officinarum L. (Gramineae). R.V. Aeridiidae. * * * Cyrtacantluicris guttulosa Wlk. Eats the leaves of Saccharum officinarum L. (Gramineae). R.V. * ^ *Locusta danica L. Attacks the leaves of Saccharum officinarum L. (Gramineae). R.V. Phasmidae. * * Gra?ff'ea cacophaya Xewp. Attacks the leaves of Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae) "f * * Hermarchus pi/thoiiiiis Wcstw. Feeds on the leaves of Cocos nucifera L. (Palmae) t THYSANURA. Lepismidue. * * Lepisma sacchari)ia L. Both tl:e nymph and imago infest books, photo- graphs, cardl)oar(l boxes and other articles containing the starchy matter on which they feed. F..J. NEUROPTERA. Chri/sopidae. * * Chrysopa sanvitoresi Nav. The larvae feed very voraciously on Coccidae generally. R.V. MALLOPHAGA. The ^lallophaga feed on the more delicate portions of the hairs and feathers of their hosts and also upon epidermal cells. Goniodidae. * * * Goniodis dissimilis Nitzsch. On fowls. F.J. t Original observer's name is unknown to the authors. 516 THE FOOD PLAXT8 01! HOSTS OF 801IE FIJIAN INSECTS, Menoponidae. * * * Menopoit trigunvcephulum Ulfevs. On fuwls. F.J. Trichodectidae. * * * Trichodectes climax Nitzseli. On gvais. F.J. Lipeuridae. * * * Lipeurus heleru(jraphiis Nitzsch. On fowls. F.J. DIPTERA. The records for Culicidae and Tabatiidae refer to the blood sucking haliits of the female imago only; the records for Trupetidae, Drosophilidae and Tachinidae indicate the feeding hal)its of the larva. Culicidae. * Cidex fatigaiis Wied Attacks human beings. F.J. * * C jepsoni Theo „ ,. „ F.J. * * C. nociurnus Theo ,, ,, ,. F.J. * * Finlai/a poicilia Theo „ ,, ,. F.J. * Steijomnia fasciafa F „ ,, „ F.J. * iS'. pseudoscitteUaris Theo „ .. ., F..T. * * Taeniorlii/iiclnis brevicellidtis Theo „ ,. .. F.J. Tabanidae. * * * Tahanm fijiaiius Ric Attacks hnnian beings. W.G. Trijpetidue. Ducun curinpennis Frogg.''' Attacks the fruit of Mima sapientum L. (Scitaniineae). W.F. * * D. pasfiiflorae Frogg. Lives in the fruits of the following plants : — Citru.s Auranlium L. (Rutaceae) F.J.; C. Aurantiirm L. var. nobilis (Rntaceae) F.J. ; Eiigoiia malacceiisia L. (Myrtaceae) AV.O. ; Mangi- fera indica L. (Anaeardiaceae) F.J. ; Passiflora quadrangularis L. (Passifloreae) F.J.; Pometia pinnata Forst. (Sapindaceae) F.,T.; Psidium Guayava L. (Myrtaceae). F.J. This species has also been bred from the seeds of Saululnm ijaxi Seem. (Santalaceac). F.J. D. 2>f. T)rn!iophilidae. * * * Drosophila ampelophila Lw. Feeds on the skin ol' the fruit of Musa sapientum L. (Seitamineae). F..r. fNone of the.se ppecies have been bred in Fiji, and the records have all been obtained froni fruit landed in .Australia and New Zealand: the records for D. xanthodes Broun have been taken from Froggatt's "Report on Parasitic and Injurious Insect.s" on p. 91 of which he states "This name was given to a species, bred by Captain Broun in New Zealand, from larvae obtained infesting pine- apples, granadillas. guavas, and mammee apples brought from Suva and Rara- tonga, Fiji.'' It is not clear from this note whether all four food plant records were obtained from Fijian fruit or whether some were obtained from Raratongan fruit and some from Fijian fruit. » » BY R. VEITCII AXU W. (aKKEN'WOOU. 517 Tachinidae. * Ceromasla splienophori Vill. Parasitic ou the larvae of Bhahdocnemis obscwra Boisd. (Curculionidael. F.M. Sturmia bimacidata Htg. Parasitic on the hirvae of the following: — Vhromis erotus Cram. (Spliingidae) W.G.; Cirphis loreyi Dup. (Noetuidae) R.V.; C. unipioicta Haw. (Noctuidae) R.V.; Prodenia liticra F. (Noetuidae). K.V. Mrtscidae. * Musca domestica L. The larvae feed in excrement. F.J. * * * Stomoxijs calcitram L. The imago sucks the blood of horses. F.J.; it also attacks human beings. R.V. SIPHONAPTERA. The Siphonaptera are blood sucking. Pulieidae. • * Ctenoce phalus felis Bouclie. On dogs, cats and mongoose. F.J. • * Eehidnophaga gallinacea Westw. Attacks domestic fowl, t • * Xenopsylla cheopis Roths. Attacks rats. F.J. t Observer's name unknown to the authors. I 518 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Received during the period 24tli November, 1920, to 30tli November, 1921. (From the respective Societies, etc., miless utlienrixe meiitioDed.) Accra. Geological Survey of the Gold Coast of W. Afkica. — Report for the Year 1919 (1920). Adelaide. AusTii.iLA.sL\N Antaectic Expkwtiox, 1911-1914. — Seieiitifie Reports, Series A. iii., pt. 1, Section 1 (1918); Series C. v., 7-8 (1919-1920); vi., 2-3 (1921); vii., 1-4 (1918-1919); viii., 1 (1920). Department of Chemistry. — One Extract from Report No. 2 of the State Advisory Council of Science and Industry of S.A. ''The Value of Scientific Research— The Wheat Fests Problem" (1920). Department of Mines: GeOLOtaCAL Survey of S. Australia. — Annual Report of the Director of Mines and Government Geologist for 1919 (1920) ; Bnlletin No. 8 (1921) ; ]\Iining Review for the Half-yeai-s ended 31st December, 19'20 and 30th June^ 1921, Nos. 33 and 34 (1921). Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia. — Records of the S.A. Museum, i., 4 (T. p. & c.) : ii.. 1 (19'21): Report of the Board of Governors for 1919-20; 1920-21 (1920-1921). Royal Societ\' of South Australia. — Transactions aiiil Proceedings, xliv. (1920). Woods and Forests Department of South Australlx. — Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration for the Year 1919-20 (1920); 1920-21 (1921). By W. Gill. F.L.S., F.R.H.S.. Conservator of Forests. Albany. New York State Library. — Annua! Report of tlie New York State Museum, Ixxii.. 1918 (19'20). Amsterdam. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappex. — Jaarboek, 1914-17 (1915- 1918); Proceedings of the Section of Sciences, xvii.-xx., (1914-1918); Verhandelingen. 2de Sectie. xviii.. 4-C (T. p. & c.) (1915-1916); xix., 1-6 (T. p. & c.) (1916-1917): xx.. 1-4 (1917-1918); Vei-slagen Afdeel- ing Natuurkunde. xxiii.. 1914-15 (1914-1915); xxiv.. 1915-16 (1915- 1916); XXV.. 1916-17 (1917); xxvi.. 1917-18 (1918). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 519 I Amsterdam {[urmerly Haarlem). Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. — Entomologische Bericbten, v., 115-120 (T. p. & c.) (1920-1921); Tijdscbritt voor Entomologie, Ixiii., 3-4 (T. p. & c); Ixiv., 1-2 (1921). Arm Arbor. American Microscoi'ICal SociETi'. — Transactions, xxxix., 3-4 (Index) (1920); xL, 1-2 (1921). Michigan Acadeuy of Science. — Tweuty-tirst Annual Report, 1919 (1920). University op Michigan : Museum of Zoology. — Occasional Papers, Nos. 65-09; 76-90 (1919-1920). Auckland. Auckland Institute and Museum. — Annual Report, 1920-21 (1921). Baltimore. Maryland Geological Survey. — "The Cambrian and Ordovician Deposits of Maryland." (1919). Barcelona. - Junta de Ciencias Naturales. — Anuari 1918; Treballs del Museu, iii., 2-3; v., 2 (1920); vii., 1 (1919); viii., 1 (1920). Real Academia db Ciencias y Artes de Barcelona. — Boletin, iv., 1-4 (1917- 1920); Memorias, xv., 1-19 (T. p. & c.) ; xvi., 1-5 (1919-1920); Nomina del Personal Acadeniico, 1919-20. 1920-21. Batavia. KoNiNKLijKE Natuurkundige Vereeniging IN Nederl.-Indie. — Aflevering 2 (Het Idjen-Hoogland, Monografie ii.) ; Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandscb-Indie, Ixxx., 2-3 (T. p. & e.) (1920); Ixxxi..' 1-2 (1921). Berkeley. University OP California. — Publications. — Botany, vii., 10 (1920); Geology, T. p. & c. for xi. (1918-1919); xii., 3, 6-7 (1920-1921); Zoology, T. p. & c. for xiv. and xviii. (1914/1918, 1917/1919); xix.,. 0 and 13 (1919-1920); xx., 7; xxiii., pp. 1-470 (1921). Bern. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. — Mitteilungen a.d. Jabre 1919 (1920); Veibandlungen. 1919 (1920). Birmingham. Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society. — Annual Re- port for 1920; List of Members, 1921; Proceedings, xiv., 4 (T. p. & c.) and Special Supplement (1921). Bombay. Bombay Bacteriological Laboratory. — Annual Reports for Years 1913-19 (1914-1920). Boston. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. — Proceedings, Iv.. 2-10 (T. p. & c.) (1919-1920). 520 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Brisbane. Dkpart.mknt of Agriculture and Stock. — yui'tuslaml AgTicultiiriU Journal, xiv., 6 (T. p. & c); XV., 1-G (T. p. & c.) ; xvi., 1-5 (1920-1921). Geological Survey of Queensland. — Pul)lications, Nos. 266, 209 (1920) ; Five Reprints, (Publication No. 268 in Part), Articles 5-9 iu Industrial Minerals (1920-1921). Queensland Musbu.m. — Memoirs, vii., 2-3 (1921). Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, (Queensland Branch). — Queensland Geographical Journal, N.S. .xx.xiv.-xxxv. (one vol.), 1918- 1920 (1920). Royal Society of Queensland. — Abstract of Proceedings, 25/10/20; 30/3/21; 27/4/21; 30/5/21; 27/6/21; 25/7/21; 29/8/21; 26/9/21 (1920- 1921); Proceedings, xxxii., 1920 (1921). University of Queensland. — Collected Papers, i., 1916-1918 (1920). Brooklyn, N.Y. Botanical Society op America. — American Journal of Botany, i., 1-10 (T. p. & c.) (1914); ii., 1-9 (1915); iii., 2-10 (T. p. & c.) (1916); iv., 1-10 (T. p. & c.) (1917); v., 3-10 (T. p. & c.) (1918); vi., 1-10 (T. p. & c.) (1919); vii., 1, 5-10 (T. p. & c.) (1920); viii., 1-7 (1921). Brooklyn Institute or Arts and Sciences, Brooklyn Museum. — Science Bnlietin, iii., 2 (1920). Brussels. AcADEMiK Royale de Belgique. — Bulletin de la ( lasse des Sciences, 1920, 4-12 (T. p. & c.) (1920); 1921, 1-3 (1921). Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de BEL(ii(iUE. — Annuaire, 87e Annee, 1921 (1921). SociETE Royale de Botanique de Belgique. — Bulletin, liii., 2 (1920). Societe Royale Zoologique et Mal.\cologic,)Ue de Belgique. — Annales, L, 1914-1920 (1920). Budapest. MusEE National Hongrois. — Annales, xv., 1-2 ('!'. p. & e.) (1917); xvi., 1 (1918). Buenos Aires. Musiw Nacional dk Historia Natural. — Annales, sxvii.-xsix. (1915-1917). Buffalo. Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.— Bulletin, xi., 3; xii; xiii., 1 (1910- 1919). Caen. Societe Linneknne de Noh.maxdie.- Bulletin, (itli Ser. x., 1917 (1919); 7th Ser., i.-ii., 1918-1919 (1919-1920). Calcutta. Geoixigicai. Survey of India.— Memoirs, xl.. 3; xliv., 1; xlvi., 1 (1920- 1921); Records, li., 2-4 (T. p. & c.) (1920-1921); Iii; liii., 1 (1921). Indian Museu.m.— Memoirs, v., 7-8 (1920-1921); Records, xviii., 4-5; xix.. 3-5 (T. p. & c); xxii., 1 (1920-1921); One Reprint "Notes from the DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 521 Bengal Fislieries Laboratory No. 7." "On some Indian Torpedinidae from tlie Orissa Coast." (Records, .\ix., pt. iii., No. 14, 1920) ; Report on the Zoological Survey of India for Years 1917-1920 (1920). Cambridge, England. Caubkiuue PiiiLosoi'jiiOAL SociETY. — List of Fellows, etc., for 1920; Pro- ceedings, X.X., 1-3 (1920-1921); Transactions, xxii., 22 (1920). Cambridge, Mass. MusEUii ov COJIPARATIVE ZooLO(iY AT Harvahd Oolleoe. — Annual Report of tlie Director, 1919-1920 (1920); P>ulletin, Ixiv., 1-7 (T. p. & c.) (I!t20-1921); Ixv., 1 (1921). Cape Town. Royal Society of South Africa. — Transactions, T. p. & e. for vii; viii., 4 (T. p. & c.) ; is., 1-4 (T. p. & c.) ; x., 1 (1919-1921). South African Museum. — Annual Rept)rt for year ended 31st December, 1920 (1921); Annals, xii., 7; xvii., (I; xviii., 1-2 (1920-1921). Chicago. FiKLD Museum op Natur.\l History. — Botanical Series, iv., 1-2 (1918-1919) ; Report Series, v., 3-4, 0 (1918-1921); Zoological Series, xiv., 1 (1921). Christchurch, N.Z. PiiiLosoi'jiicAi. IxsTiTUTE OP Canteri'.ury. — Transactions and Proceedings (if the New Zealand Institute, liii., (1921). Christiania. ViDi;xsKAPS Selskapet I Christiania. — Forhandlinger, Aar 191.5, 1919 (191G. 1920); Skrifter i Matematisk-Naturviden-skabelig Klasse, 1915, 1919 (1916, 1920). Cincinnati. Lloyii Library.-- :\[ycological Notes, 48-60 (1917-1919); Index to Vol. v. of Mycologieal Writings (1916-1919); The Genus /I'nf/HiMm (May, 1917); Tlie Geoglossaceae (May, 1916) ; Synopsis Genera Large Pyrenoinycetes (Jan, 1917) ; Large Pyrenomyeetes (2nd Paper) (.July, 1919) ; Xylaria Notes, 1-2 (Sejit. & Dec, 1918); Myths of Mycology, Ft. 1 (Dec, 1917). Cluj, Roumania. Graoixa P.Otanica.— Bulletin, i., 1 (1921). Colombo. Colombo Museum.— Spolia Zeylanica. xi.. 4.3-44 (1921). Columbus, Ohio. American Chemical Society. — Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, xii., 11-12 (T. p. & c.) (1920); xiii., 1-9 (1921). Ohio Academy op Science and Ohio State University Scikxtific Society.— Ohio Journal of Science, xxi., 1-8 (T. p. & c.) (1920-1921). Ohio State University, — University Bulletin, xxv., 6 (1920). Copenhagen. Det Kcl. Danske Videnskacernks Sklskabs. — Mindeskrift for Japetus Steenstrup (Vols. 1-2) (1914). Universitets Zoologiske Museum. — Pub- lications Nos. 13-18 (1920). 522 • DOXATIOXS AXD EXCHANGES. Dablin. Royal Dublin Society. — Economic Pi-oeeedinjr?. ii.. 15 (1920') ; Scientific Proceeding's, N.S., xv., 49 (T. p. & c); xvi.. 1-13 (1920). Durban. DruiiAX Museum.— Aunals, T. p. & c. for Vol. ii.: iii.. 1 (1020-1921). Edinburgh. Royal Physical Society. — Proceedings, xx., 5 (1921). Royal Society of Edinburgh. — Proceedings, xl., 2 (T. p. & c.) ; Session 1919-1920 (1921); xli., 1, Session 1920-1921 (1921). Frankfurt on Main. SliXCKEXr.ERGISCHE NaTUEFOR-SCHENDE GESELLSCH.-iFT IN FrANKFURT A. M. — Bericht, T. p. & e. for No. 49 (1919): 1919 (No. 50) 1-4 (1920). Freiburg, I.B. Naturfoksciiexiie Geslllsciiaft. — liericlite, xxii.. 2 (1920): xxiiii., 1 (1921). Geneva. SociETE DE Physique et d'Histoirk Naturkllk de Geneve. — Compte Rendu, xxxviii., 1-2; Memoires, xxxix., 5; Rules of the Society, (1921). Geneva, N.Y. New York A(iRicuLTURE Experuiext St.vtion. — Annual Kcport. 27tli, Vol. ii., 2 (Sturtevaut's Notes on Edible Plants), 1919 (1919). Genoa. MusEO Civico Di Storia Naturale. — Annali, Ser. 3. viii.. (xlviii.). 1918- 1920 (1920). Heider. Nederlandsche Dierkundigb Vereeniging. — Aanwinsten sopiiical Society. — Meumirs and Pro- ceeding's, Ixiii.. 1918-1919 (1920); Ixiv.. 1. 1919-1920 (1921). University of Maxchester, .Manchester Mcsevm. — Notes from the Man- (diester Museum, No. 26 (Museum Publication No. 84) (1921). Manila, P.I. Bureau of SaEXCE op the Govekxjiext of the Philippixe Islands. — Philippine Journal of Science, xvi., 6 (T. p. & e.) ; xvii., 1-6 (T. p. &c.); xviii., 1-6 (T. p. & c.) (1920-1921). Marseilles. MrsKE ii'IiisToiRK Xati^kkm.k. — Aniiah's, xvii. (1919). Melbourne. AUSTR.'VLIAN JOURX.VLOF Ph.^rm.vcv, N.S. i., H-12 (1!)20); ii.. 13-22 (1921). (From the Publisher.) Commonwealth Bureau op Census and Statistics. — Official Yearbook, No. 13. 1920. Commonwealth Institute of Science and industry. — Bulletin Nos. 14, 15, 17. 19-21; T. p. & c. for Bulletins .\os. 12-21 (Vol. ii.), (1919-1921 ) ; '•Science and Industry,'' ii., 10-12 (Index) (1920-1921). Dki'artsient op Trade and Customs. — Fisheries — "Biological Results oi the Fishing Experiments carried on by the F.I.S. "Endeavour," 1909-14," v., 2 (1921). Field N.vruRALisTS" Club op Victoria. — "Victorian Naturalist," xxxvii., 8-12 (T. p. & c); xxxviii., 1-7 (1920-1921). Public Lihrary, Museu:v[s and National Gallery of Victoi.-ia. — Report of the Trustees for 1919, 1920 (1920, 1921). Royal Society op Victoria. — Pi-oceedings. N.S. xxxiii. (19211. ITniversity of .Melbourne. — Calendar for 1921 (1920). Mexico. Instituto Geolooico de Mexico.— Anales, No. 9 (1920); Boletin. No. 33 (Text and Plates) (1919-1921). DONATIONS AXD EXCHANGES. 525 Milwaukee. Wisconsin- Natural History Societv.— Bulletin, N.S. xiii.. 4 (T. p. & p.) (1920). Modena. La Nuova Notarisia. — (From the Editor, Dr. 0. B. Be Toni) Ser. xxxii., Genn.-Apv.; Luglio-Ottol). 1921 (1921). Monaco. L'Institut Oceanogr-^phique dk Monaco.— Bulletin, Nos. 3G8-382 (T p. & c. for Nos. 303-382); 383-400 (1920-1921). Montevideo. MUSEO Nacional. — Anales, Ser. ii., i., 4, pp. 97-138 (1920). Nantes. yociETE DES Sciences Natueelles de l'Uuest de la Feance. — Bulletin, 3rd Ser., V. (1915-1919). Naples. Statione Zoologica hi Napoli. — Publications, i. (T. p. & c.) (191(>); ii., 1-2 (T. p. & c.) (1917-1918); i.. 1 (Laboratory of Physiological and Biological Cliemistry) (1919). New Haven, Conn. C'ONNEC'TicL'T AcADEiiY OF Arts anu SCIENCES. — Memoirs, vii. (1920) ; Transactions, xviii., pp. 347-447 (1915) ; xxiii., pp. 243-411) (T. p. & c.) ; xxiv.. pp. 1-243; xxv., pp. 1-92 (1920-1921). New York. American Geographical Society. — Geograpliical Review, ix., iJ (T. p. ic c.) ; s., 4-6 (T. p. & c); xi., 2-3 (1920-1921). AiiEBiCAN Museum op N.^tubal History. — Bulletin, xxxix.-xli., (1918-1919) ; "Natural History," xx., 3-5 (T. p. & c.) ; xxi., 1-3 (1920-1921). New York Academy of Sciences. — Annals, xxv., pp. 309-410; xsviii., pp. 107-200; xxix.. pp. 1-131, 133-139 (1917-1921). Nictheroy, E. do Rio. EscoLA SuPEPJOn DE Agricultura e Medicina Veterinaria. — Archivos, iv., 1-2 (T. p. & c.) (1920). Ottawa. Geological Survey op Canada. — Bulletin, Nos. 31-32 (1921) ; Memoir.=!, Nos. 118-124 (1920-1921); Summary Report for 1919, Parts A, C. E, F; 1920, Parts A. B, C. E (1920-1921). International Institute Branch, Department op Agriculture. — Agricul- tural Gazette of Canada, vii., 10-12 (Index); viii., 1-4 (1920-1921). Royal Society of Canada. — Proceedings and Transactions, 3rd Ser., xiv., 1920 (1921). Oxford. Radclippe Library, O.kford University Museum. — Catalogue of the Books added during 1920 (1921). 526 DOXATIOXS AND EXCHANGES. Paris. Museum d'Histoiee Naturelle. — Bulletin, 1919, Nos. 4-7 (T. p. & c.) (1919); 1920, Nos. 1-6 (1920); Nouvelles Archives 5th Ser., vi. (1914). SociETE ExTOJiOLOr.iQUE HE Fr^vxce. — Annales, 1920,, Ixxxix., 2 (1921); Bulletin, 1920, 15-21 (T. p. & c.) (1920) ;'l921, 1-G and Supplement, 7-14 (1921). • Pavia. Instituto Botaxico dell'Uxiversita de Pavia. — Atti, Serie ii., xvii., 6 (T. p. & c.) (1920). Perth, Geoloi:ical Survey of Western Australia. — Annual Progress Report for tlie year 1920 (1921); Bulletin, Nos. 78-81, 83 (1920-1921). Government Statistician, Western Australia. — Quarterly Statistical Abstract, Nos. 219-222 (1920-1921). Philadelphia. Ar'ADEMv OP Natural Sciences. — Entomological News, and Proceedings of the Entomological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences, xxxi., 9-10 (T. p. & c.) (1920); xxxii.. 1-7 (1921); Proceedings, Ixxi., 2-3 (T. p. & c); Ixxii., 1-2 (1919-1920). American Philosophical Society. — Proceedings, Iviii., 0 (1919); lix., 1-6 (T. p. & c.) (1920); Transactions, X.S., x.xii., 4 (1920). University op Pennsylvania. — Contributions from the Botanical Laliora- toiy, iv., 2 (Index); v., 1 (1919); Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory, xix.-xxi. (1914, 1918, 1920). Wistar IX.STITUTE OP Anatomy AND BiOLOGY. — Journal of Experimental Zoology, xxxi., 3-4 (T. p. & e.) ; xxxii., 1-3 (T. p. & c.) ; xxxiii., 1-2 (T. p. & c); xxxi v., 1 (1920-1921); .Tournal of Moiphologv, xxxi v.. 3 (T. p. & c); XXXV.. 1-2 (1920-1921). Zoological Society op Philadelphia. — Forty-ninlli Annual Rep.irt of the Board of Directors, 1920 (1921). Pietermaritzburg. Natal Gonense>. x.. 1 (19'21). Toronto. ROY'AL Canadian Institute. — Transactions, T. p. & c. for xii. (1920) ; xiii., 1 (1921). DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. 529 Townsville. ArsTKALiAN Institute of Tropical Medicine. — Half Yearly Reports 1917, 1918; Yearly Report 191!) (1918, 1919, 1920). Tring, Herts. ZO()LO(.:icAL Museum. — Novitates Zoologieae, xxvii., 2-3 (T. p. & c.) ; xxviii., 1-2 (1920-1921). Trondhjem. KoxcEi.iCE NoRSKB ViDENSKAUERS Selskab. — Aarberetiiing for 1918, 1919 (1920, 1921); Contributioiies ad Florain Asiae interioris pertinentes edidit Henrik Printz. iii. (1921); Skrifter, 1918-1919 (one vol.) (1921). Tunis. Institut Pasteur DE Tuni-;. — Arcliives. xi., 4 (Index) (1920). Instituts Pasteur de l'Afri^ue du Noru (furmerly Institut Pasteur de rwws).— Archives, i.. 2 (1921). Upsala. Royal Univer.sity of Upsala. — "Sweden," (2 vols.) (1914). Urbana, 111. University of Illinois. — Illinois ISioliis^iciil Monographs, iv., 4 (T. p. & c.) (1918): v., 1-4 (1919). Washington. IUkeau of AiiERiCAN ETHNOLOGY. — Bulletin, Nos. (57, (iS, 71 (1919-1920). Carnegie Institution of Washington. — Year Book, Nos. 1-19, 1902-1920 (1903-1921); Department of Experimental F^vohition, Annual Report of Director (Reprint from Year Book, 1920); Department of Marine Biologv, Annual Report of Directoi' ( Reprint from Year Book, 1920) (1920)'. National Academy op Sciences. — Proceedings, vi., 8-12 (T. p. & c.) ; vii., 1-3 (1920-1921). Smithsonian Institution. — Annual Report, 1917-1918 (1920). U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of Commerce. — Special Publication No. 40 (1917). U.S. Department or Agriculture.— Bulletin, Nos. 810, 826, 837, 843, 847, 872, 964, 966 (1920-1921); Report of the Entomologist, 1919-1920 (1920); Yearbook, 1920 (1921). U.S. Geological Survey.— Bulletin, Nos. .597, T. p. & c. for 620, pt. i., 623 Appendix A, 624-5, 631, 037, 640r, G, I, 641F, G, 642-3. 646, 648. 651- 5, 659, 660B. E-G, I, 661A, H, I. 674-5, 682, 690C-D, F, 691A-C, H, 695, 697, 700-3, 710F. 711E-H, 712, 715A-G, I, J, 716A-F (1910-1921); Mineral Resources, 1914, i., T. p. & c; ii., T. p. & c. (1916); 1915, i., IB, 6, 8-10, 12-14, 19, 20, 22, 24, 27; ii., 15, 21, 22, 24, 26. 29, 32-34 T. p. & c. (1916-1917); T. p. & c. for 1916, pts. i. and ii. (1919-1920); 1916, i., 2, 3, 5, 9, 11, 12, 14-19, 22, 23; ii., 3-5, 7, 9-12, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24-28, 30-34 (1917-1918); 1917, i., 1, IC, 5, 9, 25-29; ii.. 1, 2, 6, 8 (1918-1920); 1918, i.. A, 10, 13-29; ii., 14, 16-34, 36 (1919-1920); 1919, i., Preliminary Summary, 1-8; ii., 1-12 (1920-1921); Professional Papers, 93, 96-7, 98P-T, 99, 102-3, 105, 108D, F, G, H-J, L, T. p. & c, 111, 116, 118-9, 120A-F, H, 12.5D, 128A-D (1916-1920); Thirty seventh to Forty first Annual Reports, 1915/1C-1919/20 (1916-1920); Water aJ L. i f '-■ -.-^ ^ ■^>" :; ■^■ ■ . -^ ■ 'fe. ''^Aaiw .csY 530 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES. Supply Papers, 381, 38(), 391-4, 3()(i, 40()B-E, 401, 437, 439, 444-5, 448, 450C, 451-3, 458, 401, 404-5, 407, 470, 472, 474, 4i)l)A, 491 (1916- 1920). U.S. National Museum.— Annual Report for year 1919-1920 (1920) ; Bul- letin, Nos. 100, Vol. i., pts. 7-8; T. p. & e. for 103; 106 (Text and Plates); 109; 111 (1919-1920); Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium, xxii., 3; xxiii., 1 (1920); Proceeflings, Iv.-lvi. (1920). Wellington, N.Z. Depaktaient op Mines: New Zealand Geological Survey. — Xivth Annual Report, New Series, 1919-1920 (1920) ; Four Reprints from N.Z. Jour- nal of Science and Technology, (iii., 1, pp. 29-33; 3, pp. 172-175; 4, pp. 224-26; 5/6, pp. 297-301) (1920-1921); Palaeontological Bulletin, No. 8 (1921). New Zealand Board of Science and Art. — N.Z. Journal of Science and Technology, iii., 3-6 (T. p. & c.) ; iv., 1-4 (1920-1921). Private Donors (ami autliurs, unless dtlicrwise stated). Bertrand, Paul, Lille. — (a). Reprint— Notions Nouvelles sur la Formation des Charbons de Terre (Revue du Mois. No. 15. 10 Mars, 1907. iii., pp. 323-341); (b). Reprint— Le Bourgeon Fenielle des Cordaitea d'apres les Preparations de Bernard Renault (Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences de Nancy. 1911); (c). Reprint— Premieres Notions sur les Charbons de Terre, (Bulletin de la Societe de I'lndustrie ^linerale, 3 me Ser., xi., 3 me livraison. 1897); (d). Four Reprints from the Bul- letin de la Societe Botanique de France (liv. (4 me Ser., vii.), 1907); three Reprints from the Bulletin de la Societe Botanique de France (Iv, (4 me Ser., viii.) 1908); (e). Four Reprints from the Association Francaise pour I'Avancement des Scieiu-es (1) Remarques sur la Struc- ture (\es Isoetes (Congres de Saint-Etienne, 1897) ; (2) Remarques sur la Structure des Grains de Pollen de Cordaites (C(mgres de Nantes, 1898) ; (3) Remarques sur le Tn.roftpermum angulosum-, (Congres de Reims, 1907) ; (4) Alteration de FEndosperme de Graines Silicifiees (Congres de Clermont-Ferrand. 1908); (/). Reprint— Sur le Genre Compsntesta de Ad. Brongniart (Annates du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzora-, 1909, 2e Serie. Sui)pl. iii.1 ; (f])- Etudes sur la Fronde des Zvgopteridees. (Texte et Atlas. Lille. 1909). Chilton, C.. M.A., D.Sc. LL.D.. Christchurch.— One Reprint: Notes from the Canterbnn' College Mountain Biol Flindersia, 324. Wyndliam District, new Tiger-beetle from, 330. Xanthiittn commune, exhibited, 210. Yellow-footed Pouched hibited, 350. Mouse, ex- (b) BIOLOGICAL IND EX. Synoyms are printed in italics; new name.? in small capitals. Page. Page. Page. Acacia adunea . . . . 258 Aeantholophus den- Acantholophus aneura 258 ticollis . . 21, 24, 29 mucronatus 21, 27, 37- armata 385 45, 70, 72 8 auiiculiformis . . 258 var. serraticollis . 72 nanus . . .27, 46-8 Cambagei . . . . 256-8 dixoni .... 21, 27, 44 nasieomis 68 Cheelii 258 doddi . . . . 27-8. 51 nasieomis 21, 28, 30, decora 258 dumosus . 21, 26, 30-2 68 farncsiana 511 var. brevicornis . 31 niveovittatus 21, 2&, pycnantlia 504 echidna . 21, 27, 36, 30, 56-9 salicina 258 43 ocelliger . . .28, 62 Acantholophus 19-21, 24- echinatus 35 parvulus .... 27, 47 6, 29, 30, 37, 75, 393-4 echinatus 19, 20, 27, planicollis . 20, 29, 69 adelaidae 20-1, 27, 44- 37-9, 67 posticalis .... 55-6 5, 48, 50, 54 eximius . . .28. 72-3 posticalis 21 alpicola . . 21, 27, 44 foveirostris 21, 27, 45 rugiceps 66-7 amycteroides 20, 26, franklinensis 21, 28, rugiceps 21 30, 32, 34 57 scabrosus 21, 24, 27, angasi .. .. 21, 48-9 gladiator 21, 30, 33. 42-3 angustieollis . 21, 27 50 seaphirostris 21, 29, 31, 41) granulatus . 21, 24, 29 73 apiealis 21, 26, 31 -2 73-5 sellatus .... 26, 35 appni.iimatus . . 48-0 gi-avicollis . 21, 27, 50 sepidioides . . . . 35 apjiroximatus ... 21 halinaturinus 21, 27. serraticollis 21, 29, 71 aureolus 21, 28, 30, 37- -19 simplex .. . . 73, 75 8, 06-S hiiwittii 21 simplex .. 21, 28, 65 var. na,sicornis . (17 howitlii 39 simulator 21, 28-9, 55 bivittatus . . . 28, 53 humeralis 21, 28, 30, sordidus . . . . 27, 41 blaekburni 21, 24,'29, . '^'-' ''""^ spinifer 21, 27, 38-42 73-5 ^ '*' ■ "lie'itiil's . . 62 var. blandensis . 40-1 brevicornis ''1 hypoleucus 28, 30, 57- var. fuscovittat'.is 40-1 browni . .' . 21, 26, 34 , , . .,„ „. ^ ^■'■":- "»""*="'"« • 40-1 caenosus .... 394-5 '.'■^"^*''^ ■■ -^' ^'^' ^T spmosus . . • ■ • ■ 60-1 , „■,-,„, inoratus 21 spmosus . . . 20-1, 30 convexmsculus 21, 394 irroralns 68 s,^,alidus 21, 27, 44-5 400-1 Krefrtii 21.27, 51-3 s.iuainosus 21, 27, 46-8 cra-ssulens 20, 28, 30 lateralis . . 21, 28, 60 sublnbatus ... 46, 48 58 inarshami 26, 29, 34-7, sublobatus 21 crenatieollis 21, 28, 67 39, 41.3 subtridentatus 27, 9 mastersi 28, 55-6, 401 41-2 CUPREOMICANS 28, 31. ma.stersii 21 snturalis 28, 30, 59-61 62 maximus 29-31, 73-5 ta.«nianiensis 21, 27, 44 INDEX. Page. Aeantboloplins tatei 21. 27-8, 03-5 var. anintarum . 64 var. murcbisoiii . 64 var. tennantensis 04 tennantensis . 21, 03 TERRAE-REGINAE . 28, 68 TRAGOCEPHALUS 28, 04, 00 transitus 20, 20, 30. 33 tril.ulus 21, 28, 54-5 tridentatus 21-2, 27, 42-3 truHcaticornis . . 44-5 truncaticoniis ... 21 Aeanthopbis . . . . 495 antarcticus . . . . 400 Aeatopygia 298 Achaea Janata . . . . 507 Acienemis Ijiconit'er . 512 Acnephalum 288 Acraspisa 298 Acthosus 307 latieornis 307 westwoodi 307 Acupalpa 298 Adelinm murex . . . 317 pilosum 317 scuteUare . . . . 317-8 Adoretus versutus . . 509 Aegiceras .... 380-2, 386 majus 378-80, 384, 380, 389-90 Agagles arnica . . . . 160 Agama atricollis . . . 497 bibronii 497 mutabilis 497 sanguinolenta . . . 497 Agape" 100, 102 cbloropyga . . . . 102 cyanopyga . . . . 162 Agapophytus 298 Agastbenes euclensis 308 goudiei 308 Agrostis alba 388 alba eoaretata . . . 389 palustris 389 Agropyrura pungeus 389 Aleurodes bergii . . . 514 ealopbylli 514 eomata 514 sacebari 514 Aleurodieus bolmesii 514 Alligator missisipiensis 490 Page. Allogiiosta fuseitarsis 269 Alpbitobius 307 diaperinus 511 piceus 511 Amai-antus deflexus . 209 maerocarpus . . . . 210 AinarygTOus hydropbi- loides 511 METALLICEPS . . . . 321 tarsaUs 321 tubereuliger 511 Ambli/ophis viridis . 118 Amblytelus 196 Ameiva surinamensis 497 Ameletus .. .. 409, 412 Amia koilomatodon . 469 rhodopterus . . . . 469 sai'aijensis 469 trimaculata 469 Ampbilopbis glabra . 513 Ampbimonadaceae . . 104 Amphimonas caudata 104 Ampbisbaena alba . . 497 sp 497 Amycterus . . . . 20, 394 aureolus 20 bivittatus 20 coenosus 394 dumosus 20 hi/polettcus 20 hystrix 20 lateralis 20 suturalis 20 Amyna natalis . . . . 507 Anabarrbynebus . 298-9 pallidus ; 299 ruiipes 299 terrenus 299 Ananas sativus 506, 514. 516 Anascoptes 25, 393, 398, 403 FASCIATUS . . . . 404-0 murioatus . . . . 403-4 OBLITERATUS . . 404, 400 Ancliomenini 197 Angopbora Bakeri . 482 eordif olia 482 intermedia 482 laneeolata. 476-7, 482 .subveliitina 482 Anisonema acinus . . 142 grande 142 HEXAGONUM . . . . 142 „ var. ELEGANS 142 ovalum 142 Page. Anisonema sulcata . 142 Anisorcus affinis . . . 510 Anobium panieeum . . 511 Anotisis frencbi . . . 323 Antliela 164-5, 107, 190 acliromata . . 168, 172 acuta . . 168, 176, 185 addita .. .. 169, 183 adriana . . . 108, 170 ALLOCOTA . . . 109, 182 ARIPREPES . . 168, 179 asciscens 169, 179, 181 aspilota 169 asterias . . . . 168, 174 callispila 174 callixantba . . l()8-9, 182 eanescens . 168-9, 185 carneotincta . . . . 185 chrysochrossa . . . 174 dementi . . . 168, 170 CNECIAS 178 connexa . . . 169, 180 crenulata 185 denticulata .. 168, 174 elizabetba .. 168, 171 epicrypha 185 excellens . . . . 109, 184 ferruginosa 167-8, 171, 183-4 figlina .. .. 108, 175 flavala 182 guenei . . . . 168, 173 HABROPTILA . . 168, 173 beliopa .... 169, 184 HYPERYTHRA . 168, 1/2 LEUCOCERA . . 108, 170 LIXOPEPLA . . 168, 171 magnifiea . 169, 179-80 neurospasta . . 168, 171 nieothoe .. 169, 18.5-6 iiigristigma 178 niphomacula . . . . 174 ocellata . . . . 168, 178 ochroneura 171 ochroptera . . 168, 179 ORESSARCHA . 168, 177 ostra 168, 174 PHAEODESMA . 169, 183 phoenicias . . . . 168-70 pyromacula 175 PYRRHICA . . . 169, 183 reltoni . . . . 168, 175 repleta .... 169, 185 rubicunda . . . . 168- (0 stygiana . . . . 168. 179 symphona 178 VUll. INDEX. Pago. Anthela tetraphrica 169, 181 tritonea 180 unisigiia . . . 168. 173 varia . . . . 168, 175-7 Anthelidae .. . 164. IPO Antbophysa 103 stagnatilis 103 vegetans 103 Anthrenus 286 Antiearsia irrorata 507, 512 Apanteles expulsus . 512 Aphanocephalus bimaeul- atus 369 PALLIDIPENNIS . . . 369 poropterus 3(in POTAIIOPHILUS . . . 369 punetulatus . . . . 369 QUADRIHACULATUS 369 quadrinotatus . . . 369 Apluidae .. 419-20. 423. 510 Apliis pomi 473 Aphodius lividus . . 509 Apiocera 297 a.siliea 297 higotii 297 fuscicollis 297 I'uscicornis 297 nioeren.s 297 vulpes 297 Apioceridae 297 Apiomorpha ovicola . 423 Apogon savayensisi . 469 trimaculatus . . . 468-9 Aponogetun t'enestralis 15S Aiirosita 164-(i obspura Ili7 ulothri.r l()7 Aptcroessa 331 Araclinoinyia arborr.m .?00 cuprous 300 Araocorus fascieulatus 511 Araueaiia pere§:riiia J 47 Arctiadao . . . . ... 159 Aro<'a catochu . . . . 507 Argina 159-61 cribraria 161 Argyna a.stroa .... 507 Argvnnina liobartia oyrila 408 Argyroploi-e illopida 508 Aniioria luaritima . . 389 Arnissa simplex . . . 190 Pago. Artemisia maritima . 389 Artliroenemum . . . . 379 arbnscula 378 Asapliidion 196 Ascaris fallax 498 lanceolattt . . 493, 499 Asclepias eurassavica 507 Asilidae 286 Asilinae 292 AsiiTis .. .. 292-3, 295-6 crabronifonnis . . . 296 ci/aneu.s 295 macitldtus 293 marghiellus . . . . 296 sahaudus 291 Asota 159 Aspidiotus aurantii . 514 cyanopliylli 514 destruetor var. trans- parens 514 exeisus . . . . . . . . 514 lataniae 514 paluiao 514 Astasia margaritifera 138 Astasiaceae 136 Aster tri folium .. .. 389 Asterolecanium miliaris- loiiguni 514 Atabiplilebia 412 Atracliniema teres .. 139 tortuosum 13i Atriplex arenaria . . bS9 hastatuui 389 patula .. .. 383. 389 pdrtulaciiides . . . . 389 AuclienoT'rhyiK'ha ... 421 Aulacnspis pentagona 514 Auhiciipliora argvrogaster 511 quadriinaculata . . . 511 Austroporlidao .. 221. 223 Avona sativa 506, 511-2 Avioonnia .. 379-82. 386 officinalis 378-80, 383-4. 386, 389-9(1 Bacterium teruio ... lOli tumet'acicns .. .. 10 Haotidae . . 412 Barringtonia speciosa 508- 9 liari/Uiclnis 195 Hatiiypogon .. 288, 290 aoria 290 Pago. Uathvpogon asiliformis 290 Begonia sp 508 Belonalys 298 nbscura 298 Beloptesis 281 Bembicidium 192 Bembidiini .. . 192. 196 Beiuhidiou 192 duhium 193-4 orraiis 193-4 eiiropf 193 liamit'erum 193 jacksoniense . . . . 193 niloticum 193 oceUatum 193 oiiulontum 193 proprium 193-4 rirerinae 193 .•iiihriride 193 Bemhidium 192 bifoveatinn 206 bipusluIatHin . . . 201 bif^triatum 202 co)ivc.rum 202 ovatum 206 sexstriatiim 207 Bettongia cuniculus . 350 Bicoocaceae 100 Bitis cornutus . . . . 497 Ble]duiroccridao . . . 503 Blepliarotes . . . . 292-3 al)d()minalis 293 atorrima 293 llIMSIiAXKNSIS . . . 294 corarins 293-4 llavus 293 vi(icr(it:t!/lii'< . . . . 295 Pl'XCTATVS . . . . 294 s/ileiididistiinia . . ■ 293 vivax 293 Boa constrictor . . . . 497 B(k1o caudatus . . . . 104 edax 104 grand if 142 saltans 104 Bodonaceao 104 Vaniln/.r iiicathoe . . 186 Hori'oides subulata. . . 269 I!r;i<'lii()mvia uigritarsus 423 Bracliyacnui opiochra 508 Braclivlvlias varies at us 513 Uracil vplatys pacirtcus 512-3 IZ. Page. Brachyrrhopala 288, 290, 291. 292 limbipennis .. 290, 292 maculinervis . . . . 290 maculiiierin ■ . . 290 nitidus 292 ruficornis 292 Bradymerus araicorum 511 Brassica alba . . . . 350 campestris 350 jimcea 350 napus 350 nigra 350 Brisa 388 Brises acuticornis . . . 316 GRANULA'ITTS 31(3 latieoruis 310 parvicoUis 316 Biuohus cliinensis . . 511 Bruguiera 381 Brycopia capillata 319- 20 comata 320 pilosella 320 Bursaria 504 Cabasa .... 288, 291-2 pulchella 291 rufithorax 291 Caediomorpha heteromera 307 Caiman niger . . . . 496 Caladenia tesselata . 350 Calamagrostis . . . . 388 Calandra gTanaria . 512 oryzae . . . . 510, 512 taitensis 512 CaJandrinia eaulescens var. Menziesii . . . 158 Callimorpba 159 Calobates 472 Calopbylkun InopbvUum 514 Calotermes affinis . . 445 brevicornis . . . . 439 convexus . . . . 442-3 improbus 443 insularis 445 irregularis 216 NIGROLABlEUil . . . . 437 obsciirus 437, 439, 442 PRIMU.S 446 trilineatus . . 439, 443 Calotermitinae 437 Page. Cantbecona cyanooantba 513 Carabidae . . . . 192, 196 Carebarbinidae . . . 457 C'archarias hrachyurus 457 viacrurits 457 Carobarinus hrachyurus 457-8 C'areharinus niaorurus 457- 8 Cardiotborax coeruleo- niger 317 COERULESCENS . . . 317 iridipes 317 metallicus 317 Cariea papaya 506, 513-4, 516 Carpburus bifoveatus 359 COLLARIS 358 eristatifrons . . . . 358 elongatus 358 frencbi 359 galliuaceus 358 NIGROFASCIATUS . . . 358 OPACIPENNIS . . . . 359 pisoniae 358 rbagonycbius . . . . 359 simulator 359 SPIXIPENNIS . . . . 358 variipennis 359 Carpophilus dimidiatus 510 mutabilis 510 Cassia nodosa . . . . 510 ocoidentalis 513 Casuarina 377 glauea 379, 384, 387, 389 Centaurea picris . . . 503 Centropomus macrodon 469 Cephalotbamnium c-ae- spitosum 103 euneatum 103 eyeloimm 103 Ceromasia spbenopliori 517 Cestrinus cbampioni 309 DENTATUS 30!' trivialis 309 Cbalcopliorella . . . . 304 Cbalcopterus gracilis 320 iridieolor 320 SCUTELLARIS . . . 320-1 TORPEDO 320 C'halcotaenia 304 Page. Chamaeleon gracilis . 497 Cheilodipterus lineatus 469 macrodon 469 Chelepteryx .. 164-5, 187 coUesi 187 felderi 188 Cbenopodiaceae . . . 379 Chenopodium vulvaria 503 Cbennala rufa . . . . 190 Cbilomonas Paramecium 114 f'bionaspis citri . . . 514 Cbiromyza australis 269 fuscana 269 Cbiromyzini 269 Cblamydomonas . . . 116 Chloropeltis hispidula 124 monilata 124 ovum 126, 128 Chloroperla 233 Cbromis erotus . 507, 517 Cbromomoea deplaucbei 321 mastersi 321-2 TIBIALIS 321 Cbromulina cuneata 107 flavicans 106 ochracea 106 ovalis 106-7 PYRIPORMIS 107 Chromulinaceae . . . 106 Cbrysemys reticulata 496 scripta 496 Cbrysodema 304 subfasciata 304 Chrysolamprus ocellatus 497 Chrysomonadineae 106, 111 Chrysomonas flavicans 106 ochracea 106 Clirysomphalus aurantii 514 dictyospermi . . . . 514 Chrysopa sanvitoresi 515 Chrysopogon . . 287, 288 crabroniformis . . . 288 Chytridium ampullaceum 101 Cicadidae 272, 276. 281-3 Cicindela 331-2 aeneodorsis . . . . 332 albicans 332 INDEX. Page. Cicindela antiqua . . . 332 blaekburni 332 browni 332 catoptriola 332 CLARKi .... 330, 332 dai'wini 332 di.screta 332 doddi 332 frenelii 332 gilesi 332 leai 331 mastersi 332 oblongicollis .... 331-2 plebeia 332 rafflesia 331 semicincta 332 tenuicollis 331 ypsilon 332 Cicindelidae 330-2 Ciconia alba . . . . 496-7 Cillenum 194 Cillenus 192, 194 albovirens 194 masterei 194 Cinosternum pennsylvani- eum 490 Cirphis loreyi . . 507, 517 unipuneta . . . 507, 517 Cistudo parolina . . . 496 Citrulhis vulgaris 506, 511 Citrus aurantium 506. 508 511. 514-6 aurantium var. nobilis 506, 514, 516 medioa var. acida 506, 514 „ var. liraomuu 506. 514-5 riadium junceum . . 384 Cladophora .... 379, 387 Clesthentia .. 285, 298. 300 abcrrans 300 Clianthus Dampieri 503-4 '.Clinocoris liemiptera 513 Clostenema sofialis . 139 Coceidac . . . . 510. 515 Coecinclla 8-maculata 510 transvcrsalis . . . . 510 iCoccotrvpes dactvUperda 51:: Cochlearia officinalis 389 Coeos nueifora 506-9. 511- 2. 514-5 Codula : 288, 292 l;imbipcnnis . . . . 292 Page. Colaeium ELONGATUii 116 vesiculosum . . . . 116 Coleoptera 509 Coleotichus sordidus 513 Coloburiseus .. 409, 412 Colpodella pugnax . 104 Colussa odenestaria . 175 psammochroa . . . 178-9 lu-aria 176 vinosa 186 Cuptotermes 263 acinaciformis 263, 267 laoteus . . . . 263. 267 michaelseni 267 raffrayi 263 Cordaites 374-5 Cordyline terininalis 489 Coronella austriaca . 490 Cosmopolites sordidus 512, 510 Cosmoptervx dulcivora 509 Cosmos bipiuuatus . 238 caudatus 237-S sulphurous 238 Cotana 190 Cotuladcs fascicularis 308-9 montanus 308 TUBERCULATUS . . . 308 Cra.spedomonadaeeae . 101 Crinia signifera . . . 371 Crinura sj) 504 Croomonas Nordstedlii 114 Crotalaria striata . 500-8 Crotalus adanuuiteus 350 Crumenula tcxta . . . 121 Crvptaniorpha desjai'dinsi 510 Crvptoglena austrai.is iii; P1IA(X)IDAE 110 pigra 110 Cryptomonadineae. . 114 Cryi)tcinu>nas Ill AJIPULLA 114 (lEMJIA 115 MAXniA 114 Nordstedtii 114 OBLONGA 115 ovata 114-5 Cryptopogon . . 288, 291 vernaculus 291 Cry)>tot<"rnR's . . . . 442 primus 446 Page. Ctenoceplialus felis . 517 Cubicorrhvnchus 20. 24-6, '29-30. 75. 393-4 aurigcna 394 ejcimius 21, 72 majimu-i . . 21. 24, 30, 74 spinicollis 401 Cueurbita Pepo 506, 511 Culex t'atigans . . . 516 jepsoni 516 nocturnus 516 Cunninghamites australis 147 CurcuUo marsliami 19-20, 34 Cyehramus fimbriatus 351 Cyclaiuua orbiculata 124 iC^'cloduB boddaertiii 494, 497 gigas 495 Cvelonotum sub(|uadratum 510 Cyclops 116 Cylas formicarius . . 512 C^^lodon dactvlon 383, 388-9." 506. 514 Cyphoga.stra . . . . 303-4 BROWxi 304-6 farinosa 304 macfarlani 304 pistor .. . 303-4. 306 saundersi 303 venerea 304 vulnerata 304 woodlarkiana . . . . 304 Cypliosticlia oaerulea 509 Cvvtacantliacris guttulosa 515 Dacus curvipennis . . 516 passiflorae 516 psidii ,516 xantliodos 510 Dahlia sp 508 Damalis 288 Danaida archippus . 507 Danthonia ])ilosa . . 247 semi-annularis 245-7. 249 Darala acuta 170 adriana 170 adusta 180 aseiscens 181 Page. Darala asterias . . . . 174 hasigera 174 callixantha 182 canescens 185 caniceps 176 oensors 186 chalepteryx . . . . 188 cinerascens 176 dementi 170 complens 185 connexa 186 consors 186 cotispersa 176 consuta 190 cupreotincta 190 delineata 176 excellens 184 excisa 176 expansa 190 falcata 176 ferruginea 176 ferae-ns 186 figlina 175 haemoptera . . . . 185 hel'wpa 184 humata 175 inornata 185 Integra 175 latifera 176 limonea 176 linearis 190 lineosa 190 maculosa 190 magnifica 180 minuta 171 oeellata 178 ochroptera 178 parva 171 pinguis 176 plana 176 postica 186 protocentra 185 puclica 169 quadriplaga 176 reltoni 175 repleta 185 rosea 190 rubeola 186 rubescens 171 rubicunda 169 rubriscripta . . . . 190 rufifascia 176 scortea 176 serranotaia 190 simplex 176 subfalcata 176 Page. Daiala succinea . . . 176 stygiana 179 trisecta 190 undidata 174 uniformis 174 vuria 175 xantharcha 180 Sonata 186 Da.syati.s brevicaudatiis 462, 464-5 fluviorum 465 kuhlii 461 latus 465 tbetidis 462, 465 Dasypogon 288 luctuosus 290 mactdinevris . . . . 290 nitidus 290 princeps 291 Dasypogoninae . 285, 286 Decadarchis flavistriata 508 heterogramma . . . 508 Deilemera dinawa . . 161 drucei 161 ta.seiata 507 Deleatidium 412 Deniansia psammopliis 497 reticulata 497 textilis 497 Dendiomonas virgaria 103 Deiomyia 288, 290 gracilis 290 Desmodium umbellatum 509, 51.3 Diaclina 307 calliope 307 immaculata 307 nitida 307 DialeptopiLS 39.i Diamphipnoa 223, 233, 235 amiiilata. 221-2, 233 235 lichenalis .... 221, 235 Diaphone nana . . . . 167 Diaspis bromeliae . . 514 pentagona 514 rosae 514 Dicreaga ochrocepliala 166 Dictyocicada antiqua 421 Page. Diemenia psammopbis 497 reticulata . . . 495, 497 textilis 497 Digama 160-1 bearseyana 162 marmorea 162 piepersiana 162 Digitalis purpurea . 347 Dinobryon .. 100-1, 103 cglindricum var. angulatum . . . 113 cylindricuin 113 „ var. divei-gens 113 „ var. Scbauinslan- dii 113 elegantissimum . . 134 petiolatum . . . . 100-1 sertularia 101 sertularia . . . . 112-3 „ var. angulatum 113 1 „ var. conicum 101 ,, var. cijUndricum 112 „ var. divergens 113 „ var. Sehauinslan- dii 113 utriculus 113 „ vai\ Tabellariae 113 Dinoura auriventris . 423 cyanea 423 Diospyros AUSTROCALEDONICA . 211 Cargillia 323 olen 211 Samoensis var. OVATA 211 Dipliyllus FLAVONOTATUS 364 ornatellus 364 Diploeoelus angustulus 365 APICICOLLIS 365 deeeinlineatus . . . 364 dilatatieoUis . . . . 364 exiguus 365 latus 3(i4 opacior 364 punctatus 364 XANTHORRHOEAE . . 364 Diploma-stix 104 caudata 104 Dipsadomorphus . . . 495 irregularis . . 495, 497 INDEX. Page. Diseolia ovalauensis . 512 Distichlis spicata .. 389 Distigma proteus var. clavatum 137 Distomatineae . . . . 104 Distypsidera p;ruti . . 332 parva 332 pictipennis 332 •sericea 332 Doealis funerosus . . 307 macidatus 307 Doliehopodidae .. . 300 Dracaena terminalis . 489 Dreata deficiens . . . 185 Drosophila ampelopliila 516 Dryraaria filiformis . 237 Dunstaniidae 421 Dvsarclius 307 "bowitti 307-8 odewahnii .. .. 307-8 Dysdercus inipictiventris 513 insularis 513 Eaiias fabia 507 Eehidnophaga ffallinacea 517 EctinoiThynelius . . . 298 Elaeodendron maculosum 328 Elaphropics 195 Elajihropus 20(i Elascus cra^isicornis . 311 lunatus 311 5IAJ0R 310 Elatocladus sp. . 148, 150 Elcriclioidos perkinsi . 512 Emilia soncliifdlia . 507 Empoa 473 Empoasca aiislralis . 473 mali 473 rosae 474 Emys venusta . . . . 49(i Engystoma 372 ovale 37 1 Ennom'OS potentaria 17G Ennothus 403 Eutorolobium Rainaii 506, 509 Eiiteromorplia . . . . 387 Entosipluin sulcatum . 142 Eocicada 281 lamcoi-ei . . 271, 281-2 Eplicmcridac 412 Page. Epinepbelus caeruleo- punctatus . . . . 4(58 hoevenii 4G8 Epilaehna 28-punctata 510 Epipysis 113 tttriculuii 113 Episcaphula inclusa . 362 TETRASTICTA . . . . 362 Equisetites 151 Eragrostis leptostachva 247", 249 Erinna 299 hasipunctata . . . . 299 Eritmidae Eiiophites sp 268 Eriostethus 424 Eruca sativa 350 Eryiigium rostratum 157 Erythrina caffra . . . 504 corallodendrou . . . 504 indica 238, 200. 504, 506, 508 Ervtbrulainprus aesculupii 407 Erytbriiphloeum 10, 333 clilorostacbys . . . 333 conminga . . . . 333-4 Fordi ." 333-4 guineense 333-5, 339. 346-7 L;il)(uu-lierii 333-4, 336. 340. 346-7 Er\tliropogou 288, 290. 292 icbncuiiiouit'ormis . 290 maculincvris . . . . 290 Eucalyptus 256, 476, 482- 3 Ahcrgiana . 476, 482-3 caloi)hvlla 30, 475, 482 citriudoi-a 475, 478, 482 clavigera 483 corvmbosa 475-6, 478- 9, 481-2 dichromophloia 475, 482-3 cximia . 475, 478, 482 ferruginea . . 475, 483 fieiiblia .... 475. 482 Piielsebeana . 475, 483 haomatd.xyluii 475-6, 482 intermedia . . 475. 482 latit'olia 475 macrorbvncba . . . 347 Page. Eucalyptus maculata 475- 6, 478, 482 miniata 483 peltata .... 476. 483 perfoliata . . . . ■ 482-3 liboenicea 483 Plaucboniana . . . . 482 liyropbora . . . 47l>. 483 robusta 482 resinifera 482 saligna 482 setosa 483 sp 157 terminalis . . 476. 482-3 tesselaris 483 tracbvphloia 476, 478, 482-3 urnigera 482 Watsoniana . . 476, 483 Eu(jalens aiistralis . . 459 Eugenia malaccensis 506, 516 Eugereon . . . . 270. 283 boeckingi 270 Euglena acus . . 118. 120 „ var. hyalina . . 121 acutissima . . . 120 „ var. liyalina 121 „ var. parva . 121 auiblvophis . . . 118 deses 118 „ var. GRACILIS 118 „ var. intermedia 119 „ var. jiiNLTA 118 fwiformis .... 126 liUlTULA . . . . 122 „ var. ELOXGATA 122 hispidula . . . . 124 V longicanda . . . 124 onim 126 oxyuris .... 119-20 „ var. GKACILl.IMA 119 „ var. belicoidea 119 pisciformis . . . . 121-2 PUSILLA 123 „ var. LONGA . 123 p.\Tum 125 sanguinea 117 sociabilis . . . . 117-8 sp 123 spirogyra . . ..11 8-!) INDEX. Xlll. Page. Euglena spirogyra t'oiina 120 „ var. ELEG.iNS 120 testa 121-2 „ var. BULLATA 122 „ var. OBKS.i . . 122 „ var. OVATA . . 121 tripteris 119 vjridis .. . 117-8, 121 „ var. PURPUREA 117 „ var. sanguinea 117 VIVIDA 122 zonalis . . . . 12(j, 128 Euglenaceae 115 Euglenineae . . 115, 117 Eupiiorljia Drummondii 210 Eupouiatia lauriiia . . 487 Eujirepis spixii ,. . . 497 Eupsiloeepbala . . . 298 Eupterote 190 Eupterotidae lilO Eupteryginae 473 Eiirymorpha 3.31 Euscepes batatae . . . 512 Eusthenia 223, 228, 237 costalis 221. 228, 232 ■ LACUSTRis 229, 231, 235 LUNULATA . . . 229-31 PURPURESCBNS . 229-30 „ EXTENSA . . . 230 reticulata .... 223, 233 spectabilis 221, 228-30 „ EULEGNICA . . 230 thalia 221 Eustheniidae . 221-5, 235 EUSTHENIINAE 224, 226-8, 234 EusTHEXioP.si.s 223, 225, 228, 232 reticulata . . . . 232-3 VEXOSA . . . . 228, 232 Eutermes 456 apiocephalus . . . 45G fumigatus 443 ■WESTRALIEN.SIS 454, 456 Euthvrhinus meditabiindus 449 'Eutrepta viridis . . . 115 Eusestus ATER . . . . 363 ATROPOLITUS . . . . 363 bivulneratus . . . . 363 medioniger 363 tasmaniae 363 VENTRALIS . . . . 362-3 EXITELICA 160 aegi'ota ] (iO Page. Festuca llookeriana 245-6 ovina 389 rubra . . . . 388, 389 Fieus Cunninghanii . 487 macropliylla . . . . 487 rubiginosa 487 sp 216 Figulus t'oveicollis . . 50!) Filicites Bechii . . . . 148 Finlaya poicilia . . . 516 Fistularia bepatica . 256 Fliudersia 324 acuminata ■ . . . . 324-5 amboiuensis . . . . 325 australis 324-5 Bennettiaua . . . . 325 Bourjotiana . . . 325-6 Hrayleyaua . . . . 324-6 Cbatawaiana . . . 325-6 collina . . . . 325, 328 Fournieri 325 Ifflaiaua 325 laevicarpa 325 Leichliardtii . . . . 325 maculata . . . 325, 328 maculosa . 324-5, 328-!) Mazlini 325-6 Oxleyana . . . . 324-5 papuaua . . . . 325, 329 Pimenteliana . . 324-5 pubesceus . 324-5, 327 radulit'era 325 Schottiana . . . . 324-7 „ var. grandis . 327 „ var. pubescens 325. 327 Stizeleckiana 324-5, 328-9 „ var. latifolia 325, 328 Tysoni 325-6 Fomes 490 Galeorninus australis 459 Galeus australis . . . 459 canis 459 sp 459 Gallobelicus erassieornis 513 Geissois Bentbami 489-90 Genista tinctoria . . . 347 Gephyroneura 164-5, 188 COSJIIA 189 Glaux maritima . . . 389 Page. Glossopteris 3/4, 413-4, 420 Glyceria maritima 388-9 Glyptotermes affinis . 445 brevicornis 439 nigrolabruni . . . . 437 obscurus 439 trilineatus .. 439, 443 Gnaphalium indutum 269 Gnathocerus cornutus 511 Goniodes dissimilis . 515 Gonocepbalum costipenne 310 SUB-COSTATUJI . . . 309 Gossvpium Barbadense 506-7, 513 Graeffea eocophago . 515 Gramineae 513 Graptostetbus servus 513 Gryllus oceanicus . . 515 Gymnodactylus laturus 496 Haematopiuus eurysternus 515 suis var. adventitius 515 urius 515 Haltica gravida . . .511 Hamite'mes obeuntis 456 perjilexus 453 Hari);ni'(jneura eomplexa 508 Helaei's crenatipennis 313 bopei 313 Helcogaster atcrrimus 360 basirat'us 360 CERATICEPS 360 coelocepbalus . . . . 360 OONVBXICEPS . . . 361 boploeepbalus . . . 360 buraeralis 361 imperatov 360 ineisioollis 360 maeulieeps 359 major 360 NIGRIVEXTRIS . . . . 360 obliquiceps 359 rhyticepbalus . . . 360 seminigripennis . . . 361 simplieieeps . . . . 361 spinicollis 360 thoracicus 361 trisinuatus 361 XIV. INDEX. 514 515 272 372 372 281 Page. Heleioporus 372 albopmictatus . . . 372 Helianthus annuus 506, 508 Helipterum uniflorum 268 Hemerobiidae . . • • 225 Hemiehionaspis aspidii trae minor Heniipteia . . - ■ Heinisus mannoratum . . Hepialidae . . . . Hermarchus pythonius 515 Heterocheira mtiila . 307 Ht'terodendron oleaefolia 10 Heteromastix angustus 356 antieus bicolor CRIBRIPENNIS . . denticollis dolichocephalus . . flavifrons gagaticep.s genieulatus MEGALOPS MiRUS 354 niger 355 OBSCUKUS 354 pusillus 356 tenuis 355 356 355 355 356 355 354 354 350 355 Hetcroiuita adunc-a . 104 putrina 104 rostrata KM iincinata 104 Hcteronema aeus . . 141 Hexagona subtcnuis . 490 4')0 Ilc.xainita iiillata 10() IIil)iscus 209 esculeutus 514 rosa-sinensis . . . . 507 tiliaceus 513 Ilinulia sp 496 tenue . . . . 495, 497 Holocentrus caerideo- punctatus 468 lionioptera . . 270, 272. 281 Homothes 197 elegans 197 velulinus 197 Page. Honiotrvsis aenescens 322 AEREA 322 cisteloides 323 debilicornis . . . . 323 Hordeura jubatum . . 389 ^idgare . . . 505, 512 Hybonlivnc-lius 24-5, 54, 393-4, 399-401, 403 ACULEATU.s . . . 395-8 duriijena 394 bieomutns . . 394-5, 399 coenosus . ; . . . 394-6 crassiusculus 394-5, 401 fi'cnatieollis . . . . 21 I'urcatus 394-5, 397-9 maeulatus . 394-5, 398 mastersi . . 394-5, 402 prodigus 394-6 rugosus 394, 399, 400 Hydrodictyon . . . . 102 Hi/drophorus cupreiis 300 Hyla 372 aurea 340-1 ewiugii 371 Hymenonionadaeeae 111 Hyoc'is IXQUILIXA . . 310 minor 310 nigra 310 Hvpattalus abdominalis 357 APK'IVEXTRIS . . . . 356 carteri 357 CRIBRIPEXNIS . . . 356 PLAVIPES 357 longicdrnis 357 minutus 357 PARVOXKIER . . . . 357 triangulit'enis . . . 350 Hypaulax insuiari.s . . 317 NANUS 310 Hvphantidium albicostale 508 llyi)na 4l)() Hypnarcc 466 subnigra 4()7 HyptiDn 41)6 unbniurum . . . . 466-7 Jli/pochroma nyssiuta 189 lly|)sa 159, 162 alciiiliron . . . . 162-.'! aiHilis 162 (iMxtntlis 163 ba.'^ibssa 162 chhiroptigu 162 daiiia 162-3 Page. Hypsa dkcreta . . . . 163 iodamia 162-3 monyeha 162 nesophora 163 orbona 162-3 plagiata 162-3 sigiiificans 163 Hypsidae 159 Icerya purcbasi 510, 515 Icbt'liyl)otus 412 Idiopbyes brevis . 367-8 DUBius 367-8 HCJIERALIS 368 viRiDis 367 Illapbanus .. . 192, 208 macleayi 208 stepbeusi 208 Iniistius cacatua . 470-1 pavoninus 470 Inoearpus edulis 506, 508- 9 Ipomoea Batatas 506, 512 Iris versicolor . . . . 389 Jatropba Curcas . . . 512 Juncus Gerardi . . . 389 maritimus 379. 383-4. 387, 389 Jussiaea sii&'rutico.sa 511 Kocbia Georgei . . . 237 vilk.sa .. r 237 „ var. niicrocarpn 2;! 7 Luhoucheria clilorofitacln/a 333 Lacerta agiUs . . . . 497 margaritafea . . . 497 muralis 497 oeellata 497 viridis 497 vivipara 497 Lacliesis laneeolatus 497 Laeon strieticullis . 511 Laelia austrahtslue . 186 Laem(ii>b)ous |)iisillus 510 LiKjerliciniia splendens 108 Lampropliara bifasciata 513 Lajiinia brcvicornis . 297 Lasioderma scrricorne 511 Leis ponforinis . . . 408 Lenzites rei>atulni . 490 Lejjidojitera .. . 164, 281 LepidojiiLS i-audatus . 238 INDEX. XV. Page. LepidotoH dubnim . . 108 Lepisma saccharina . 515 Lepoeinclis capitata 128 COSTATA 128 „ var. OBESA . . 121) CYMBIFORMIS . . . . 128 fusiformis . . 12G, 128 „ var. CAUDATA 127 ovum .. 121, 12(j, 128 „ var. AUSTRALIA 126 „ var. COSTATA 126 PAXILLirORMIS . . . 129 RUGULOSA 129 sphagnicola 128 SteirTii 128 „ var. Australica 125 „ var. suecica . 128 Leptidae 285 Leptocorisa acuta . . 513 Leptoglossus australis 513 Leptoperlidae 223 Leptophlebiidae . . . 412 Leptosoma aegrotuni 100 baulus 101 Leptosperraeae . . . . 483 Lepturus 388 flliformis 388-9 Leucopogon richei . 385 Leueotermes . . 443, 45(> clarki 443 Levuana irideseens 507, 513 Lialis 495 burtonii .. . 495, 497 Licinoma meridiana . 319 nitida 319 SUB-CANALICULATA 318- 9 victoriae 319 Lilaeopsis lineata . . 389 Limaeodidae 281 Limnastis 192, 190, 208 pilosus 208 Limiiodynastes . 371, 373 dorsalis 371 peronii 371 tasraaniensis . . . 371 Limonium Carolinianum 389 Liparidae . . . 159, 164 Lipeurus heterographus 516 Page. lissapterus hjopsoni 302 tetrops 393 Litbocolletis aglaozona 509 Locusta danica . . . 515 Lonohorhyncbus . . . 298 LOPHIONEURA . . . 417-21 USTULATA . . . 418, 42(1 LOPHIONEURIDAE 417. 419 421 Lopboeateres pusillus 510 Lotus arabicus . . . 347 australis 347 cornieulatus . . . . 347 Lucanidae 301 fLumbrici iguanae . . 500 Lycopersicum esculentura 500, 510 Lygopbis regius . . . 497 Lvgosoma 495 'tenue 495, 497 Lijmiiastis 208 Lv|)erantbus nigricans 350 Macroglossum birundo 507 Macrogonus bifoveicollis 361 VENTRALIS 361 Macrolema 361 Macrothrix 116 ''Macrozamia( spiralis 10 Mallomonas 100, 110-1, 115 acaroides 108 AUSTRALICA 109 „ var. GRACILLIMA 109 „ var. SUBGLOBOSA 109 elegans 108 litomesa .... 100, 109 „ var. CURTA . . 109 Plosslei 108 splendens 108 „ var. pusiLLA . 108 Mangifera indiea 500, 516 Maruca testulalis 508, 512 iMastotermes darwiniensis 210, 453 Megacephala intermedia 332 kimberleyensis . . 332 sloanei ." 332 Page. Melanaeantbus margine- guttatus 513 Melanitis leda 507 Menoidium acutissimum 136 CRACILE 137 incurvum 137 intlatum 136 pellueidum 136 „ var. clavatum 137 ,, var. incurvum 137 „ var. inflaturn 130 tortuosum ... . 137 Menopon trigonocepbalum 516 Merozidini 196 Mesembryanthemum ae- quilaterale 384 tegens . . . . 383, 389 Mesogereon 270-2, 278, 282-3 AFFiNE 271, 275, 277- 80 C'OMPREssuM 272, 277, 280 neuropunctatum 270-1, 273, 280 SHEPHERDI 272, 279, 282 SUPERBUM 271-2, 274, 280 Mesogereonidae . . 272 Metoponia rubriceps 10, 252, 269, 426, 428-9 Metriorrbynchus apici- varius 353 costicollis 353 elongatus 352 gracilis 353 iiexastichds . . . . 351 laterarius 353 longieornis 353 miniatus 353 nigripes 352 ruiicollis 353 RUPiROSTRis 352 SCULPTICOLLIS . . . 352 textilis 352 uniformis 352 Microdon sp 216 Mierostylum 288 Mictis profana . . . . 513 Mirotermes kraepelini 450 Mitchelloneura 414-0, 421 PERMIANA . . . . 415-6 INDEX. Pagr. MoliM'h horridus ... 210 Moloelilus 75 pfagates 75 Monadaceae 103 Monas j'lavicans . . . 106 och racea lOG MonoiTepidius pallipes 511 Monstera dfliciosa . 158 Morinda citrit'oUa . 507 Muciina atemma 500, 508 513 Municliryia . 164-5, 189 senicula 189 Musa sapientum 505, 508, 512, 514-0 Musca domestica . . . 517 Mustelus australis . 459 Mycc'taea 368 MjiUtta australis . . 490 Myoporum platvearpuni 491 Myosurus minimus . 157 Myiiaeeae 475 Naeoleia dieraenalis . 508 octosema 508 Nataxa 104-6 flavescens 16() flavifascia 106 rubida 160 Neerobia rufipes . . . 511 Neda tricolor var. vitien- sis 510 pjeoaratus ... 292, 296 Neocyrtopogon . 288, 291 bit'asciatus 291 Neodioctria .. 288, 291 australis 291 Nkojiyborrhynchus 393, 399 rugosus 400 Neoitainus . . 292-3, 295 abditus 295 clan' pes 295 NEOCLARIPES . . . . 295 Neosaropogon . 288, 291 iNeotonucs insularis 445 Ncotriclius latiuseulus 510 Neotnjgnn trigonoides 41)1 Nepliotettix plebeius 512- N€sostele.s sanguinescens 513 Page. Nieotiana Tabaeum 506, 508-10 Nitidulidae .351 Noctua caricae . . . 163 dama 163 Noctuidae 159 Noeggeratbiopsis . 374-5 Goepperti 375 Hislopi 375 media 375 prisea 375 spatbulata 375 Tryoni 375 Nolifiae 159 Notaphocampa . . . . 193 Notefbis 495 seutatus 497 Notosolenus pentagonu.s 141 Novius cardinalis . . . 510 Nyctemera 159-60 amiea 160, 174 baulus 160-1 crescens 161 cribraria 161 drucfi 160-1 fasciaia 161 Integra 161 lactinia K'O mackieana 160 mundipicta 161 plagiata 160 secundiana . . . . KiO-l separata 160 tertiana 161 Nvctozoilus DENTICOLLIS 314-5 daemt'li 316 liardca.'itlei 314 MARGINATUS . . . . 315 PUNCTO-OOSTATUS . 314 verniiculatus . . . . 314-5 Ocbroinonadaeea* . 112 ()clir(>iiuma.s asper.\ . 112 CYLINDRACEA . . . . 112 Ocvs . 19(i Odafautbiui . . . li)7 Odcnbcrgia . . . 298 Oditesus . 403 Oddiicstis elizabetha 171 ;()dontoiiivia . . 425, , 430 Oeddgiinium . . 101-2 Ocnantbe Lacbenalii . 389 Oifoiuonas tcrmo . . 10(i Page. Oramatius .. 292-3, 296 Ummntoptera tetroph- thalma 178 Oncbocerca gibsoni . 11 Onisoigaster ^ 409-10, 412 Ooencyrtus paciflcus 512 Ootetrastichus beatus 512 Opbiodes striatus . . 49t Ophis poeruleus . . . 497 rliodogaster 497 treuensteinii . . . . 497 Opbisaurus apus . . . 497 Opogona regressa . . . 508 Opseostlengis .. 287, 288 insignis 288 Oreodoxa regia . . 506-7 Orites fxcelsa . . 257 Ornithorhynchus anatinus 407 Ortbocarpus eriantbus 158 purpurascens . . . 158 Oryza sativa 506, 510, 512 Osmundites 152 Otbreis fulloniea ... .508 Otopteris ohtusa . . . 148 Otozamites .. 147, 150-2 Bechei 148-51 bengalensis .... 148-51 Feistraanteli . . . 147-51 Mandelslobi .. . 147-50 Mandeslohi 148 obtiisus 148 ,, var. ooliticus . 148 sp 151 Oxyrbopus cloelia . . 497 t'asfiatus 497 425 Papbymorus gonager . 511 I'agiopbyllum Kurri . 147 pori'grina 147 sp. '. 148, 150 Palaeocossus 281 Palaoontina oolitica 271, 2S1 lalaeontinidae 270-2, 281- 3 Palaeozamia Bengalensis 149 Paludipola fuscomafulatii 371 Pandanus sp 453 INDEX. Page. Panicum decompositum 247 distaehyum 506, 513-4 naaxiuuim . . . 506, 508 prolutum . . . 245, 247, 249 Paracephala trans-secta 306 Paracupta 304 Parahyborrhynchus 393, 400-1 couvexiusculus 401-3, 406 „ var. mastersi . 402 crassiusculus . . . 401-2 Paralucia aurifer . . . 504 Paramia macrodon . . 469 Farapsilocephala . . . 298 Pararatus ... 292-3, 295 Pariglossus rainfordi 471 taeniatus 471 Paromius pallidus . . 513 Parrhinotermes australicus 449 Passiflora quadrangnlaris 506, 508, 510"; 513-4, 516 PediculuG capitis . . . 515 bumanus 515 Perauema 137, 139, 141 ASPERUII 141 „ var. RECTAXOULARE 141 CUNEATUM 140 tricophorum . . . . 140 Perauemaceae 140 Peregrinus maidis . . . 514 Perga 424 Periptyctus bryopiiiix's 366 eximius 367 LATERICOLLIS . . . . 367 russulus 366 Ferkinsiella vitien.sis 510, 512, 514 Permochorista . . . . 423 Permofulgor . . . 414, 421 Permot'ulgoridae . . . 421 Permoscarta . . . 414, 421 Permoscarta mitchelli 413 Perna flaveseens . . . 166 Persea gratissima 505, 514 Fetiolatum 101 Peziza fasciculosa . . . 490 Pbacus 115-6 acuiainatus 124 Page. Pliacus hispiduhis . . 124 IXFLATUtS . . . 116, 124 LISMOREN'.SIS . . . . 125 longicauda 124 „" var 124 monilata var. suecica 115, 124 pleuroiectes . . . . 124 pleurdueetes . . . . 123 „ var. AUSTRALIS 123 var. MiNUTUS 123 pyrum 125 „ var. australicus 125 „ var. ONATUS . 125 „ var. RUDicULA 125 triqueter 124 triqueter 116 Pliaeocapsaceae . . . . 110 Phaeococcus planktonicus 110 Pliaeocystis 110 globosa 110 Pkalaena alciphruii . 163 crihruria 161 Pbalansteriaceae . . . 103 Piialansterium cousociatum 103 Phascogale flavipes . 350 Phaseolus adenaiitbiis 511 calcai-dtus . 506-9, 511 semieroctus 508-9, 511 Pheidole megacepbala 512 Phelhit, . . ."^ . . 288, 289 glaucus . . . . 288, 289 Pbiloctbus 193 . Pbragmatoeeites . . . 281 Phrynoeepbalus beliosco- pua 497 mysta<^eus 497 Pbrynosome douglassi 497 hernandesii 497 regale 497 Phthirus iuguiualis . 515 Pbthorimaea opereulelhi 509 Pbyeus 298-9 basipunctatus . . '. . 299 Pbyllomedusa bypocbon- drialis 371 sauvagii 371 Phyllotbeca 151 Pbvsalis minima . . . 510 Peige. Pbvsaloptera . . . . 492-7 al)breviata 493-4, 496-8 abjecta . 493-4, 496, 498 aoutieauda 494 affinis . . 494, 496, 498 alata 494 ,, var. ebevreuxi 494 „ var. nouveli . 494 alba 494, 497-8 aloisii-sabaudiae . 494, 497-8 ampliibia 494 anomala 494 antaretica . . 494. 496-8 bilabiata 494 brevicaiula 494 brevispiculum . . . 494 ))revivaginata . . . . 494 britaniea .. ..494, 498 l)ulbosa 494 caucasia 494 cestii-illata 494 cbamaeleontis 494, 497-8 circularis 494 clausa 494 coeleljs 494 colubri 493-4, 496, 498 eoustrieta 493-4, 497-8 eontorta 493-4, 49(), 499 crassa 494 crosi 494 dentata 493-4, 497, 499 dio-itata 494 diiatata 494 elegantissima . . . . 494 f usiformis 494 galinieri 494 gemina 494 getula 494 iiieurva 494 iuermis 494 inflata 494 leptosoma 494, 497, 499 limbata . . . . ... 494 magiiipapilla . . . . 494 malleus 494 maxillaris 494 monodous 494, 497, 499 mordens 494 mucronata 493-4, 496, 499 muris brasiliensis . 494 nasilionis 494 numidica 494 obtusissima 494-5, 497, 499 INDEX. Ph\>alopk'ra ovata . 494 pallaryi 494, 497, 499 papilloradiata . . . 494 papillotruncata . . . 494 paradoxa 494, 497, 499. 5(10 pyraniidalis 494 quadrovaria 494, 497. 499, 5()0 retusa 493-5, 497. 50(1 rotundata 494 luwenzori 494 saginata 494 semilanceolata .... 494 sciuri 494 sonsinoi 494, 497, 500 sp 49()-7, 500 spiralis . 493-4, 497, 500 spirilla 494 striata 493-4, 497, 500 stronjrjiina 494 tacapensis 494 tenuieoliis 494 terdentata 494 tiircniata 494 trunii) . . 468 Sftomorjilia rutella . 508 Sida retusa 507 Silene noetiflora . . . 349 Silvanus surinament;is 510 Simodactylus cinnani"- meus 511 Siplihiiidae 409-10, 412 Sisymbrium altissimum 158 Sophi 503 Siil)a.s austrabs . . . . 307 Solanum melongena 506, 510 nigrum 510 tuberosum . . 50(), .510 Sophora tomentosa . . 508 S|)aniopsis 286 clelandi 286 loiigifornis . . . . 286 marginipennis . . . 28() tabanifoniiis . . . . 286 vexans 286 Spartina glal)ra . . 388-9 patens '. 389 Spatulipalpa 298 S])erguhiria 378 borealis 389 marginata 389 marina 389 rubra .. 383. 387, 389 salina 389 Page. Spliaeroeoa volvox . 101 Sphenoraonas au.str.vlis 138-9 ., var. ELLIPTICA 138 var. RHOilCOIDEA 1,38 EXCAVATA 139 lIIRAr.ILLS 140 quadrangulai'is var. CRUCIFORMIS . . . 138 SPIRALI.S 140 .. var. ANGU.STA 140 teres 139 ., var. PTRIiX)RMIS 139 TRIQUETRA 139 „ var. C'UXEATA 139 Spilotes pullatus . . . 497 Spinifox hirsutus . . 384-5 Spirogyra 102 Spiro])tera 492 abhreviata 498 retusa 500 Spirulina major . . . 118 Spodoptera mauritia 508 Sporobolus . . . 378, 388 virginieus 378, 383, 387- 9 Stagmatopbora erebintbia 509 Stathmopoda trichrvsa 509 Statice limonium . . . 389 Stegomyia fasciata . 516 pseudoscutellaris . 516 Stenuperla . . 222-3. 233 annulata 235 AU.STRALis . . 223. 233-5 prasina . . 221, 223, 233 Stexoperlixae 223-4, 227, 233 Stenopogou . . . 288, 291 Stenotarsus alterxatus 366 arithmetieus . . . . 366 bimaculipennis . . . 365 PARALLELUS 365 Stereum caperatum . 400 lobatum 490 Sternorrbynclia . 417, 421 Stiirmodera praetermlssa 306 spinolae 306 Stobitermes 433 australieiis 436 Page. Stolotermes brunneieornis 436, 443 queenslandieus . . 431) ruficeps 43(i VICTORIEXSIS . . . . 433 Stolotermitinae . . . . 433 Stoinoxys caleitrans . 517 Stratiomyia . . 425. 430 Stratiomyiidae . . . 425-6 Strongylus coluhri . . 493. 498 lej)tosomus 499 Stunuia biinaculata . 517 Stylobryon 100 Abbotti 101 petinlatum 100 Stynis batesi 308 elungatulus 308 latior 308 Siiaeda 379. 388 anstralis 379, 383. 386-7, 389 maritima . . 378-9. 389 Synura . 101, 106. 110-1 australiensis . . . . 112 granulosa . . 109. 112 „ var. pusilla . 112 Hvella Ill virescens . . . , . . Ill Syrphidae . . . . . 216-7 Tabanidae 210 Tabanus fijianus . . . 516 Tacliylupha 195 Tachys 192, 194-7, 207 amplipennis 195-7, 200 atrieeps 207 ATKIOERMIS 198, 204-5 australieus 196. 199. 204, 206 baldiensis 205 HAXKSi . . . . 197, 200 bifoveatus 195-6, 198-9, 206 bipustulus 195, 197. 201 bistiiatiis . . . . 202-3 BL.\CKHURNI . 199, 206 bninnipt'iinis 195-6, 198 bupi-fstioidt's 197, 201 captiis .... 195-6, 199 tUHIN'ULATUS 199, 205-6 foijvexus 195, 198, 202- 3 cnu'iger 207 c'urticollis 195, 198. 203 dcliiMolus 202 Page. Tachys doddi . 199. 206 ecti'omioides 195, 198, 204 emarginatus . . . . 202-3 PLAvicoRxis . . 198, 202 flindersi 199 froggatti 201 geminatus 203 babitans . . 199, 206 baemorrhoidalis . . . 203 „ var. abyssinicus 203 „ var. cnrticollis 203 „ var. socius . . 203 lielrasi . . . . 198, 202 iaspideus 195, 198, 203 infuseatus . . 199, 207 interpunctatus . . 195-6 kaiialensis 203 klugi 195 leai 1!I8. 203-4 lindi 195. 199 maeleavi 192, 195, 200, 208 MASTERS! .... 200, 207 mitehelli .... Iil9. 205 monoelirous . . 195, 199 inuhvalensis . . ] 99. 205 murrumbidgensis 195-8. 203 iiervosus . . 196-7, 200 uietneri 202 obliquiceps 198 olliffi 199. 206 onialits 202 in-(itus . . . . 196-7. 206 (ivensensis . . 197-8. 202 piftipennis 20li plagiatus 206 queenslaiulifus 199. 207 scuteUaris 207 seinistriatus . . . . 199 seticollis 199 setiger 208 similis . . . . 200, 207 sinuatii'ollis . . 200, 207 SOLIDUS .... 1 97. 201 spenceri 195, 198, 203 striolatus 1 97-8 transver.sicollis . . . 200 triangiihiris 196. 200, 207 unifortiiis 19!' vietorieusis 200 \vii;SO.\i .. . 198. 204 yarrcnsis .... 196, 199 Pace. Taclu/ta 195 Tachyura 195 Taeniopteris 152 TaeniorhjTicbus brevicel- lulus .' 516 Taeuogera 298 Talanrinus 25 Tapinoeera 297 Tasmanoperla . . . . 221 diversipes 221 Tasmaxophlebia . . 409- 10 LACUSTRIS 410 Teara d.enticulata . . 174 giienei 173 Teooma Hillii . . . . 157 Tectocoris lineola 209, 513 Tenebroides mauritanicus .510 Teiastia metieulosalis 508 Tennitinae . . . . 2()3. 454 Tessella Ill Te.ssellaria volvocina 1 1 1 Tessellariaceae . . . . Ill Tetragonia erpansa 383. 389 Tettigarcta 283 Tbala.ssodes pihiria . 507 Tballis BASiPENXis . 362 THArilATOPERLA . . 222-4 ROBUSTA 225-6 TlIAUjrATOPERLINAE 222-4 Tlieobroina Cacao 506, 509-10 Tliereva urida 299 liyalipennis 299 qiiinquevittata . . . 299 Tberevidae 298 Tbinnf'eldia Foistmaiil(4i 151 Tbubiiiiaca 496 pndica 49(i. 501 Tili(|i]a . . . ... 4bora 134 aaipullula . . . 123, 131 „ var. ELLIPTKA 131 „ var. major . . 131 „ var. ORAciLi.s 131 armata var. duplex 133 Page. Traehelomouas armata var. glabra 133 var. longispina 133 bacillifera 132 ., var. GLOBULOS.A 132 „ var. minima . 132 botaniea var. borealis 130 bulla vai-. australis 130 elavata var. subaniiata 13] COROXATA 132 CrXEATA 135 elegantissima . . . . 134 „ var. ovata . . 13.5 eurystoma var. parva 131 gibljerosa var. LONGICOLLLS . 135 ., var. rotunda . 135 „ var. rotuuthtta 135 .. var. TT'MIDA 135 Girardiana 134 ., var. GLABRA . 134 HESPERIA 134 hispida 132 LANCEOLATA 130 lismorensis 133 „ var. biseriata 133 ., var. mirabilis 13.^ napiformis 134 ,, var. BRBVIOOLilS 1.35 oblnnga 131 ovalis 130 PAUCISPINTOSA . . . 133 pulcherrima var. minor 131 pusilla 131 rotundata 135 seabra var. cordata 134 SPIRALIS 136 SPLENDIDA 100. 123. 132 teres 130 torta 121 urceolata 134 ., var. Girardiana 1.34 volvocina var. TORONETTA . . . 130 ., var. PLANKTONICA 129 Page. Trachelomonas volvocina var. PUSTULOSA . . 130 „ var. SCABRA . 129 Volzii var. evlindr;u;ea 131 ,, var. pellucida 131 ,, var. SULCATA 131 Ti-ar-liveentra r-alamias 508 ehlorogranima . . . 508 Trametes lactinea . . 490 Muelleri 490 Treporaonas agilis . 104 Tribolium confusum 511 Trichiura obscura . . 167 Tft-ichodectes climax . 516 Trichoitamus .. 292, 295 Tridomyrmex conifera 310 Trifolium 388 Trigloohin maritimum 38!) Trigonorrliina fasciata 460 Trigonotarsus australis 307 Triplax brouni . . . . 363 Tristania 483 Ti-oehorrhopalus strangu- latus f 512 Tropidoeyphus octocostatus 141 Tropidolepideura sp. 497 Tropidonotus faseiatiis 497 tessellatiis . . . . 496-7 Tropidurus torquatus 497 Tri/goii kuJilii 461 tuberculata 465 Tnigonoptera buceuleiita 466 Tri/gonorliina fasciata 460 Trygonorrbina fasciata 460 Trypaneidae 216 Tnpinambis nigropiinctatus . . . 497 teguixin 497 Turbellaiia 137 Typblucyba 473 australis 173 • 1 rosae 473-4 Typblocybidae 473 Page. Typhlocybinae . . . . 473 Uloma 307 coHr-entarea . . . . 307 depressc 307 sanguinipes 307 Ulva . . .387 Urceolopsis sahulosus 141 Ureeohis sabulosus . 141 rrolophus bucculentus 466 Ui'omastix aeanthinnrus 497 Utetbeisa pulchella . .507 Uvella virescens . . . Ill Vai'anns 495-6 bellii 495, 497 bengalensis 497 gouldii .... 495, 497 gi-iseus 497 indicus .. .. 495, 497 nilotieus 497 varius . . . . 495, 497 Verania strigula ... 510 ViijTia C'atiang 506-9, 511, .513 Vipera berus 497 Volvoeaceae 117 Wciiiinaniiin Benthami 489 Wilsonia Backhousii 383, 389 Xaiithium commune . 210 strumarium 210 Xanthorrboea 29, 35, 364 Xenodon severus . . . 497 Xenopsylla cheopis . 517 Xylophagus 299 basipunetatus . . . 299 Xylopsocus eastanoptera 510 Xylostroma giganteuiu 490 Xylotbrips religiosus 510 Xyrichthys pavoninus 470 Zamensis ilagelliformis 496 Zea Mays .. 506, 511-4 Zizera labradus . . . 507 Zostera 387 Zoysia pungens 383, 388- 9 Pboc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 1021. Plate xsxiii. cL.vi.. Suokiu^ iippai'.itus of l.irva Mcloponia rubriicpi. Proc. Linx. Soc. N.R.W.. 1021. Pl.ATK XXXIV. vW'V--* 3. Tasiiiaiiop/ili'bia /afustris, n.tf. ft sp. 1. d imago; 'J.. ? imago ; 'A. cJ subimago ; 4. 5 subimago. Pnoc. Lixx, Soc. N.S.W., 1021. Plate xxxv. r "~- v^^t'^'. F\'j;. 1. M ilclitlh't.eiti ii pti iiiiiiiui , li.i;'. ft -sij. Fi^. 2. Lophioiieufii itstulaia, u.^^ et sp. Proc. Link. Soc. N.S.W,. 1921. Plate xx.wi. 23 24 36 •i. Sloloftriiies vitioriensis, n.sp, 23-24. Gi/oleniies .-' obsciiytis 36. Calotennes primus, n.sp. o CO o o L) -^ d o ■3 g o Pi!Oc. LiNx. SCM'. N.S.W., 1921. r Plate x.nxix. ♦ - . A. R. McCullocb, .lei. /hisvdlis kii/i/ii. Pi!OC\ Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Plate xl. /)cisyii/is tlitiii/is. A. E. McCullocli, del. Sc'o/o/>sis leiiipora/is pROc. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Plate xli. ■'™vn,rr-''"''>.T. ^^^^^B-WVOf/oi,^ 1-3. Vrolophits biicculeittus. 4. Pariglossus rainfordi,Ti.&^. A. E. McCuUoch, del. Peoc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 1921. Plate sui. Eucalyptus Cory)iihosa , Siii. Proc. Lixn. Soc. X.S.W.. l!i-il. Pr.ATK XMII. ->*»•» :;.«a.-«^.'- '•-■' 1. Eucalyptus lumu/a/ii. 4. E. calophylUi. 2. AuiiOpliorn Uiuctohitci. 5. /;'. tei'inuinlis. 3. /T. citriudora. 6. /i. Aberghani. Proc. Lixn. Soc. N.S.W., li>-'l. Plati-; xi.iv. 4. [dr \ 1. /Ciioi/y/>/i/s/triiii; iiit-a. 4. [C. e.vhniii. 2. li. U'liisoiiiaiiii. 5. K. corviiibosLi. 3. E.pettala t>. Aiigop/ioia hnirt-ola/a. Proc. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Pl.A'l'K XLV. 3. 1. Jiuciilyptus, diihroiiwphloia. 2, 3. E. haeinatoxylon. 4. E. pvrop/wra. 5. E. laii/olia. ti. E. Eoelscheana. Proc. Lixx. Soc. N.S.W., 1921. Pl.ATE XLVI. '^:rg*^f^* ^ .|'*wr;r^.^^ * » 'lh5i . '> f^r-li:. •*« *v •■.*»';- 4 » ■Si' ^ London, W. \V^ 7i^^ ■ ^'i^ The LInnean Society of New South Wales. LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 1921-22. President : G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, B.E., F.E.S. A^ce-Piesidents : Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.S. W. W. Froggatt, FiS- J. J. Fletcher, MA.. B.Sc. A. G. Hamilton. Hon. Treasurer: J. H. CampbeU, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Sydney. Secretary: A. B. Walkom. D.Sc. Council: R. T. Baker, F.L.S. A. G. Hamilton. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S. Professor W. A. Haswell, M.A.. D.Sc.. J. H. CampbeU, M.B.E. F.R.S. H. J. Carter, B-A., F.E.S. C. Hedley, F.L.S. Professor H. G. Chapman, M.D.. B.S. A. F. Basset Hull. Sir T. W. Edgeworth David. K.B.E., A. H. S- Lucas, UA., B.Sc. C.M.G.. D.S.O.. B-A., D.Sc, F.R.S- j. H. Maiden, I.S.O., F.R.S. T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. T. Steel. *E W. Ferguson, MB., Ch.M. A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. J. J. Fletcher. M.A., B-Sc G. A. Waterhouse, B.Sc, S.E., F.E.S W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. Auditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C.PJV. *Elected 21st September, 1921, rice J. E. Carne, resigned. NOTICE. With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 34-36 Margaret St., Cavendish Square, London, W., at the following prices: — FIRST SERIES. Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, 78.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s.: Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, £1 Be.; Part 4, £1 5s. Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 8, 168.: Part 4, 17s. 6d. SECOND SERIES. Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d.: Part 2. 12s.; Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1887. Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.: Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part 4 £1 7s. Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part I., 15s.; Part 2. £1 4s.; Part 8, £1; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; Part 4. lis. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, Us. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s. Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s, 6d.; Part 3, 8s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4 9s. Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 12s.: Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 8s. Proceedings for 189b, Vol. X.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s. Proceedings for 1896.— Part 1, 9s. ; Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2, 6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d. Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, 12s. ; Part 4, 14s. Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3, 10s. ; Part 4, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1900— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d. ; Part 3, 10s. 6d. ; Part 4. 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.; Part 4, 17s. 6d. Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1904.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1905.— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d. Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, Ss. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 18s. Proceedings for 1908.- Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d. Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, Us.; Part 2, lis.: Part 3, 7s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d. Proceedings for 1911.— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s. Proceedings for 1912.— Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.: Part 4, 15s. Proceedings for 1913.— Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 6s.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1914.— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4 19s. Proceedii.gs for 1915.— Part 1, 17s.: Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, lis. Proceedings for 1916.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.: Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1917.— Part 1. 14s.: Part 2, 9s.: Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 16s. 9d. Proceedings for 1918.— Part 1, 20s.; Part 2, 14s.; Part 3, 21s.; Part 4, 19s. Proceedings for 1919.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, Us. 6d. ; Part 3, 17s. 6d.; Part 4, 13s. Proceedings for 1920.— Part 1, 10s. 9d.: Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, Us. Proceedings for 1921.— Part 1, 9s; Part 2, 8s; Part 3, 7s. 6d. The Macleat Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates. Price £3 3s. Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S. F.L.S. [1881], A few copies only. Price £1 net. The Transactions of the Entomological Society op New South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo. [Vol I, five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n., five Parts, 1869-73; all pub- lished], price £2, net, are also obtainable, but neither tbe Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately. PROCEEDINGS. 1921. PART 4 CONTENTS. Pages. A New Genus and Species of May-fly (Order Plectoptera) from Tasmania, belonging to tlie Family Siphlurklae. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., "se.D. (Cantab.). D.Sc. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S.. F.L.S.. F.E.S. (Plate xxxiv.. and two Text-figures.) 409-412 Two Fossil Insect AViug:s in the Collection of Mr. John ^litcbell, from the Upper Permian of Newcastle, N.S.W.. belonging to the Order Hemiptera. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., Sc.D. (Cantab.). D.Sc. (Sydney), C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.F.S. (Plate XXXV., and five Text-fig^ures.) 413-422 Studies in Life-histories of Australian Diptera Brachycera. Part i. Stratiomyiidae. No. 3. On the structure of the mouth-parts and pharynx of the larval Metoponia rubriceps. By Vera Irwin-Smith, B.Sc. F.L.S.. Linnean Macleay FeUow of the Society in Zoology-. (Plate xxxiii.. and twentv-six Text- , fignves.) " ". 425-432 New and Rare Australian Termites, with Notes on their Biology. By Gerald F. Hill. F.E.S. (Plate xxxvi.. and fifty-two Text- figures.) 433-456 Notes on, and Descriptions of Australian Fishes. No. 2. By Allan R. McCuUoch. (Plates xxxvii.-xli., and three Text- figures.) 457-472 The Australian Apple Leaf hopper (Typhlocyba australis Frogg. ). by .J. G. Myers, F.E.S. (Communicated by Dr. R. J. Tillyard). (Four Text-figures.) 473-474 The Occurrence of Oil Ducts in certain Eucalj-pts and Angophoras. By M. B. Welch, B.Sc., A.I.C. (Plates' xlii.-xlvi.. and seven Text-figures.) 475-48S Chemical Notes.— Botanical. By Thos. Steel 487-491 Notes on Nematodes of the G«nus Physaloptera, with Special Re- ference to those Parasitic in Reptiles. Part i. By Vera A. Irwin-Smith. B.Sc. F.L.S.. Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology 492-502 The Food Plants or Hosts of some Fijian Insects. By Robert Veitch. B.Sc. and William Greenwood, H.D.A. . . ." 505-517 Donations and Exchanges , 518-532 List of Members. 1921 533-536 Elections and Announcements 423, 503 Notes and Exhibits 423-4, 503-4 Title-page • i- Contents iii- Corrigenda . . vi. List of New Tribal and Generic Names vi. List of Plates vii. Index i.-xxii. "Bl- WHOI I.IBRAHI WH IADS F